Trade Catalogue 2012 from Storage Design Limited by Storage Design Limited

2012 Edition

PROJECTS

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

STORAGE

CATALOGUE

www.storage-design.co.uk info@storage-design.co.uk

01446 772614

TRADE

catalogue sales

WORKSHOP

WAREHOUSE

SAFETY

SECURITY

BARRIERS

OFFICE

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

TRADE CATALOGUE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

Apex Pallet Racking

made in the UK

Why choose APEX Pallet Racking, our best seller ? •

Designed for strength, durability and easy assembly

•

Best design, widest range & best prices

•

Wide range of beams and frames available

•

Versatile options to suit standard applications

•

Wide choice of upright heights and beam lengths

Would you like to receive Storage Direct catalogue ?

•

APEX pallet racking offers unbeatable flexibility

•

Beams ‘lock’ into uprights so the overall strength increases as weight is added

•

Highest quality on the market

•

Easy to configure

•

All frames are delivered KD

•

Kits are designed to accept all standard pallet sizes

900mm Deep Frames Type

Height

Width

Depth

Beam Levels

UDL Per Beam

Order

Price £

Accepts these pallets:

3000mm High Bay Starter

3000mm

2700mm

900mm

2000kg

APR309027S

£317.00

Extension

3000mm

2700mm

900mm

2000kg

APR309027X

£225.00

Extension

3000mm

1350mm

900mm

1000kg

APR309013X

£144.00

4800mm High Bay Starter

4800mm

2700mm

900mm

2000kg

APR489027S

£483.00

Extension

4800mm

2700mm

900mm

2000kg

APR489027X

£350.00

Extension

4800mm

1350mm

900mm

1000kg

APR489013X

£219.00

Depth

Beam Levels

UDL Per Beam

Order

Price £

1100mm Deep Frames Type

Height

Width

3000mm High Frame Starter

3000mm

2700mm

1100mm

2000kg

APR301127S

£322.00

Extension

3000mm

2700mm

1100mm

2000kg

APR301127X

£229.00

Extension

3000mm

1350mm

1100mm

1000kg

APR301113X

£147.00

4800mm High Frame Starter

4800mm

2700mm

1100mm

2000kg

APR481127S

£489.00

Extension

4800mm

2700mm

1100mm

2000kg

APR481127X

£344.00

Extension

4800mm

1350mm

1100mm

1000kg

APR481113X

£224.00

information box Need advice on creating the perfect pallet racking solution for your needs? Just give us a call and one of our trained advisors will be there to help

Tel: 01446 772614

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC001

20/1/12

11:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 2012 EDITION

CONTENTS

If you require something which is not featured in this catalogue you can be assured that we have the expertise and knowledge on hand to help you source that elusive specialised product

PROJECTS

2-17

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

STORAGE

18-87

88-157

What Are QR Codes? We are proud to announce that product ranges featured in this catalogue have a Quick Response Code. This code will show you a product demonstration video that will help when deciding on which product is most suitable for you. Simply download a QR reader app from your app store, point your smart phone at the QR Code you want to scan and then watch the video

WORKSHOP

158-191

WAREHOUSE

192-223

SAFETY

224-247

SECURITY

248-265

BARRIERS

266-283

OFFICE

284-327

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

328-356

TERMS & CONDITIONS, INDEX

357-360

158

218

255

276

Gas Cylinder Handling

Bay Markers

Pallet Racking Guards

Safes

Workshop Storage

Barriers

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC002

19/1/12

10:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

PROJECTS

MEZZANINE FLOORS

Use the height of your building to

double your space Mezzanine floors are ideal for retail, storage, office, production areas, canteens, plant support and more!

Call Us For A Free Site Survey And Quotation!

Our mezzanine floors provide high quality, extremely cost effective space in areas that are often never used. When an organisation expands and the need for extra space is crucial, people naturally think of expanding outwards. Don’t do the same! Think cubic space, not floor space. Mezzanine floors offer cost savings that can be enormous when compared to the alternative options.

◆ Full building regulations application made on your behalf ◆ Detailed site survey carried out by qualified project engineers ◆ Structures designed to BS6399, BS5950, BS449 and the latest

building regulations ◆ Structure conforms to SEMA and DETR approved guidelines ◆ Fire rated designs and column casings ◆ Handrail and gate systems also available ◆ Fast, efficient installations by our own experienced

mezzanine installation teams

◆ Floors are fully demountable and easily relocated

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC003

19/1/12

10:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 MEZZANINE FLOORS

◆ Raised platform structures are being increasingly

used for expanding a sales area within a retail unit. ◆ Floors can be seamlesly incorporated in the

PROJECTS

RETAIL FLOORS

retail area. ◆ Back of store storage floors are frequently required.

COMMERCIAL FLOORS ◆ Storage and office space can be accommodated. ◆ Wholesale distribution centres can double floor

space as opposed to relocation.

STORAGE FLOORS ◆ As well as providing raised working areas

within existing buildings for increasing production facilities, floors are readily built around larger products, allowing operators to work easily at an elevated level.

MULTI TIER FLOORS ◆ High cost premises, for example cold stores, find

that our mezzanines make excellent use of the volume of the building. ◆ Multi tier maxamise very high warehouses

and buildings.

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC004

19/1/12

10:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

PROJECTS

MEZZANINE LIFTS

Mezzanine goods lift The Mezzanine Goods Lift is designed to integrate with a Mezzanine floor system as a means of transporting goods between levels

Call Us For A Site Survey And Quotation!

The Mezzanine Goods Lift is surface mounted, therefore no pit is required and building work is kept to a minimum. The lift is available with a range of platform sizes to suit most applications and with its short ramp it can be loaded with ease. The Mezzanine Goods Lift is safer than using a forklift truck to raise goods to a second level and it is cheaper than an elevator or lift. The lift is also compliant with all relevant directives.

HEAVY DUTY MODEL ◆ Double mast supporting or supported by

the mezzanine floor and bolted to the floor ◆ Platform: 1500mm wide by 1500mm deep ◆ Total raised height: up to 5000mm ◆ 1100mm high rails on all sides ◆ Limit switch system ◆ Loading ramp supplied: 1350mm x 600mm long ◆ Hydraulic power pack and electrical system

mounted to the mast. Electrical system housed in a separate wall mounted box at ground level ◆ Control points positioned at both levels ◆ Emergency stop controls ◆ Power requirement: 415v 3 phase + Neutral

via 16amp isolator ◆ Motor specification: 0.8kw 3 phase 415v

with 3ltr reservoir ◆ Maximum lift capacity: 1000kg ◆ Bespoke options available: custom made lift

to meet your specific requirements

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC005

19/1/12

10:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 MEZZANINE LIFTS PROJECTS

LIGHT DUTY MODEL ◆ Single mast self supporting and bolted

to the floor ◆ Platform: 1350mm wide by 1350mm deep ◆ Total raised height of up to 3500mm ◆ Limit switch system ◆ Platform supplied with loading ramp or

alternatively, a shallow pit can be cast for completely level loading ◆ Lift power pack and electrical system mounted

safely within the lift enclosure ◆ Hand held control point positioned to suit

and incorporates a ‘push to run’ system with emergency stop ◆ Power requirement: 415v 3 phase + Neutral via

16amp isolator (not included) ◆ Motor specification: 0.75kw 3 phase 415v

with 4ltr reservoir ◆ Maximum lift capacity: up to 300kg ◆ All enclosure gates fitted with fail safe

electromechanical interlocks to prevent opening when the lift is not at the correct position ◆ Bespoke options available: custom made lift

to meet your specific requirements

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC006

19/1/12

10:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

PROJECTS

PREMIERACK SOLUTIONS

Our pallet racking is designed & built to exceed current UK (S.E.M.A.) and European (F.E.M.) standards

Premierack Solutions... Wide Aisle Standard Racking • Ideal for storing all palletised and non-palletised loads • Wide aisles allow full manoeuvrability of fork lift trucks • 100% access to individual pallets • Fully adjustable beam levels to suit varying pallet heights • Use of conventional fork-lift trucks - cost-effective

Narrow Aisle Racking • Offers the same flexibility found in wide aisle racking but increases storage capacity by reducing aisle width & storing pallets to a greater height • Allows access to each individual pallet whilst retaining full system adjustability • Specialist fork truck required but cost is offset by the added value of better space utilisation 6

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC007

19/1/12

10:10

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PREMIERACK SOLUTIONS PROJECTS We also specialise in: Double Deep Racking, Mobile Racking, Live Storage, Carpet Racking & Multi-Tier Racking

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation!

Premierack Solutions... Push Back Racking • Pallets are stored on sloping rollers supported on pallet racking • Pallets pushed up and retrieved from one side only • Offers good occupancy rates within a high-density system and can store a variety of pallet types together

Drive In / Drive Through Racking • Allows high density storage for installations with pallet retrieval from one side only except with drive-through applications • Suitable for seasonal goods with low stock rotation • Ideal for cold and chill storage and bulk storage applications

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC008

19/1/12

11:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

PROJECTS

RACK INSPECTIONS All companies have a duty of care to inspect and repair shelving and racking. The liability, should an accident occur, is legally with the directors of the company. Damage to shelving and racking is an everyday occurance and needs to be maintained regularly to comply with health and safety regulations.

Our fully qualified Sema approved rack inspectors are available throughout the UK. A detailed report explaining what exactly needs to be repaired and a cost will be included. Call us now for a no obligation inspection from our fully qualified staff. 8

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC009

19/1/12

11:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SAFE HANDLING & TRAINING PROJECTS

Call us now for information on safe handling courses, training & service contracts Your Obligations What do you have to do? Who is affected? Are you at risk? Whether you are one of the 10 million or so people in occupations likely to involve a significant amount of manual handling, or an employer, you need to be aware of EC legislation covering the subject, the legal obligations and the implications on working practices. Ignorance is no defence in the event of strain or injury. Each employer has a duty of care towards employees and must develop a defined policy aimed at minimising or eliminating handling risk.

Q. Who is affected by the legislation? A. Everyone. Q. What is the likely cost? A. A well developed and implemented health and safety policy should reduce rather than increase costs. Q. What if I ignore the legislation? A. Don’t even consider the possibility. Prosecution and fines are now the standard course of action for failure to comply with this legislation. The average fine is in the £20.00 £30,000 but six figure sums are not uncommon for serious infringement and injury. Q. Who is ultimately responsible? A. As an employer or a line manager you cannot hide. If negligence is proven, you can be personally prosecuted. Q. What factors need to be considered? A. Everything, including what effect age, frequency of activity, type of load, twisting, reaching, nature of floor surface etc. will have on lifting capability. Q. What loads are involved? A. A wide variety of loads from industrial heavy objects to boxes of stationery, photocopier paper, furniture etc. Activities such as pushing or pulling trolleys, twisting, stretching, stooping etc. All types of single action and repetitive handling tasks must be considered if only for the purpose of elimination.

Training & Servicing Both operator training and efficient equipment servicing are vital ingredients in the search for optimum safety. Fortunately, the appropriate courses and maintenance facilities aren’t hard to find.

We can provide the following training and services: Forklift Trucks A range of RTITB approved Driver Training Courses for drivers with little formal training three day courses leading to the award of a Basic Training Certificate. Available at customer site or at our Training School. Stairclimbers Operator and Trainer courses tailored to numbers and model of stairclimbers - fully certificated. Available at customer site or at our Training School. Manual Handling Courses Courses designed to help trainees through the maize of elements which make up Manual Handling Risk Assessments and generally provide guidance on professional handling practices - one day courses. Servicing Aimed at ensuring long, safe operational service from handling equipment this facility is essentially flexible, tailored to suit individual needs. Options include: Field service from trained mobile engineers, workshop maintenance (all models handled), refurbishing and specification upgrading

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC010

19/1/12

10:12

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 INDUSTRIAL PARTITIONING PROJECTS

A comprehensive range of partitioning systems to suit both medium and heavy duty applications

BUDGET PRICE

125

PER LINEAR METRE

BUDGET PRICE

115

PER LINEAR METRE

> BASTION - Angle frame system with steel or mesh versions available

Single Skin Partitioning > SIGMA - Folded steel channel framework, with all joints spot welded to steel sheets

Sigma & Bastion Sections

FULL STEEL

STEEL / MESH

FULL MESH

STEEL / GLASS

◆

Cost effective solution

◆

High quality, durable pressed metal frame system

◆

Easy to install and relocate

◆

Wide selection of doors and locking systems

Fully demountable and relocatable ◆

Multi-tiered facility

◆

Variety of construction materials available

◆

Compatible with Elan double skin

Call Us For A Free Site Survey And Quotation!

STEEL / GLASS / STEEL

High quality, double skin partitioning for commercial, office, cleanroom & factory use

BUDGET PRICE

190

PER LINEAR METRE

> ELAN - Standard powder coated colours: Light Grey or Medium Grey

Double Skin Partitioning

◆

Ideal for creating offices in commercial locations as well as creating cleanrooms in factories or warehouses

◆

Powder coat finish ideal for clean environments

◆

Quality finish, flush both sides

◆

Fire protection & noise reduction options available

◆

Hidden cable management

◆

Double glazing available with blinds

◆

Can be multi-tiered with steel or conventional suspended ceilings available

◆

Titan - two line junction keeps dust traps to a minimum

> TITAN - Cleanroom partioning

Elan Sections

FULL STEEL

FULLY GLAZED

STEEL / GLASS

TRANSOM GLAZED

Titan Sections

CHAIR RAIL GLAZED

STEEL / GLASS / STEEL

FULL STEEL

STEEL /GLASS /STEEL

TALL GLASS

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC011

19/1/12

11:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 MESH PARTITIONS

tailored to your own requirements

Telescopic poles link to roof if required

WAREHOUSE DIVIDER STANDARD 2200H PANELS

111

PROJECTS

Modular industrial partitioning This price is for budget purposes only. Doors are at extra cost!

Standard 2200H sections may be doubled up for 4400 height (3000H also available)

PER LINEAR METRE 800H top sections may be added singly or in multiples for extra height

N.B. - One central horizontal tube per 2200mm panel - not two as illustrated

▲ Standard Panel 2200 x 1200 (HxW)

▲ Sliding Padlockable Door 2200 x 1800 (HxW) Overall height 2300

▲ Standard Panel 2200 x 1200 (HxW)

Warehouse & Factory Division ◆ Highly ◆ Modular ◆ Easily

cost effective

panels give unlimited design potential

▲ Standard Panel + 800H Top Section (1200W)

▲ Hinged Padlockable Door 2200x1000

▲ Two High STD Panels 2200x1200 = 4400H

▲ Two High STD Panels 2200x1000 = 4400H

Standard Mesh Modularity ◆ Build ◆ Assemble

to any height as required

free-standing, then bolt to floor for security

assembled, and readily relocated when needs change

We offer a full site survey & managed installation service - Call us for a free site survey and quotation STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC012

19/1/12

11:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

PROJECTS

GUARDING SYSTEMS

Machine Safety Fence

✓Safe guarding panels which conform with European Norms and Directives ◆ Physical ◆

protection for personnel in potentially hazardous or dangerous environments

◆ Safely

screen plant and machinery

Versatile modular construction with demountable, reusable panels that come with a choice of Smart Fix and Rapid Fix installation

◆ All

panels are designed for optimum strength and resistance

◆ Hinged

and sliding modular doors interchange with panels

◆ Complies

with EN-953 and the new machinery directive 2006/42/EC

◆ Standard

panel finish RAL 7037 Grey, to EN 953 recommendations

SMART FIX MESH PANEL

RAPID FIX MESH PANEL

BUDGET PRICE

138

154

PER LINEAR METRE

Safe-Lock Closing Device ◆ Enables

compliance with Norm EN 1088, which defines how a machine guard's access door and closing mechanism must operate ◆ Available

as a 3- or 4-stage closing device

◆ Integral

security contact switch

SAFE LOCK CLOSING DEVICE BUDGET PRICE

520

DEPENDANT UPON APPLICATION

Budget prices are quoted, we normally need to visit you for a free site survey Our expertise is at your disposal!

Call Us For A Free Site Survey And Quotation!

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC013

19/1/12

11:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PARTITION & CEILING SOLUTIONS

Fire & Sound Fire & Sound has been tested to BS476 part 22 and offers up to 60 minutes fire resistance in full height glazed, solid and door elevations. Insulation performance is available on solid elevations only. Where acoustic performance is a consideration, the system can provide sound attenuation values of up to 52db(Rw) under laboratory test conditions.

PROJECTS

Partition & Ceiling Solutions

• Standard module size is 1200mm. Maximum construction height is determined by the choice of stud size and panel type, however, 102mm Fire & Sound can be build up to a height of 4200mm • Venetian blinds can be accommodated within the system as can a range of electrical switches with the use of a cable management post • Doors are available in natural wood finishes, including Ash, Koto, Oak, Cherry, Beech, Maple and Sapele. All doors can be include any shape or size of vision panel or lipping • To compliment Fire & Sound, a wide choice of door furniture in a variety of finishes is also available

Fire & Sound at a glance Areas of use

Executive office suites, reception areas, conference suites, general office, light industrial

Max Construction Heights Solid modules

Standard construction - up to 4200mm, heights in excess of this are achievable

Glazed modules

Maximum recommended height using standard sections - 3600mm

Fire performance

Construction Options

Solid modules

Up to 60 minute fire rating

Solid modules

Glazed modules

Up to 60 minute fire rating in both centre single and double glazed applications

Door modules

Up to 60 minute fire rating*

plasterboard panels with a wide choice of finishes together with numerous joint and trim options

Acoustic performance

Glazed modules

Solid modules Glazed modules Door modules

Door modules

Standard construction - up to 52dB (Rw) Standard construction - up to 43dB (Rw) Standard solid door core - up to 30dB (Rw)

Standard construction is with 12.5mm

Includes offset single, centre single, double glazing and the option of Venetian blinds Standard frames are supplied to suit 1981 x 838 x 44mm doors. Frames will also accept most types of doors

*60 minute rating on timber door sets only.

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC014

19/1/12

11:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

PROJECTS

PARTITION & CEILING SOLUTIONS

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

Ovation Partition System A state-of-the-art partition system, offering designers and installers the vertical solution for the new millennium This system has been designed to suit many different environments. It's styling provides gently radiused upright posts and door frames with a choice of either recessed or flush skirting. The system is available in an almost unlimited choice of RAL or BS coloured finishes to complement any interior design scheme.

Construction

Fire

Acoustics

Designed for fast and easy installation, the introduction of Bi-element construction effects the end user rapid on-site assembly without lengthy lead in times.

Safety is a key feature of this system. It has been thoroughly tested and offers 30 minute fire resistance to BS476 part 22, 1987, on full height single and double glazing elevations. This also applies to door modules and solid elevations, regardless of the board joint details.

Acoustics is another major performance consideration and again Ovation passes the test. Solid construction offers sound attenuation values of up to - 42db (Rw) under laboratory conditions.

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC015

19/1/12

11:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PARTITION & CEILING SOLUTIONS

Tenon Wall-Store is a simple but very effective concept which utilises ceiling-height, variable width modular storage units. Wall lengths are assembled from a choice of elevation options to provide compact and streamlined storage. These can be used as both free-standing room dividers or as partition walls for cellular offices.

PROJECTS

Wall Store

The system offers an extensive choice of door and drawer configurations as well as the potential to include open shelving and display features. Furthermore, audio-visual presentational equipment such as screens and television monitors can also be easily accommodated.

Operable Walls Silenta is a high specification; top hung acoustic moveable wall system that provides acoustic performance of between 37/53dB(RW). The system comprises individual panels suspended from a top track only, with each panel having a top and bottom retractable seal that locks between the ceiling track and floor. Operation of the seals is achieved by a simple 90° turn of the removable locking handle and a variety of stacking arrangements ensures optimum use of space. Pass doors may also be included if required. Compacta is a hinged panelled sliding wall system, floor track fitted with an optional top hung system available. The range is designed for rooms where multiple uses and rapid changes are required. Panels are fitted with an aluminium profile to each long edge complete with rubber box seals to ensure an airtight fit when fully closed. A reasonable level of sound reduction is achieved with the use of bubble seals at the upper and lower edges of the panels.

Washrooms Our Washrooms are designed for speedy and easy installation, all washroom products are supplied ready for immediate fitting, and are supplied complete with all the necessary fittings and fixings. If you have an enquiry then simply fax the details together with a drawing or a sketch of your requirements to us - we will do the rest. Cubicles can be made to measure to suit all situations, however, standard sizes and dimensions are as follows:

• Standard cubicle height 1950mm • Standard cubicle width 1500mm • Partition panel size 1800Hx 1500Wmm • Standard door size 600mm

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC016

19/1/12

11:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SPECIALIST HANDLING EQUIPMENT PROJECTS

Specialist & Bespoke Handling Equipment If you have a specialist handling requirement please call for free advice and specification details

We offer more than 150 individual configurations of stackers and pallet trucks using standard components and can even design a bespoke truck to suit your individual application.

ROBUR equipment is intensely robust, manufactured to a high standard in our 10000m2 European production factory that ensures high quality standards and fast ongoing availability of spares for the lifetime of all trucks.

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC017

19/1/12

10:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SPECIALIST HANDLING EQUIPMENT

Powered pallet trucks - capacities up to 12000kg

◆

Paper reel and roll handlers - diameters up to 2000mm, up to 6000kg capacity and 3000mm forks

◆

Powered stackers - capacities up to 6000kg and lift heights up to 5800mm

◆

Four-way directional long load truck - capacities up to 4000kg

◆

Pedestrian / ride-on versions

◆

Press tool handlers - capacities up to 8000kg

◆

Cold store specification

◆

Stainless steel stackers and pallet trucks, ideal for food and chemical environments

◆

Explosion-proof stackers and pallet trucks for hazardous locations - capacities up to 4000kg

PROJECTS

◆

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC018

18/1/12

14:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

LIFTING / STACKERS

Battery Lift Stackers

✓Hand pushed, battery lift stackers - ideal for vehicle loading, pallet stacking and serving mezzanine floors • Capacity: 1000kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift heights: 1600 - 2500 - 3000mm • Fast lift, controlled lowering • Large capacity battery • Low noise levels • European manufacture • Wheel mounted parking brake • Vulkollan wheels & load rollers

SBTX1610

3700

• Rear wheel tiller steering • Built-in charger

Dimensions & Data INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

• Forks: 540 x 1180mm • Overall length: 1835mm • Overall truck width: 800mm • 90º aisle 1000mm load: 1980mm • Lift speed: 0.15m/sec

Optional Extras • Straddle legs gap: 850, 1050, 1250mm • Fixed I.T.A. carriage with adjustable forks LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 2500 3000

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT ORDER REF (mm) 1980 SBTX1610 1750 SBTX2512 2000 SBTX3512 Price includes Battery & Charger

PRICE £3700.00 £4800.00 £4900.00

✓Demonstration available ✓On-site service available ✓Certificated training available Please call us for details!

Compact Powered Stacker INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

SBGX1610

5850

✓Extremely economical and highly versatile ✓Value for money solution for frequent handling of loads up to 1200kg

• Capacity: 1200kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift height 1600mm fixed mast • Powered lift & drive • Electronic speed control • Heavy duty 24V electrics • Fast lift and lowering • Electric horn • Battery & integral charger • European manufacture

Dimensions & Data • Forks: 540 x 1180mm • Overall length: 1882mm • Overall truck width: 850mm • 90º aisle 1200mm load: 2270mm • Lift speed 0.15m/sec • Maximum travel speed 6km/hr

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT ORDER REF (mm) 1990 SBGX1610 Price includes Battery & Charger

PRICE £5850.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC019

19/1/12

10:13

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / STACKERS

Fully Powered Stacker TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• Capacity 1000kg • Lift height 1600mm • Ergonomic design, smooth controls • CURTIS controller unit enables variable speed control • Complete with 24v / 100ah battery and 24v automatic charger

CLC1016

4204

CAPACITY (kg) 1000

MAX LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600

FORKS L x W (mm) 1150 x 540

ORDER REF CLC1016

PRICE £4204.00

Straddle Leg Versions CAPACITY (kg) 1000

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1550

INNER STRADDLE GAP (mm) 1000 - 1370

ORDER REF CLC1016S

PRICE £4850.00

Demonstrations available. Standard and certified training available. After sales maintenance, service and Loler inspections. Special applications on request. Contact sales for information

Heavy Duty Fully Electric Stackers • Capacities 1200kg, 1500kg and 2000kg • 24 volt battery • 12 hours automatic charger • Heavy duty ZF drive • Ergonomically designed handle, excellent stability in operation • Full guarding • 1200kg model with 2900mm full free lift • Straddle leg version available • Options: Side protection bars and footplate, lift heights up to 5500mm CAPACITY (kg) 1200 1200 1500 1500 1500

MAX LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 2900 3515 2800 3500 4500

FORKS L x W (mm) 2850 x 570 1100 x 570 1150 x 570 1150 x 570 1150 x 570

CLC1229

4916

CPC shown with optional side protection bars and footplate ORDER REF CLC1229 CLC1236 CPC1529 CPC1536 CPC1546

PRICE £4916.00 £5920.00 £7797.00 £7824.00 £9052.00

Straddle Leg Versions CAPACITY (kg) 1200

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 2850

INNER STRADDLE GAP (mm) 1103 - 1394

ORDER REF CLC1229S

PRICE £5515.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC020

18/1/12

11:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / STACKERS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Compact Powered Stackers

✓Highly practical powered lift and drive stackers for effortless handling of loads to 1000kg

✓Excellent manoeuvrability combined with fast lift & lowering provides a cost-effective solution for frequent handling

• Capacity: 1200kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift heights: 2500, 3000 or 3500mm duplex mast • Powered lift and drive • Electronic speed control • Heavy duty 24V electrics • Spring loaded drive wheel • Excellent manoeuvrability • Fast lift and lowering • Electric horn • Battery & built in charger • European manufacture

FROM £

6400

INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

Dimensions & Data • Forks: 540 x 1180mm • Overall length: 1960mm • Overall truck width: 850mm • 90º aisle 1200mm load: 2270mm • Maximum lift speed: 0.15m/sec • Maximum travel speed: 8km/hr LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 2500 3000 3500

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT ORDER REF (mm) 1740 SBX/2512 1990 SBX/3012 2255 SBX/S/3512 Price includes Battery & Charger

PRICE £6400.00 £6600.00 £7199.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Heavy Duty Powered Stackers

✓A complete range of heavy duty powerlift

INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

and drive stackers for fast & frequent handling within a wide range of working environments

✓High capacities and many height options ensure maximum versatility

• Capacity: 1200, 1600 & 2000kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift heights: 2500, 3000, 3500mm • Powered lift and drive • Heavy duty 24V electrics • Electronic speed control • Electromagnetic braking • Electric horn • Battery discharge indicator • Operator’s safety button • Safety top speed limiter • Heavy duty battery & charger • European manufacture

Optional straddle legs

Dimensions & Data • Forks: 540 x 1180mm • Overall length: 1980mm • Overall truck width: 850mm • 90º aisle 1200mm load: 2210mm • Maximum lift speed: 0.20m/sec • Maximum travel speed: 6km/hr

Optional Extras • 3000kg capacity • Lift heights up to 5800mm • Full free lift mast • Triplex mast • Shorter forks • Straddle legs 850, 1050, 1250mm • ITA carriage • Adjustable forks • Hinged platform

CAPACITY (KG) 1200 1200 1200 1600 1600 2000

LIFT HEIGHT LOWERED MAST (mm) HEIGHT (mm) 2500 1740 3000 1995 3500 2250 2500 1750 3500 2250 3000 1990 Price includes Battery & Charger

ORDER REF

PRICE

SBGX2512 SBGX2912 SBGX3512 SBMVT/2516 SBMVT/3516 SBP/3020

£POA £POA £POA £POA £POA £POA

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC021

18/1/12

13:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / STACKERS

✓Ultra-compact counterbalanced stackers capable

of handling single and double sided pallets. Ideal for environments where space is at a premium • Capacity: 600kg • Chassis only 940mm • Lift heights: 1600, 2500, 3000mm • Non tilt mast • Dual lowering system • Electronic speed control • Load back rest • Electric horn • Battery discharge indicator • European manufacture

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Compact Counterbalanced Stackers

Dimensions & Data • Forks: 1000mm • Chassis length: 940mm • Truck width: 850mm • 90 aisle 1000mm load: 2150mm • Maximum lift speed: 0.25m/sec • Maximum travel speed: 6km/hr

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 2500 3000

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT (mm) 2100 1780 2020

ORDER REF

PRICE

SBC/C1606 SBC/C2506 SBC/C3006

£POA £POA £POA

We offer a comprehensive training programme including stackers and fork lift truck driver training (instructors are RTITB qualified) stairclimbers, manual handling and refresher courses. Call us for details!

INCLUDES BATTERY & CHARGER

Counterbalanced Stackers

✓Cost effective and flexible solutions for handling all pallet designs. Does the work of a forklift at much lower cost.

• Capacity: 600-1000-1200kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift heights: 1600mm fixed mast, 2500 or 3000mm duplex mast • Tilting mast • Powered lift and drive • European manufacture • Adjustable forks • Electronic speed control • Electromagnetic braking • Operator safety button • Suitable for most pallet designs • Battery discharge indicator

Dimensions & Data • Fork length: 1000mm • Chassis length: 1270 or 1470mm • Truck width: 850mm • Maximum lift speed: 0.2-0.25m/sec • Maximum travel speed: 6km/hr

INCLUDES BATTERY & CHARGER

Optional Extras • Compact 600kg chassis - 960mm • Side shift • Full free lift masts • Triplex mast - 4500mm lift • Explosion proof Simplex Mast • 1600mm lift height • 2050mm lowered mast height CAPACITY @ 600mm L.C. 600kg 1000kg 1200kg

MAXIMUM LIFT SPEED (meters/sec) 0.25 0.20 0.20

ORDER REF

PRICE

SBC/1606 SBC/1610 SBC/1612

£POA £POA £POA

Duplex Mast • 2500mm lift height • 1770mm lowered mast height • 3000mm lift height • 2020mm lowered mast height CAPACITY @ 600mm L.C. 600kg 600kg 1000kg 1000kg 1200kg 1200kg

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 2500 3000 2500 3000 2500 3000

MAX LIFT SPEED (meters/sec) 0.25 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20

ORDER REF

PRICE

SBC/2506 SBC/3006 SBC/2510 SBC/3010 SBC/2512 SBC/3012

£POA £POA £POA £POA £POA £POA

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC022

13/1/12

09:34

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

LIFTING / STACKERS

Ultra Compact Counterbalanced Stackers • Capacity 600kg • Lift heights 1600mm or 3000mm • The 1600mm lift model has a slim line simplex mast, whilst the 3000mm model has a high visibility duplex mast • Manufactured in Europe • Adjustable fork spread to handle all pallets • Excellent aisle and turning radius • Uses AC control technology for superior control and battery life • Built in charger allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket • Ergonomic drive controls • Smooth stepless drive controls with microprocessor control • Trucks carry CE mark and comply with all current safety legislation • Larger capacity models available up to 1500kg • Tilting mast available CAPACITY (kg) 600 600 600

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 2400 3000

ORDER REF

PRICE

ITBC0616 ITBC0624 ITBC0630

£10397.00 £10905.00 £11436.00

ITBC0616

10397

Heavy Duty Counterbalanced Stackers • Capacities 1000kg, 1200kg and 1500kg • Lift heights up to 4500mm • Heavy duty battery and built in charger • Adjustable fork spread to handle all pallet types • Uses latest AC control technology for superior control and battery life • Smooth stepless drive controls • Duplex mast configuration allows good sight through the mast uprights

ITBC1016

12990

Duplex / Triplex masts with full free lift available. Options; Side shift, boom, jib / hook and electric winch - please call for details

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1500 1500 1500

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 3000 4500 1600 3000 4500 1600 3000 4500

ORDER REF

PRICE

ITBC1016 ITBC1030 ITBC1045 ITBC1216 ITBC1230 ITBC1245 ITBC1516 ITBC1530 ITBC1545

£12990.00 £14001.00 £16154.00 £14032.00 £14832.00 £16832.00 £15632.00 £16154.00 £18914.00

Demonstrations available. Standard and certified training available. After sales maintenance, service and Loler inspections Special applications on request. Contact sales for information

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC023

18/1/12

12:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / POWERED PALLET TRUCKS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Fully Powered Pallet Truck

✓Quality designed powered pallet truck ideal for busy warehouse environments • 1300kg & 2000kg capacities • Powered lift and drive • Electronic speed control, uses necessary power without wasting battery life • Fork widths 540 and 680mm • Fork lengths 1000 or 1150mm • Maximum speed 5.0km/h laden, 5.2km/h unladen • Raised fork height 205mm • Lowered fork height 85mm

On-board charging option available, Please enquire

LEPT13

3195

CAPACITY (kg) 1300 1300 1300 1300 2000 2000

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 540 540 680 680 540 680

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1000 1150 1000 1150 1150 1000

BATTERY

ORDER REF

PRICE

2x 12V / 70Ah 2x 12V / 70Ah 2x 12V / 70Ah 2x 12V / 70Ah 24V / 210Ah 24V / 210Ah

LEPT135410 LEPT135411 LEPT136810 LEPT136811 LEPT205411 LEPT206810

£3195.00 £3195.00 £3195.00 £3195.00 £5495.00 £5495.00

Powered Pallet Trucks

K9TE15

4200

INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

✓Heavy duty high quality powered Rider platform option

Sit-on reel handler

pallet truck for busy environments and frequent pallet handling

• Capacities 1500, 2200, 3000, 4000kg • Powered lift and drive • Standard & heavy duty models • Spring loaded drive wheel • Electromagnetic braking • Electronic speed control • Tandem load rollers • European manufacture

Optional Extras

✓Demonstration available ✓On-site service available ✓Certificated training available Please call us for details!

CAPACITY (kg) 1500 2200 3000 4000

TYPE STANDARD HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY

• Capacities 1500kg to 12000kg • Fork widths 550mm to 1000mm • Fork lengths to 1150mm to 2000mm • Options include hinged driver platform, stand-in/sit-down model, low profile explosion proof model, reel handler

FORK DIMENSIONS MAXIMUM BATTERY L x W (mm) SPEED km/h 1150 x 550 6 90Ah 12V 1150 x 550 6 160Ah 24V 1150 x 550 6 160Ah 24V 1150 x 550 6 160Ah 24V Models over 4000kg POA; Hinged driver platform for all models except K9TE15

ORDER REF K9TE15 K9/SBM/22 K9/SBM/30 K9/SBM/40

PRICE £4200.00 £POA £POA £POA

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC024

13/1/12

09:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

LIFTING

WRSC1000

560

Folding Workshop Crane

✓Self standing and completely mobile when in the folded position

• 1000kg or 2000kg maximum capacities • 3 position telescopic jib 1000kg model: 700/800/1000kg positions 2000kg model: 1500/1700/2000kg positions • Double acting pump unit • Heavy duty swivel hook with safety catch • Pressure relief valve to prevent overloading OVERALL SIZE L x W (mm) 1630 x 1120 1900 x 1165

HOOK HEIGHT (mm) FLOOR - 2445 FLOOR - 2705

ORDER REF WRSC1000 WRSC2000

PRICE £560.00 £691.00

month

Folds for compact storage!

MAXIMUM CAPACITY (kg) 1000 2000

PARTS & LABOUR WARRANTY

✓Demonstration available ✓On-site service available ✓Certificated training available Please call us for details!

Manual Lift Stackers

SBMX1605

✓Hand pushed, manual lift stacker - a cost effective

1000

handling solution for vehicle loading and production areas • Capacity: 500 & 1000kg @ 585mm load centres • Lift height 1600mm • Lowered fork height 85mm • Maximum height 1964mm • Forks 1150 x 540mm - fixed • Overall length (inc. forks) 1604mm • Overall width 760mm • Vulkollan front load rollers • Vulkollan rear castor wheels (inc. brake) also with integral tiller handle pump • Twin lift safety chains • Safety mast-mounted push handle • European manufacture

CAPACITY (kg) 500 1000

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 1600

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT (mm) 1964 1964

ORDER REF

PRICE

SBMX1605 SBMX1610

£1000.00 £1200.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC025

13/1/12

09:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / STACKERS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Manual Stackers

✓A solid construction manual stacker suitable

for many applications such as off loading lorries or vans, warehouse and production use

• Turning radius of 1088mm • Hard wearing polyurethane 150mm steer wheels and 80mm load rollers • High quality, ergonomically designed hand pump • Capacity 500kg or 1000kg • Lift heights, 1600mm or 3000mm • Wrap over fork design for euro pallets • Optional straddle leg type on 1000kg models to suit 800mm, 1000mm and 1200mm pallets CAP. (kg) 500 1000 1000 1000 1000

MAX LIFT H (mm) 1600 1600 3000 1600 3000

MODEL

ORDER PRICE REF CTM0516 £887.00 CTM1016 £956.00 CTM1030 £1339.00 CTMS1016 £1324.00 CTMS1030 £1699.00

WRAPOVER WRAPOVER WRAPOVER STRADDLE STRADDLE

FROM

887

Straddle legs for closed board pallets

FROM

1973

Semi Electric Stackers • 1000kg and 1500kg capacity • 1600mm to 3500mm lift heights • Wrap over fork design for euro pallets • Strong robust and classical design • Durable and serviceable, easy to operate complete with 12v / 50ah battery and built-in charger • Hard wearing polyurethane 180mm steer wheels and 74mm load rollers • Available with adjustable forks for wrap over and straddle stackers • Optional adjustable forks version • Optional straddle legs available for closed board pallets CAP. (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1500 1000 1000

MAX LIFT H (mm) 1600 2500 3000 3500 2500 3000

MODEL WRAPOVER WRAPOVER WRAPOVER WRAPOVER STRADDLE STRADDLE

ORDER REF CTE1016 CTE1025 CTE1030 CTE1535 CTES1025 CTES1030

PRICE £1973.00 £2329.00 £2455.00 £2880.00 £2691.00 £2815.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC026

13/1/12

09:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

LIFTING / STACKERS

Electric Mini Lifters • Capacities 100kg and 200kg • Lift heights 1500mm, 2000mm or 2300mm • Simple controls all mounted within easy reach of the operator • Attachments are easily and quickly changed with simple tools • Fully floating castors allow for operation in very tight areas • The built in battery charger allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket • Option of front swivel wheels • ITE-Inox stainless steel version available CAPACITY (kg) 100 100 200 200 100

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1500 2000 1500 2000 1500

FROM

3201

ORDER REF

PRICE

ITE10015 ITE10020 ITE20015 ITE20020 ITE10015SS

£3201.00 £3445.00 £3744.00 £3963.00 £5367.00

Roll & Coil Holder ITES £113.00

Work Platform ITEP £236.00

Jib Crane Arm ITEG £707.00

Roller Bed Platform ITEC £924.00

Drum & Roller Turner ITER £1307.00

Bevelled Platform ITEB £201.00

Electric & Mechanical Mini Lifters • Capacities 100kg and 200kg (WPM) • Capacities 100kg and 150kg (WPE) • Lift heights 1500mm or 1700mm (WPE100) • Manual models: Operated via hand winch, with auto brake system • Electric models: Automatic electronic overload protection system • Attachments are easily and quickly changed with simple tools • Fully floating castors allow for operation in very tight areas • The built in battery charger allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket • Front swivel wheels CAP. (kg) 100 200 100 150

MAX LIFT H (mm) 1500 1500 1700 1500

WPM-100

903

555

LIFT

ORDER REF

PRICE

MANUAL MANUAL ELECTRIC ELECTRIC

WPM-100 WPM-200 WPE-100 WPE-150

£555.00 £645.00 £903.00 £1332.00

Single Boom WPSB £137.00

WPE-100

Double Spindle WPDS £263.00

Rotator WPR £623.00

V Block WPVB £311.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC027

13/1/12

09:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / STACKERS

✓A revolutionary tool for light removal delivery work. Quick-change

100kg

attachments make light work of a variety of tasks.

• The ideal commercial delivery tool for loads up to 100kg • Lightweight (under 20kg) steel and aluminium construction • Removable legs allow machine to be positioned where others can only come close! • Marine grade winch with "memory free" Kevlar rope • Folding adjustable forks as standard • Suction cup and boom models available

CAPACITY

FROM

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

FREEDOM LiftM8

796

MANUAL

Boom model for reels and rolls

Suction cup models suit many smooth surface items

Freedom LiftM8 MODEL FORKS SUCTION BOOM

MIN HEIGHT MAX HEIGHT OVER FORKS ORDER REF (mm) (mm) MIN/MAX (mm) 40 1000 130/330 LM1001000FA 200* 1150* LM1001000SA 40 1000 LM1001000BA * Lift height to the centres of suction cups

PRICE £796.00 £1024.00 £866.00

Bespoke options available, please call for details

FREEDOM Electric Stacker

✓A light duty 260kg capacity electric stacker which lifts to1600mm. Unrivalled for specification against price!

• Modular design makes the ideal multi-purpose stacker • Compact, fits through a normal doorway • Single narrow mast for high visibility • Steering castors have total stop brakes • Sealed gel battery and external charger • Option of four swivel castors • The stacker comes complete with fixed fork attachment as standard. This can be changed simply for any of the other "quick-change" attachments, including adjustable forks, tray, roller platform and boom • Lowered height 90mm • Raised height 1600mm • Maximum capacity 260kg

FROM

1242

ELECTRIC

260kg CAPACITY

Freedom Stacker & Accessories OPTIONAL ITEM

ORDER REF

PRICE

FREEDOM STACKER C/W STANDARD PLATFORM FREEDOM STACKER C/W FIXED FORKS ADJUSTABLE FORKS, 610 x 550mm ROLLER PLATFORM, 600 x 615mm BOOM 4 x SWIVEL CASTORS IN LIEU OF FIXED & SWIVEL

STVOYFR2616PLAT STVOYFR2616-E ST-VOY-FR-FORK ST-VOY-FR-RP ST-VOY-FR-BOOM ST-VOY-FR-SWIV

£1368.00 £1242.00 £126.00 £299.00 £82.00 £108.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC028

13/1/12

09:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / POWERED PALLET TRUCKS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Semi Electric Hydraulic Hand Pallet Truck SPR15

2072

• Capacity 1500kg • 202mm maximum lift height, 85mm closed fork height • Based on design of a normal hydraulic pallet truck • Motor drive - doesn’t require manpower for pulling and pushing of the truck • CURTIS controller unit enables variable speed control • Complete with 24v / 40ah battery and integral charger REF SPR15 PRICE £2072.00

Fully Powered Pallet Trucks • Capacities up to 8000kg • Smooth travel and lift combined with excellent controls reduces risk of product damage and increases productivity • Electronic control is programmable for specific tasks or operator skill levels • Drive unit is equipped with electro-magnetic brake, which is activated by the control handle position • Ergonomic control handle with buttons for raising / lowering • Lift limit switch at maximum lift shuts off pump motor • WP-LPT22/30 can be equipped with driver platform and side protection bars making the operator feel more comfortable • Other lengths and widths available • Stainless steel and reel handling models available (price on application - please enquire)

Driver platform and side protection, please ask for more information

Reel handling version available, please enquire

SQR15

3529

Stainless steel version available, please enquire

4000-800kg higher capacity fully powered pallet trucks

Fully Powered Pallet Trucks CAPACITY (kg) 1500 2200 3000 4000 5000 6000

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150

FORK WIDTH (mm) 540 540 540 580 580 580

MIN / MAX FORK HEIGHT

ORDER REF

PRICE

82 / 205 82 / 205 82 / 205 82 / 205 82 / 205 82 / 205

SQR15 SQR22 SQR30 SQR40 SQR50 SQR60

£3529.00 £5115.00 £10254.00 POA POA POA POA: Price on application

Demonstrations available. Standard and certified training available. After sales maintenance, service and Loler inspections. Special applications on request. Contact sales for information

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC029

16/1/12

13:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / HAND PALLET TRUCKS

Mini Hand Pallet Truck

makes it an ideal companion for van or small lorry drivers

LLT500

• Designed for light to medium use • Highly manoeuvrable, turning radius 700-800mm • Width over forks 380mm, length 800mm • Polyurethane steer wheel and single nylon load wheels • Lift height 60-170mm

£199

FORK LENGTH (mm) 800

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 380

ORDER REF

PRICE

LLT500

£199.00

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

✓500kg capacity, weight only 35kg. Light and compact design

Adjustable Hand Pallet Truck

✓2500kg capacity. Highly versatile, can be adjusted to suit different pallet sizes

• Heavy duty, robust design • Width over forks 400-520mm, and 530-680mm • Fork lengths 910, 1060, 1160mm • Raised height of forks 196mm • Lowered height 76mm for easy pallet entry • Hard wearing, easy rolling polyurethane wheels • High quality hydraulic pump with controlled lowering • Ergonomic comfortable steer handle

ALL FORK SIZES

£295

FORK WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

FORK LENGTH (mm) 910 1060 1160 910 1060 1160

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 400-520 400-520 400-520 530-680 530-680 530-680

ORDER REF

PRICE

PTA25MS PTA25M PTA25ML PTA25LS PTA25LM PTA25L

£295.00 £295.00 £295.00 £295.00 £295.00 £295.00

Extra Long Hand Pallet Truck

✓Heavy duty 2000kg capacity. Top quality pallet truck ideal for warehouse, industrial and agricultural environments

2000kg CAPACITY

• Manufactured in high grade steel with powder coated finish • Ergonomic comfortable steer handle • Lift height 85-210mm • Fork widths 520 or 680mm • Fork lengths 1500, 1800, 2000, 2300, 2500, 3000mm • Smooth running nylon load & steer wheels • Polyurethane, rubber and steel wheels available on request

MA206818

£445

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1500 1800 2000 2300 2500 3000 1500 1800 2000 2300 2500 3000

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 540 540 540 520 520 520 680 680 680 680 680 680

ORDER REF

PRICE

MA205415 MA205418 MA205420 LLT235223 LLT235250 LLT235230 MA206815 MA206818 MA206820 LLT236823 LLT236850 LLT236830

£355.00 £445.00 £565.00 £955.00 £1040.00 £1320.00 £355.00 £445.00 £565.00 £955.00 £1070.00 £1360.00

Semi-Electric Pallet Trucks

✓1000kg/1500kg capacity. Compact pallet truck with electric FROM

£1595

drive for easy and economic pallet handling

• Economical upgrade from a hand pallet truck • Reduces risk of injuries caused by pulling heavy loads • Minimum maintenance • Manual Lift / Electric Drive • Built in charger • Very low noise levels • Highly manoeuvrable with 180º steering CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1500

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1000 1150 1150

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 545 545 545

ORDER REF

PRICE

LEMP10-5410 LEMP10-5411 LEMP15-5411

£1595.00 £1595.00 £1895.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC030

16/1/12

13:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / HAND PALLET TRUCKS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Hand Pallet Trucks • Heavy duty capacities 2500kg and 3000kg • Min fork height 85mm, max fork height 200mm • 85mm load rollers and 200mm steer wheels in nylon • Pump unit fitted with a pressure relief valve to prevent overloading • Ergonomic pump handle, rubber grip • 3-position trigger; lift, lower and neutral • Reinforced A frame, strengthened legs, bushed pivot points • CE marked, comply with all current safety regulations FORKS L x W (mm) 600 x 450 1000 x 450 1000 x 540 1150 x 540 1000 x 685 1150 x 685

2000kg CAPACITY ORDER REF PRICE BFE5401000 £202.00 BFE5401150 £202.00 -

The robust pump unit features protection around the main spring. Rubber wheels provide a smoother ride.

2500kg CAPACITY 3000kg CAPACITY ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE BF25450600 £312.00 BF254501000 £247.00 BF255401000 £208.00 BF255401150 £208.00 BF305401150 £277.00 BF256851000 £216.00 BF256851150 £216.00 BF306851150 £290.00

FROM

202

OP VA T

E! LU

• Heavy duty capacity 2000kg • Min fork height 85mm, max fork height 200mm • Ideal for non-standard loads • Safety overload valve • Ergonomically designed comfortable rubber gripped handle • Trucks carry CE mark, comply with all current safety regulations FORK DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 1500 x 540 1800 x 540 2000 x 540 2500 x 540 3000 x 540 1500 x 685 1800 x 685 2000 x 685 2500 x 685 3000 x 685

Long Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks

U E!

Quick Lift BFQL £43.00 Footbrake Option BFFB £53.00 Progressive Braking BF2000P £149.00

TOP V

FROM £

ORDER REF

PRICE

BF2054150 BF2054180 BF2054200 BF2054250 BF2054300 BF2068150 BF2068180 BF2068200 BF2068250 BF2068300

£355.00 £411.00 £452.00 £1127.00 £1340.00 £382.00 £438.00 £501.00 £1196.00 £1370.00

355

Steer & load wheel options on all pallet trucks can be nylon, rubber polyurethane or steel (tandem or single)

Low level Hand Pallet Trucks • Low and super low profile hand pallet trucks with a low clearance have been developed for handling products like low line crates that only counterbalanced stackers can usually move • Extremely reliable pump fitted to robust chassis • 3-position trigger; Lift, lower and neutral • Ergonomically designed comfortable rubber gripped handle

CAPACITY (kg) 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000 1000

FORK L x W (mm) 1000 x 540 1150 x 540 1000 x 685 1150 x 685 1150 x 540 1150 x 685

MIN / MAX FORK HEIGHT (mm) 51 / 165 51 / 165 51 / 165 51 / 165 36 / 90 36 / 90

ORDER REF LP1000540 LP1150540 LP1000685 LP1500685 SLP540 SLP685

PRICE £313.00 £313.00 £326.00 £326.00 £501.00 £529.00

FROM £

313

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC031

19/1/12

10:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / HAND PALLET TRUCKS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

SPARTAN Hand Pallet Trucks

✓A highly practical budget pallet truck for everyday use – designed for Euro and standard size UK pallets

• Capacity 2500kg • 4 standard fork configurations • 3 position control; lift, lower & neutral • Durable construction • Nylon wheels, single rollers

FROM

256

£ FORK WIDTH FORK LENGTH ORDER REF (mm) (mm) 540 1000 ECO2500/5410 540 1150 ECO2500/5411 685* 1000 ECO2500/6810 685* 1150 ECO2500/6811 *Only suitable for UK sized pallets

PRICE £256.00 £256.00 £256.00 £256.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Quick Lift Hand Pallet Trucks

✓High quality, heavy duty pallet trucks ✓High strength to low weight ratio

Galvanised or stainless steel pallet trucks available in all fork sizes

gives maximum manoeuvrability

• Capacity 1500 - 2500kg • 3 position control, lift – lower – neutral • Nylon wheels, single rollers standard • Durable high tensile steel construction • Quick lift on all models • European manufacture CAPCITY FORKS ORDER REF PRICE (kg) W x L (mm) 2500 450 x 900 HPTQ2500/4509 £295.00 2500 540 x 1000 HPTQ2500/5410 £295.00 2500 540 x 1150 HPTQ2500/5411 £295.00 2500 685 x 1150 HPTQ2500/6811 £295.00 2500 540 x 1500 1500L £657.00 2500 540 x 2000 2000L £704.00 1500 540 x 2500 2500L/15 £968.00 2000 540 x 2500 2500L/20 £1377.00 2500 550 x 1000 57/LP* £386.00 *Low profile fork option (53mm high)

Galvanised Models All fork sizes - please advise size required REF HPTG2000 PRICE £POA

FROM

295

Stainless Steel Models All fork sizes - please advise size required REF HPTSS2000 PRICE £POA

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC032

20/1/12

12:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

LIFTING / HAND PALLET TRUCKS

Weigh Scale Hand Pallet Trucks • Heavy duty capacity 2000kg • Min fork height 85mm, max fork height 200mm • High contrast display, can be read from any angle • Displayed weight in 1kg increments • High accuracy, ±0.1% of scale capacity • Totalising function, adds multiple pallet weights • High reliability, compact components and low power consumption

Galvanised / Stainless Steel Hand Pallet Trucks • Heavy duty capacity 2000kg • For use in meat and other food industries, dairy canning area and areas where corrosive acids and saline solutions are used • Fully sealed hydraulic coated pump • Pressure relief valve / overload valve • 3 position handle; Lift, lower and neutral • INOX Grade 316 • Tandem nylon load rollers and steering wheels • Conforms to EN1757-2

FROM £

FROM

1088

FORK DIMENSIONS CAPACITY ORDER REF L x W (mm) (kg) 1150 x 550 2000 WS1150550 1150 x 690 2000 WS1150690 Printer version also available - please contact sales

PRICE £1088.00 £1219.00

FORKS L x W (mm) 1150 x 540 1150 x 685 1150 x 540 1150 x 685

372

MIN / MAX FORK H (mm) 85 / 200 85 / 200 85 / 200 85 / 200

MATERIAL STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL GALVANISED GALVANISED

ORDER REF BFSS1150540 BFSS1150680 BFGL1150540 BFGL1150680

PRICE £1311.00 £1339.00 £372.00 £372.00

High Lift Pallet Trucks

ON SELECTED ITEMS

✓Combined conventional pallet truck for general handling and work positioner for production and loading areas

• Capacity 1000kg • Lift height 800mm • Hand or battery lift • Lateral safety brake • Fixed stabilisers at operational height • For use with non-bottom-boarded pallets • 540mm and 680mm widths available

HLH1000/5411

922

HLB1000/5411

£1802

WITH BATTERY AND BUILT-IN CHARGER

FORKS W x L (mm) 540 x 1150 540 x 1150

LIFT

ORDER REF

PRICE

MANUAL BATTERY

HLH1000/5411 HLB1000/5411

£922.00 £1802.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC033

17/1/12

15:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS

High Lift Hand Pallet Trucks

benefit of also being an ideal work positioner, designed to reduce fatigue and increase operator safety

HMX540

• When raised, the truck locks itself to the floor with extended outriggers, this along with a long wheel base makes it particularly stable • Maximum lift height 800mm, with 1000kg + 1500kg capacities • 200mm diameter nylon steel wheels and load rollers • Electric models also include easy to use automatic 12v / 10ah battery charger • Automatic brake when forks raised above 330mm • Quick lift as standard FORK DIMENSIONS L X W (mm) 1170 x 540 1170 x 680 1200 x 540 1200 x 680 1170 x 540 1170 x 680 1200 x 540 1200 x 680

LIFT TYPE MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL ELECTRIC ELECTRIC ELECTRIC ELECTRIC

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1500 1500 1000 1000 1500 1500

486

ORDER REF

PRICE

HMX540 HMX680 RHL540 RHL680 HEX540 HEX680 RHLE540 RHLE680

£486.00 £500.00 £1126.00 £1188.00 £1296.00 £1339.00 £2523.00 £2585.00

Stainless Steel High Lift Pallet Trucks

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

✓High lift pallet trucks can be used as pallet trucks, with the added

HMXSS-SEMI

2585

✓Perfect for use in environments with severe hygiene

demands, e.g. food or pharmaceutical industries

• Acid resistant and corrosion resistant • Maximum lift height 800mm, with 1000kg capacity • SEMI - Stainless steel fork chassis, handle, axles, wheel holder and thrust shoes, all other parts are hot dip galvanised or chromite treated • PLUS - Stainless steel fork chassis, handle and forks partly stainless, lift cylinder and pump chromite treated

FORK DIMENSIONS L X W (mm) 1150 x 540 1150 x 540 1150 x 540 1150 x 540

LIFT TYPE MANUAL MANUAL ELECTRIC ELECTRIC

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1000

ORDER REF

PRICE

HMXSS-SEMI HMXSS-PLUS HEXSS-SEMI HEXSS-PLUS

£2585.00 £3721.00 £3776.00 £6172.00

Reel Handling Pallet Truck • Heavy duty capacity 2000kg • Range of fork lengths available • 4 fork widths available to handle reels from 400mm to a possible 1600mm in diameter • Designed for carrying horizontal transport loads such as rolls, reels and cable drums • 4mm thick, steel reinforced fork bracing • Tandem nylon load rollers and nylon steer wheels CAPACITY (kg) 2000 2000 2000 2000

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1150 1150 1150 1150

FOR REELS DIA (mm) 400-600 600-800 800-1200 1200-1600

ORDER REF BFRH1150400 BFRH1150600 BFRH1150800 BFRH11501200

FROM £

513

PRICE £513.00 £516.00 £585.00 £609.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC034

13/1/12

09:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

SCISSOR LIFTS / MOBILE SCISSOR TABLES

ELEVATION Mobile Scissor Lift Tables

Bespoke options available, please call for details

✓High quality UK manufactured mobile scissor tables which conform to all relevant EU regulations. These tables can be fitted with various extras – roller tops, bellows skirts, ball tops etc.

• Manual hydraulic or battery electric models • Toe guards fitted as standard • Overload and slow lowering valves fitted as standard • Nylon bushes fitted at all hinge points • Special sizes available – call us with your requirements

SC-800-D-M

1890

DOUBLE SCISSOR

SINGLE SCISSOR

LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM SINGLE SCISSOR

TRIPLE SCISSOR

Quality powder coat finish on shot blasted steelwork ON SELECTED ITEMS

Single Scissor Lift Tables CAPACITY (kg) 150 150 300 300 500 500 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250

OPERATION MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC

CLOSED HEIGHT RAISED HEIGHT TABLE TOP SIZE (mm) (mm) (mm) 255 780 450 x 760 255 780 450 x 760 335 840 500 x 840 335 840 500 x 840 340 900 610 x 1030 340 900 610 x 1030 360 1050 840 x 1350 360 1050 840 x 1350 360 1050 1000 x 2000 360 1050 1000 x 2000 360 1050 840 x 1350 360 1050 840 x 1350 * This model is manufactured from ALUMINIUM and weighs just 24kg

ORDER REF

PRICE

SC-150-S-M SC-150-S-M-ALU* SC-300-S-M SC-300-S-E SC-500-S-M SC-500-S-E SC-800-S-M SC-800-S-E SC-1000-S-M SC-1000-S-E SC-1250-S-M SC-1250-S-E

£406.00 £610.00 £606.00 £1624.00 £764.00 £1782.00 £1425.00 £2443.00 £1797.00 £2815.00 £1704.00 £2722.00

ORDER REF

PRICE

SC-125-D-M SC-125-D-E SC-300-D-M SC-300-D-E SC-450-D-M SC-450-D-E SC-500-D-M SC-500-D-E SC-800-D-M SC-800-D-E

£764.00 £1782.00 £810.00 £1828.00 £903.00 £1921.00 £1611.00 £2615.00 £1890.00 £2908.00

ORDER REF

PRICE

SC-500-T-M SC-500-T-E

£2355.00 £3373.00

Double Scissor Lift Tables CAPACITY (kg) 125 125 300 300 450 450 500 500 800 800

OPERATION MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC

CLOSED HEIGHT (mm) 430 430 295 295 295 295 490 490 490 490

RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 1420 1420 1350 1350 1550 1550 1900 1900 1900 1900

TABLE TOP SIZE (mm) 500 x 840 500 x 840 590 x 840 590 x 840 610 x 1030 610 x 1030 840 x 1350 840 x 1350 840 x 1350 840 x 1350

Triple Scissor Lift Tables 34

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500

OPERATION MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC

CLOSED HEIGHT (mm) 650 650

RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 2900 2900

TABLE TOP SIZE (mm) 840 x 1350 840 x 1350

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC035

20/1/12

12:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SCISSOR LIFTS

• Twin braked castors • Handle positioned precise lowering • Maintenance lockout bar • Polyurethane wheels • 5 sizes available

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Mobile Scissor Lift Tables ✓Premium quality mobile scissor lift tables

SC350DMJCB

578

SC200SMJCB

327

350KG DOUBLE LIFT

200KG SINGLE LIFT

CAPACITY (kg) 200 300 500 800 350

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 700 x 485 850 x 520 920 x 610 920 x 610 920 x 610

MAX RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 745 850 935 922 1615

MIN RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 255 305 350 345 442

WEIGHT (kg) 43 80 102 117 135

ORDER REF SC200SMJCB SC300SMJCB SC500SMJCB SC800SMJCB SC350DMJCB

PRICE £327.00 £420.00 £560.00 £578.00 £578.00

Low Profile Scissor Lifts

✓

Affordable solutions to the ever-present Health & Safety issues at the end of production lines • Economic low profile pallet positioners • Ex stock supply • Smooth, safe 415V 3-phase operation • Safety cut-out bar under table edge

BD-HY-1001

2280

BD-HU-1000

STANDARD LOW PROFILE TABLE, DRIVE-ON RAMP IS INCLUDED

2280

Operational Notes • These tables help to eliminate the bending caused where pallets are positioned on the floor until filled. • Position the pallet on the table, and elevate to the operators preferred working height. • As the load is added, the table is simply lowered with the pedestal mounted controller, maintaining the preferred working height

U-SHAPE TABLE FOR USE WITH EURO PALLETS CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000

TYPE U-SHAPE TABLE WITH RAMP

CLOSED HEIGHT (mm) 85 85

RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 860 860

TOP SIZE (mm) 1450 x 1140 1450 x 1140

WEIGHT (kg) 295 280

ORDER REF

PRICE

BD-HU-1000 BD-HY-1001

£2280.00 £2280.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC036

13/1/12

09:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

SCISSOR LIFTS

Specialised Scissor Lifts

✓We have a huge and diverse range of lifting platforms including lorry loaders and goods lifts as well as tilt and rotating units.

✓FREE site visits, demonstrations, trials and showcase visits.

Take advantage of our knowledge! Our specialists are on-hand to help you make the right choice.

✓Expert technical advice and on-going back-up ✓3 years parts and labour warranty ✓Lowest cost of ownership ✓Unrivalled customer support ✓Proven reliability Just call us!

Budget Scissor Lift Tables

✓Popular scissor lift models, competitively priced, and supplied from stock! ✓3 years parts & labour warranty CL1001 ✓5 years structural warranty £2244 500kg - 2000kg Scissor Lifts • Premium quality products • Ex stock supply • 415V 3-phase or 230V single phase, at no extra charge • Tables comply with EN1570 European Standard • CE marked • Low voltage control circuits • Key switch prevents unauthorised use • Easy push-button controls with emergency stop • Safety trip bars lock table if descent is obstructed • Fail safe automatic pressure relief valve • Hose failure safety valve • Mechanical stays for safe maintenance access

ON SITE DEMO AVAILABLE ON SELECTED ITEMS

CAPACITY (kg) 500 1000 1000 1500 2000

CLOSED HEIGHT 160 160 180 210 200

RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 760 760 1000 1500 1020

TOP SIZE (mm) 900 x 600 900 x 700 1200 x 800 1500 x 1000 1300 x 800

RISE TIME (seconds) 12 23 15 17 17

ORDER REF

PRICE

CR500 CR1000 CL1001 CB1500B CL2000

£2039.00 £2325.00 £2244.00 £3135.00 £2805.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC037

13/1/12

09:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SCISSOR LIFTS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Scissor Lifts

✓For machine feeding, stacking and loading,

TL2000

3700

palletising and loading bays

✓Safety is paramount, all models comply with EN1570 European Standard

✓3 years parts & labour warranty ✓5 years structural warranty • Low voltage control circuits • CE marked • Hose failure safety valve • Key switch prevents unauthorised use • Easy push-button controls with emergency stop • Safety trip bars lock table if descent is obstructed • Fail safe automatic pressure relief valve • Mechanical stays for safe maintenance access

ON SELECTED ITEMS

We specialise in specials. Call us for a quote to your specification!

Scissor Lifts are normally supplied for use on 380/420V 3-Phase supplies. Please enquire for 230V single phase

Single Scissor Models • Often available from stock • Our most widely used design • May be used on the factory floor, or installed in a pit • Special platform sizes quoted upon request • Suitable for indoor or outdoor use Double Vertical Scissor Lifts

Single Scissor Lifts CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1500 1500 2000 2000 2000 2000

FOLDED (mm) 180 180 180 200 230 230 200 220 250 250

STROKE (mm) 820 820 820 1300 1100 1100 820 1000 1500 1500

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1300 x 700 1300 x 800 1300 x 1000 2000 x 800 1700 x 1000 1700 x 1200 1300 x 800 1500 x 1200 2200 x 1200 2200 x 1500

RISE TIME (secs) 15 15 15 16 17 17 17 26 27 27

ORDER REF

PRICE

TL1000 TL1000B TL1000XB TA1000 TM1500 TM1500B TL2000 TB2000B TS2000 TS2000B

£2925 £2957 £3114 £4545 £4280 £4482 £3700 £4683 £6649 £6978

CAPACITY (kg) 200 500 1000 1500 2000

FOLDED (mm) 280 275 320 450 360

CAPACITY (kg) 2000 2000

FOLDED (mm) 180 200

STROKE (mm) 1170 1100 1600 3000 1600

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 900 x 600 900 x 700 1300 x 800 2200 x 1200 1300 x 800

RISE TIME (secs) 12 42 29 55 34

ORDER REF

PRICE

CRD200 TRD500 TLD1000 TSD1500 TLD2000

£2372 £3245 £4250 £9616 £5416

Double Horizontal Scissor Lifts STROKE (mm) 820 1300

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 2600 x 800 4000 x 800

RISE TIME (secs) 30 32

ORDER REF

PRICE

TLH2000 TAH2000

£5330 £8747

Low Profile Scissor Lift Tables CAPACITY (kg) 500 600 600 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000

FOLDED STROKE PLATFORM SIZE RISE TIME ORDER REF (mm) (mm) L x W (mm) (secs) 80 630 900 x 600 9 TCR500 80 720 1500 x 900 13 TCB600 80 970 1500 x 900 19 TCB600H* 80 820 1350 x 800 13 TCL1000 80 820 1350 x 1000 13 TCL1000B 80 820 1350 x 1270 13 TCL1000GB 100 820 1350 x 800 24 TCL2000 100 820 1350 x 1000 24 TCL2000B 100 820 1350 x 1270 24 TCL2000GB *This model must be securely fixed to ground or floor

PRICE £3298 £4193 £4308 £4523 £4733 £5322 £5717 £5836 £6012

U- and E- Shaped Low Profile Scissor Lifts STYLE E-SHAPED E-SHAPED U-SHAPED U-SHAPED

CAP LOWEST STROKE PLATFORM EXT/INT RISE ORDER (kg) HT (mm) (mm) L x W (mm) TIME (secs) 600 80 720 1450/1200 x 900/580 13 TUB600 600 80 970 1450/1200 x 900/580 19 TUB600H* 1000 80 820 1350/1145 x 1060/585 13 TUL1000 2000 100 820 1350/1145 x 1145/585 24 TUL2000 *This model must be securely fixed to ground or floor

PRICE REF £4377 £4494 £4633 £5836

Low Profile Scissor Lifts

✓Patented lift mechanism allows a very low closed height, ✓

eliminating the need for a pit installation

U- and E- shaped models are specifically designed to lift 2-way entry pallets straight from the pallet truck

✓3 years parts & labour warranty ✓5 years structural warranty • Easily relocatable within the workplace • Convenient remote enclosed power/controls pack • Special platform sizes quoted upon request • Demonstration units are available

Ramps RAMPS TO SUIT TCR500 TCB600 & TCB600H TCL1000 TCL1000B & TCL1000GB TCL2000 & TCL2000B TCL2000GB

DIMENSIONS LENGTH x WIDTH (mm) 600 x 600 600 x 750 650 x 800 650 x 1000 800 x 800 800 x 1000

ORDER REF TCRR TCBR TCL1R TCL1B/GBR TCL2/BR TCL2GBR

PRICE £213.00 £198.00 £231.00 £296.00 £313.00 £313.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC038

17/1/12

15:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

CASTORS • All castors in a pressed steel zinc plated finish • Double ball race swivel heads as standard • All sizes and wheel diameters catered for • Top plate and single bolt hole fixings on most models • Swivel wheel brakes available on most models

Please call us for any type of castor you need!

Light Duty White Polypropylene Castors, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 50

CAP (kg) 50

O/A HEIGHT 72

TOP PLATE 50x50

B/HOLE CENTRES 36x36

75x60

55x42

100

125

128

102x84

80x60

125

160

155

102x84

80x60

160

200

190

135x110

105x80

200

250

235

135x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZD50NY £2.30 BZD75NY £3.80 BZMM100PL £4.60 BZMM125PL £6.00 BZMM160NY £14.50 BZMM200NY £17.10

FIXED REF BZDF75NY £3.20 BZMMF100PL £3.50 BZMMF125PL £5.20 BZMMF160NY £11.40 BZMMF200NY £15.20

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZD50NYSWB £2.80 BZD75NYSWB £4.40 BZMM100PLSWB £8.50 BZMM125PLSWB £9.70 BZMM160NYSWB £18.50 BZMM200NYSWB £21.70

Please note sometimes nylon wheel will be black

Light Duty Grey Non Marking Rubber Tyred Castors, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 50

CAP (kg) 50

O/A HEIGHT 72

TOP PLATE 50x50

B/HOLE CENTRES 36x36

75x60

55x42

100

128

102x84

80x60

125

100

155

102x84

80x60

160

190

135x110

105x80

200

250

235

135x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZD50GR £2.50 BZD75GR £3.80 BZMM100GR £5.70 BZMM125GR £7.60 BZMM160GR £15.20 BZMM200GR £16.40

FIXED REF BZDF75GR £4.50 BZMMF100GR £4.40 BZMMF125GR £7.00 BZMMF160GR £11.40 BZMMF200GR £16.40

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZD50GRSWB £3.20 BZD75GRSWB £4.40 BZMM100GRSWB £8.40 BZMM125GRSWB £10.70 BZMM160GRSWB £19.00 BZMM200GRSWB £22.10

Light Duty Black Rubber Tyred Castors, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 75

CAP (kg) 50

O/A HEIGHT 95

TOP PLATE 75x60

B/HOLE CENTRES 55x42

100

128

102x84

80x60

125

100

155

102x84

80x60

160

190

135x110

105x80

200

250

235

135x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZMM75BSB £3.40 BZMM100BSB £5.00 BZMM125BSB £5.60 BZMM160BSB £13.90 BZMM200BSB £17.10

FIXED REF BZMMF75BSB £2.80 BZMMF100BSB £3.90 BZMMF125BSB £4.40 BZMMF160BSB £10.10 BZMMF200BSB £14.50

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZMM75BSBBR £5.20 BZMM100BSBSWB £7.40 BZMM125BSBSWB £8.10 BZMM160BSBSWB £17.70 BZMM200BSBSWB £20.20

LD White Polypropylene Castors, Bolt Hole Fitting WHEEL DIA 50

CAP (kg) 55

O/A HEIGHT 72

BOLT DIA 10

100

135

125

155

SWIVEL REF BZD50NYBH10 £2.30 BZD75NYBH10 £3.80 BZD100NYBH10 £6.30 BZD125NYBH10 £7.10

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZD50NYBH10SWB £3.20 BZD75NYBH10SWB £5.00 BZD100NYBH10BR £7.00 BZD125NYBH10BR £7.90

Please note sometimes nylon wheel will be black

LD Grey Non Marking Rubber Tyred Castors, Bolt Hole Fitting

WHEEL DIA 50

CAP (kg) 50

O/A HEIGHT 72

BOLT DIA 10

100

135

125

100

155

SWIVEL REF BZD50GRBH10 £2.30 BZD75GRBH10 £3.80 BZD100GRBH10 £5.70 BZD125GRBH10 £6.30

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZD50GRBH10SWB £3.80 BZD75GRBH10SWB £5.00 BZD100GRBH10BR £7.00 BZD125GRBH10BR £7.60

Expanders • Add expanders to bolt hole castors to mount into steel tubing SQUARE TUBE TYPE 21.5-24mm EXPS21 £2.80 24-27mm EXPS24 £2.80 27-30mm EXPS27 £2.80 32-35mm EXPS31 £2.80 36-40mm EXPS36 £2.80 ROUND TUBE TYPE 19-21.5mm EXPR19 £2.80 21.5-24mm EXPR21 £2.80 24-27mm EXPR24 £2.80 27-30mm EXPR27 £2.80 31-35mm EXPR31 £2.80

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC039

16/1/12

13:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CASTORS Medium Duty White Nylon Castors, Top Plate Fitting CAP (kg) 130

O/A HEIGHT 95

TOP PLATE 105x80

B/HOLE CENTRES 80x60

100

250

132

105x85

80x60

125

250

157

108x85

80x60

150

500

197

140x110

105x80

200

500

237

140x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZH75NY £4.10 BZH100NYB £10.10 BZH125NYB £11.40 BZP150NYB £30.30 BZP200NYB £35.40

FIXED REF BZHF75NY £3.40 BZHF100NYB £6.30 BZHF125NYB £7.60 BZPF150NYB £22.10 BZPF200NYB £28.40

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH75NYBR £5.70 BZH100NYBSWB £13.90 BZH125NYBSWB £16.40 BZP150NYBSWB £32.90 BZP200NYSWB £43.00

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

WHEEL DIA 75

Medium Duty Polyurethane Tyred Castors with Nylon Centres, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 150

O/A HEIGHT 132

TOP PLATE 105x85

B/HOLE CENTRES 80x60

125

200

157

108x85

80x60

150

400

197

140x110

105x80

200

500

237

140x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZH100NPB £15.20 BZH125NPB £17.70 BZP150NPB £35.40 BZP200NPB £46.80

FIXED REF BZHF100NPB £11.40 BZHF125NPB £15.20 BZPF150NPB £25.90 BZPF200NPB £37.90

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100NPBSWB £20.20 BZH125NPBSWB £22.80 BZP150NPBSWB £39.20 BZP200NPBSWB £49.30

Medium Duty Polyurethane Tyred Cast Iron Castors, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 300

O/A HEIGHT 132

TOP PLATE 105x85

B/HOLE CENTRES 8

125

300

157

105x85

150

500

197

140x110

200

500

237

140x110

SWIVEL REF BZH100PTBJ £34.10 BZH125PTBJ £37.90 BZP150PTBJ £50.60 BZP200PTBJ £59.40

FIXED REF BZHF100PTBJ £31.60 BZHF125PTBJ £35.40 BZPF150PTBJ £44.30 BZPF200PTBJ £53.10

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100PTBJSWB £37.90 BZH125PTBJSWB £43.60 BZP150PTBJSWB £56.90 BZP200PTBJSWB £63.20

MD White Nylon Castors, Bolt Hole Fitting WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 150

O/A HEIGHT 128

BOLT DIA 12

125

150

155

160

200

195

200

235

SWIVEL REF BZH100NYBH12 £10.10 BZH125NYBH12 £10.10 BZHH160NYBH16 £22.80 BZHH200NYBH16 £30.30

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100NYBH12BR £12.60 BZH125NYBH12BR £13.90 BZHH160NYBH16BR £27.80 BZHH200NYBH16BR £50.60

MD Rubber Tyred Nylon Castors, Bolt Hole Fitting WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 150

O/A HEIGHT 128

BOLT DIA 12

125

150

155

160

200

195

200

235

SWIVEL REF BZH100RNBH12 £12.60 BZH125RNBH12 £17.70 BZHH160RNBH16 £25.30 BZHH200RNBBH16 £29.70

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100RNBH12BR £16.40 BZH125RNBH12BR £19.00 BZHH160RNBH16BR £35.40 BZHH200RNBH16BR £37.90

MD Polyurethane Tyred Nylon Castors, Bolt Hole WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 150

O/A HEIGHT 128

BOLT DIA 12

125

150

155

160

200

195

200

235

SWIVEL REF BZH100NPBH12 £13.90 BZH125NPBH12 £15.20 BZH160NPBH12 £39.50 BZHH200NPBBH16 £45.50

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100NPBH12BR £16.40 BZH125NPBH12BR £17.70 BZH160NPBH12BR £54.10 BZH200NPBBH16BR £50.60

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC040

17/1/12

15:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Modular Trolleys ✓Can be altered, interchanged and supplemented in many ways • Complies with Euronorm 1757-3 for enhanced operator safety • Capacity up to 500kg • Tubular and angle welded steel • Finish resists impact and scratches • Decked in beech veneered heavy duty particle board • 2 castor and 2 fixed wheels • Cushion rubber tyres • 5 year quality guarantee

Multivario accessories see page 42

FROM

219

MultiVario System

years

A newly designed technology to make your transport trolley program not only more powerful, effective and attractive - but magic. There are no more bulging or protruding “corner pillars” and no more rough welding seams. Furthermore, the frame profile height has been increased to provide even more stability. This does not simply lead to a functional improvement but at the same time it virtually creates a perfectly shaped new look for the MultiVario transport trolleys. German Patent 39 17 279

QUALITY GUARANTEE

Panelled End Trolleys

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 26 33 36 42

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

ORDER REF 2510 2511 2512 2513

PRICE £219.00 £230.00 £233.00 £252.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC041

16/1/12

13:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

FROM

£164

£194

Platform

One Open End

Overall length as table below -60mm Overall height as table below -720mm OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

MultiVario System

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

FROM

£326

Box Cart Overall length as table below + 60mm

Platform & Single End Trolleys CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

PLATFORM REF PRICE 2590 £164.00 2591 £174.00 2592 £177.00 2593 £193.00

OPEN END REF PRICE 2500 £194.00 2501 £205.00 2502 £207.00 2503 £230.00

BOX CART REF PRICE 2560 £326.00 2561 £354.00 2562 £358.00 2563 £382.00

FROM

£274

£309

£344

Double End Trolley

3 Sided Trolley

Box Cart

Multi-Sided Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 1030 x 500 990 x 1180 x 600 990 x 1180 x 700 990 x 1380 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

FROM

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

DOUBLE END REF PRICE 2520 £274.00 2521 £285.00 2522 £290.00 2523 £312.00

BOX CART REF PRICE 2550 £344.00 2551 £358.00 2552 £367.00 2553 £394.00

£321

£340

Stanchioned Trolley

PRICE £309.00 £324.00 £329.00 £352.00

FROM

£198

3 SIDED REF 2530 2531 2532 2533

Panelled Bale Trolley

Tubular Bale Trolley

Overall length as table below + 160mm Special Purpose Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 910 x 500 1025 x 1060 x 600 1025 x 1060 x 700 1025 x 1260 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

STANCHIONED REF PRICE 2580 £198.00 2581 £207.00 2582 £210.00 2583 £226.00

PANELLED BALE REF PRICE 2541 £340.00 2542 £342.00 2543 £366.00

TUBULAR BALE REF PRICE 2571 £321.00 2572 £323.00 2573 £352.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC042

19/1/12

10:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS Side Frame Trolley

1582SF

1512

£273

£226

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

years

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

One Mesh End MultiVario System

WARRANTY Platform Trolleys with One Mesh End

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 985 x 910 x 500 1025 x 1060 x 600 1025 x 1060 x 700 1025 x 1260 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 26 34 37 43

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

ORDER REF 1510 1511 1512 1513

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

ORDER REF 1580SF 1581SF 1582SF 1583SF

PRICE £210.00 £222.00 £226.00 £244.00

Side Frame Trolleys

Double End Mesh Trolley

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 29 35 40 44

3 Sided Mesh Trolley

PRICE £261.00 £271.00 £273.00 £289.00

Mesh Box Cart

1530

1550

£301

£342

1520

£256

Mesh Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 1030 x 500 990 x 1180 x 600 990 x 1180 x 700 990 x 1380 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

DOUBLE END MESH REF PRICE 1520 £256.00 1521 £269.00 1522 £276.00 1523 £295.00

SIDED MESH REF PRICE 1530 £301.00 1531 £316.00 1532 £320.00 1533 £346.00

MESH BOX CART REF PRICE 1550 £342.00 1551 £362.00 1552 £365.00 1553 £394.00

Accessories & Optional Fittings for Modular Trolleys

Blue/Grey Solid Trackless Tyres (set of 4) Factory fitted

Pneumatic Tyres 400kg max capacity Factory fitted

Steel Platform (zinc plated sheet over standard deck)

160mm diameter REF 2186 PRICE £30.20 extra/set

220mm diameter REF 1100 PRICE £131.00 extra/set

850x500 or 1000x600 (please specify size) REF 1280 PRICE £64.00

200mm diameter REF 2187 PRICE £42.70 extra/set

(not suitable for 160mm diameter wheels)

1000x700 or 1200x800 (please specify size) REF 1281 PRICE £76.00

Wire Basket

Clipboard A4

For smaller items, powder coated aluminium finish. 600L x 140W x 200Hmm

Wood, with paper clamp and pencil holder.

REF 1291 PRICE £43.70*

REF 12.90 PRICE £33.30*

*Carriage is extra if items are sent separately from trolley

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

10:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

✓Tubular welded steel construction with anti-slip waterproof platform and ends

MultiVario System

• Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • Powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 • 2 fixed & 2 swivel roller bearing wheels • High quality 200 x 50mm cushion rubber tyred wheels

QUALITY GUARANTEE

12402 12512

MODEL DESCRIPTION

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1160 x 700 x 1000 1360 x 800 x 1000 1760 x 800 x 1000 2160 x 800 x 1000 1210 x 700 x 925 1410 x 800 x 925 1810 x 800 x 925 2210 x 800 x 925 1210 x 700 x 925 1410 x 800 x 925 1810 x 800 x 925 2210 x 800 x 925

PANEL END PLATFORM TROLLEYS

TWO SHELF TABLE TOP CARTS

THREE SHELF TABLE TOP CARTS

12422

£532

£403

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1600 x 800 2000 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1600 x 800 2000 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1600 x 800 2000 x 800

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Heavy Duty 1200kg Modular Trolleys

years

TC043

£718

CAPACITY (kg) 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

WEIGHT (kg) 45 52 64 96 70 80 103 159 97 108 144 228

ORDER REF 12512 12513 12515 12516 12402 12403 12405 12406 12422 12423 12425 12426

PRICE £403.00 £445.00 £520.00 £653.00 £532.00 £619.00 £779.00 £1017.00 £718.00 £862.00 £1085.00 £1441.00

ESD 500kg Trolleys

✓Electrostatic discharge construction for use in electronic and processing environments • Tubular steel and sectional welded steel • Conductive powder coating in dark grey • Screw and plug type construction • HPL composite shelves according to DIN 68765, light grey • 2 castors with wheel locks • 2 fixed wheels, solid rubber tyres 200 x 50mm, hubs with roller bearings

ON SELECTED ITEMS

9402

£610

9512

£432

MODEL DESCRIPTION MESH END PLATFORM CARTS TWO SHELF TROLLEY THREE SHELF TROLLEY

9422

£852

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1120 x 700 x 990 1320 x 800 x 990 1190 x 700 x 905 1390 x 800 x 905 1190 x 700 x 905 1390 x 800 x 905

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 37 43 52 61 70 82

ORDER REF 9512 9513 9402 9403 9422 9423

PRICE £432.00 £487.00 £610.00 £709.00 £852.00 £989.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC044

16/1/12

14:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Series 100 Shelf Trolleys

24112522

• 150/200kg ergonomic maximum loads • 100kg top shelf capacity • Shiny zinc coated 22mm tubular framework • 12mm thick laminated or mesh grid shelves • Adjustable shelves and handles • Four 125 x 30mm swivel castors with grey rubber tyres • 10mm shelf lip on lateral edges • Lifetime warranty

£291

24119050

£217

150kg Shelf Trolleys (Solid Shelves) DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 900 x 460 x 890 1150 x 460 x 890

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 750 x 425 1000 x 425

ORDER REF

PRICE

24119030 24119050

£197.00 £217.00

24112532

£359

24112642

£478

24117532

£405

200kg Shelf trolleys DESCRIPTION SOLID SHELVES

GRID SHELVES

DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 800 x 460 930 x 460 1180 x 460 1380 x 460 930 x 460 1180 x 460 1380 x 460

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 620 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425 1200 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425 1200 x 425

TWO SHELVES (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24112222 £271.00 24112322 £275.00 24112522 £291.00 24112622 £304.00 24117322 £310.00 24117522 £322.00 24117622 £339.00

THREE SHELVES (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24112232 £330.00 24112332 £336.00 24112532 £359.00 24112632 £377.00 24117332 £389.00 24117532 £405.00 24117632 £430.00

FOUR SHELVES (1585Hmm) REF PRICE 24112242 £419.00 24112342 £426.00 24112542 £455.00 24112642 £478.00 24117342 £499.00 24117542 £515.00 24117642 £548.00

Series 300 Shelf Trolleys

25242643

£576

• 300kg maximum capacity, top shelves 100kg • Shiny zinc coated 22mm tubular framework • Shelves and handles height adjustable • 10mm shelf lip on lateral edges • 12mm thick laminated shelves • Lifetime warranty • Two swivel and two fixed castors, 160x40mm black rubber tyres

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

300kg Shelf Trolleys

DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 990 x 650 x 1030/1690 1190 x 650 x 1030/1690 1390 x 650 x 1030/1690 1590 x 650 x 1030/1690 1790 x 650 x 1030/1690

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600

TWO SHELVES REF PRICE 25220623 £343.00 25221623 £366.00 25222623 £393.00 25224623 £427.00 25226623 £462.00

FOUR SHELVES REF PRICE 25240643 £497.00 25241643 £535.00 25242643 £576.00 25244643 £627.00 25246643 £678.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC045

19/1/12

11:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS

• 200kg ergonomic maximum load • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Four swivel castors 125 x 32mm, grey rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated bases • Supplied unassembled • Lifetime warranty OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 670 x 465 x 960 800 x 465 x 960 1050 x 465 x 960

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 530 x 465 660 x 465 910 x 465

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

ORDER REF

PRICE

24112212 24112312 24112512

£205.00 £211.00 £218.00

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Series 100 Platform Trolleys

FROM

£205

FROM

£322

Series 200 Platform Trolleys

✓Centrally mounted wheels allow turning within trolley radius even under heavy loads

• 300kg ergonomic maximum load • Lifetime warranty • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • 2 centre mounted 200 x 50mm wheels, 125 x 32mm swivel castors • 12mm thick laminated bases • Supplied unassembled DESCRIPTION HORIZONTAL HANDLE FROM

£290

VERTICAL HANDLE

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 960 x 520 x 950 960 x 620 x 950 1350 x 620 x 950 1130 x 460 x 1110 1130 x 460 x 1110 1530 x 460 x 1110

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 850 x 520 850 x 620 1250 x 620 850 x 520 850 x 620 1250 x 620

ORDER REF

PRICE

24125214 24125314 24125614 24121214 24121314 24121614

£290.00 £290.00 £376.00 £322.00 £322.00 £400.00

Series 300 Platform Trolleys • 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors for maximum stability over long distances • Wire grid on handle end, detachable tubular frame on front • 300kg ergonomic maximum load • Lifetime warranty • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Castors 160 x 40mm, black rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated bases • Supplied unassembled OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 990 x 650 x 1030 1190 x 650 x 1030 1390 x 650 x 1030 1590 x 650 x 1030 1790 x 650 x 1030

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

25510613 25511613 25512613 25514613 25516613

£266.00 £282.00 £309.00 £331.00 £357.00

FROM

£266

Series 400 Platform Trolleys

✓Reinforced ends and platform for heavy loads FROM

£409 FROM

£341

• 500kg ergonomic maximum load • Supplied unassembled • Lifetime warranty • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • 200 x 50mm castors, black rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated bases DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1000 x 570 x 1180 1200 x 570 x 1180 1400 x 570 x 1180 1000 x 650 x 1180 1200 x 650 x 1180 1400 x 650 x 1180 1600 x 650 x 1180 1200 x 750 x 1180 1400 x 750 x 1180 1600 x 850 x 1180 1200 x 850 x 1180 1400 x 850 x 1180 1600 x 850 x 1180

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 520 1000 x 520 1200 x 520 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 700 1400 x 700 1000 x 800 1200 x 800 1400 x 800

SINGLE HANDLE REF PRICE 25540515 £341.00 25541515 £363.00 25542515 £384.00 25540615 £327.00 25541615 £351.00 25542615 £370.00 25544615 £392.00 25541715 £374.00 25542715 £398.00 25544715 £420.00 25541815 £380.00 25542815 £403.00 25544815 £501.00

DOUBLE HANDLE REF PRICE 25550515 £409.00 25551515 £432.00 25552515 £453.00 25550615 £411.00 25551615 £428.00 25552615 £449.00 25554615 £470.00 25551715 £457.00 25552715 £482.00 25554715 £506.00 25551815 £456.00 25552815 £479.00 25554815 £501.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC046

19/1/12

11:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PARCEL & BOX CARTS

Series 100 Parcel Trolleys • 200kg ergonomic maximum load • Two detachable side grids for easier access • Handles in 22mm powder coated tube, height adjustable • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Four swivel castors 125 x 32mm, grey rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated base • Supplied unassembled • Lifetime warranty OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 800 x 460 x 1120 930 x 460 x 1120 1180 x 460 x 1120 1380 x 460 x 1120

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 620 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425 1200 x 425

FROM

410

ORDER REF

PRICE

24118212 24118312 24118512 24118612

£410.00 £404.00 £434.00 £452.00

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Series 300 Parcel Trolleys • 300kg ergonomic maximum load • Lifetime warranty • Detachable side grid, fitted with spring action fasteners • Handles in 22mm powder coated tube, height adjustable • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Two swivel and two fixed castors with roller bearing hubs, 160 x 40mm black rubber tyres • Single height model has low ends and two side grids, double height model has high ends and four side grids • 12mm thick laminated base • Supplied unassembled

FROM

452

DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 990 x 650 x 1030/1690 1190 x 650 x 1030/1690 1380 x 650 x 1030/1690 1590 x 650 x 1030/1690 1790 x 650 x 1030/1690

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600

SINGLE HEIGHT REF PRICE 25820613 £452.00 25821613 £495.00 25822613 £512.00 25824613 £589.00 25826613 £626.00

DOUBLE HEIGHT REF PRICE 25840613 £649.00 25841613 £712.00 25842613 £729.00 25844613 £861.00 25846613 £910.00

FROM

768

Series 400 Parcel Trolleys • 500kg ergonomic maximum load, reinforced ends • Side gates on both sides for easier access • Handles in 22mm powder coated tube, height adjustable • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Two swivel and two fixed castors with roller bearing hubs, 200 x 50mm black rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated base • Supplied ready assembled • Lifetime warranty

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1200 x 650 x 1180 1400 x 650 x 1180 1600 x 650 x 1180 1800 x 650 x 1180 1200 x 750 x 1180 1400 x 750 x 1180 1600 x 750 x 1180 1800 x 750 x 1180 1400 x 850 x 1180 1600 x 850 x 1180 1800 x 850 x 1180

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 700 1400 x 700 1600 x 700 1200 x 800 1400 x 800 1600 x 800

ORDER REF

PRICE

15861615 15862615 15864615 15866615 15861715 15862715 15864715 15866715 15862815 15864815 15866815

£768.00 £800.00 £834.00 £888.00 £795.00 £832.00 £867.00 £922.00 £842.00 £882.00 £937.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC047

16/1/12

14:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Light Duty Step Trolleys TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• 200kg overall capacity, 100kg top shelf • Bright zinc coated tubular framework • 12mm thick laminated shelves • Light duty models have four 125 x 32mm swivel castors for maximum manoeuvrability • Height adjustable shelves • Top step height 600mm • Supplied in KD form for easy assembly • Lifetime warranty FROM • Clipboards included ALL ITEMS ON THIS £ PAGE ARE SUPPLIED

528

IN KD FORM

24113322 OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 890 x 460 1020 x 460 1270 x 460

24113532 SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 620 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425

24113342

TWO SHELF (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24113222 £528.00 24113322 £533.00 24113522 £548.00

THREE SHELF (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24113232 £585.00 24113332 £590.00 24113532 £612.00

FOUR SHELF (1585Hmm) REF PRICE 24113242 £658.00 24113342 £665.00 24113542 £693.00

Heavy Duty Step Trolleys • 300kg overall capacity, 150kg top shelf • Bright zinc coated tubular framework • 12mm thick laminated shelves • Four 125 x 32mm swivel castors and two 200 x 50mm wheels for extra support • Removable top shelf for movement of bulky goods • Top step height 600mm • Supplied in KD form for easy assembly • Lifetime warranty • Clipboards included

CLIPBOARDS ARE INCLUDED WITH STEP TROLLEYS

FROM £

24123334

24123324 OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1130 x 540 x 1110 1130 x 620 x 1110 1530 x 620 x 1110

668

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 520 850 x 620 1250 x 620

TWO SHELF TROLLEY REF PRICE 24123224 £668.00 24123324 £802.00 24123624 £796.00

THREE SHELF TROLLEY REF PRICE 24123234 £802.00 24123334 £798.00 24123634 £983.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC048

16/1/12

14:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

E! LU

BEST SELLERS

U E!

• Tubular welded steel construction • Beech faced particle board decks • 2 fixed castor wheels, 2 swivel with brake • Cushion rubber tyres on roller bearing wheels • Powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 OP VA T

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Ecoline Trolleys ✓200kg / 400kg capacity ✓Comply with EuroNorm 1757-3

TOP V

1602 1200

2100

£148

£180

£244

Table Top Cart Shelf heights 185 & 810mm

Storeroom Trolleys

Storeroom Trolleys OUTER DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 900 x 1100 x 450 900 x 1250 x 600 945 x 1030 x 505 985 x 1180 x 705

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 450 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 700

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 125 160 200

WEIGHT (kg) 15 20 21 29

ORDER REF

PRICE

1200 1202 2100 2102

£148.00 £173.00 £180.00 £197.00

A4 Clipboard Wood, with paperclamp and pencil holder. REF 1290 PRICE £33.30

years

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 400 400

GUARANTEE

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Table Top Carts

2610

£329

1800

£260

2600

£268

Shelf heights 185, 500 & 810mm

Shelf heights 225 & 720mm

Shelf heights 225, 473 & 720mm

Table Top Carts

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200 300 400 300 400

HANDLES 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1

OUTER DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 1010 x 1030 x 500 1010 x 1180 x 600 1010 x 1030 x 500 1010 x 1180 x 600 960 x 970 x 505 1000 x 1120 x 705 960 x 970 x 505 1000 x 1120 x 705

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700

TOP SHELF LOAD (kg) 80 80 80 TOP & MIDDLE 80 TOP & MIDDLE 120 120 120 TOP & MIDDLE 120 TOP & MIDDLE

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 125 125 125 160 200 160 200

WEIGHT (kg) 25 28 34 40 29 41 36 51

ORDER REF

PRICE

1600 1602 1800 1802 2600 2602 2610 2612

£206.00 £244.00 £260.00 £303.00 £268.00 £294.00 £329.00 £359.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

11:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Heavy Duty Shelf & Tray Trolleys

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

years

TC049

✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 ✓500kg frame capacity ✓90kg max on each upper shelf

QUALITY GUARANTEE

• All steel welded construction • Powder coated RAL blue 5007 • Beech grain laminated surfaces • 2 fixed and 2 swivel / brake castor wheels

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

8301

£424

8101

8201

£347

£413

Shelf Trolleys DIMENSIONS* W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 600 x 1100 1000 x 700 x 1100 1200 x 800 x 1100 1000 x 600 x 1500 1000 x 700 x 1500 1200 x 800 x 1500 1000 x 600 x 1800 1000 x 700 x 1800 1200 x 800 x 1800 *WIDTH EXCLUDES HANDLE PROJECTION

SHELF LEVELS

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm)

WHEEL DIA (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

8101 8102 8103 8201 8202 8203 8301 8302 8303

£347.00 £386.00 £447.00 £413.00 £446.00 £516.00 £424.00 £451.00 £519.00

8121

8221

8321

£530

£616

£619

Tray Trolleys DIMENSIONS* W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 600 x 1100 1000 x 700 x 1100 1200 x 800 x 1100 1000 x 600 x 1500 1000 x 700 x 1500 1200 x 800 x 1500 1000 x 600 x 1800 1000 x 700 x 1800 1200 x 800 x 1800 *WIDTH EXCLUDES HANDLE PROJECTION

SHELF LEVELS

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm)

WHEEL DIA (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

8121 8122 8123 8221 8222 8223 8321 8322 8323

£530.00 £550.00 £649.00 £616.00 £649.00 £758.00 £619.00 £651.00 £762.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC050

16/1/12

14:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Table Top Carts 250kg

✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 for enhanced operator safety ✓250kg capacity ✓80kg capacity on upper and middle shelves • Angled or horizontal push bar • Two swivel, two fixed wheels • 125mm diameter solid rubber tyres • Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • 12mm top lip • Shelves made from derived timber board, on angle steel frame

BEST SELLERS

2752

2622

£316

£591

With steel drawers: 25kg load capacity

2942

£248

Table Top Carts TROLLEY TYPE TWO SHELVES TWO SHELVES THREE SHELVES THREE SHELVES TWO SHELVES + 2 DRAWERS TWO SHELVES TWO SHELVES THREE SHELVES THREE SHELVES TWO SHELVES + 2 DRAWERS

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 195 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 820

NUMBER & SIZE OF DRAWERS TWO: 105 x 415 x 490 TWO: 105 x 415 x 490

PUSHBAR TYPE HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED

ORDER REF 2940 2942 2950 2952 2922 2740 2742 2750 2752 2622

PRICE £223.00 £248.00 £290.00 £321.00 £594.00 £219.00 £244.00 £287.00 £316.00 £591.00

Table Top Carts - 250kg with Retention Rim

✓250kg capacity ✓80kg capacity on upper and middle shelves ✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • Shelves made from derived timber board, on angle steel frame • 50mm high load retention rims • Angled or horizontal push bar • Two swivel, two fixed wheels • 125mm diameter solid rubber tyres

3742

3622

3962

£282

£609

£313

With steel drawers: 25kg load capacity

years

Table Top Carts with Rim

GUARANTEE

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600

50mm RETENTION RIM TOP SHELF TOP SHELF TOP & BOTTOM TOP & BOTTOM BOTTOM SHELF TOP SHELF TOP SHELF TOP & BOTTOM TOP & BOTTOM BOTTOM SHELF

NUMBER & SIZE OF DRAWERS TWO: 105 x 415 x 490 TWO: 105 x 415 x 490

PUSHBAR TYPE HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED

ORDER REF 3940 3942 3960 3962 3922 3740 3742 3760 3762 3622

PRICE £256.00 £286.00 £275.00 £313.00 £613.00 £252.00 £282.00 £275.00 £309.00 £609.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

10:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / STAINLESS STEEL

4880

4882

£247

MODEL LIGHT GREY / PALE GREY SILVER METALLIC / BEECH GRAIN

OVERALL SIZE L x W x H (mm) 900 x 535 x 925 900 x 535 x 925 900 x 535 x 925 900 x 535 x 925

• Bolted tubular steel construction powder coated light grey RAL 7035 or silver metallic • Shelves made of derived timber board pale grey or beech grain • 4 castor wheels, 2 with wheel locks according to the European Standard EN 1757-3 (safety of platform trolleys) • Trackless pneumatic tyres 125 x 32mm • 50kg capacity per shelf

£291

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 500 800 x 500 800 x 500 800 x 500

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 260, 530 260, 530, 800 260, 530 260, 530, 800

WEIGHT (kg) 19 24 19 24

ORDER REF 4880 4882 4980 4982

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Office Trolleys

PRICE £247.00 £291.00 £261.00 £307.00

5038

£431

years

TC051

WARRANTY 5001

£316 5036

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

£358

Modular Stainless Steel Trolleys ✓2, 3 & 4 tray models ✓Versatile modular system

5005

£386 5009

£633

CAPACITY (kg) 120 150 120 120 120 150 150 150 160 160 160

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 950 x 700 x 470 950 x 700 x 470 950 x 870 x 570 950 x 1070 x 570 950 x 1070 x 670 950 x 870 x 570 950 x 1070 x 570 950 x 1070 x 670 1260 x 870 x 570 1260 x 1070 x 570 1260 x 1070 x 670

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 630 x 400 630 x 400 800 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 600 800 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 600 800 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 600

NO. OF SHELVES 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4

• Tubular CNS (chrome nickel steel) • Supplied in KD form for easy on-site assembly • Deep-drawn shelves with all-round rim • Corner protectors and shielded wheels safeguard furniture • 125mm castor wheels with non-marking tyres • 2 braked wheels comply with EuroNorm 1757-3 • 80kg load capacity per shelf SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 265, 850 300, 575, 850 265, 850 265, 850 265, 850 300, 575, 850 300, 575, 850 300, 575, 850 335, 610, 885, 1160 335, 610, 885, 1160 335, 610, 885, 1160

WEIGHT (kg) 12 14.5 15 16 17 17 19 22 22 25 28

ORDER REF

PRICE

5036 5038 5001 5011 5017 5005 5013 5019 5009 5015 5021

£358.00 £431.00 £316.00 £429.00 £439.00 £386.00 £502.00 £517.00 £633.00 £684.00 £762.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC052

16/1/12

14:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 All Steel Workshop Carts ✓Welded oil-tight trays suit engineering use • 2 swivel castors with brake, 2 fixed wheels • Solid rubber tyres with roller bearings • Powder coated in RAL blue 5007

years

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

GUARANTEE

100mm high steel tray with removable grille 4830

4822

2722

433

4932

4920

TROLLEY TYPE 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR LATTICE GRILLE, CATCH TRAY, DRAIN TAP

SHELF HEIGHT (mm) 245 - 865 290 - 910 245 - 555 - 865 290 - 600 - 910 245 - 865 290 - 910 245 - 555 - 865 290 - 600 - 910 195 - 890

TRUCK CAPACITY (kg) 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 250

WHEEL DIA (mm) 160 200 160 200 160 200 160 200 125

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 1000 x 600

ORDER REF 4820 4822 4830 4832 4920 4922 4930 4932 2722

PRICE £277.00 £329.00 £344.00 £418.00 £272.00 £324.00 £339.00 £413.00 £433.00

Heavy Duty Carts 500kg

✓500kg truck capacity ✓200kg capacity on shelves above base ✓Resistant to impact and scratches

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

• Durable all steel welded frames • Powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 • Beech grain laminated surfaces • Optional platforms with galvanized steel sheet plating

2442

594

• Two swivel and two fixed wheels

• Brakes fitted to swivel castors • 200 x 50mm solid rubber tyres

1278 & 1279 Galvanized Platforms 1000 x 700mm REF 1278 PRICE £62.00 (per shelf) 1200 x 800mm REF 1279 PRICE £76.00 (per shelf)

2402

TROLLEY TYPE 2 TIMBER SHELVES 2 TIMBER SHELVES 2 TIMBER SHELVES 3 TIMBER SHELVES 3 TIMBER SHELVES 4 TIMBER SHELVES 4 TIMBER SHELVES

SHELF HEIGHT (mm) 275 - 905 275 - 905 275 - 905 275 - 590 - 905 275 - 590 - 905 275 - 590 - 905 - 1220 275 - 590 - 905 - 1220

TRUCK CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

WHEEL DIA (mm) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

2422

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

ORDER REF 2401 2402 2403 2422 2423 2442 2443

PRICE £304.00 £309.00 £330.00 £468.00 £504.00 £594.00 £639.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC053

19/1/12

10:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Plastic Base Trolleys

✓Manoeuvrable, strong and light ✓150kg - 300kg capacities • Reinforced plastic platforms

• High quality chromium plated metalwork • Two fixed, two swivel ball bearing castors PLA-150

• Polyurethane tyred wheels

150kg CAPACITY

NPLA-T2

140

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

SUPERIOR PLASTIC BASED TROLLEYS FOR USE WHERE APPEARANCE OR HYGIENE MATTERS!

NPLA-150-T2-HL NPLA-T3

153

172

TROLLEY TYPE FOLDING SINGLE END TROLLEY TWO SHELF TROLLEY TWO SHELF TROLLEY WITH WIRE RIM THREE SHELF TROLLEY

CAPACITY (kg) 150 300 200 150 200

WHEEL DIA (mm) 100 125 125 100 125

OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 730 x 490 x 900 910 x 600 x 880 810 x 500 x 920 790 x 490 x 850 810 x 500 x 920

HANDLE HEIGHT (mm) 900 880 920 850 920

WEIGHT (kg) 10 16 21 14 26

ORDER REF

PRICE

PLA-150 PLA-300 NPLA-T2 NPLA-150-T2-HL NPLA-T3

£95.00 £105.00 £140.00 £153.00 £172.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC054

19/1/12

12:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

BEST SELLER

Folding Optiliner

✓400kg capacity

• Tubular steel frame, powder coated finish • Ergonomic hinged grip • Easy pedal operated unlock facility • Derived timber material boards with coloured plastic surface • Overall dimensions 975H x 620W x 975L • Platform size 900L x 600Wmm • Loading height 235mm • 2 swivel, 2 fixed 160mm diameter castors

3601

£284

Folding Optiliner Blue/red Grey/yellow

REF 3301 REF 3302

PRICE £223.00 PRICE £263.00

Optiliner Table Top Cart

✓400kg capacity, 200kg maximum on upper shelf • Tubular steel frame, powder coat finish • Derived timber material boards with coloured plastic surface • Overall dimensions 975H x 600W x 1050L mm • Platform size 900L x 600Wmm • Shelf heights 235mm and 800mm • 2 swivel, 2 fixed 160mm diameter castors

3302

263

Safe vertical stacking

Optiliner Table Top Cart Blue/red REF 3601 PRICE £284.00 Grey/yellow REF 3602 PRICE £322.00

Safe horizontal stacking

CAPACITY

years

400kg WARRANTY

ON SELECTED ITEMS

KW1

£173 KW2

£284

Steel Folding Trolleys

Aluminium Folding Trolleys

• Tubular steel frame, powder coat finish • Derived timber platform with beech grain finish

• Tubular aluminium cart with aluminium platform • Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3

✓Robust trolleys for loads 150/250kg

TYPE

MINI MAXI

CAPACITY (kg) 150 250

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 720 x 450 900 x 600

CASTORS DIA (MM) 125 160

WEIGHT (KG) 16 25

ORDER REF KW1 KW11

✓Lightweight trolleys for 150kg loads

PRICE

TYPE

£173.00 £210.00

MINI MAXI

CAPACITY (kg) 150 150

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 720 x 450 900 x 600

CASTORS DIA (MM) 125 160

WEIGHT (KG) 11 18

ORDER REF KW2 KW12

PRICE £284.00 £372.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC055

19/1/12

10:18

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

FROM

HANDLE FOLDS FOR EASY STORAGE

Folding Mover Trolleys

✓A sturdy range of steel trolleys suitable to manoeuvre smaller goods, ideal for indoor and outdoor use

• Folds flat for compact storage • Fitted with non-slip rubber platforms and scuff resistant corners • Powder coated steel handles AFT/1

CAPACITY (kg) 150 300

DIMENSIONS CASTORS H x W x D (mm) DIA (MM) 810 x 470 x 730 100 870 x 608 x 907 125

FOLDED ORDER HEIGHT (mm) REF 230 PFBT150 285 PFBT300

PRICE £64.00 £128.00

Fold / Extend Trolley

✓The real space saver! Folds and extends

• Super lightweight aluminium • Weighs only 8kg • 150kg capacity • 100mm rubber castors • Extends to give a platform 630L x 420Wmm • Folds away to only 500L x 420Wmm REF AFT/1 PRICE £67.00

Tray Trolleys

✓150kg capacity

MTS-T3

MTS-T2

£114

£95

• Generous 740 x 480mm non-slip PVC covered steel platforms • Easy steering on 100mm castors • Chromium plated metalwork • PVC buffers all round

TROLLEY TYPE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

2-TRAY 3-TRAY

OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) 880 880

TRAY HEIGHT (mm) 150 - 700 150 - 425 - 700

WEIGHT (kg) 22 27

ORDER REF

PRICE

MTS-T2 MTS-T3

£95.00 £114.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC056

16/1/12

14:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 ROLL CONTAINERS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Regular Demountables

TWO LOAD RETENTION STRAPS ARE SUPPLIED WITH ALL REGULAR MODELS

17.968.3

£128

17.968HG

£164

COMPLETE 17.968.2 + 17.768

112

Demountable Roll Containers 500kg Capacity

OPTIONAL SHELF

• The standard industrial roll container, widely used throughout Europe • Fully demountable for return loads and storage • Assembles quickly when required • Bright zinc electroplated finish • Smooth running nylon castors - 2 fixed & 2 swivel • Wire base cannot harbour dust • Shelves can be added as required • 100mm wide rod mesh sides • Two straps supplied Demountable Roll Containers 500kg Capacity

Cage labelling wrap-around pockets, page 223

DESCRIPTION AND INTERNAL CASTORS ORDER PRICE OVERALL H x W x D (mm) HT (mm) (mm) REF 2 SIDED UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968.2 £103.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968.3 £128.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968HG £164.00 2 SIDED UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978.2 £105.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978.3 £129.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978HG £168.00 2 SIDED UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988.2 £105.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988.3 £132.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988HG £175.00 SHELF 715 x 800 17.768 £9.00 *4 sided models have easy loading half drop removable gate on one short side

Jumbo Demountables

COMPLETE 17.200.03 +17.39503

183

JUMBO SHELF

• Extra large capacity • Euro standard base 1200 x 800mm • Bright zinc electroplated finish • 500kg capacity • 100mm wide rod mesh sides • Use 3-sided with sleeves for mobile storage applications

17.200HG

£186

3 Sided Jumbo • Overall 1800H x 1200W x 800Dmm • Internal height 1630mm • 125mm castors REF 17.200.03 PRICE £158.00 4 Sided Jumbo* REF 17.200HG PRICE £186.00 Jumbo Shelf REF 17.39503 PRICE £25.00

*4 sided models have easy loading half drop removable gate on one long side

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC057

25/1/12

15:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 ROLL CONTAINERS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

19.A118

£149

18.978.2

COMPLETE 18.978.3+19-768

£105

£135

OPTIONAL SHELF

Plastic Base Roll Containers

Split Gate Roll Pallet

• Hygienic and quiet • 500kg load • 2 or 3 sided variants • Red plastic base with steel reinforcement • Steel sides are epoxy coated yellow • Side infill 140 x 340mm • 3rd side & shelf are wire formed, zinc plated finish • Shelves are an optional accessory

• Security “A” frame nestable roll pallet • Re-inforced, robust nestable design • Four sided with 50mm mesh infill to sides • Two piece hinged front gate • 2 fixed and 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors • Bright zinc plated finish

MODEL 2-SIDED 3-SIDED SHELF

INTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 1450 x 720 x 815 1450 x 720 x 815 715 x 800

OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) 1630 1630 -

WEIGHT CASTOR ORDER REF PRICE (kg) DIA (mm) 21.5 100 18.978.2 £105.00 24 100 18.978.3 £126.00 2 17-768 £9.00

CAPACITY (kg) 600

BASE SIZE (mm) 735 x 850

OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) 1690

INTERNAL HEIGHT (mm) 1425

ORDER REF 19.A118

PRICE £149.00

COMPLETE 19.A110+19.768

£168 17.470

19.A116

£286

£120

Nestable for compact storage

Nestable Roll Containers

Security Demountables

• 600kg capacity • Space saving A-frame base design • Large 125mm nylon castors • Folds quickly to rest in compact blocks • Internal height 1460mm • Bright zinc electroplated finish Optional Hinged Shelf REF 19.768 PRICE £9.00

• For ‘high risk’ loads • Can be padlocked or security tagged • 500kg capacity • 50 x 50mm mesh walls and top • Demounts for storage, can be stowed ‘4 in 1’

DESCRIPTION 3 SIDED, NESTABLE 4 SIDED, NESTABLE SECURITY ENCLOSED

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1690 x 735 x 850 1690 x 735 x 850 1690 x 735 x 850

MESH (mm) 130 x 405 130 x 405 50 x 50

WEIGHT (kg) 50 54 58

ORDER REF 19.A116 19.A116/4 19.A110

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£120.00 £131.00 £159.00

REGULAR SECURITY JUMBO SECURITY

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1840 x 720 x 805 1850 x 1200 x 800

CASTOR DIA (mm) 100 125

ORDER REF

PRICE

17.470 17.480

£286.00 £407.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC058

18/1/12

16:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PARCEL & BOX CARTS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Parcel Carts

8482-1

• Made of tubular and sectional steel, welded and bolted construction • Powder coated blue RAL 5007 • Ends and sides made of wire lattice 100 x 100 x 5mm • Platform made of special wood material boards, beech grain surface • 2 fixed wheels and 2 brake castors, solid rubber tyres, hubs with roller bearings • Integrated bolt lock for doors can be padlocked

8482-3

£357

£476

8582-3

£534

8582-1

£401

DESCRIPTION

PARCEL CARTS WITHOUT DOORS

PARCEL CARTS WITH DOORS

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

WHEEL DIA (mm) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

TOTAL HEIGHT (mm) 1500 1500 1800 1800 1500 1500 1800 1800

ORDER REF

PRICE

8482-1 8483-1 8582-1 8583-1 8482-3 8483-3 8582-3 8583-3

£357.00 £392.00 £401.00 £415.00 £476.00 £523.00 £534.00 £582.00

EXTRA SHELVES REF PRICE E8102ETAW £111.00 E8103ETAW £122.00 E8102ETAW £111.00 E8103ETAW £122.00 E8102ETAW £111.00 E8103ETAW £122.00 E8102ETAW £111.00 E8103ETAW £122.00

Heavy Duty Box Carts 750kg

FROM £

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270

✓Rugged angle steel frames

842

• Open front or with padlockable rod system doors • Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • 1790mm high overall • 200 x 50mm rubber tyred castors • Platform height 285mm • 4 adjustable wood material shelves • Shelves at 575, 875, 1175, 1475mm SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED • Powder coated RAL blue 5007 IN KD FORM

DESCRIPTION OPEN FRONT

LOCKABLE DOORS

DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 1000 x 680 1200 x 780 1000 x 680 1200 x 780

ORDER REF

PRICE

3392 3393 4392 4393

£842.00 £1001.00 £1144.00 £1405.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC059

20/1/12

13:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Boxwell Mobile Shelving

✓Flexible mobile storage ✓Suits work in progress and finished goods ✓Can be sited underneath racking to provide an integrated storage system

• 900mm wide x 600mm deep units for easy gangway access • 1200/1500/1800mm height options • Supplied fully assembled with steel top & base and 75x25mm steel mesh back & sides • 500kg capacity per unit and 100kg per shelf (UDL) • Supplied with two adjustable shelves (steel or ply) – extra shelves available • Two fixed & two swivel castors for easy steer • Units available with or without security doors • Durable powder coated finish – blue (other colours available)

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm)

SHELF MATERIAL

1355 x 900 x 600 1355 x 900 x 600 1655 x 900 x 600 1655 x 900 x 600 1955 x 900 x 600 1955 x 900 x 600

STEEL PLY STEEL PLY STEEL PLY

OPEN FRONT UNIT ORDER REF XW139060MBXX XW139060PBXX XW169060MBXX XW169060PBXX XW199060MBXX XW199060PBXX

PRICE £348.00 £367.00 £368.00 £386.00 £384.00 £402.00

UNIT WITH SECURITY DOORS (FACTORY FITTED) ORDER REF PRICE XD139060MBXX £439.00 XD139060PBXX £457.00 XD169060MBXX £463.00 XD169060PBXX £481.00 XD199060MBXX £487.00 XD199060PBXX £506.00

EXTRA SHELF (STEEL OR PLY TO SUIT UNIT) ORDER REF PRICE XWES9060MBXX £31.70 XWES9060PBXX £38.40 XWES9060MBXX £31.70 XWES9060PBXX £38.40 XWES9060MBXX £31.70 XWES9060PBXX £38.40

Wire Mesh Box Trucks

✓Load is visible at all times ✓Corner mounted wheels offer best

T30

308

stability for heavier loads

ON SELECTED ITEMS

• Choice of body styles • Light duty 150kg or heavy duty 500kg • 50 x 50mm wire mesh grid • All steel welded frames • Easy steer wheels pivot about centre axis • 200 x 50mm cushion rubber tyres

LIGHT DUTY 150kg

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

LIGHT DUTY 150kg

HEAVY DUTY 500kg

B PIC

CAPACITY

A B C

LIGHT DUTY 150kg LIGHT DUTY 150kg HEAVY DUTY 500kg

HEAVY DUTY 500kg

OVERALL SIZE L x W x H (mm) 1251 x 711 x 940 1251 x 711 x 940 1060 x 715 x 1075 1260 x 815 x 1075 1130 x 725 x 1120 1330 x 825 x 1120

C INTERNAL SIZE L x W x H (mm) 914 x 660 x 660 914 x 660 x 660 1000 x 700 x 700 1200 x 800 x 700 1000 x 700 x 800 1200 x 800 x 800

BODY TYPE / FEATURES

WHEEL STYLE

ORDER REF

PRICE

ANGLE FRAME, HALF OPEN SIDE ANGLE FRAME, HALF HINGED SIDE TUBULAR FRAME, HALF HINGED SIDE

EASY STEER EASY STEER 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL

T30 T31 2772 2773 2762 2763

£308.00 £338.00 £494.00 £529.00 £688.00 £733.00

ANGLE FRAME, HALF HINGED SIDE, DOUBLE HINGED LID WITH LOCKABLE EYELETS

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC060

19/1/12

10:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

Plastic Tray Trolleys • Plastic shelf and aluminium upright construction • Standard and large sizes • Swivel castor wheels, 2 with brakes

Standard Trolleys

WHTT2SS

WHTT3SS

£110

£130

Large Trolleys

WHTT3SS/SB

£165

WHTT3SL

£215 WHTT2SL

£170 WHTT3SL/SB

£275

2 Shelf Trolleys

3 Shelf Trolleys

3 Shelf, Sides/Back Enclosed

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE (kg) H x W x D (mm) REF 100 940 x 750 x 460 630 x 424 WHTT2SS £110.00 120 970 x 990 x 513 866 x 500 WHTT2SL £170.00

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE (kg) H x W x D (mm) REF 150 980 x 750 x 460 630 x 424 WHTT3SS £130.00 200 1010 x 990 x 513 866 x 500 WHTT3SL £215.00

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE (kg) H x W x D (mm) REF 150 980 x 750 x 460 630 x 424 WHTT3SS/SB £165.00 200 1010 x 990 x 513 866 x 500 WHTT3SL/SB £275.00

WHTT3SS-ACC

£185

WHT2SS-D2

£255

WHTT3SS-CAB

£375

Trolley & Accessories

Trolleys with Drawers

Trolley with Drawer & Cabinet

• Supplied with 3 plastic bin trays 180H x 575W x 430Dmm • Supplied with 2 plastic side bins 25L, 480H x 385W x 265Dmm • Overall 1010H x 1090W x 460Dmm • 3 shelves 630L x 424Wmm • 150kg capacity

• Lockable drawers with 2 keys supplied • Inner rubber mat supplied to fit in drawers • Overall 940H x 750W x 460Dmm • 2 shelves 630L x 424Wmm • 100kg capacity

• Lockable cabinet and drawer, 4 keys included • Cabinet door has a unique opening system without a hinge • Overall 980H x 750W x 460Dmm • 3 shelves 630L x 424Wmm • 150kg capacity

REF WHTT3SS-ACC PRICE £185.00

SINGLE DRAWER TROLLEY REF WHTT2SS-D1 PRICE £220.00 DOUBLE DRAWER TROLLEY REF WHTT2SS-D2 PRICE £255.00

REF WHTT3SS-CAB PRICE £375.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC061

24/1/12

14:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

ACT/3XTC6B

£218

CONTAINER COLOURS

CT/3XLWB

£330

White Blue Red

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Mobile Container Trolleys ✓For the office, workshop or warehouse

CT/5XTC6R

£265

Angled Container Trolley • Angular design for easy container access • Complete with 3 large containers • Overall capacity 200kg, containers 40kg • Overall size 830L x 500W x 1030Hmm • Container size 375L x 420W x 182Hmm • All swivel vulcanised rubber wheels • Silver/grey epoxy powder coated finish DESCRIPTION ANGLED TROLLEY WITH 3 x 40KG CONTAINERS TROLLEY WITH 5 x 40KG CONTAINERS TROLLEY WITH 3 MESH BASKETS

Container Trolleys • Complete with containers & top shelf • Trolley Capacity 200kg • Overall size 1300H x 500W x 500Dmm • Plastic container sizes 375L x 420W x 182Hmm (40kg) • Wire mesh container size 460W x 330D x 200Hmm in white only • All swivel vulcanised rubber wheels • Silver/grey epoxy powder coated finish WITH WHITE BINS/BASKETS ORDER REF PRICE ACT/3XTC6E £218.00 CT/5XTC6E £265.00 CT/3XLWB £330.00

WITH BLUE BINS ORDER REF PRICE ACT/3XTC6B £218.00 CT/5XTC6B £265.00 -

WITH RED BINS ORDER REF PRICE ACT/3XTC6R £218.00 CT/5XTC6R £265.00 -

Topstore Container Trolleys • Fitted with a smaller louvred panel and 3 x fixed lipped trays • Available with and without bin kits • Max trolley capacity 200kg • 100mm dia swivel castors, low rolling resistance and non marking • Overall dimensions 1300H x 500W x 500Dmm • Tray size 500W x 455Dmm

CST

CST-2XTC6B

£237

£256

CST-4XTC5B

£256

DESCRIPTION CONTAINER TROLLEY TROLLEY WITH 4 x TC5 BLUE TROLLEY WITH 4 x TC5 RED TROLLEY WITH 2 x TC6 BLUE TROLLEY WITH 2 x TC6 RED

CONTAINERS H x W x D (mm) 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 420 x 375 182 x 420 x 375

UNBRAKED TROLLEYS ORDER REF PRICE CST £237.00 CST-4XTC5B £256.00 CST-4XTC5R £256.00 CST-2XTC6B £256.00 CST-2XTC6R £256.00

BRAKED TROLLEYS ORDER REF PRICE CST-BC £246.00 CST-4XTC5B-BC £265.00 CST-4XTC5R-BC £265.00 CST-2XTC6B-BC £265.00 CST-2XTC6R-BC £265.00

Braked castors

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC062

19/1/12

10:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Double Container Trolleys

✓Light and easily manoeuvred in tight areas

• Universal distribution trolleys, used in most high street stores and many industrial warehouses • Zinc plated frame with smooth running 125mm castors • With grey/light grey open containers or green containers with captive folding lids • Spare containers are always available - please call for prices

Grey Container Model Trolley supplied with 2 containers: 1070H x 510W x 915Dmm Containers 315H x 350W x 570L internal REF T151G PRICE £216.00

Green Container Model COMPLETE

227

Trolley supplied with 2 containers: 1000H x 440W x 970Dmm Containers 285H x 335W x 510L internal REF T5101 PRICE £227.00

COMPLETE

216

Quality powder coat finish on shot blasted steelwork

Cargo Truck

• Tubular steel construction, powder coated red • Dimensions as sack truck 1200H x 620W x 550Dmm • Dimensions as platform trolley 930H x 1200W x 550Dmm • 2 x 250mm pneumatic wheels • 2 x 100mm rubber tyred swivel castors

E! LU

U E!

✓Load capacity 250kg

2 IN 1 CARGO PLATFORM & SACK TRUCK

a four wheeled platform trolley

OP VA T

✓Easily transforms between a sack truck and

TOP V

REF CSTPCT PRICE £147.00 CSTPCT

147

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC063

19/1/12

11:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

• Load capacity 250kg • Easy to manoeuvre • Two & three shelf models • Grey enamel finish • Fitted with push/pull handle for total control • Dimensions 805H x 635W x 1015Lmm • Shelf depth 85mm • 2 swivel and 2 fixed 125mm rubber castors

CS202

£209

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

250kg Multi Tier Workshop Trolleys ✓Budget priced self assembly trolleys

CS203

£243

Three Tier Workshop Trolley

Two Tier Workshop Trolley

• Shelf heights 150 - 435 - 720mm • Weight 25kg • Supplied in KD form for rapid on-site assembly

• Shelf heights 150 - 720mm • Weight 19kg • Supplied in KD form for rapid on-site assembly

REF CS203 PRICE £243.00

REF CS202 PRICE £209.00 CSTT4S

Mesh Sided Platform Truck

205

• Four sided platform truck with drop down sides for carrying items over flat or rough terrain • 250kg capacity • 960H x 625W x 1140Dmm • 150mm high sides • 300mm platform height • Large pneumatic wheels with extra rubber tread • Powder coated green REF CSTT4S PRICE £205.00

CS203B

247

CSTTFB

263

150kg Two Tier Tool Cart

Mesh Flatbed Platform Truck

• Load capacity 150kg • 2 shelf platform truck ideal for transporting boxes and tools • Mesh shelves will not harbour workshop dirt • Epoxy coated blue finish • 250mm pneumatic tyred steel centre wheels • Dimensions: 825H x 510W x 980Lmm • Lower platform height: 335Hmm • Weight: 30kg • Supplied in KD form

• Designed for transporting heavy loads over even or uneven surfaces • Reinforced mesh steel platform/base • 350kg capacity • 40mm raised edge on platform to prevent goods sliding off • Large pneumatic wheels with extra rubber tread • 990H x 608W x 1365Dmm • 380mm platform height

REF CS203B PRICE £247.00

REF CSTTFB PRICE £263.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC064

19/1/12

11:16

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / RETAIL TROLLEYS

Warehouse Trolleys ✓Nesting trolleys, thereby reducing storage space by 75% • Handy and manoeuvrable for quick transports and picking • Tublar steel construction • Platforms conical and slightly inclined, made of wire lattice • Finished in blue RAL 5007 • 4 castor wheels, 2 with wheel locks • Soft, trackless tyres 125 x 32mm, bush bearing hubs

2977

2966

£246

£184

SQUARE UPPER PLATFORM CAN BE FOLDED AWAY, 80KG CAPACITY

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

DESCRIPTION SINGLE PLATFORM DOUBLE PLATFORM

DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 970 x 575 x 980 970 x 575 x 980

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500/320 715 x 455

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 227 227/755

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300

Cash & Carry Trolleys

WEIGHT (kg) 14 21

ORDER REF

PRICE

2966 2977

£184.00 £246.00

FROM

✓Nesting trolleys, thereby reducing storage space by 75%

£283

years

• Tublar steel construction, powder coated finish • Anti-slip waterproof plywood board platform • 2 castor wheels and 2 fixed wheels, solid rubber tyres • Castors with wheel locks (EN 1757-3) • Upper shelf capacity for double deck trolley 80kg • Long load trolley with 4 lateral frames, 500/680mm high

Clipboard and basket accessories - see page 42

QUALITY GUARANTEE FROM

£328

FROM

£406

MODEL DESCRIPTION SINGLE DECK TROLLEYS

DOUBLE DECK TROLLEYS

LONG LOAD TROLLEYS

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 265/310 265/310 265/310 265/775 310/820 310/820 265/310 265/310 265/310

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 160 200 200 160 200 200

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 400 500 500 400 500 500

ORDER REF 2960 2961 2962 2970 2971 2972 2980 2981 2982

PRICE £283.00 £304.00 £314.00 £406.00 £464.00 £482.00 £328.00 £350.00 £355.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

11:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / RETAIL TROLLEYS

✓Unbeatable value

• Robust nestable design • 4 swivel, non marking castors • Baby seat and corner bumpers as standard • Bright zinc plate lacquered finish • In a range of sizes CAPACITY (litre) 100 125 150 180 210

OVERALL L x W x H (mm) 740 x 500 x 1000 790 x 550 x 1000 900 x 550 x 1000 1020 x 550 x 1000 1090 x 580 x 1060

ORDER REF ST100 ST125 ST150 ST180 ST210

FROM

£90

PRICE £90.00 £97.00 £95.00 £112.00 £117.00

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Shopping Trolleys

T290

£218

BC181

BC500CC

£152

£254

Panel Trolley

Narrow Aisle Easy Steer Trolley

• Rugged sprung base trolley • Nests for compact multiple storage • Two fixed and two swivel wheels

• Welded tubular, plate and angle steel, blue hammer finish • Easy steering on two cushion tyred roller bearing wheels

• Welded tubular & angle steel, plywood deck • Easy steering on two oversize centre wheels, plus four supporting castors

E! LU

U E!

Nesting Cash & Carry Trolley

OP VA T

TC065

TOP V

BC182

BC2004

BC180

£198

£210

£309

Board Trolley & Basket

Board Trolley

Adjustable Board Trolley

• Welded tubular steel, blue hammer finish • 4 swivel rubber tyred plain bearing wheels

• Welded tubular steel • Plywood deck • 4 swivel rubber tyred plain bearing wheels

• Welded steel chassis with two drop-in frames, adjustable to suit a variety of loads • 2 fixed & 2 swivel wheels

DESCRIPTION CASH & CARRY TROLLEY PANEL TROLLEY NARROW AISLE TROLLEY BOARD TROLLEY BOARD TROLLEY BOARD TROLLEY

CAPACITY (kg) 400 100 250 200 200 250

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1346 x 762 x 1067 2134 x 455 x 1022 1724 x 381 x 1067 865 x 555 x 1035 865 x 485 x 965 1260 x 706 x 970

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 1195 x 585 610 x 220 1525 x 380 1210 x 700

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 280 115 290 156 156 280

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 200 200 / 125 125 125 200

WEIGHT (kg) 21 21 29 15 15 39

ORDER REF T290 BC181 BC500CC BC182 BC2004 BC180

PRICE £218.00 £152.00 £254.00 £198.00 £210.00 £309.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC066

18/1/12

16:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS • Complies with Euronorm 1757-3 (safety of platform trolleys) • Capacities up to 300kg • Tubular and profile welded steel • Powder coated blue RAL 5007 resistant to impact and scratches • Platform made of derived timber material boards, surface beech grain • 2 braked swivel castors and 2 fixed wheels • Cushion rubber tyres • 2 year quality guarantee

years

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Faircart Trolleys

GUARANTEE

17010 17000

£177

£155

Specification WHEEL DIA (kg) 125 x 38 150 x 40

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 200 230

CAPACITY (kg) 200 300

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

MODEL OPEN CART MESH END CART

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 987 x 511 x 1033 1137 x 611 x 1033 987 x 511 x 1033 1137 x 611 x 1033

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200

WHEEL DIA 125mm ORDER REF 17000 17001 17010 17011

PRICE £155.00 £172.00 £177.00 £184.00

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300

WHEEL DIA 150mm ORDER REF 17000/17900 17001/17900 17010/17900 17011/17900

PRICE £176.00 £193.00 £198.00 £205.00

17040

£288 17030

17020

£256

£216

MODEL DOUBLE END CART THREE SIDED CART BOX CART

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1060 x 511 x 1033 1210 x 611 x 1033 1060 x 512 x 1033 1210 x 612 x 1033 1060 x 513 x 1033 1210 x 613 x 1033

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200 200 200

WHEEL DIA 125mm ORDER REF 17020 17021 17030 17031 17040 17041

PRICE £216.00 £225.00 £256.00 £267.00 £288.00 £305.00

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300 300 300

WHEEL DIA 150mm ORDER REF 17020/17900 17021/17900 17030/17900 17031/17900 17040/17900 17041/17900

PRICE £236.00 £246.00 £277.00 £287.00 £309.00 £326.00

17070

£324

17060

17050

£267

£200

MODEL TWO SHELF TROLLEY THREE SHELF TROLLEY

FOUR SHELF TROLLEY

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1060 x 511 x 1033 1210 x 611 x 1033 916 x 511 x 1000 1066 x 611 x 1000 916 x 511 x 1500 1066 x 611 x 1500

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200 200 200

WHEEL DIA 125mm ORDER REF 17050 17051 17060 17061 17070 17071

PRICE £200.00 £233.00 £267.00 £288.00 £324.00 £362.00

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300 300 300

WHEEL DIA 150mm ORDER REF 17050/17900 17051/17900 17060/17900 17061/17900 17070/17900 17071/17900

PRICE £221.00 £254.00 £287.00 £309.00 £345.00 £383.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

10:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / CONTAINER TROLLEYS

• Perfect for 600x400mm Euro containers • Shelves fit horizontally or inclined for best access • Up to 400kg maximum capacity • 1250 x 610mm and 1650 x 610mm platforms • Welded steel frames, powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 • Fixed and detachable waterproof derived timber shelves • 15mm lip on front and back of shelves • 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors • 200mm diameter solid rubber tyres

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Adjustable Trolleys

Adjustable shelf support rods

FROM

£580

Optional Tiltable Steps Additional set with 2 steps, lifting automatically when released and standing firmly on the floor when under load. Steps can be tilted when in rest position. Clearance between steps 235mm. Height of steps 515mm.

REF 28226 PRICE £355.00

years

TC067

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

QUALITY GUARANTEE

FROM

£614

FROM

£416

FROM

£495

Adjustable Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1430 x 620 x 1560 1830 x 620 x 1560 1430 x 620 x 1560 1830 x 620 x 1560 1430 x 620 x 1800 1830 x 620 x 1800 1430 x 620 x 1800 1830 x 620 x 1800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1250 x 610 1650 x 610 1250 x 610 1650 x 610 1250 x 610 1650 x 610 1250 x 610 1650 x 610

Pneumatic Tyres 400kg max capacity, factory fitted, 200mm diameter REF 11-00 PRICE £131.00 extra/set

NUMBER & TYPE OF SHELVES (INCLUDING BASE) 2 SOLID 2 SOLID 3 SOLID 3 SOLID 4 SOLID 4 SOLID 4 WELDED WIRE MESH 4 WELDED WIRE MESH

SHELF CAPACITY (kg) 80 80 80 80 80 80 50 50

TROLLEY ORDER REF 4195 4196 4295 4296 4395 4396 4495 4496

Clipboard A4 Wood, with paper clamp and pencil holder REF 12-90 PRICE £33.30* *Carriage is extra if sent separately from trolley

TROLLEY PRICE £416.00 £468.00 £495.00 £557.00 £580.00 £652.00 £614.00 £707.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF 4095 4096 4095 4096 4095 4096 4097 4098

EXTRA SHELF PRICE £94.00 £106.00 £94.00 £106.00 £94.00 £106.00 £95.00 £108.00

Trackless Tyres Blue/grey solid trackless tyres (set of 4), factory fitted, 200mm diameter REF 21-87 PRICE £42.70 extra/set

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC068

19/1/12

12:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS / POWERED

Powered Stairclimbers & Mobile Tail Lift

✓PowerMate moves heavy and awkward loads on and off vehicles and up and down steps and stairs with maximum speed, safety and professionalism

FROM

2539

Models Pogo, L, M, & LE • Capacities up to 680kg • 7 flights of 12 tread stairs per battery • Safety braking system as standard • Certificated training included • Operates on tight landings • One-man operation reduced manpower • Minimises physical effort, premises & product damage • In transit charging kit • Delivers to installation point

Full range of accessories available for stairclimbers Call us now for details

SPECIFICATIONS

POGOP-2

MODEL L-1

MODEL M-1

MODEL M-2B

MODEL LE-1

MAXIMUM CAPACITY (kg) MAXIMUM HEIGHT DECK/DOCK (mm) MAXIMUM ELEVATION (mm) OVERALL W x D x H (mm) WEIGHT (kg) TOE PLATE (mm) WHEELS 200MM DIA RUBBER FELTED STRAP BAR INCL 3M STRAP LOAD HOLD CLUTCH ONE WAY WHEEL BRAKES FOLD DOWN DOLLY GEL FILLED LEAK PROOF BATTERY ELECTRONIC CHARGER TRUCK CONSTRUCTION ORDER REF PRICE

100 1220 790 550 x 560 x 1220 31 375 x 175 PNEUMATIC 1 (2mm) ✓ SWING WHEEL BRAKES 12V - 20AMP SINGLE PHASE ALUMINIUM/STEEL POGOP-2 £2539.00

295 840 610 x 420 x 1520 45 610 x 100 SOLID 1 ✓ OPTIONAL EXTRA 12V - 20AMP 220/240V - 4AMP ALUMINIUM L-1 £2568.00

680 840 685 x 430 x 1520 75 610 x 150 SOLID 2 ✓ OPTIONAL EXTRA ✓ 12V - 30AMP 220/240V - 4AMP STEEL M-1 £3042.00

680 840 685 x 430 x 1730 82 685 x 150 SOLID 2 ✓ OPTIONAL EXTRA ✓ 12V - 30AMP 220/240V - 4AMP STEEL M-2B £3216.00

318 1010/840 610 x 540 x 1520 92 610 x 150 SOLID 2 ✓ ✓ 12V - 30AMP 220/240V - 7AMP ALUMINIUM L-E1 £3856.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC069

20/1/12

12:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS / POWERED

Lightweight Powered Stairclimber & Mobile Tail Lift

A full range of accessories is available for our stairclimbers. Call us now!

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

✓Stanley SC and Sprinter lightweight stairclimbers - quick, quiet and compact ✓Ideal for office environments and highly portable - fits into an estate car

FROM

2902

FROM £

3058

SPRINTER

✓Capacities up to 140kg ✓2 speed operation: 35-48 steps per minute ✓Weighs only 16kg ✓Certificated training included

SC SERIES ✓Capacities up to 310kg ✓8-18 steps per minute ✓Push button control ✓Certificated training included

• Hinged folding toe plate for easy storage • Push button control • Large pneumatic tyres for all surfaces

• Folded frame height 1100mm • Extendible handle for tall loads • Pneumatic tyres – smooth movement on all surfaces

SC SERIES

SPRINTER

STANLEY STAIRCLIMBER

SC/190

SC/310

SPRINTER

MAXIMUM CAPACITY (kg) FOLDED FRAME HEIGHT (mm) OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) OVERALL WIDTH (mm) WEIGHT INC. BATTERY (kg) BATTERY CAPACITY - STEPS MAXIMUM STEP HEIGHT (mm) TOE SIZE (mm) STRAP WITH BUCKLE (mm) 3-WAY BRAKING SYSTEM TWO STEP CHARGER PNEUMATIC TYRES ORDER REF PRICE

190 1100 1500 520 37.5 300 210 415 x 196 3000 ✓ 260 x 85 SC/190 £2902.00

310 1100 1630 520 40.5 180 210 415 x 196 3000 ✓ ✓ 260 x 85 SC/310 £3562.00

110 1000 1580 485 16 270 210 275 x 236 2500 ✓ 260 x 85 110FOLD £3058.00

140 1000 1580 485 16 220 210 275 x 236 2500 ✓ 260 x 85 140FOLD £3198.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC070

19/1/12

10:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Four Wheeled Trucks

✓150kg Capacity ✓Compact and manoeuvrable • Flat platform and box body designs • Platform 990L x 533Wmm optional 125mm high body • 200mm rubber tyred wheels

T88

150

Flat Platform Model REF T88 PRICE £150.00 Box Body Type REF T88/5 PRICE £152.00

T88/5

152

GT42D

Loading Trolley

181

✓Excellent general purpose warehouse trolley, strong enough for regular retail use

✓Capacity 250kg

• Tongued and grooved timber deck • Platform 1067L x 610Wmm • 200/125mm rubber tyred castors REF GT42D PRICE £181.00

T91

264

Heavy Duty Balanced Platform Trolleys

✓Ruggedly constructed for 400kg capacity ✓Run easily and safely on uneven terrain ✓Perfectly balanced on central axle to turn within their own length

• Selected 25mm tongued and grooved timber deck and end panels • 400mm 4-ply pneumatic tyred wheels on roller bearings • Optional removable sides 200mm high • Steerable from both ends • Welded steel frames Heavy Duty Balanced Platform Trolleys

PLATFORM L x W (mm)

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm)

O/A LENGTH (mm)

END PANEL HEIGHT (mm)

REF

PLATFORM + ENDS PRICE

1220 x 686 1524 x 762 1829 x 914

457 457 457

1676 1982 2286

203 203 203

T91 T91A T91B

£264.00 £303.00 £353.00

WITH REMOVABLE SIDES REF PRICE

T92 T92A T92B

£339.00 £387.00 £449.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

11:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Special Value Platform Trucks

✓1000kg capacity for intensive industrial use

E! LU

• Steering by U-shaped drawbar or T handle with towing eye • All-steel welded construction, with selected tongued and grooved 25mm timber

• Available as a single platform, fixed ends with slide in sides or fixed ends with hinged sides

U E!

• Four platform sizes OP VA T

TC071

TOP V

• 400mm diameter pneumatic or solid rubber cushion tyres fitted to roller bearing wheels cope with the roughest terrain • Optional parking brake REF PB PRICE £85.00 OPTIONAL T-HANDLE STEERING

FROM

£418

FLAT PLATFORM

QUALITY TONGUED AND GROOVED 25MM TIMBER

FROM

£531

£576

FIXED ENDS & SLIDE IN SIDES

FIXED ENDS & HINGED SIDES

HEAVY DUTY PNEUMATIC TYRES FOR ALL TERRAINS Platform Trucks DESCRIPTION

FLAT PLATFORM

FIXED ENDS & SLIDE IN SIDES

FIXED ENDS & HINGED SIDES

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 762 1828 x 914 1525 x 762 1828 x 914 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 762 1828 x 914 1525 x 762 1828 x 914 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 762 1828 x 914 1525 x 762 1828 x 914

TYRE TYPE PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID

HANDLE TYPE PRAM PRAM PRAM PRAM T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE PRAM PRAM PRAM PRAM T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE PRAM PRAM PRAM PRAM T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE

ORDER REF T109PQPR T110PQPR T109PQCR T110PQCR T111TQPR T112TQPR T111TQCR T112TQCR T109ESPQPR T110ESPQPR T109ESPQCR T110ESPQCR T111ESTQPR T112ESTQPR T111ESTQCR T112ESTQCR T109HSPQPR T110HSPQPR T109HSPQCR T110HSPQCR T111HSTQPR T112HSTQPR T111HSTQCR T112HSTQCR

PRICE £418.00 £449.00 £477.00 £510.00 £505.00 £620.00 £567.00 £626.00 £531.00 £562.00 £592.00 £623.00 £609.00 £677.00 £669.00 £738.00 £576.00 £608.00 £637.00 £669.00 £659.00 £727.00 £720.00 £788.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC072

19/1/12

10:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

500kg Turntable Trucks

✓The ideal industrial work horse • 1600 x 710mm platform • 515mm platform height • Precision turntable steering • Roller bearing wheels Pneumatic tyres 400 x 100mm REF T511P PRICE £346.00

Cushion rubber tyres 400 x 100mm REF T511C PRICE £423.00

500kg

T511P

346

CAPACITY

Hand Carts • Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • 250mm high rail • Water resistant plywood platform • Wheels with pneumatic tyres • Automatic non-slip parking brake

41.03

£239 41.22

£556

41.07

years

£285

WARRANTY

Hand Carts MODEL TYPE HAND CARTS 2 WHEELS, T-BAR HANDLE HAND CARTS WITH 4 SIDES 2 WHEELS, T-BAR HANDLE

HAND CARTS WITH 4 SIDES 4 WHEELS, SAFETY LOOP HANDLE

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 795 x 445 845 x 545 1145 x 545 795 x 445 845 x 545 1145 x 545 945 x 545 1145 x 645

TOTAL WIDTH (mm) 680 830 830 680 830 830 600 700

CAPACITY (kg) 200 400 400 200 400 400 400 400

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 260 400 400 260 400 400 260 260

ORDER REF 41.03 41.04 41.05 41.07 41.08 41.09 41.22 41.24

PRICE £239.00 £321.00 £347.00 £285.00 £358.00 £412.00 £556.00 £591.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC073

19/1/12

11:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

comply with Euro Norm 1757-3

✓Modular system allows addition

QUALITY GUARANTEE

of sides and ends as required

• Fully welded steel construction • Impact resistant powder coat finish in RAL blue 5007 • Tubular corner sleeves retain side and end panels • Anti-slip waterproof plywood platform • Crown gear steering • Safety loop handles with drop safety device • Cushion rubber or pneumatic tyred wheel options

700kg TO 1250kg CAPACITIES

BRAKING SYSTEM Automatic braking occurs whenever shaft sinks or rises, with an anti-slip mechanism

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

✓Professional quality trucks which

years

Heavy Duty Hand Trucks

FROM

758

Quality powder coat finish on shot blasted steelwork

Platform Hand Trucks PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 800 1600 x 900 2000 x 1000

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 410 480 480 480

CAPACITY (kg) 700 1000 1000 1250

SIZE 250 x 60 400 x 80 400 x 80 400 x 80

RUBBER CUSHIONED TYRES REF PRICE 1401 £758.00 1422 £905.00 1404 £1019.00 1406 £1143.00

SIZE 260 x 85 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100

PNEUMATIC TYRES REF PRI58 1402 £775.00 1403 £844.00 1405 £961.00 1407 £1085.00

FROM

1187

£ Traction Eye (fitted) REF 1441/E PRICE £33.30

Coupling (fitted) REF 1442/C PRICE £75.00

4-Sided Hand Trucks PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 800 1600 x 900 2000 x 1000

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 410 480 480 480

CAPACITY (kg) 700 1000 1000 1250

RUBBER CUSHIONED TYRES SIZE REF PRICE 250 x 60 1408 £1187.00 400 x 80 1423 £1333.00 400 x 80 1411 £1475.00 400 x 80 1413 £1662.00

SIZE 260 x 85 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100

PNEUMATIC TYRES REF 1409 1410 1412 1414

PRICE £1203.00 £1205.00 £1418.00 £1604.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC074

16/1/12

14:16

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

Appliance Trucks

✓Rugged trucks for heavy or bulky loads ✓Stairclimbers and carrier spar options • Widely spaced handles for best control • Rubber padded frame will not scratch load • 450 x 150mm footplate with non-slip cover GK2

256

years

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

SACK TRUCKS / SPECIAL PURPOSE TRUCKS

11042

283

QUALITY GUARANTEE

Carrier Spar (for two-man use on stairs) REF 1053 PRICE £36.00

350kg capacity Overall 1150H x 650Wmm 260 x 85mm pneumatic tyres REF GK2 PRICE £256.00

350kg capacity Overall 1425H x 650Wmm 260 x 85mm pneumatic tyres REF 11042 PRICE £283.00

Heavy Duty Chair Carrier BC142

£151

✓Suits most types of stacking chairs ✓Robustly made for 300kg carrying capacity

• Variable lifting arm height, 70kg capacity • Powder coated tubular steel • Weight 16kg • 260 x 85mm all terrain pneumatic tyres on roller bearings • 1300H x 580Wmm, arms 500L x 250Wmm

B1335L

193

When not in use as a chair carrier, the arms fold down to allow use for other purposes, 300kg capacity

years

REF B1335L PRICE £193.00

QUALITY GUARANTEE

Economy Chair Carrier

✓Simple low-cost design

✓Suits chairs with protruding rear feet

• Capacity 200kg • Weight 12kg • 560W x 150Dmm foot well • 200 x 50mm cushion rubber roller bearing wheels • 1150H x 560Wmm overall REF BC142 PRICE £151.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

11:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS

✓The all purpose on-van delivery truck • Star wheels ‘walk’ from step to step • Folds compactly for transit • Capacity 180kg • Weight 19kg • 150 x 40mm rubber plain bearing wheels • Footplate 350W x 410Lmm • Overall 1143H x 555Wmm REF BC386 PRICE £202.00

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Folding Toe Stairclimber

BC386

202

BC152

173

Heavy Duty Stairclimber

✓For safe handling of goods up and down stairs or kerbs • 300kg capacity • Weight 21kg • Twin star-wheel assemblies "walk" from step to step • 475W x 170Dmm foot • 160 x 45mm star-wheels • Overall 1425H x 480W x 530Dmm REF BC152 PRICE £173.00

TK1325

£243

Steel Stairclimber

✓An ideal general purpose stairway truck • 200kg capacity • Safety handles • Sturdy welded construction • 2 three-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with three 160x40mm solid rubber tyres • Footplate 320W x 250Lmm • Overall 1300H x 590Wmm REF TK1325 PRICE £243.00

AK1325

£309

QUALITY GUARANTEE

Aluminium Stairclimber

✓

Lightweight, strong and very easy to handle • 200kg capacity • Safety handles • Braced aluminum frame • 2 three-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with three 160x40mm solid rubber tyres • Footplate 320W x 250Lmm • Overall 1300H x 590Wmm REF AK1325 PRICE £309.00

years

TC075

TK1327

£341

Combi Stairclimber & Sack Truck

✓2-in-1 design

✓Large wheels allow use as regular sack truck

• 200kg capacity • Safety handles • Pneumatic tyres 260 x 85mm, roller bearings • 2 five-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with 5 solid rubber tyres 125mm dia. • Footplate 320W x 250Lmm • Overall 1300H x 590Wmm REF TK1327 PRICE £341.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC076

19/1/12

14:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SACK TRUCKS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Quality powder coat finish on shot blasted steelwork

BC129

BC157

£76

£109 BC149

£96

Economy Sack Truck

Standard Truck

Heavy Duty Sack Truck

• 150kg capacity • Big on performance, low on price • 305W x 190Dmm foot • 165 x 50mm rubber plain bore wheels

• Capacity 200kg • Centre strap design suits all types of load • 420W x 200Dmm foot • 200 x 50mm rubber roller bearing wheels

• Capacity 300kg • Heavy duty angle iron frame • 380W x 320Dmm foot • 200 x 50mm rubber tyres

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1000 x 450

WEIGHT (kg) 11.5

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC.129

£76.00

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1120 x 530

WEIGHT (kg) 15

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC149

£96.00

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1140 x 550

BC149HET

BC149X

BC139

£127

£151

£122

WEIGHT (kg) 20

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC157

£109.00

IDEAL FOR NARROW DOORWAYS

Extended Footplate

Pneumatic Tyres

Narrow Truck

• Capacity 200kg • Centre strap design suits all types of load • 420W x 280Dmm foot • 200 x 50mm rubber roller bearing wheels

• Capacity 200kg • Centre strap design suits all types of load • 420W x 200Dmm foot • 260 x 85mm pneumatic roller bearing wheels

• Capacity 200kg • Centre strap design suits all types of load • 420W x 200Dmm foot • 200 x 50mm rubber roller bearing wheels

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1120 x 530

WEIGHT (kg) 15

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC149HET

£127.00

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1120 x 530

WEIGHT (kg) 16

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC149X

£151.00

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1120 x 420

WEIGHT (kg) 15

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC139

£122.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

13:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SACK TRUCKS

BC158

K1115L

£125

£161

years

BC299

£86

K1116L

£173

WARRANTY

✓Space saving trucks, ideal for boot of car ✓Instantly unfold ready for use ✓Tough powder coat finish

✓Pneumatic tyred trucks for all terrain use ✓Powder coat finish • Both models have collapsible lifting blade and one with a second fixed footplate • Impact and scratch resistant finish

• Lightweight model weighs just 6kg and carries 100kg • Heavy duty model weighs 15kg and carries 200kg CAPACITY (kg) 100 200

FOOTPLATE L x W (mm) 360 x 310 410 x 355

OVERALL H x W (mm) 990 x 485 1140 x 555

CUSHION TYRES 150 x 40 200 x 50

WEIGHT (kg) 6 15

ORDER REF BC299 BC158

PRICE £86.00 £125.00

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Folding Toe Trucks

CAPACITY FOOTPLATE (kg) L x W (mm) 250 500 x 330 250 150x500 / 400x330

OVERALL PNEUMATIC H x W (mm) TYRES 1150 x 620 260 x 85 1150 x 620 260 x 85

WEIGHT ORDER (kg) REF 14.5 K1115L 14.5 K1116L

PRICE £161.00 £173.00

years

TC077

GUARANTEE

BC350

CS3PT

227

233

Super 3-Way Truck

✓A truck designed to convert from a basic sack truck into either a four wheeled angled sack or platform truck

• Fitted with a 100mm diameter double rear castors • Square tube frame construction • Powder coated in red

CAPACITY (kg) 300

FOOTPLATE W x D (mm) 470 x 190

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1290 x 470 x 450

WEIGHT (kg) 22

ORDER REF CS3PT

PRICE £233.00

Heavy Duty Super 3-Way Truck

✓

The only truck many businesses will need! A superb workhorse which carries out most of the day-to-day duties and folds away when not required. Quickly and easily converted between its three modes. Quality powder coat finish. • 300kg as sack truck, 400kg as 4-wheel & platform truck CAPACITY (kg) 300

FOOTPLATE W x D (mm) 480 x 180

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1420 x 480 x 450

WEIGHT (kg) 27

ORDER REF BC350

PRICE £227.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC078

16/1/12

14:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 Stacker Truck

✓For high stacked carton loads ✓350kg capacity B1330L

£161

B1125L

▲

£119

With replaceable plastic skids

B1115L

£123

years

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

SACK TRUCKS

Ecoline Steel Sack Trucks GUARANTEE • Capacities to 300kg • Cushion rubber or pneumatic tyred wheel options • Roller bearing hubs • Scratch resistant epoxy powder coating in RAL blue 5007 FOOTPLATE SIZE L x W (mm) 150 x 400 250 x 320 250 x 320

OVERALL SIZE H x W (mm) 1150 x 620 1150 x 570 1300 x 580

CAPACITY (kg) 250 200 300

CUSHION RUBBER TYRES SIZE REF PRICE 250 x 60 B1115 £123.00 250 x 60 B1125 £119.00 250 x 60 B1330 £161.00

PNEUMATIC TYRES SIZE REF PRICE 260 x 85 B1115L £123.00 260 x 85 B1125L £119.00 260 x 85 B1330L £161.00

A1125L

£178 With replaceable plastic skids

A1325L

WEIGHS ONLY 7KG

▲

G102

£205

A1330L

£210

255

• All welded tubular steel frame • Powder coated in RAL blue 5007 • Impact and scratch resistant • Cushion rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels • Hubs with roller bearings • Fixed lifting blade 250L x 300Wmm • Overall height 1600mm, width 570mm

Lightweight Aluminium Sack Trucks

Cushion Rubber Tyres, 250 x 60mm Weight 18kg REF G102 PRICE £255.00

Pneumatic Tyres, 260 x 85mm Weight 16kg REF G102L PRICE £255.00

• Constructed from prime tubular aluminium • Very light and easy to use • Pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearing hubs • Capacities to 200kg CAPACITY (kg) 150 200 200

HEIGHT (mm) 1150 1300 1300

FOOTPLATE LENGTH (mm) 250 250 250

FOOTPLATE OVERALL PNEUMATIC WIDTH (mm) WIDTH (mm) TYRES 230 570 260 x 85 320 570 260 x 85 320 570 260 x 85

WEIGHT (kg) 7 8 9

ORDER REF A1125L A1325L A1330L

PRICE £178.00 £205.00 £210.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC079

19/1/12

11:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SACK TRUCKS

£94

CS662

£66

£107

Economy Sack Truck

Universal Sack Truck

Folding Truck

• Durable powder coat finish • 100kg capacity • Weight 10kg • 200mm solid rubber tyres • 1000H x 470W x 410Dmm • 410W x 180Dmm footplate

• Welded all steel construction with braced frame for extra rigidity • 100kg capacity • Weight 8kg • 200mm solid rubber tyres • 1085H x 505W x 475Dmm • 350W x 260Dmm footplate

• Ideal for deliveries, easily carried in car/van • Fold away toe for compact storage • 100kg capacity • Weight 5kg • 150mm solid rubber tyres • 1020H x 360W x 170Dmm • 300W x 380Dmm footplate

REF CS662 PRICE £107.00

REF CS161 PRICE £94.00

REF CS258 PRICE £66.00

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

CS161 CS258

CSPHPTST

£99

CS360

CSTAST

£197

£72

Collapsible Truck

P Handle Truck

Stairclimber Truck

• 90kg capacity • Lightweight aluminium • Collapses in overall size for compact storage • Telescopic handle • Folding footplate • 150mm dia cushion rubber wheels • Extended 1105H x 400Wmm • Folded 740H x 400Wmm • Toeplate 355W x 240Dmm

• P handle design for one handed operation when moving lighter/taller loads • 200kg capacity • Steel concave frame • Pneumatic wheels • Powder coated in red • Overall 1310H x 540W x 475Dmm • Toeplate 350W x 220Dmm • 260mm dia wheels

• Safe working load on stairs - 50kg • 120kg maximum load as a sack truck • 3 star wheel arrangement • Weight 15kg • 200mm pneumatic tyred wheels • Overall 1160H x 605W x 795Dmm • Fixed toe plate 410W x 200Dmm • Folding toe 395W x 460Dmm

REF CSTAST PRICE £72.00

REF CSPHPTST PRICE £99.00

REF CS360 PRICE £197.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC080

19/1/12

11:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

SACK TRUCKS

Budget Fold Flat Truck

✓Carries 90kg ✓Weighs just 9.8kg

• Simple push-button handle extension • Wheels extend automatically when platform is lowered • Elasticated load retainer straps • Folds away to 690 x 490 x 60mm • Footplate 485 x 260mm • Non-marking 185mm wheels REF BC2A PRICE £57.00

BC2A

JUST 60mm THICK WHEN FOLDED

£57

Premium Fold Flat Trucks

✓Capacities 50-250kg ✓So quick and simple to extend • Premium quality aluminium & steel tube construction • Non-slip cast aluminium footplate • Comfortable non-slip hand grips • Integral elasticated strap for safe load retention • Non-marking polymer wheels with roller bearings (50/125kg models) • Pneumatic tyres on roller bearing wheels (250kg model)

1730

1732

1735

£86

£119

£270

5 80

years

Ready to use within a few seconds!

QUALITY GUARANTEE

Premium Fold Flat Trucks CAPACITY (kg) 50 125 250

OVERALL H x W (mm) 1030 x 390 1090 x 488 1190 x 660

FOLDED H x W x D (mm) 595 x 390 x 50 765 x 488 x 64 855 x 660 x 135

FOOTPLATE L x W (mm) 300 x 385 320 x 480 450 x 595

WHEEL DIA (mm) 127 170 220

WEIGHT (kg) 3.2 5.2 12.6

ORDER REF

PRICE

1730 1732 1735

£86.00 £119.00 £270.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC081

19/1/12

11:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 GAS CYLINDER HANDLING / DRUM HANDLING TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Gas Cylinder Trucks ✓Ergonomic designs ✓Precision welded steelwork • Quality epoxy powder coated finish • Free draining punched toe plates • Galvanised chains retain cylinders in position • Quiet running rubber tyred wheels • Unique rear wheel support attachments may be fitted by the user at any time • Bolt-on frames with 100mm rubber tyred castor REMOVABLE WHEEL ATTACHMENT SOLD SEPARATELY EG: SCT/280 + RW/PT47/SCT280

FROM

£207

£107

UNIVERSAL 280 TRUCK

PROPANE TRUCK

OXY-ACETYLENE TRUCK

OXY-PROPANE TRUCK

• Cylinders up to 280mm dia • 1050H x 483W x 520Dmm • 200mm wheels • Weight 10kg

• For 47kg Propane cylinders • 1050H x 583W x 520Dmm • 200mm wheels • Weight 11kg

• 240/290mm max cylinder dia • 1050H x 760W x 520Dmm • 300mm wheels • Weight 17kg

• 240/410mm max cylinder dia • 1050H x 880W x 520Dmm • 300mm wheels • Weight 18kg

Single Cylinder Trucks

Double Cylinder Trucks

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

UNIVERSAL 280 TRUCK PROPANE TRUCK REAR WHEEL KIT (SINGLE CYLINDER)

SCT/280 PT/47 RW/PT47/SCT280

£107.00 £123.00 £68.00

OXY-ACETYLENE TRUCK OXY-PROPANE TRUCK REAR WHEEL KIT (DOUBLE CYLINDER)

OACT OPCT RW/OACT/OPCT

£207.00 £208.00 £90.00

Drum Trucks

✓A modern design of truck with optional load support wheels

Cylinder Holders

• Designed for 210 litre steel drums • Epoxy powder coated finish • Rear wheel attachment can be added at any time • Capacity 270kg • Weight 21kg • 1520L x 620W x 420Hmm • 250mm rubber tyred wheels 2-Wheel Drum Truck REF DT/1 PRICE £195.00 Drum Truck with Rear Wheels With 80mm rubber load castors REF DT/RW PRICE £265.00 Rear Wheel Attachment Kit for 2-wheel model REF RW/DT PRICE £77.00 DT/RW

265

Rear wheel attachment

Wall Brackets • Tubular design • Epoxy coated steelwork • Bright zinc plated chains • For cylinders up to 280 dia

Cylinder Stand

2-Cylinder Bracket 650mm long REF CWB/2W PRICE £45.00

• For all cylinders up to 280mm dia • Solid steel baseplate • Locking access bars • Epoxy coated steelwork

3-Cylinder Bracket 965mm long REF CWB/3W PRICE £54.00

Cylinder Stand 600H x 340W x 310Dmm REF CS/280 PRICE £108.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC082

20/1/12

12:18

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 Gas Cylinder Trolleys

✓Designed for the handling and

transportation of gas cylinders

51005

£145

• 50-150kg capacities • Fully welded tubular steel construction • Powder coated blue finish, RAL 5007 • Support chain for securing bottles • Solid rubber or pneumatic tyred models • Models 51021 and 51022 fitted with supporting castor CAPACITY (kg) 50 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

HEIGHT (mm) 1000 1100 1100 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300

£355

£238

QUALITY GUARANTEE

TOTAL WIDTH (mm) 505 760 760 830 830 830 830 925 925 1020 1020

NO. BOTTLES SIZE 2 x 10L 2 x 20L 2 x 20L 2 x 40-50L 2 x 40-50L 2 x 40-50L 2 x 40-50L 1 x 50L, 1 x 33kgs 1 x 50L, 1 x 33kgs 2 x 33kgs 2 x 33kgs

Cylinder Stand

SOLID RUBBER TYRES (mm) 200 x 50 250 x 60 400 x 80 400 x 80 400 x 80 400 x 80 -

PNEUMATIC TYRES (mm) 260 x 85 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100

WEIGHT (kg) 7 17.5 15 33 23 38 28 35 25 38 28

ORDER REF 51005 51006 51007 51011 51012 51021 51022 51031 51032 51041 51042

PRICE £145.00 £238.00 £238.00 £288.00 £274.00 £372.00 £355.00 £381.00 £365.00 £463.00 £447.00

Wall Brackets

• Stand for 2 bottles, each 40-50 litre contents, 204-229mm diameter • Steel section/sheet steel design • Powder coated blue finish (RAL 5007) • Pre-drilled for connecting or for wall fixing • Secured with chain

• Wall mounting for 1-3 steel bottles, bottle diameter 140, 230 and 320mm • Steel sheet construction, pre-drilled u-shaped rail for wall fixing • Secured with chain • Hot dip galvanised

51150

£155

NO. BOTTLES 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3

REF 51150 PRICE £155.00

STEEL DRUM TROLLEY, NO SUPPORTING CASTOR WHEEL STEEL DRUM TROLLEY, 1 SUPPORTING CASTOR 200x50mm STEEL DRUM TROLLEY, 2 SUPPORTING CASTORS 160x40mm TROLLEY FOR 120-220 LITRE PLASTIC DRUMS

ORDER REF 51114 51123 51132 51214 51223 51232 51314 51323 51332

PRICE £31.00 £39.00 £44.00 £49.00 £64.00 £78.00 £73.00 £87.00 £119.00

2081

£229

• 2080/2081 designed for 120-220 litre plastic drums, all other models designed for 200 litre rimmed drums • Welded tubular steel construction with durable powder coated finish • Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres • Tension belt safely secures drums • Support wheels are fitted to some models for stability • Plastic drum trolley can be rested horizontally to allow easy drum dispensing. Supplied with tension belt to secure drums DESCRIPTION

BOTTLE DIA (mm) 140 230 320 140 230 320 140 230 320

SUITABLE FOR ALL RIMMED 200 LITRE DRUMS

Drum Trolleys

51022

51006

years

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

GAS CYLINDER HANDLING / DRUM HANDLING

1072

£257

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250

SIZE H x W (mm) 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1300 x 640 1300 x 640

SOLID RUBBER TYRES (mm) 250 x 60 250 x 60 250 x 60 250 x 60 -

PNEUMATIC TYRES (mm) 260 x 85 260 x 85 260 x 85 260 x 85

WEIGHT (kg) 17.5 15 23.5 21 24.5 22 20.5 18

ORDER REF

PRICE

1065 1066 1071 1072 2078 2079 2080 2081

£242.00 £242.00 £257.00 £257.00 £313.00 £313.00 £229.00 £229.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

13/1/12

09:47

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DRUM HANDLING

• Drum caddy will handle 140/210 litre steel & plastic drums • Removable handle is used to tilt drums for positioning and doubles up as a bung key • Capacity 500kg • Weight 17kg • Overall size 950H x 750W x 570Dmm

Tilt handle also acts as drum key

WRDC500

£218

REF WRDC500 PRICE £218.00

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Drum Caddy

Drum Porter Plus • Will handle 210 litre drums on and off bund pallets as well as regular pallets • Capacity 450kg • Weight 165kg • Drum lift 500mm • Lift per stroke 12mm • Max drum size 915L x 572 dia • Dimensions 900L x 1020Wmm • Max height in lowered position 1250mm • Max height in raised position 1380mm

WRDTF450

£1361

REF WRDTF450 PRICE £1361.00

month

TC083

PARTS & LABOUR WARRANTY

WRDTR250

£600

WRDT250

£488 WRDTW250

£530

Override Drum Porter

Drum Porter

Wide Straddle Drum Porter

• Easy to use it lifts the drum hydraulically off the floor for transportation and smoothly lowers it via a spring return knob • Capacity 250kg • Weight 40kg • Max drum size 915L x 572 dia • Drum lift 345mm • Lift per stroke 22mm • Dimensions 1000H x 780W x 810Lmm

• Enables lifting of 210 litre drums off 800mm wide Europallets • Fitted with parking brake • Capacity 250kg • Max drum dia 572mm • Drum lift 345mm • Lift per stroke 22mm • Inside straddle 850mm • Outside O/A straddle 1015mm

• Wide straddle & cantilever frame to pass over Europallets (800mm max width) • Also allows drums to be lifted from corners of spillage containment units • Capacity 250kg • Max drum dia 572mm • Max drum height 1180mm • Min drum height 910mm • Inside straddle 850mm • Outside O/A straddle 980mm

REF WRDT250 PRICE £488.00

REF WRDTW250 PRICE £530.00

REF WRDTR250 PRICE £600.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC084

13/1/12

09:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

DRUM HANDLING

Fork Extension Sleeves

✓A simple and effective handling solution for the occasional need to stabilise long and awkward loads without the risk of damage

• Manufactured from 6mm high strength steel, grade S355 • Fully formed & profiled toe section reinforced for additional strength • Supplied in pairs • Finished in matt black • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • When ordering please specify overall length of extension shoe, existing fork length, width and thickness, and whether slip-on or bolt type FORK WIDTH (mm) 100mm (PER PAIR 125mm (PER PAIR) 150mm (PER PAIR)

FORK EXTENSION LENGTH 1830mm 2130mm IFE-472 IFE-484 £226.00 £244.00 IFE-572 IFE-584 £254.00 £277.00 IFE-672 IFE-684 £264.00 £286.00

1525mm IFE-460 £217.00 IFE-560 £225.00 IFE-660 £243.00

FROM

£217

2440mm IFE-496 £269.00 IFE-596 £288.00 IFE-696 £309.00

Drum Lifter

✓Provides a simple yet highly effective safe

handling solution for rapid transfer of steel drums FULLY AUTOMATIC

• Secured to forks by zinc plated thumb screws • Minimum moving parts for low maintenance • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety • Fully automatic with no intervention from forklift driver CAPACITY (kg) 500 1000

No OF DRUMS 1 2

MAX FORK SIZE (mm) 125 x 50 125 x 50

FORK CENTRES (mm) 408 408

ORDER REF IDL-1 IDL-2

PRICE £451.00 £534.00

IDL-1

451

£ STEEL JAW GRIPS DRUM FIRMLY

Rim Grip Drum Handler

✓This versatile and efficient attachment allows automatic and safe handling of steel and plastic ring drums.

✓Can handle drums of varying diameters as well as damaged or open top drums.

• Forged and hardened steel jaw grip • Secured safely to forks with zinc plated thumb screws • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety • Fully automatic with no intervention from forklift driver IRG-2 CAPACITY (kg) 750 1500

1188

No OF DRUMS 1 2

MAX FORK SIZE (mm) 125 x 50 125 x 50

FORK CENTRES (mm) 412 412

ORDER REF IRG-1 IRG-2

PRICE £861.00 £1188.00

Drum Tilters

✓Designed for controlled and effortless

FROM

742

pouring of contents of steel drums

✓360kg capacity, fork lift and crane slung models • Fitted with worm gear box which features full 360 degrees rotation and unique locking facility enabling drums to be held at an angle • Robust gearbox complete with torque limiter • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety • Hand wheel and looped chain models available TYPE

FORK LIFT FORK LIFT CRANE SLUNG CRANE SLUNG

TILT MECHANISM HAND WHEEL LOOPED CHAIN HAND WHEEL LOOPED CHAIN

MAX FORK SIZE (mm) 150 x 50 150 x 50 -

FORK CENTRES (mm) 869 869 -

ORDER REF IDTL-1 IDTL-2 ICTL-1 ICTL-2

PRICE £742.00 £893.00 £878.00 £1042.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC085

18/1/12

15:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING / PALLET ROTATORS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Pallet Pal Level Loader

✓A unique power-free automatic level loader. Simple, robust and efficient.

P-PAL3

1993

P-BELL

SUITS PALLET LOADS FROM 200kg - 2000kg

£467

• Integral turntable allows operator to turn the load and always work from the nearside • Eliminates bending and stretching associated with loading pallets at floor level • Heavy duty springs maintain the top of the pallet load at a comfortable working height • As the load increases the platform goes down, as the load decreases it goes up • Suitable for applications with fork truck access and pallet loads between 200-2000kg • Requires no floor fixings • Overall size - 1110W x 1220Lmm • Turntable 1100 dia • Maximum height 700mm • Lowered height 240mm • Unit weight - 160kg REF P-PAL3 PRICE £1993.00

Pal-Disc Pallet Turntable

Bellows Guard • Encloses mechanism and prevents dirt ingress • Simply fits over the Pallet Pal • Concertina design moves with the Pallet Pal REF P-BELL PRICE £467.00

Pal-Ring Pallet Turntable

P-DISC

£980

P-RING

✓Ramped edge for easy pallet truck loading ✓Ultra low profile ideal in space confined areas

Tine Lug screws into centre boss for forktruck lifting

• Free turning - does not tighten or bind under load • 2000kg capacity • Virtually maintenance free • Lock prevents accidental rotation • Tine lug included • Height 22mm • Overall diameter 1240mm • Turntable diameter 1100mm • Unit weight 100kg REF P-DISC PRICE £980.00

✓Simple and cost effective ✓Ideal for pallet loading and stripping

£386

• Robust, lightweight construction • Free turning - does not tighten or bind under load • Supplied either with handles or bolt down lugs for floor fixing • Can be adapted to suit a variety of applications, including mounting onto a scissor lift • Height 60mm • Overall diameter 1110mm • 2000kg capacity • Unit weight 25kg REF P-RING PRICE £386.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC086

13/1/12

09:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONVEYORS TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

System 25 Gravity Conveyor

✓Track supplied fully assembled, simply bolt stand to track for finished item.

✓Smooth, snag-free side frames

• Ideal for conveying cartons & tote bins • Spring loaded rollers, zinc plated • Epoxy coated powder blue finish, 18-E-53 • Standard track lengths 1.5m and 3m • Standard widths 300 / 450 / 600 / 750mm

Rollers can be bought separately. Please call sales for a quotation

Adjustable Stands Stands must be ordered separately as they are not included as standard

Designing Your Conveyor ROLLER PITCH The load must be in contact with at least 3 rollers at all times. Loads without a rigid base should be supported on a flat tray.

STANDS The maximum distance between stands should not exceed 1500mm. Stands should also be positioned where tracks are joined.

GRADIENT Where gravity movement is required the gradient should not exceed 1:25.

✓1.5m conveyor sections only are listed. 3m sections are readily available, at exactly twice the 1.5m price.

HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF CONVEYOR (mm) 305-420 420-640 560-920 840-1040 1041-1240 1241-1440

300/450 WIDE 600 WIDE ORDER PRICE ORDER PRICE REF REF CSST345 £48.00 CSST390 £58.00 CSST445 £54.00 CSST490 £58.00 CSST545 £52.00 CSST590 £65.00 CSST845 £62.00 CSST890 £68.00 CSST1045 £62.00 CSST1090 £73.00 CSST1245 £68.00 CSST1290 £78.00

WIDTH + 80mm

WIDTH + 80mm 90mm

60mm

98mm

50mm Dia Rollers Rated 100kg Per Roller

70.5mm

50mm Dia Rollers Rated 45kg Per Roller

63mm

35mm Dia Rollers Rated 25kg Per Roller

1.5m Long Roller Conveyors ROLLER PITCH 50mm 75mm 100mm 125mm 150mm

25kg RATED ROLLER 300mm 450mm 600mm CS5025/300 CS5025/450 CS5025/600 £289.00 £310.00 £336.00 CS7525/300 CS7525/450 CS7525/600 £215.00 £236.00 £247.00 CS10025/300 CS10025/450 CS10025/600 £183.00 £190.00 £203.00 CS12525/300 CS12525/450 CS12525/600 £160.00 £165.00 £176.00 CS15025/300 CS15025/450 CS15025/600 £141.00 £149.00 £159.00

300mm CS7545/300 £253.00 CS10045/300 £206.00 CS12545/300 £178.00 CS15045/300 £160.00

45kg RATED ROLLER 450mm CS7545/450 £277.00 CS10045/450 £221.00 CS12545/450 £194.00 CS15045/450 £173.00

600mm CS7545/600 £301.00 CS10045/600 £243.00 CS12545/600 £209.00 CS15045/600 £186.00

300mm CS75100/300 £223.00 CS100100/300 £182.00 CS150100/300 £141.00

100kg RATED ROLLER 450mm 600mm CS75100/450 CS75100/600 £244.00 £271.00 CS100100/450 CS100100/600 £198.00 £219.00 CS150100/450 CS150100/600 £157.00 £166.00

750mm CS75100/750 £295.00 CS100100/750 £255.00 CS150100/750 £192.00

Above prices are for track only, see above table for stand prices. Rollers can be purchased individually POA.

Please call us for a quotation on all these options:

✓Ball Tables ✓Hinged Gates ✓Side Guides ✓End Stops

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC087

17/1/12

15:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LIFTING

Micro Personnel Lifters

public access areas such as shops, hospitals, education or leisure facilities

• Fast and accurate elevation • Fits easily through a standard door • Clear sight line when transporting • Volkallan non-marking wheels • Auto-closing entry gates • Inertia belt descent • Non-slip platform surface • Spirit level • Emergency lowering • Key switched controls and power pack • Overload protection • IP65 deadman operated controls • Safety cage with top rail, mid bar & kick plates • Auto-cut-off charger unit • EN1757.1 loading compliance • EN280 compliant where applicable

Familiarisation Training REF TZIPFT PRICE £128.00

Internal applications - for use with zero wind speed and zero incline / decline

TZIPMXL

TZIPML

£9098

£9380

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

✓Meets working at height legislation ✓Compact and manoeuvrable access platforms ✓Designed for internal applications in

T-ZIP MICROLITE, DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR CEILING PANEL ACCESS

T-Zip MicroXL SPECIFICATION MAX PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX WORKING HEIGHT LIFT TIME LIFTING CAPACITY SELF WEIGHT PLATFORM SIZE OVERALL SIZE HANDRAIL HEIGHT POWER WHEELS ORDER REF PRICE

1620mm 3620mm 24 seconds 120kg (man + tools) 132kg 600 x 600mm 980 x 740mm 1100mm 2 x sealed 12vDC batteries 2 x fixed, 2 x swivel / braked TZIPMXL £9098.00

T-Zip MicroLite SPECIFICATION MAX PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX WORKING HEIGHT LIFT TIME LIFTING CAPACITY SELF WEIGHT PLATFORM SIZE OVERALL SIZE HANDRAIL HEIGHT POWER WHEELS ORDER REF PRICE

2000mm 4000mm 24 seconds 120kg (man + tools) 132kg 480 x 480mm 980 x 740mm 1000mm 2 x sealed 12vDC batteries 2 x fixed, 2 x swivel / braked TZIPML £9380.00

Air Personnel Lifters

✓Lightweight & exceptionally manoeuvrable ✓Compact, suited to narrow aisles ✓Designed for overhead applications in public access areas such as shops, offices hospitals and hotels

SPECIFICATION MAX PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX WORKING HEIGHT LIFT TIME LIFTING CAPACITY SELF WEIGHT PLATFORM SIZE OVERALL SIZE ORDER REF PRICE

AIR PILOT 2500mm 4500mm 20 seconds 150kg 215kg 900 x 600mm 1217 x 780mm AIRPILOT £10168.00

years

• Manual push around, powered lift • Requires no set up time • Fully compliant with all relevant PARTS & LABOUR regulations and legislation WARRANTY • Twin total stop brakes • Auto cut off battery charger included • Work tray • Almost silent operation • Will not damage or mark floor surfaces, walls or doors • Cage capacity intended for one operator plus work equipment • Familiarisation training, includes delivery REF AIRPILOTFT PRICE £236.00

AIRPILOT

10168

AIR PILOT XL 3000mm 5000mm 25 seconds 150kg 250kg 900 x 600mm 1217 x 780mm AIRPILOTXL £10942.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC088

13/1/12

09:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

CANTILEVER RACKING WLD3

1027

LIGHT DUTY RACKING

Arms are connected to uprights with two bolts and arm height is adjustable in 150mm increments

Arm variations

Bespoke manufacturing with tailored designs to suit your particular application at a competitive price. Please call with your requirements

Removable retaining pins

Cantilever Racks

✓Each rack manufactured to your specific requirements • Arm capacity from 20kg to 2000kg (UDL) • Height and arm levels variable to suit your need, standard vertical pitch is 150mm • Load notices for safe working load supplied with all racks • Black uprights and yellow arms as standard – other colours and finishes available (eg. galvanised) • All racks include shims and floor fixings • Experienced installation teams • Choose from the selection below or contact us with your specific requirements - double sided racks available

Tyre/Head guards available on all cantilever racking

Cantilever Racking - 3 Upright Racks

PRODUCT TYPE LIGHT DUTY MEDIUM DUTY HEAVY DUTY

UPRIGHT HEIGHT 2700mm 4500mm 6000mm

ARM LENGTH 800mm 1000mm 1200mm

UPRIGHT CENTRES 1000mm 1200mm 1500mm

ARMS 3 4 5

ARM CAPACITY 250kg 500kg 1000kg

ORDER REF WLD3 WMD4 WHD5

PRICE £1027.00 £1500.00 £2213.00

Detail of bracing connection on galvanised rack

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC089

20/1/12

13:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CANTILEVER RACKING STORAGE

Large scale double sided cantilever project

Cantilever Racks

✓Large scale projects and specialist applications

Exterior timber storage with canopy

• Free on-site consultation/survey to discuss your requirements • We can undertake both new fit outs or re-fits, integrating with existing racking if required • In-house design team available • Specialist applications of any size considered • Canopies, continuous roofing, cladding and shelving can be incorporated • Creates more space and ensures easier access to stock • Ability to manage your projects from initial quotation through to installation • Structured manufacture and delivery ensures as little on-site disruption as possible • Helps utilise full height of buildings • Suitable for internal & external applications Please contact us for details of pricing or for a site survey and quotation

£ Quantity discount

Safety head guard accessories

Continuous roof structure

Galvanised multipurpose storage

Installation service

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC090

17/1/12

15:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

PALLET RACKING

Adjustable Pallet Racking

It is recommended that all bays be securely floor fixed - customers must ensure that existing floors are suitable for the loads imposed upon them

✓Simple and quick to install using standard tools

• Frames are pierced on a 75mm pitch to allow for positioning of beams • Beam loads are 2000kg per pair, uniformly distributed load • Graphite grey uprights, galvanised cross braces and high visibility yellow finish beams

EXTENSION

FROM

STARTER

FROM

266

393

2000kg PER LEVEL

2250mm Wide Bays Carries two 1000mm wide x 1000 or 1200mm deep pallets DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 3000 x 2250 x 900 4800 x 2250 x 900 6000 x 2250 x 900 3000 x 2250 x 1100 4800 x 2250 x 1100 6000 x 2250 x 1100

BEAM LEVELS 2 3 4 2 3 4

STARTER BAY REF PRICE PS22930 £393.00 PS22948 £552.00 PS22960 £693.00 PS221130 £385.00 PS221148 £561.00 PS221160 £704.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE PE22930 £266.00 PE22948 £390.00 PE22960 £498.00 PE221130 £269.00 PE221148 £395.00 PE221160 £504.00

Extra Level, 1 Pair of Beams & Clips DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 2250 x 900 2250 x 1100 2700 x 900 2700 x 1100

ORDER REF PL229 PL2211 PL279 PL2711

PRICE £75.00 £75.00 £102.00 £102.00

2700mm Wide Bays Carries two 1200mm wide x 1000 or 1200mm deep pallets DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 3000 x 2700 x 900 4800 x 2700 x 900 6000 x 2700 x 900 3000 x 2700 x 1100 4800 x 2700 x 1100 6000 x 2700 x 1100

BEAM LEVELS 2 3 4 2 3 4

STARTER BAY REF PRICE PS27930 £433.00 PS27948 £635.00 PS27960 £803.00 PS271130 £440.00 PS271148 £644.00 PS271160 £815.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE PE27930 £321.00 PE27948 £473.00 PE27960 £609.00 PE271130 £324.00 PE271148 £478.00 PE271160 £614.00

Galvanised Steel Decking DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 2250 x 900 2250 x 1100 2700 x 900 2700 x 1100

CAPACITY UDL (kg) 2000 2000 2000 2000

ORDER REF PSL2290 PSL2211 PSL2790 PSL2711

PRICE £86.00 £101.00 £120.00 £183.00

Other frame heights, depths, beam lengths and load capacities are available. Please contact us for further information

Upright Protectors

Rack End Protection Kits

• Protects bottom of pallet racking uprights from accidental damage • 4 fixings per protector required (sold individually)

• Modular barrier system for protection against forklift truck damage • Kits contain two protectors, a sigma rail and all fixings

‘U’ shaped protector gives 3-way protection to the upright

‘L’ shaped protector provides greater clearance from end of rack

DESCRIPTION

U TYPE PROTECTOR, 400mm HIGH L TYPE UPRIGHT PROTECTOR, 400mm HIGH FIXINGS FOR U & L TYPE PROTECTOR B3 FOOTPLATE

‘U’ TYPE

ORDER REF UP400YQ UPRA400YQ FAS1515 B3SZC

PRICE £40.00 £40.00 £3.10 £6.40

WIDTH (mm) 930 1130 2030 2430

‘L’ TYPE

U SHAPED PROTECTOR ORDER REF PRICE SSURPK930YQ £126.00 SSURPK1130YQ £129.00 SSURPK2030YQ £140.00 SSURPK2430YQ £143.00

L SHAPED PROTECTOR ORDER REF PRICE SSLRPK930YQ £128.00 SSLRPK1130YQ £130.00 SSLRPK2030YQ £140.00 SSLRPK2430YQ £144.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC091

20/1/12

09:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PALLET RACKING STORAGE

Premierack Pallet Racking

✓Standard pallet racking bays ideal for small to medium size warehouses and

storage areas for drive-in, narrow aisle, push back, pallet flow or mobile applications

• Cost effective racking system to suit a wide range of storage applications • Load capacity up to 7660kg per frame • Adjustable 50mm beam pitch • 90mm wide uprights with bolted horizontal and diagonal bracing • Tough epoxy powder coated blue and orange finish

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

2500H x 2700W x 900Dmm

PPR-SB-004

PPR-EB-004

£499

£362

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

CAPACITY

1280kg PER LEVEL UDL

1350mm Wide x 900mm Deep Bays, 2 Beam Levels Depth 900mm

TO SUIT ONE PALLET 1200W x 1000Dmm PER LEVEL

1350 mm

DIMENSIONS STARTER BAY H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 2500 x 1350 x 900 PPR-SB-001 £385.00 3000 x 1350 x 900 PPR-SB-002 £409.00 3500 x 1350 x 900 PPR-SB-003 £457.00 ADDITIONAL PAIR OF BEAMS TO SUIT - 1350mm LONG

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE PPR-EB-001 £247.00 PPR-EB-002 £259.00 PPR-EB-003 £283.00 PPR-001 £55.00

1350 mm

2700mm Wide x 900mm Deep Bays, 2 Beam Levels

CAPACITY

2000kg PER LEVEL UDL

TO SUIT TWO PALLETS 1200W x 1000Dmm PER LEVEL

DIMENSIONS STARTER BAY H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 2500 x 2700 x 900 PPR-SB-004 £499.00 3000 x 2700 x 900 PPR-SB-005 £523.00 3500 x 2700 x 900 PPR-SB-006 £572.00 ADDITIONAL PAIR OF BEAMS TO SUIT - 2700mm LONG

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE PPR-EB-004 £362.00 PPR-EB-005 £374.00 PPR-EB-006 £398.00 PPR-002 £112.00

Depth 900mm 2700mm

2700mm

2700mm Wide x 1100mm Deep Bays, 2 Beam Levels CAPACITY

TO SUIT

2000kg PER LEVEL UDL

THREE PALLETS 800W x 1200Dmm PER LEVEL

Depth 1100mm 2700mm

2700mm

DIMENSIONS STARTER BAY H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 2500 x 2700 x 1100 PPR-SB-007 £510.00 3000 x 2700 x 1100 PPR-SB-008 £533.00 3500 x 2700 x 1100 PPR-SB-009 £584.00 ADDITIONAL PAIR OF BEAMS TO SUIT - 2700mm LONG

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE PPR-EB-007 £367.00 PPR-EB-008 £379.00 PPR-EB-009 £404.00 PPR-002 £112.00

Important notes: Load must be uniformly distributed over the entire length of the beams. Maximum first beam level: 1800mm, Minimum number of bays: 2, Minimum number of levels: 2 Single fixing bolt per footplate required

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC092

18/1/12

16:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

PALLET RACKING

Locking pins to suit most racking models available

Galvanised Pallet Racking

✓Extremely durable and long life span shelving ✓Fully weather proof ✓Can be used internally or externally • All beams supplied complete with safety clips • All frames supplied in made up form, floor anchors included • Frame loadings depend on first beam level height, contact us for more information

Individual Frames CAPACITY (kg) 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000 12000

ORDER REF

PRICE

NSEF2500X900G NSEF2500X1100G NSEF2500X1200G NSEF3000X900G NSEF3000X1100G NSEF3000X1200G NSEF4500X900G NSEF4500X1100G NSEF4500X1200G NSEF5500X900G NSEF5500X1100G NSEF5500X1200G

£102.00 £104.00 £107.00 £122.00 £124.00 £127.00 £182.00 £184.00 £187.00 £222.00 £225.00 £227.00

CAPACITY (kg) 2900 3280 1643 3270 3548

900mm deep 2700mm wide

Individual Beams DIMENSIONS Length x Depth (mm) 900 x 80 1350 x 80 2700 x 80 2700 x 130 3300 x 145

MINIMUM ORDER: 1 frame and 3 beams

3000mm high

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 2500 x 900 2500 x 1100 2500 x 1200 3000 x 900 3000 x 1100 3000 x 1200 4500 x 900 4500 x 1100 4500 x 1200 5500 x 900 5500 x 1100 5500 x 1200

ORDER REF

PRICE

NSEB900X80G NSEB1350X80G NSEB2700X80G NSEB2700X130G NSEB3300X145G

£29.00 £36.00 £50.00 £56.00 £70.00

LOCKING PINS To suit all major pallet racking systems, i.e Dexion, Link, Redirack, Hilo etc. Please specify racking model when ordering. If unsure, please call for assistance REF CSPPIN PRICE £42.90 (Pack of 50)

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC093

13/1/12

09:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

✓The pallet rack safety screen for essential protection • Simple, strong and effective • Spillage protection of palletised items • Fully welded grid for maximum security • Easily fitted to new or existing racking • Durable epoxy powder coat RAL7037 finish

BUDGET PRICE

(PER SQ METRE)

STORAGE

Anti-Collapse (Musca) Safety System

The ANTI-COLLAPSE SYSTEM is a simple and highly effective preventative measure, designed to combat the problems associated with spillage from the rear of racking. Each panel is constructed on a 19mm square section steel tube, with mesh apertures of 25 x 25mm, 50 x 50mm, or 100 x 50mm to suit various applications. The system is self supporting on its own stand-off brackets which provide maximum strength and space for projecting items.

GUIDE PRICES FOR ANTI COLLAPSE SYSTEM £34 PER SQUARE METRE

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC094

13/1/12

10:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

Nylon Net Pallet Rack Guarding

The complete low cost, flexible protection system for all retail & industrial applications

✓Proven & safety tested system ✓Pre-engineered, easy to install bolted system means no special tools or cutting on site

✓Allows for free flow of light, air or sprinkler system operation • Universal extensions available to suit all racking manufacturers • Protects stock on top beam level • Will not corrode, rust, peel, rot or dent • Will not affect integrity of the rack • 100 x 100mm mesh gives 1000kg capacity

Flush Mount

Offset Mount

• Used when there is no pallet or load overhang

• Used when there is a pallet or load overhang • Adjustable from 25-300mm

Budget price per square metre REF NEN1 PRICE £15.00

Call us for a free site survey & quotation

Budget price per square metre REF NEN2 PRICE £18.00

Budget prices are based on a minimum of 20m2

Mezzanine Guards

✓Placed around a mezzanine perimeter the net protects the personnel below and stored products on the floor • Can replace or easily attach to existing handrails • Any height available Budget price per linear metre 1050mm high REF NEN3 PRICE £15.00

Aisle & Door Blockades

✓Used to prevent product spillage or pedestrian access • Quick and easy to install • Decreases liability and limits access • Adjustable & versatile • Visual safety barrier • Debris containment • Rated & tested to 680kg APERTURE WIDTH (mm) 2134 - 2743 2744 - 3352 3353 - 3962 3963 - 4571 4572 - 5182

PANEL HEIGHT (mm) 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

ORDER REF AISLE NABB - 8 NABB - 10 NABB - 12 NABB - 14 NABB - 16

ORDER REF DOOR NBB - 8 NBB - 10 NBB - 12 NBB - 14 NBB - 16

PRICE £139.00 £160.00 £190.00 £215.00 £237.00

Price includes 1 net with 4 S hooks, 4 eye bolts & 2 tension straps

DOOR BLOCKADES

AISLE BLOCKADE

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC095

13/1/12

10:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

WIRE MESH DECKING TO USE 1 x 1320 wide 2 x 1118 wide 2 x 1320 wide 3 x 1118 wide 2 x 1118 wide and 1 x 1320 wide 2 x 1320 wide and 1 x 1118 wide

STORAGE

FOR BEAM WIDTH 1350 2250 2700 3350 3600 3900 1000kg / 1500kg CAPACITY UDL PER SHELF

WIRE MESH DIVIDERS AVAILABLE

Wire Mesh Decking

✓Mesh decking will increase the versatility of pallet racking, great for cartons, irregular loads or individual components

✓

Superior finish - heavy gauge wire is welded first, then powder coated grey for maximum durability and rust-free life • Easy to install - drops into place, no fastening required • Ideal for storage above walk aisles or high bay rack systems • Will work with any top thickness of box or step down beam • Fire retardant & maintains integrity of overhead sprinkler coverage - a fire safety choice • Other sizes are available to order DESCRIPTION MESH DECK 1000KGS

MESH DECK 1500KGS MESH DIVIDER

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1118 x 910 1118 x 1110 1320 x 910 1320 x 1110 1320 x 910 1320 x 1110 HEIGHT 300 x 900 HEIGHT 300 x 1100

ORDER REF

PRICE 1-20

ND355X44 ND435X44 ND355X52 ND435X52 ND355X52H ND435X52H ND900X300 ND1100X300

£19.10 £22.50 £20.90 £26.80 £24.00 £27.20 £9.10 £9.80

PRICE 21-50 SUFFIX /21 £18.60 £22.00 £20.40 £26.10 £23.50 £26.50 £8.90 £9.50

PRICE 51-100 SUFFIX /51 £18.20 £21.40 £19.90 £25.50 £22.90 £25.90 £8.70 £9.30

PRICE 101+ SUFFIX /101 £17.70 £20.90 £19.40 £24.90 £22.30 £25.30 £8.60 £9.10

Rack Deflektor

✓High visibility impact protection for warehouse applications • Tough polyethylene outer shell resists impacts, no rust, no dents • Integral rubber inner shock absorber spreads impact loads • Unique clip on installation suits major pallet racking models • Slim line design provides a safe working clearance • Compliant to BS6399-1, rated to 150kN • U.V stabilised, no fading or degradation • No floor damage from uplifted feet anchors therefore reducing floor maintenance DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 500 x 104

TO SUIT FRAME WIDTH (mm) 75 - 90

ORDER REF

1-20

NDCGS

£15.70

21-50 SUFFIX /21 £15.40

51-100 SUFFIX /51 £14.90

101+ SUFFIX /101 £14.20

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC096

25/1/12

15:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

FROM

£47

£286

Rack Sentry

Column Sentry

• 457Hmm Rack Sentry prevents rack damage and accommodate most rack sizes including 75, 80, 90, 100mm & 120mm • Stackable for increased vertical protection, with versions to accommodate corners and horizontal beams • Engineered from semi-flexible and stress-crack resistant plastic • Integral vent holes in sentry allow it to pop back to original shape after impact • Easy to install simple velcro strap fixing

• 1070Hmm protectors available in a number of sizes designed to fit columns in most applications • A unique air-vent system allows air to escape during impact without splitting the sides • Engineered from semi-flexible and stress-crack resistant plastic • Integral vent holes in sentry allow it to pop back to original shape after impact • Easy to install simple velcro strap fixing

TO SUIT UPRIGHT WIDTH (mm) 75 75, CORNER 75, WITH CUTOUT 80 90 100 120

PACK QUANTITY 18 16 18 16 14 14 10

ORDER REF RS75-18 RS75COR-16 RS75CUT-18 RS80-16 RS90-14 RS100-14 RS120-10

PRICE £846.00 £752.00 £846.00 £752.00 £661.00 £661.00 £511.00

Rack Upright Protectors

✓Designed to prevent damage to rack uprights from forklift trucks and pallet impact

• Easily installed and replaceable • Painted in high visibility orange (RAL 2011) • 5mm thick • Complete with floor fixings

TO SUIT UPRIGHT (mm) 100 x 100 150 x 150 250 x 250 300 x 300 150 x 150 200 x 200 350 x 350 400 x 400 450 x 450 510 x 510

OUTER DIA

ORDER REF

PRICE

14” 14” 24” 24” 24” 24” 34” 34” 38” 38”

CS1442-4S CS1442-6S CS2442-10S CS2442-12S CS2442-6S CS2442-8S CS3442-14S CS3442-16S CS3842-18S CS3842-20S

£286.00 £286.00 £505.00 £505.00 £505.00 £505.00 £678.00 £678.00 £836.00 £836.00

Corner Sentry • 1070mm high, absorbs & cushions impact to protect your wall corners • Retains shape after impact • Fits most 90º corner applications • Soft exterior will not scratch vehicles and resists cracking for long life • Easy installation, can be fastened with bolts or screws, adhesives and strapping available

£ Quantity discounts

CS01

DESCRIPTION

2 SIDED GUARD 3 SIDED GUARD

UCG2

UCG3

£61

£73

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 400 x 200 x 200 400 x 250 x 125

SINGLE UNIT REF PRICE UCG2 £61.00 UCG3 £73.00

QTY 5 UNITS REF EACH UCG2/5 £40.00 UCG3/5 £47.00

£84

DESCRIPTION CORNER SENTRY

HEIGHT (mm) 1070

ORDER REF CS01

PRICE £84.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC097

18/1/12

15:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONSTRUCTION TUBE STORAGE

Simple, rapid assembly. Sketch your design, cut tube to length, and tap it together!

✓SIMPLE

✓STRONG

Display units, workstations, trolleys and furniture can all be assembled quickly and simply.

One piece joints are supplied ready to use. Black plastic outer with steel core. No irritating loose inserts needed.

✓COLOURFUL

✓VERSATILE

The 25mm square tubing is offered in a range of exciting colour finishes.

Castors, adjustable feet, glass or timber cladding extrusions plus all conceivable clips mean that every design can be achieved

A L

Plain & Perforated Tube 25mm plain square tube, also perforated one or two sides PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

A A A A A A A B B

BLACK PLAIN 3m LENGTH RED PLAIN 3m LENGTH BLUE PLAIN 3m LENGTH NATURAL ALUMINIUM PLAIN 3m LENGTH LIGHT GREY PLAIN 3m LENGTH ZINC PLATED PLAIN 3m LENGTH BLACK ALUMINIUM PLAIN 3m LENGTH BLACK PERF 1 SIDE 3m LENGTH BLACK PERF 2 SIDES 3m LENGTH

TSBK3 TSRD3 TSBU3 TACA TSGU3 TSZC3 TABK TS1PBK TS2PBK

PRICE EACH £16.00 £16.60 £16.60 £27.00 £16.60 £18.10 £30.20 £25.00 £29.00

Tube Connecting Joints PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

G H J K L M N

2-WAY 3-WAY 3-WAY FLAT 4-WAY 4-WAY FLAT 5-WAY 6-WAY

2WBK 3WBK 3WFBK 4WBK 4WFBK 5WBK 6WBK

Single Finned Tube 25mm square extruded aluminium tube. The fin provides a support for either 15mm board or 6mm glass.

PIC

DESCRIPTION

PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

O P

CUTTING JIG - assists in cutting of tube by hand saw SOFT FACED HAMMER - soft and hard plastic headed

BLACK ANODISED 3m LENGTH

TASUVBK

PRICE EACH £39.00

Wheels & Castors PIC

DESCRIPTION

D D E F G H -

ADJUSTABLE BLACK FOOT including cap for steel ADJUSTABLE BLACK FOOT including cap - for aluminium METAL CAP. Used as load bearing feet - 227kg each PLASTIC CAP black, for open ends of tube - 90kg each LIGHT DUTY CASTOR 50mm dia - 113kg for four LIGHT DUTY WHEEL Expansion fitting - 160kg for four LIGHT DUTY WHEEL with brake - 160kg for four

PRICE EACH £2.50 £2.10 £1.10 £0.60 £11.00 £16.00 £23.00

ORDER REF TJC HSF

PRICE EACH £7.40 £20.00

Clips PIC

ORDER REF AFS AFP ECM ECP LDC LDW LDWB

PRICE EACH £5.00 £6.00 £6.00 £7.00 £7.00 £8.50 £9.10

Q R S T U

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF CSA/1

ADJUSTABLE SHELF CLIP (PERF) INVISIBLE SHELF CLIP (PERF) – HIDDEN SUPPORT FOR 15mm BOARD CI15/1 GLASS SHELF CLIP – SUPPORTS 6mm GLASS FLUSH WITH FRAME CGS/1 GLAZING CLIP – HOLDS ON TOP OF FRAME CGC/1 BENCH OR TROLLEY CLADDING CLIP TCC/1 Items marked (PERF) are for use with perforated tube only

PRICE EACH £1.20 £0.40 £0.70 £1.10 £0.60

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC098

16/1/12

15:34

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

LONGSPAN SHELVING

System Shelfplan From small parts to heavy, long or awkward shaped items, this heavy duty long span shelving system is perfect for all types of storage. A level, flush surface is created, when shelves are installed, avoiding any intrusive or awkward edges, so you can utilise the full surface area of your shelf. The special fixing method allows the beam to be secured behind the upright creating a smooth flush face and is finished in an attractive shade of blue, giving a professional appearance. With a range of shelving options, chipboard, wire mesh and steel panels, longspan shelving can be tailored to your needs 3 BEAM LEVELS INCLUDING STEEL SHELVES

STARTER

SP-SB-002

396

EXTENSION

SP-EB-002

348

Finish FRAMES & BEAMS RAL 5010 BRACINGS ZINC PLATED

Frames are supplied with a galvatite footplate. This can be bolted to the ground where required. Beams are stepped to provide a flush surface when a shelf is installed. To guard against accidental dislodgement, a safety pin is inserted through the beam bracket and concealed behind the upright.

3-Beam Starter Bay

3-Beam Extension Bay

4-Beam Starter Bay

4-Beam Extension Bay

upto 1800mm

1000kg

2400mm

per shelf

1200mm 1800mm 2400mm

1800mm High Bays - 3 Beam Levels with Galvatite Shelf Panels OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1200 x 622 1800 x 1800 x 622 1800 x 2400 x 622 1800 x 1200 x 774 1800 x 1800 x 774 1800 x 2400 x 774 1800 x 1200 x 926 1800 x 1800 x 926 1800 x 2400 x 926

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 820 1000 600 780 1000 600 680 1000 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-SB-001 £312.00 SP-SB-002 £396.00 SP-SB-003 £482.00 SP-SB-004 £334.00 SP-SB-005 £429.00 SP-SB-006 £526.00 SP-SB-007 £358.00 SP-SB-008 £463.00 SP-SB-009 £570.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-EB-001 £265.00 SP-EB-002 £348.00 SP-EB-003 £435.00 SP-EB-004 £286.00 SP-EB-005 £381.00 SP-EB-006 £478.00 SP-EB-007 £309.00 SP-EB-008 £414.00 SP-EB-009 £522.00

EXTRA LEVELS ORDER REF PRICE SP-078 £72.00 SP-079 £100.00 SP-080 £129.00 SP-081 £80.00 SP-082 £111.00 SP-083 £143.00 SP-084 £87.00 SP-085 £122.00 SP-086 £158.00

2400mm High Bays - 4 Beam Levels with Galvatite Shelf Panels

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2400 x 1200 x 622 2400 x 1800 x 622 2400 x 2400 x 622 2400 x 1200 x 774 2400 x 1800 x 774 2400 x 2400 x 774 2400 x 1200 x 926 2400 x 1800 x 926 2400 x 2400 x 926

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 820 1000 600 780 1000 600 680 1000 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-SB-010 £423.00 SP-SB-011 £535.00 SP-SB-012 £650.00 SP-SB-013 £454.00 SP-SB-014 £579.00 SP-SB-015 £709.00 SP-SB-016 £485.00 SP-SB-017 £625.00 SP-SB-018 £768.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-EB-010 £357.00 SP-EB-011 £468.00 SP-EB-012 £584.00 SP-EB-013 £386.00 SP-EB-014 £512.00 SP-EB-015 £641.00 SP-EB-016 £416.00 SP-EB-017 £556.00 SP-EB-018 £699.00

EXTRA LEVELS ORDER REF PRICE SP-001 £72.00 SP-002 £100.00 SP-003 £129.00 SP-004 £80.00 SP-005 £111.00 SP-006 £143.00 SP-007 £87.00 SP-008 £122.00 SP-009 £158.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC099

16/1/12

15:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING

✓Designed to be easily customised to a customer’s needs and created for the storage of small parts

✓Simple to assemble, strong and stable

STORAGE

S90 Shelving

• Made of high quality cold rolled sheet metal • Powder coated finish • Choice of three heights; 2020mm, 2295mm and 2480mm • Frame depths of 300, 400, 500 or 600mm • Choice of two shelf lengths 1000mm and 1280mm • Shelf loads of 150kg & 200kg UDL • Bay load capacities of 750kg & 1000kg • Resilient powder coat finish to uprights and shelves • Pre-galvanised finish to back and frame cladding

Uprights and shelves painted contrasting shades of grey FROM

216

UPRIGHTS

DARK GREY

SHELVES

LIGHT GREY

Choice of heights, depths and shelf lengths available. Call us for more info.

Perfect for small parts storage and hand picking operations

Narrow shelves for easy identification and picking small items

Ideal in storage areas where traditional order picking is carried out manually

Shelf dividers, 140mm high, are available to keep items on shelves separated and easy to find

2020mm High x 1000mm Wide Bays - 5 Shelves Bays with Bracing SHELF DEPTH (mm) 300 400 500 600

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 150 200 200 200

STARTER BAY WITH BRACING ORDER REF PRICE S90-SB300 £216.00 S90-SB400 £230.00 S90-SB500 £243.00 S90-SB600 £257.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE S90-EB300 £162.00 S90-EB400 £176.00 S90-EB500 £189.00 S90-EB600 £203.00

EXTENSION BAY WITH BRACING ORDER REF PRICE S90-EBB300 £176.00 S90-EBB400 £189.00 S90-EBB500 £203.00 S90-EBB600 £216.00

Other sizes available. Please call us.

2020mm High x 1000mm Wide Bays - 5 Shelves Bays with Back Cladding SHELF DEPTH (mm) 300 400 500 600

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 150 200 200 200

STARTER BAY WITH BACK CLADDING ORDER REF PRICE S90-SBC300 £252.00 S90-SBC400 £266.00 S90-SBC500 £279.00 S90-SBC600 £293.00

EXTENSION BAY WITH BACK CLADDING ORDER REF PRICE S90-EBC300 £212.00 S90-EBC400 £225.00 S90-EBC500 £239.00 S90-EBC600 £252.00

Other sizes available. Please call us.

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC100

16/1/12

15:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

LONGSPAN SHELVING

COMPLETE

900kg

RH1890/2/3

530

CAPACITY

U E!

3-SHELF STARTER & EXTENSION 1850W x 900Dmm

OP VA T

E! LU

TOP V

ON SELECTED ITEMS

RH9540S

£178

Budget Longspan Shelving Bays

✓Fully adjustable heavy duty shelving ✓Up to 1215kg U.D.L. load per shelf • Stepped beams with flush fitting decks • Four shelf depths: 400, 600, 800, 900mm • Six bay widths: 950, 1150, 1350, 1500, 1850, 2400mm • Four shelf levels are normally supplied – you may add or deduct shelves as required

Four Shelf Level Bays • Stepped beams with flush fitting 18mm high density chipboard, unit height 2000mm WIDTH / SHELF LOADING 950mm 1215kg per shelf 1150mm 940kg per shelf 1350mm 775kg per shelf 1500mm 1025kg per shelf 1850mm 800kg per shelf 2400mm 505kg per shelf

DESCRIPTION STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

DEPTH 400mm REF PRICE RH9540S £178.00 RH9540E £145.00 RH9540ES £44.00 RH1140S £183.00 RH1140E £150.00 RH1140ES £52.00 RH1340S £197.00 RH1340E £165.00 RH1340ES £54.00 RH1540S £225.00 RH1540E £192.00 RH1540ES £60.00 RH1840S £235.00 RH1840E £202.00 RH1840ES £65.00 RH2440S £299.00 RH2440E £266.00 RH2440ES £74.00

DEPTH 600mm REF PRICE RH9560S £193.00 RH9560E £162.00 RH9560ES £49.00 RH1160S £233.00 RH1160E £200.00 RH1160ES £57.00 RH1360S £243.00 RH1360E £210.00 RH1360ES £62.00 RH1560S £263.00 RH1560E £230.00 RH1560ES £64.00 RH1860S £274.00 RH1860E £241.00 RH1860ES £67.00 RH2460S £334.00 RH2460E £301.00 RH2460ES £82.00

DEPTH 800mm REF PRICE RH9580S £210.00 RH9580E £175.00 RH9580ES £52.00 RH1180S £263.00 RH1180E £240.00 RH1180ES £65.00 RH1380S £281.00 RH1380E £245.00 RH1380ES £69.00 RH1580S £291.00 RH1580E £273.00 RH1580ES £75.00 RH1880S £330.00 RH1880E £296.00 RH1880ES £79.00 RH2480S £362.00 RH2480E £327.00 RH2480ES £89.00

DEPTH 900mm REF PRICE RH9590S £221.00 RH9590E £188.00 RH9590ES £57.00 RH1190S £264.00 RH1190E £241.00 RH1190ES £65.00 RH1390S £283.00 RH1390E £256.00 RH1390ES £77.00 RH1590S £302.00 RH1590E £271.00 RH1590ES £80.00 RH1890S £360.00 RH1890E £335.00 RH1890ES £101.00 RH2490S £425.00 RH2490E £401.00 RH2490ES £105.00

Accessories

100

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

Aisle spacer 800mm Frame connector Decking support 600mm Decking support 800mm Decking support 900mm

RHAS RHFC RH6 RH8 RH9

£6.60 £6.60 £4.10 £4.90 £5.80

TALLER SHELVING UNITS CAN BE SUPPLIED AS DETAILED BELOW UPRIGHT HEIGHT EXTENDED TO ADDITIONAL UNIT COST

ORDER REF PRICE PER BAY

2500mm

3000mm

3500mm

4000mm

-25 £17.00

-30 £23.00

-35 £36.00

-40 £46.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC101

16/1/12

15:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LONGSPAN SHELVING

• Unrestricted shelf levels allow for easy access • Easy to install and adjust • Bays are 1800mm high, supplied with 3 shelf levels • Graphite grey steel uprights with galvatite braces and light grey beams • Contains 2 frames (1 in an extension bay), feet, 3 pairs of beams, locking clips, cladding material and where applicable wire beam ties

STORAGE

Longspan Shelving ✓Hand loaded, widespan heavy duty shelving system

STARTER

FROM EXTENSION

212

FROM

170

Steel decks add greater strength and rigidity

Bolt free construction for simple, rapid assembly

3-Shelf Longspan Kits With Chipboard Decks DIMENSIONS SHELF LOAD STARTER BAY L x D (mm) (kg) ORDER REF 1800 x 450 780 LS18418C 2100 x 450 590 LS21418C 2400 x 450 464 LS24418C 1800 x 600 397 LS18618C 2100 x 600 463 LS21618C 2400 x 600 464 LS24618C 1800 x 750 228 LS18718C 2100 x 750 266 LS21718C 2400 x 750 304 LS24718C 1800 x 900* 345 LS18918C 2100 x 900* 403 LS21918C 2400 x 900* 460 LS24918C *25mm chipboard (chipboard stands proud of the beam by 7mm)

PRICE £212.00 £230.00 £249.00 £222.00 £242.00 £261.00 £239.00 £260.00 £282.00 £257.00 £281.00 £305.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE LE18418C £170.00 LE21418C £189.00 LE18618C £207.00 LE18618C £178.00 LE21618C £198.00 LE24618C £218.00 LE18718C £193.00 LE21718C £215.00 LE24718C £236.00 LE18918C £210.00 LE21918C £234.00 LE24918C £258.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF LL184C LL214C LL244C LL186C LL216C LL246C LL187C LL217C LL247C LL189C LL219C LL249C

PRICE £43.00 £49.00 £55.00 £45.00 £51.00 £58.00 £49.00 £56.00 £64.00 £54.00 £62.00 £70.00

3-Shelf Longspan Kits With Galvanised Steel Decks DIMENSIONS L x D (mm) 1800 x 450 2100 x 450 2400 x 450 1800 x 600 2100 x 600 2400 x 600 1800 x 750 2100 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2100 x 900 2400 x 900

SHELF LOAD (kg) 379 596 469 379 596 469 379 596 469 379 596 469

STARTER BAY ORDER REF LS18418F LS21418F LS24418F LS18618F LS21618F LS24618F LS18718F LS21718F LS24718F LS18918F LS21918F LS24918F

PRICE £292.00 £365.00 £406.00 £269.00 £342.00 £368.00 £317.00 £392.00 £436.00 £337.00 £414.00 £461.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE LE18418F £250.00 LE21418F £323.00 LE18618F £364.00 LE18618F £225.00 LE21618F £298.00 LE24618F £324.00 LE18718F £272.00 LE21718F £347.00 LE24718F £390.00 LE18918F £290.00 LE21918F £367.00 LE24918F £414.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE LL184F £69.00 LL214F £94.00 LL244F £108.00 LL186F £61.00 LL216F £85.00 LL246F £93.00 LL187F £75.00 LL217F £100.00 LL247F £115.00 LL189F £81.00 LL219F £107.00 LL249F £122.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

101

TC102

19/1/12

15:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING STORAGE

...After 2 mins!

...after 7 mins!

...after 4 mins!

...finished in 10 mins!

RIVETIER ®

The Original Boltless Shelving

Budget Range

✓Extremely strong, up to 450 kg uniformly

Save on back to back shelving up to 915mm (3'0") deep with free access from either side

distributed load (U.D.L) per shelf

✓Unrestricted access from all sides - no cross bracing is required

• Quick and easy to assemble, less than 10 minutes to build each shelving unit • No nuts and bolts, clips or fixings, only four simple components that just tap into place • Beam and post connection by patented, precision Rivet to Eye secure fixing - the strongest there is! • Fully adjustable shelves at 1.5" (38mm) increments • All shelf supports in pale grey

RB6154CS

176

Uprights to 8' high & tie plates are available in three colours: Red

Blue

Dark Grey

Tie plates lock individual units together (4 required to link 2 units)

Four Shelf Level Units, Height 6'6" (1980mm) • Decked with 18mm high density chipboard BAY WIDTH

BAY DEPTH

6' (1830mm)

SHELF LOADING (UDL) 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

Upright Tie Plate REF RB060130CS PRICE £1.80 (each)

15" (380mm) 450kg

18" (458mm) 450kg

24" (610mm) 450kg

30" (762mm) 410kg

36" (915mm) 410kg

RB6154CS £176.00 RB615XSCS £37.00

RB6184CS £196.00 RB618XSCS £39.00

RB6244CS £200.00 RB624XSCS £40.00

RB6304CS £223.00 RB630XSCS £50.00

RB6364CS £250.00 RB636XSCS £52.00

Taller Shelving Units (Grey Uprights Only 10' Upwards) UPRIGHT HEIGHT EXTENDED TO

102

ADDITIONAL UNIT COST

ORDER REF PRICE PER BAY

8' (2440mm) -8RB £25.00

10' (3050mm) -10RB £31.00

12' (3660mm) -12RB £55.00

15' 4570mm) -15RB £80.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC103

19/1/12

14:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LONGSPAN SHELVING STORAGE

RIVETIER ®

The Original Boltless Shelving

Heavy Duty

✓Up to 810kg U.D.L. load per shelf • Heavy duty shelving suitable for all applications • Wide uninterrupted spans • Huge range of sizes available

R5154CS

176

For larger quantities please call for a quotation

Up to 2440mm (8'0") uninterrupted Span

640kg

Uprights to 8' high & tie plates are available in three colours:

PER SHELF

Red Blue Dark Grey

Four Shelf Level Units, Height 6’6” (1980mm) • Decked with 18mm high density chipboard BAY WIDTH + SHELF LOADING 4' (1220mm) 810kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 5' (1525mm) 640kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 6' (1830mm) 660kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 7' (2135mm) 455kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 8' (2440mm) 455kg PER SHELF U.D.L.

DEPTH 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

15" (380mm) R4154CS £142 R415XSCS £25 R5154CS £176 R515XSCS £34 R6154CS £233 R615XSCS £48 R7154CS £266 R715XSCS £54 R8154CS £283 R815XSCS £61

18" (458mm) R4184CS £150 R418XSCS £27 R5184CS £184 R518XSCS £36 R6184CS £241 R618XSCS £50 R7184CS £263 R718XSCS £56 R8184CS £293 R818XSCS £67

24" (610mm) R4244CS £153 R424XSCS £28 R5244CS £187 R524XSCS £37 R6244CS £244 R624XSCS £51 R7244CS £266 R724XSCS £57 R8244CS £291 R824XSCS £64

30" (762mm) R4304CS £175 R430XSCS £34 R5304CS £228 R530XSCS £47 R6304CS £285 R630XSCS £61 R7304CS £308 R730XSCS £67 R8304CS £361 R830XSCS £77

36" (915mm) R4364CS £184 R436XSCS £36 R5364CS £237 R536XSCS £49 R6364CS £294 R636XSCS £62 R7364CS £317 R736XSCS £69 R8364CS £355 R836XSCS £79

48" (1220mm) R4484CS £203 R448XSCS £41 R5484CS £256 R548XSCS £54 R6484CS £313 R648XSCS £68 R7484CS £335 R748XSCS £74 R8484CS £380 R848XSCS £85

Taller Shelving Units (Grey Uprights Only 10' Upwards) UPRIGHT HEIGHT EXTENDED TO ADDITIONAL UNIT COST

ORDER REF PRICE PER BAY

8' (2440mm) -8 £25.00

10' (3050mm) -10 £31.00

12' (3660mm) -12 £55.00

15' 4570mm) -15 £82.00

Patented, precision, rivet to eye secure fixing

Plastic feet supplied with all uprights

Tie plates lock units together (4 required to link 2 units)

Shelf tie supports included where required

Upright Tie Plate REF 060130CS PRICE £1.80 (each)

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

103

TC104

19/1/12

16:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING STORAGE

✓Heavy duty bolt free shelving is the ideal solution for industrial or commercial environments.

✓Easy and quick to build, this bolt free shelving is ideal for single and multi-tier requirements.

✓Create a run by choosing one starter bay and as many extension bays as necessary

Open Back and Sides

STARTER BAY

CS/Q/001

• Standard bays with open type back and sides comprising 6 shelves (including top and bottom)

223

EXTENSION BAY

CS/Q/002

163

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

NOW AVAILABLE IN IVORY POWDER COAT Open Back and Sides Bay Capacity

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 900 x 300 2100 x 900 x 450 2100 x 900 x 600

1817kg with beams at top and bottom

Shelf Capacity 170kg Uniformly distributed load Finish

Uprights and beams powder coated blue. Shelves and cladding panels powder coated grey. Also available in ivory

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/001 £223.00 CS/Q/003 £268.00 CS/Q/005 £303.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/002 £163.00 CS/Q/004 £208.00 CS/Q/006 £241.00

Closed Back and Sides • Standard bays with clad type back and sides comprising 6 shelves (including top and bottom)

STARTER BAY

CS/Q/007

303

EXTENSION BAY

CS/Q/008

231

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

Closed Back and Sides

104

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 900 x 300 2100 x 900 x 450 2100 x 900 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/007 £303.00 CS/Q/009 £357.00 CS/Q/011 £400.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/008 £231.00 CS/Q/010 £280.00 CS/Q/012 £318.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC105

19/1/12

16:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING / ACCESSORIES STORAGE

LOCKABLE DOORS

Lockable doors are available for this shelving system. Please call us for more information.

Shelf Trays • Ideal for small parts storage • Grey finish DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 100 x 150 x 300 150 x 150 x 300 100 x 150 x 450 150 x 150 x 450

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/057 CS/Q/058 CS/Q/059 CS/Q/060

£14.20 £16.20 £16.20 £18.40

SHELF TRAYS

BIN FRONTS

DIVIDERS

GARMENT RAIL

Bin Fronts • Suits 900Wmm shelves, can be used in conjunction with dividers • Grey finish DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 50 x 900 75 x 900 100 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/061 CS/Q/062 CS/Q/063

£5.00 £5.30 £5.60

Garment Rail • For storage of garments and workwear • Grey finish DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 900 x 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/025 CS/Q/026

£12.40 £12.70

Dividers • Shelf sub-dividers with rolled edge front for safety • Grey finish HEIGHT (mm) 375 375 375 450 450 450

SHELF DEPTH (mm) 300 450 600 300 450 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/027 CS/Q/028 CS/Q/029 CS/Q/030 CS/Q/031 CS/Q/032

£7.10 £8.60 £9.70 £7.60 £9.30 £10.90

For assistance with tailored systems or for more complex requirements a design, supply and installation service is available. Please call us for more information!

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

105

TC106

13/1/12

10:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING STORAGE

FST Bolt-Free Shelving • Shelf widths 1000mm plus extra-wide 1300mm • Five standard depths and heights • Wide range of accessories • Tough galvanised finish as standard • Optional blue or grey painted finish (15% surcharge over galvanised prices)

Complete 2-Bay Run • 2000H x 2100W x 500Dmm • 5 shelf levels per bay • Max load 300kg per shelf • Max load 2300kg per bay

EASY ASSEMBLY, NO NUTS OR BOLTS REQUIRED!

REF S2005899 PRICE £495.00

Complete 3-Bay Run

COMPLETE

• Details are as above with extra bay

S2005899

495

REF S2005699 PRICE £639.00

Price savings for larger quantities, please call for more details

Colour Finishes Galvanised Blue RAL5012 Grey RAL7035

2000mm high x 1000mm wide FST galvanised bays, with four shelf levels Starter Bay with cross bracing DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF A2003099 A2004099 A2005099 A2006099 A2008099

Extension Bay with cross bracing

Extension Bay

PRICE £261 £281 £294 £304 £363

DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF B2003099 B2004099 B2005099 B2006099 B2008099

PRICE £206 £227 £238 £245 £301

DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF C2004099 C2005099 C2006099 C2008099

PRICE £242 £252 £260 £315

Starter Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF D2003099 D2004099 D2005099 D2006099 D2008099

PRICE £301 £322 £335 £344 £403

Extension Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF E2003099 E2004099 E2005099 E2006099 E2008099

PRICE £261 £282 £292 £300 £356

*300mm deep bays have a maximum shelf capacity of 120kg. These bays must be fixed to a wall, mounting brackets are included. 400/500/600/800mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 300kg

2000mm high x 1300mm wide FST galvanised bays, with four shelf levels Starter Bay with cross bracing DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

106

ORDER REF F2003099 F2004099 F2005099 F2006099 F2008099

Extension Bay with cross bracing

Extension Bay

PRICE £272 £297 £313 £326 £389

DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF G2003099 G2004099 G2005099 G2006099 G2008099

PRICE £217 £243 £256 £267 £327

DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF H2004099 H2005099 H2006099 H2008099

PRICE £257 £271 £282 £342

Starter Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF L2003099 L2004099 L2005099 L2006099 L2008099

PRICE £324 £349 £365 £378 £442

Extension Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF M2003099 M2004099 M2005099 M2006099 M2008099

PRICE £284 £310 £323 £334 £394

*300mm deep bays have a maximum shelf capacity of 100kg. These bays must be fixed to a wall, mounting brackets are included. **600mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 200kg 400/500/800mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 230kg

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC107

13/1/12

10:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING STORAGE

FST Bolt Free Shelving Options & Accessories A versatile shelving system to create open shelving or total clad secure shelving. Unique features and options designed to be easily fitted such as drawers, sliding doors both solid and ‘clearview’ polrcarbonate, 3 colour options, perforated end panels to hang tools etc. • Side & back panels • Perforated panels for tool hanging • Hinged doors • Sliding doors • Shelf panels & dividers • Drawers • Multibox containers • Two width options available 1000mm and 1300mm • Five depths & five heights available • Heavy duty shelf loadings to 300kg • Heavy duty bay loading 2300kg

This system can be tailored to suit your requirements, please contact us for more details

BACK PANELS

SIDE PANELS

LEAF DOORS

Galvanised Back Panels* DESCRIPTION BACK PANEL FOR 1000mm WIDE BAY BACK PANEL FOR 1300mm WIDE BAY

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 2000 x 1000 2000 x 1300

Drawers, available in blue or light grey

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

FST20201099 FST20201399

£62.00 £74.00

100mm HIGH NORMAL EXTENSION DRAWER 100mm HIGH FULL EXTENSION DRAWER

Galvanised Side Panels* DESCRIPTION SIDE PANEL FOR 300mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 400mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 500mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 600mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 800mm DEEP BAY

DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 2000 x 300 2000 x 400 2000 x 500 2000 x 600 2000 x 800

SLIDING DOORS

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1000 x 500 1000 x 500

ORDER REF

PRICE

FST85100004 FST86100004

£93.00 £111.00

Doors, available in blue or light grey

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

FST22203099 FST22204099 FST22205099 FST22206099 FST22208099

£36.00 £40.00 £43.00 £46.00 £56.00

LEAF DOORS FOR 1000mm WIDE BAY LEAF DOORS FOR 1300mm WIDE BAY SLIDING DOORS FOR 2 x 1000mm WIDE BAY SLIDING DOORS FOR 2 x 1300mm WIDE BAY

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 2000 x 1000 2000 x 1300 2000 x 2000 2000 x 2600

ORDER REF

PRICE

FST51200004 FST52200004 FST57200004 FST58200004

£313.00 £344.00 £782.00 £911.00

*Optional blue or grey painted finish (15% surcharge over galvanised prices)

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

107

TC108

19/1/12

15:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING STORAGE

Speedrax Shortspan Shelving

✓Quality value engineered product at a low cost • Suitable for use in any workplace environment • Standard bays are complete with 5 shelves • Shelf capacity 100kg UDL • Posts epoxy powder coated grey • Beams are epoxy powder coated blue

FROM £

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 900 x 300 2080 x 900 x 450 2080 x 900 x 600 2080 x 900 x 900 2080 x 1200 x 300 2080 x 1200 x 450 2080 x 1200 x 600 2080 x 1200 x 900

5 SHELF BAYS ORDER REF PRICE CS/SU/001 £86.00 CS/SU/002 £93.00 CS/SU/003 £103.00 CS/SU/004 £122.00 CS/SU/005 £95.00 CS/SU/006 £106.00 CS/SU/007 £115.00 CS/SU/008 £151.00

ADDITIONAL SHELF ORDER REF PRICE CS/SU/009 £11.70 CS/SU/010 £12.90 CS/SU/011 £14.80 CS/SU/012 £18.30 CS/SU/013 £14.30 CS/SU/014 £15.70 CS/SU/015 £18.00 CS/SU/016 £22.40

FROM

143

Document Storage Boxes • With printed "contents" panel • 445H x 350W x 265Dmm (ext) • Sold in packs of 10 REF CS/S/056 PRICE £37.50

108

Speedrax Document Storage Shelving

✓Cost effective document storage shelving • All bays complete with document boxes • Quick and easy assembly - no nuts or bolts required • Single and double depth units available • Hardwearing powder coated finish DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 920 x 1800 x 450 920 x 1800 x 900 2080 x 1200 x 450 2080 x 1200 x 900 2080 x 1800 x 450 2080 x 1800 x 900 2080 x 1800 x 450 2080 x 1800 x 900

NO. OF LEVELS 2 2 4 4 3 3 4 4

NO. OF BOXES 10 20 18 36 30 70 30 70

ORDER REF CS/S/048 CS/S/049 CS/S/050 CS/S/051 CS/S/052 CS/S/053 CS/S/054 CS/S/055

PRICE £143.00 £209.00 £201.00 £307.00 £314.00 £513.00 £365.00 £581.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC109

20/1/12

12:18

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING STORAGE

Speedrax Wide Access Shelving

✓3 level wide access shelving 1800mm, 2100mm, and 2400mm wide • Perfect for the storage of hand loaded bulky items • Quick and easy assembly - no nuts or bolts required • High load capacity - up to 675kg UDL per shelf • Shelves fully adjustable - every 40mm • Hardwearing powder coated finish DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 1800 x 450 2080 x 1800 x 600 2080 x 1800 x 900 2080 x 2100 x 450 2080 x 2100 x 600 2080 x 2100 x 900 2080 x 2400 x 450 2080 x 2400 x 600 2080 x 2400 x 900

MAX SHELF LOAD (kg) 675 675 675 650 650 650 600 600 600

3 SHELF BAYS ORDER REF PRICE CS/S/020 £187.00 CS/S/021 £199.00 CS/S/022 £232.00 CS/S/201 £200.00 CS/S/202 £208.00 CS/S/203 £251.00 CS/S/023 £213.00 CS/S/024 £218.00 CS/S/025 £268.00

FROM

187

ADDITIONAL SHELF ORDER REF PRICE CS/S/026 £46.90 CS/S/027 £51.00 CS/S/028 £62.20 CS/S/114 £51.40 CS/S/115 £54.10 CS/S/116 £68.50 CS/S/029 £51.40 CS/S/030 £54.10 CS/S/031 £68.50

Accessories

Floor Fixing Bracket

Joining Plate

Used to secure a shelving bay to the floor. The bracket should locate into the bottom slot and will accept a fixing up to 8mm dia. Please note that an FFB should always be used if the height to the top loaded shelf exceeds 4 times the depth of the bay. Blue epoxy powder coated finish.

Connect adjacent bays with a joining plate. Position two plates on the front and rear pairs of posts. Blue epoxy powder coated finish. SET OF FOUR REF CS/S/018 PRICE £6.60

REF CS/S/017 PRICE £1.50 CS/S/200

ASSEMBLY MALLET REF CS/S/019 PRICE £6.60

334

£ Locking studs are included with all shelving bays

Speedrax Metabin Shelving

✓Ideal for small parts storage

• Complete with 5 chipboard shelves and 36 Metabin containers • Each container 276L x 222W x 165Hmm • Containers supplied yellow as standard other colours available please contact us for details • Hardwearing powder coated finish DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 900 x 300

NO. OF LEVELS 5

NO. OF BINS 36

ORDER REF CS/S/200

PRICE £334.00

109

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC110

19/1/12

16:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING STORAGE

Just Standard Duty Shelving

✓Simple, tap together, fully adjustable shelving for quick and economic storage solutions

SX001GBGU

111

• Take a standard bay and tailor it to your needs by adding shelf levels • Just Shelving maximises the storage of archive boxes, box files, arch files and many packaged stock items • 5-shelf units with 18mm chipboard decks • Bays comprise 4 uprights, 5 shelf levels with J-beams, feet and assembly instructions. • Bays will be supplied with red uprights and light grey beams unless specified otherwise • Maximum bay load for bays 1980mm high - 2000kg UDL, maximum bay load for bays over 1980mm high - 1500kg UDL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1980 x 900 x 300 1980 x 1200 x 300 1980 x 1500 x 300 1980 x 900 x 380 1980 x 1200 x 380 1980 x 1500 x 380 1980 x 900 x 450 1980 x 1200 x 450 1980 x 1500 x 450 1980 x 900 x 600 1980 x 1200 x 600 1980 x 1500 x 600 2438 x 900 x 600 2438 x 1200 x 600 2438 x 1500 x 600

MAXIMUM SHELF LOAD 360kg 350kg 175kg 300kg 350kg 175kg 320kg 350kg 175kg 180kg 200kg 175kg 180kg 200kg 175kg

SHELVING BAY ORDER REF* PRICE SX001RDGU £111.00 SX002RDGU £139.00 SX003RDGU £152.00 SX192RDGU £117.00 SX193RDGU £163.00 SX194RDGU £188.00 SX004RDGU £116.00 SX005RDGU £148.00 SX006RDGU £171.00 SX007RDGU £131.00 SX019RDGU £165.00 SX008RDGU £190.00 SX198RDGU £134.00 SX199RDGU £167.00 SX200RDGU £193.00

EXTRA SHELF LEVEL ORDER REF PRICE SX101GU £15.00 SX102GU £19.00 SX103GU £24.00 SX195GU £17.00 SX196GU £26.00 SX197GU £31.00 SX104GU £17.00 SX105GU £23.00 SX106GU £27.00 SX107GU £19.00 SX119GU £26.00 SX108GU £31.00 SX107GU £19.00 SX119GU £26.00 SX108GU £31.00

*RD in the references above denotes RED uprights. Substitute GB for blue, GX dark grey or GU light grey

It’s so quick & easy! • Simple tap-together construction • No fiddly nuts and bolts • Bays assembled within ten minutes

ESX005CGS

127

Unpack and assemble the framework by simply tapping together...

...with the framework complete, just drop the shelves into position.

110

Galvanised Frame Just Shelving Bays SHELVES 3 CHIPBOARD 3 CHIPBOARD 3 CHIPBOARD 5 STEEL 5 STEEL 5 CHIPBOARD 5 CHIPBOARD

MAX SHELF LOAD (kgs) 375 375 375 68 68 320 320

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1980 x 1500 x 600 1980 x 1800 x 600 1980 x 2100 x 600 1980 x 900 x 300 1980 x 900 x 450 1980 x 900 x 450 1980 x 1200 x 450

ORDER REF

PRICE

ESX021CGS ESX024CGS ESX027CGS ESX001MGS ESX004MGS ESX004CGS ESX005CGS

£117.00 £133.00 £143.00 £91.00 £105.00 £100.00 £127.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC111

19/1/12

14:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LONGSPAN SHELVING

Heavy Duty Shelving Strong and robust adjustable shelving for manufacturing, engineering and production environments. Heavy duty design offers simple and fast assembly, giving you a quick solution to your storage needs.

STORAGE

Just

1800 WIDE x 600 DEEP 3-SHELF HEAVY DUTY BAY SX024RDGU

174

✓A fast and economic solution to everyday storage and production problems

• Quickly and easily assembled, requiring only a rubber mallet • Robust and colourful finishes suit any environment • Wide range of depths and widths offer flexible and cost effective solutions • Add extra shelves as required, or ask us to design a system which suits your specific needs • Ask about our complete installation service

Specification

Just Shelving Colours

Standard bays are 3-shelf units with 18mm chipboard decks. Bays comprise 4 uprights, 3 shelf levels with channel beams, beam ties, feet and assembly instructions. Bays will be supplied with red uprights and light grey beams unless specified otherwise.

Red uprights (RD)

Blue uprights (GB)

Dark grey uprights (GX)

Light grey uprights (GU)

Heavy Duty Three Shelf Bays, Max Bay load 3000kg UDL DIMENSIONS MAXIMUM SHELVING BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL H x W x D (mm) SHELF LOAD ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 1980 x 900 x 450 320kg SX203RDGU £107.00 SX207GU £21.00 1980 x 900 x 600 180kg SX204RDGU £116.00 SX208GU £24.00 1980 x 1200 x 450 350kg SX201RDGU £132.00 SX205GU £29.00 1980 x 1200 x 600 200kg SX202RDGU £137.00 SX206GU £31.00 1980 x 1500 x 450 510kg SX020RDGU £140.00 SX120GU £35.00 1980 x 1500 x 600 275kg SX021RDGU £150.00 SX121GU £39.00 1980 x 1500 x 900 104kg SX022RDGU £186.00 SX122GU £44.00 1980 x 1800 x 450 635kg SX023RDGU £161.00 SX109GU £39.00 1980 x 1800 x 600 365kg SX024RDGU £174.00 SX110GU £43.00 1980 x 1800 x 900 210kg SX025RDGU £211.00 SX111GU £53.00 1980 x 2100 x 450 650kg SX026RDGU £175.00 SX126GU £43.00 1980 x 2100 x 600 400kg SX027RDGU £188.00 SX127GU £48.00 1980 x 2100 x 900 210kg SX028RDGU £217.00 SX128GU £60.00 1800 x 2400 x 450 600kg SX029RDGU £186.00 SX112GU £47.00 1980 x 2400 x 600 445kg SX013RDGU £201.00 SX113GU £52.00 1980 x 2400 x 900 210kg SX014RDGU £239.00 SX114GU £65.00 * RD in the references above denotes RED uprights. Substitute GB for blue, GX for dark grey or GU for light grey

Connector Plates are used to secure adjacent bays together. Four plates are needed to join two bays. REF SXSRLGU PRICE £1.30 each

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

111

TC112

18/1/12

16:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

SHELVING / HYGIENIC SHELVING

Quartermaster Hygienic Shelving

FROM

172

✓For clean, cold, wet & sterile environments

• Fast fit design for simple & safe installation • Airdeck grid shelves promote air flow • Open access corners for space efficiency • Metric to fit modern buildings better • Maximum 100kg UDL shelf loading • Nylon coated

Airdeck Wire Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1800 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE NQ17.459/4 £172.00 NQ17.4512/4 £203.00 NQ17.4515/4 £222.00 NQ17.4518/4 £259.00 NQ17.69/4 £191.00 NQ17.612/4 £234.00 NQ17.615/4 £264.00 NQ17.618/4 £323.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE NQ17.459/4A £170.00 NQ17.4512/4A £198.00 NQ17.4515/4A £220.00 NQ17.4518/4A £257.00 NQ17.69/4A £189.00 NQ17.612/4A £230.00 NQ17.615/4A £271.00 NQ17.618/4A £320.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE NQ459 £33.00 NQ4512 £43.00 NQ4515 £48.00 NQ4518 £55.00 NQ69 £38.00 NQ612 £48.00 NQ615 £56.00 NQ618 £68.00

FROM

£493

£491

Castors Plug in expansion fit 125mm swivel castors. In sets of 4, two of which are braked. Maximum load 200kg per set. DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

RUBBER

CQ5R-S

£88.00

Quartermaster Stainless Steel Shelving

✓Available with wire or solid shelves ✓Ideal for cold, wet & sterile environments

• Manufactured from 304 grade stainless steel • Shelves are electro polished for durability Stainless Steel Wire Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves

Stainless Steel Solid Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves

112

SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE SPQ17.459/4 £491.00 SPQ17.4512/4 £597.00 SPQ17.4515/4 £701.00 SPQ17.69/4 £593.00 SPQ17.612/4 £716.00 SPQ17.615/4 £868.00

EXTRA SHELF REF SPQ459 SPQ4512 SPQ4515 SPQ69 SPQ612 SPQ615

PRICE £97.00 £123.00 £149.00 £122.00 £153.00 £191.00

SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1800 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE SQ17.459/4 £493.00 SQ17.4512/4 £540.00 SQ17.4515/4 £618.00 SQ17.4518/4 £649.00 SQ17.69/4 £537.00 SQ17.612/4 £657.00 SQ17.615/4 £720.00 SQ17.618/4 £822.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE SQ17.459/4A £472.00 SQ17.4512/4A £519.00 SQ17.4515/4A £599.00 SQ17.4518/4A £673.00 SQ17.69/4A £516.00 SQ17.612/4A £636.00 SQ17.615/4A £700.00 SQ17.618/4A £802.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE SQ459 £97.00 SQ4512 £123.00 SQ4515 £129.00 SQ4518 £148.00 SQ69 £108.00 SQ612 £139.00 SQ615 £154.00 SQ618 £180.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC113

13/1/12

10:10

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING / CHROME WIRE SHELVING

FROM

✓Popular choice for stockrooms,

105

kitchens and schools

• Quick and easy to build • Hardwearing chrome finish shelves let light through • Will not harbour dust • Extension may be added at 90º to form space efficient corners • Loading from 100kg up to 300kg

STORAGE

Chrome Wire Shelving

Instant mobility! Any chrome wire shelving bay can be made mobile by quickly fitting a set of castors. Castors 75mm rubber castors, max load 100kg per set. REF CASZD-3S PRICE £25.10 per set of 4

Chrome Wire Utility Shelving Bays 1800mm high, with four shelves SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 910 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE L71.459/4 £105.00 L71.4512/4 £126.00 L71.4515/4 £162.00 L71.69/4 £151.00 L71.612/4 £169.00 L71.615/4 £191.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE L71.459/4A £109.00 L71.4512/4A £119.00 L71.4515/4A £155.00 L71.69/4A £144.00 L71.612/4A £146.00 L71.615/4A £184.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE LW459 £20.90 LW4512 £26.60 LW4515 £33.00 LW69 £24.60 LW612 £34.00 LW615 £40.20

LC459/3

Chrome Wire Carts

134

• 100kg max load • Cranked handles 790mm high • Three fully adjustable chrome wire shelves • Fitted with economical 75mm rubber castors (non marking)

SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

3-SHELF CART ORDER REF PRICE LC459/3 £134.00 LC4512/3 £151.00 LC4515/3 £181.00 LC69/3 £171.00 LC612/3 £192.00 LC615/3 £225.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE LW459 £20.90 LW4512 £26.60 LW4515 £33.00 LW69 £24.60 LW612 £34.00 LW615 £40.20

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

113

TC114

20/1/12

12:47

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

SHELVING / STEEL CORE SHELVING

Steel Core Polypropylene Shelving ✓

Racks of refined polypropylene with a steel core for extra strength

Versatile & Flexible CORNER UNITS FROM

• Anti-static for computer environments • In cold rooms and freezers down to -30ºC • In wet areas – rustproof • In kitchens and food processing industry

320

We can offer alternative heights, widths & depths. Also, extra shelves, and castors for instant mobility. Just call us!

Hygienic • Weldless, tight polypropylene structure shelving more hygienic • Prevents liquid and dirt from entering the racks • Can be easily cleaned

Stable • Special self-stabilising connection technique without the use of cross stays • 150kg UDL per shelf, 600kg UDL per section • Easy assembly without use of nuts & bolts • Steel cored for extra strength Solid polypropylene plate shelves 1800Hmm 4 Shelf Bays with Polypropylene Grille Shelves BAY WIDTH 980mm 1180mm 1380mm 1580mm 1780mm

114

STARTER DE983GS £367 DE1183GS £389 DE1383GS £435 DE1583GS £461 DE1783GS £500

300mm DEEP EXTENSION DE983GE £308 DE1183GE £330 DE1383GE £376 DE1583GE £401 DE1783GE £441

CORNER DE983GC £320 DE1183GC £342 DE1383GC £388 DE1583GC £413 DE1783GC £453

STARTER DE984GS £386 DE1184GS £416 DE1384GS £463 DE1584GS £495 DE1784GS £541

400mm DEEP EXTENSION DE984GE £325 DE1184GE £354 DE1384GE £401 DE1584GE £433 DE1784GE £479

CORNER DE984GC £337 DE1184GC £366 DE1384GC £413 DE1584GC £445 DE1784GC £491

STARTER DE985GS £414 DE1185GS £446 DE1385GS £499 DE1585GS £543 DE1785GS £581

500mm DEEP EXTENSION DE985GE £350 DE1185GE £382 DE1385GE £435 DE1585GE £470 DE1785GE £517

CORNER DE985GC £362 DE1185GC £394 DE1385GC £447 DE1585GC £482 DE1785GC £529

STARTER DE986GS £440 DE1186GS £474 DE1386GS £534 DE1586GS £574 DE1786GS £624

600mm DEEP EXTENSION DE986GE £374 DE1186GE £409 DE1386GE £468 DE1586GE £509 DE1786GE £559

CORNER DE98 £386 DE1186GC £403 DE1386GC £480 DE1586GC £521 DE1786GC £571

BAY WIDTHS: NOTE: Extensions are 45mm narrower than Starters. Corners are 25mm narrower than Starters. Other sizes available please enquire

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC115

13/1/12

10:11

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING / STEEL CORE SHELVING STORAGE

STARTER BAYS FROM

367

Versatile - suitable for many applications!

Shelving Units can be fitted with castors, for ease of cleaning particularly in coldrooms. Set of 4 Castor Wheels (2 braked / 2 unbraked)

Polypropylene grille shelves

REF CASTORS PRICE £82.50 1800Hmm 4 Shelf Bays with Polypropylene Plate Shelves

BAY WIDTH 980mm 1180mm 1380mm 1580mm 1780mm

STARTER DE983PS £375 DE1183PS £397 DE1383PS £446 DE1583PS £470 DE1783PS £513

300mm DEEP EXTENSION DE983PE £316 DE1183PE £338 DE1383PE £387 DE1583PE £411 DE1783PE £454

CORNER DE983PC £328 DE1183PC £350 DE1383PC £399 DE1583PC £423 DE1783PC £466

STARTER DE984PS £396 DE1184PS £424 DE1384PS £474 DE1584PS £504 DE1784PS £550

400mm DEEP EXTENSION DE984PE £334 DE1184PE £362 DE1384PE £413 DE1584PE £443 DE1784PE £488

CORNER DE984PC £346 DE1184PC £374 DE1384PC £425 DE1584PC £454 DE1784PC £500

STARTER DE985PS £426 DE1185PS £454 DE1385PS £515 DE1585PS £547 DE1785PS £600

500mm DEEP EXTENSION DE985PE £362 DE1185PE £390 DE1385PE £451 DE1585PE £488 DE1785PE £536

CORNER DE985PC £374 DE1185PC £402 DE1385PC £463 DE1585PC £500 DE1785PC £548

STARTER DE986PS £455 DE1186PS £487 DE1386PS £553 DE1586PS £587 DE1786PS £647

600mm DEEP EXTENSION DE986PE £389 DE1186PE £421 DE1386PE £488 DE1586PE £522 DE1786PE £582

CORNER DE986PC £401 DE1186PC £433 DE1386PC £500 DE1586PC £534 DE1786PC £594

BAY WIDTHS: NOTE: Extensions are 45mm narrower than Starters. Corners are 25mm narrower than Starters. Other sizes available please enquire

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

115

TC116

16/1/12

14:18

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING / PLASTIC MODULAR SHELVING STORAGE

Plastic Modular Shelving

✓Extremely versatile and easy to use, modular shelving can form virtually any layout

FROM

167

✓Very easy to assemble, dismantle and clean

• Resistant to moisture and chemicals, corrosion resistant • Lightweight and very strong • Load bearing capacity 180kg per square metre length • Standard shelving is static but castors can be fitted at extra cost • Can withstand low temperatures – ideal for coldroom storage • Available in 5 colours – cream, grey, red, blue and green • Unless specified otherwise, cream will be supplied

STORES FLAT WHEN NOT IN USE

SPECIFICATION Vertical space (between shelves) All modules: 400mm Horizontal space between uprights 1000mm wide 890mm clear space 1200mm wide 1090mm clear space 1500mm wide 2 x 675mm clear spaces 1800mm wide 2 x 825mm clear spaces 2000mm wide 2 x 925mm clear spaces

Rotating Castors

Locked

Unlocked

Rotating Castor Sets TO FIT BAY WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000

ORDER REF CBR10 CBR12 CBR15 CBR18 CBR20

PRICE PER SET £44.00 £44.00 £66.00 £66.00 £66.00

Standard Bays - Height 1050mm (3 Shelves)

116

FRAME WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF PRICE 310403 £167.00 312403 £192.00 315403 £244.00 318403 £278.00 320403 £301.00

DEPTH 400mm DEPTH 500mm DEPTH 600mm DEPTH 900mm ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 310404 £207.00 310405 £237.00 310406 £267.00 310409 £373.00 312404 £240.00 312405 £281.00 312406 £310.00 312409 £437.00 315404 £302.00 315405 £347.00 315406 £394.00 315409 £559.00 318404 £350.00 318405 £416.00 318406 £462.00 318409 £656.00 320404 £383.00 320405 £462.00 320406 £507.00 320409 £721.00 * Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS (see picture on top of facing page)

DEPTH 1000mm ORDER REF PRICE 310410 £426.00 312410 £505.00 315410 £637.00 318410 £751.00 320410 £825.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC117

16/1/12

15:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING / PLASTIC MODULAR SHELVING STORAGE

Double Shelving Bay 1495H x 2000W x 600Dmm

420406

713

✓The design and construction of these units make them ideal for use in the following environments and industries

• Hospitals and Health Industry • Food and Drinks • Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals • Catering • Meat Trade • Laundries • Laboratories

Quick Build Connectors give strength, stability and easy construction

• Educational Establishments • Retail

Standard Bays - Height 1495mm (4 Shelves) FRAME WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF PRICE 410403 £223.00 412403 £256.00 415403 £327.00 418403 £374.00 420403 £407.00

DEPTH 400mm DEPTH 500mm DEPTH 600mm ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 410404 £279.00 410405 £310.00 410406 £357.00 412404 £331.00 412405 £362.00 412406 £428.00 415404 £411.00 415405 £465.00 415406 £539.00 418404 £474.00 418405 £554.00 418406 £624.00 420404 £548.00 420405 £616.00 420406 £713.00 * Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS (see picture top of page)

DEPTH 900mm ORDER REF PRICE 410409 £505.00 412409 £592.00 415409 £758.00 418409 £887.00 420409 £974.00

DEPTH 1000mm ORDER REF PRICE 410410 £575.00 412410 £616.00 415410 £862.00 418410 £1014.00 420410 £1113.00

DEPTH 400mm DEPTH 500mm DEPTH 600mm DEPTH 900mm ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF* PRICE 510404 £344.00 510405 £390.00 510406 £447.00 510409 £637.00 512404 £399.00 512405 £462.00 512406 £524.00 512409 £745.00 515404 £473.00 515405 £581.00 515406 £648.00 515409 £920.00 518404 £575.00 518405 £692.00 518406 £762.00 518409 £1081.00 520404 £629.00 520405 £769.00 520406 £837.00 520409 £1187.00 * Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS (see picture top of page)

DEPTH 1000mm ORDER REF* PRICE 510410 £725.00 512410 £853.00 515410 £1050.00 518410 £1240.00 520410 £1364.00

Standard Bays - Height 1940mm (5 Shelves) FRAME WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF* PRICE 510403 £278.00 512403 £319.00 515403 £388.00 518403 £449.00 520403 £490.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

117

TC118

19/1/12

12:10

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

SHELVING / ALUMINIUM SHELVING

STARTER BAYS FROM

EXTENSION BAYS FROM

189

140

SHELF CONNECTORS FOR CREATING SPACE EFFICIENT OPEN CORNERS

Alimaster R Shelving

✓Aluminium frame with lift out polyester

decking for a cost effective combination of strength and hygiene

RIGHT ANGLE SHELF CONNECTORS

• Rust free anodised aluminium

Right Angle Shelf Connectors Loadings are reduced by 25% when angle connectors are used FOR SHELF DEPTH: 400mm 500mm 600mm REF AC40 REF AC50 REF AC60 PRICE £12.40 PRICE £13.00 PRICE £15.70

• Simple and quick assembly • Smooth section beams adjust on 150mm pitch • Can be connected at 90 degrees to form space efficient open corners • Moulded polyester shelf panels provide tough and hard wearing shelf decking • Ventilated to improve airflow

Castors Plug in 100mm rubber swivel castors. In sets of 4, two of which are braked. Maximum load 200kg per set. REF W5125 PRICE £88.00 per set

• Easily lifted out for cleaning

Alimaster R Complete Bays 1700mm high, with four shelf levels

CASTORS CAN BE ADDED TO CREATE MOBILE UNITS!

BAY DEPTH

WIDTH

746mm

970mm

1089mm

1201mm

1313mm

1425mm

1653mm

400mm

STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

ARSA400 £189.00 AREA400 £140.00 A400 £35.00 ARSA500 £258.00 AREA500 £202.00 A500 £36.60 ARSA600 £280.00 AREA600 £225.00 A/600 £41.90

ARSC400 £293.00 AREC400 £236.00 C400 £45.50 ARSC500 £289.00 AREC500 £232.00 C500 £44.00 ARSC600 £320.00 AREC600 £265.00 C/600 £52.10

ARSD400 £312.00 ARED400 £257.00 D400 £50.30 ARSD500 £316.00 ARED500 £260.00 D500 £51.10 ARSD600 £356.00 ARED600 £300.00 D/600 £61.20

ARSE400 £327.00 AREE400 £272.00 E400 £54.10 ARSE500 £338.00 AREE500 £282.00 E500 £56.60 ARSE600 £425.00 AREE600 £362.00 E/600 £74.60

ARSF400 £343.00 AREF400 £288.00 F400 £58.10 ARSF500 £350.00 AREF500 £294.00 F500 £59.60 ARSF600 £434.00 AREF600 £355.00 F/600 £76.70

ARSG400 £367.00 AREG400 £311.00 G400 £67.00 ARSG500 £363.00 AREG500 £306.00 G500 £62.40 ARSG600 £407.00 AREG600 £352.00 G/600 £74.00

ARSI400 £373.00 AREI400 £317.00 I400 £65.10 ARSI500 £399.00 AREI500 £342.00 I500 £71.60 ARSI600 £459.00 AREI600 £403.00 I/600 £87.00

500mm

600mm

118

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC119

19/1/12

16:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING

✓The ideal solution for your line-side small parts storage

• Sloping steel shelves allow for bins to locate one behind the other, so as an empty bin is removed the full rear bin slides forward ready for use

STORAGE

Kanban Small Parts Shelving

• 2 Standard bay options available, each complete with sloping steel shelves and 2 chipboard storage shelves • Blue containers as standard (other colours available) • Finish - posts are epoxy powder coated blue and beams epoxy powder coated grey FROM

565

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1200 x 450 1800 x 1200 x 600

SLOPING SHELVES 5 4

CONTAINER DIMS H x W x D (mm) 132 x 150 x 237 165 x 222 x 278

NO OF CONTAINERS 70 40

ORDER REF CS/S/107 CS/S/108

PRICE £565.00 £651.00

Container Shelving ✓Ideal solution for small parts storage ✓Supplied in component form for easy assembly • Standard bays of rolled edge shelving complete with bins • Available in 3 different storage configurations • Open backs with cross bracing • Overall dimensions 1905H x 914W x 305Dmm • Maximum shelf capacity 68kg UDL • Grey epoxy powder coated finish • Three bin sizes, (002) 132H x 150W x 237Dmm, (003) 165H x 222W x 278Dmm and (004) 184H x 425W x 280Dmm

CS/R/069

351

£ CS/R/068

CS/R/067

314

335

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

DESCRIPTION

BIN COMBINATION

TYPE 1, 10 SHELVES

18 x 002 BLUE, 12 x 003 YELLOW, 6 x 004 GREEN 16 x 004 GREEN 36 x 003 YELLOW

TYPE 2, 9 SHELVES TYPE 3, 10 SHELVES

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/R/067 £335.00 CS/R/068 CS/R/069

£314.00 £351.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/R/070 £318.00 CS/R0/71 CS/R/072

£297.00 £334.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

119

TC120

16/1/12

15:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

SHELVING

STARTER BAY

EXTENSION BAY

Starters & Extensions STORMOR shelving is available with three different upright variations to suit the application. The bays on the following pages are all supplied with 6 levels of 1000 mm wide shelves. Height and depth variations are given in the tables. Rapid delivery starter and extension bays are listed in the tables. Other heights, widths and depths are also available contact us for details.

SHELF LOADINGS Note bays 600mm deep have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg. All other bays have a capacity of 70kg.

For our full range of accessories see pages 122 & 123

70kg PER SHELF

STORMOR Mono ✓Ideal for general purpose storage applications

• Maximum storage capacity in the available space • Economic and fully adjustable • Fully interchangeable with all other Stormor components • Rear cladding or mesh cladding available

BioCote Protected BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive area

Mesh cladding is available for small carton applications

6-Shelf Stormor Mono Shelving Open Back Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

SHELVES & DIVIDERS Stormor Grey (RAL 7035) 120

STARTER BAY ORDER REF SMM18130OS6 SMM18137OS6 SMM18145OS6 SMM18160OS6 SMM21130OS6 SMM21137OS6 SMM21145OS6 SMM21160OS6

PRICE £105.00 £114.00 £122.00 £141.00 £111.00 £120.00 £129.00 £146.00

UPRIGHTS Stormor Grey (RAL 7035)

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMM18130OE6 £84.00 SMM18137OE6 £92.00 SMM18145OE6 £100.00 SMM18160OE6 £116.00 SMM21130OE6 £88.00 SMM21137OE6 £95.00 SMM21145OE6 £104.00 SMM21160OE6 £120.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF SMS-130 SMS-137 SMS-145 SMS-160 SMS-130 SMS-137 SMS-145 SMS-160

Suave Blue (BS 5252 20 E 56)

PRICE £9.00 £10.00 £11.00 £14.00 £9.00 £10.00 £11.00 £14.00

Graphite Grey (BS 5252 18 A 14)

Stormor Grey bays are BioCote Protected, alternative upright colours cost no more, but may not be available from stock and are not BioCote Protected.

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC121

17/1/12

11:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING STORAGE

70kg PER SHELF

For our full range of accessories see pages 122 & 123

BioCote Protected BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive area

SHELF LOADINGS Note bays 600mm deep have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg. All other bays have a capacity of 70kg.

STORMOR Solo

✓Ideal for commercial applications - the robust solution to everyday requirements

Single piece frames with delta edge front

• Suitable for use in all applications and general archive storage • BioCote powder coated light grey RAL 7035 • All components manufactured from cold formed mild steel • Delta front edge aids removal and replacement of stored material • Fully adjustable shelves on 25 mm pitch • One shelf clip accommodates shelf on both sides of upright • Fully interchangeable with Solo and Mono frames • Folded rear T on frame accommodates rear cladding and bracing on 50mm increments 6-Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Open Back Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF SMS18130OS6 SMS18137OS6 SMS18145OS6 SMS18160OS6 SMS21130OS6 SMS21137OS6 SMS21145OS6 SMS21160OS6

PRICE £99.00 £113.00 £125.00 £156.00 £103.00 £118.00 £131.00 £160.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130OE6 £80.00 SMS18137OE6 £91.00 SMS18145OE6 £101.00 SMS18160OE6 £122.00 SMS21130OE6 £82.00 SMS21137OE6 £93.00 SMS21145OE6 £103.00 SMS21160OE6 £126.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160 SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160

PRICE £9.00 £10.00 £11.00 £14.00 £9.00 £10.00 £11.00 £14.00

6-Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Closed Back Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF SMS18130CS6 SMS18137CS6 SMS18145CS6 SMS18160CS6 SMS21130CS6 SMS21137CS6 SMS21145CS6 SMS21160CS6

PRICE £132.00 £143.00 £153.00 £183.00 £139.00 £153.00 £166.00 £195.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130CE6 £110.00 SMS18137CE6 £121.00 SMS18145CE6 £131.00 SMS18160CE6 £152.00 SMS21130CE6 £117.00 SMS21137CE6 £129.00 SMS21145CE6 £139.00 SMS21160CE6 £161.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160 SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160

PRICE £9.00 £10.00 £11.00 £14.00 £9.00 £10.00 £11.00 £14.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

121

TC122

25/1/12

15:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

SHELVING

Stormor Bin Units • Stable, strong and no sharp edges • Closed sides and ends keep items neatly together • Overall bay size 1850H z 900W x 300Dmm • Shelves are pierced every 75mm to accept dividers

COMPARTMENTS 12 18 32

SBU18593/18S

SBU18593/32S

£172

£219

NOMINAL H x W x D (mm) 300 x 450 x 300 300 x 300 x 300 225 x 225 x 300

STARTER BAY ORDER REF* PRICE SBU18593/12S £155.00 SBU18593/18S £172.00 SBU18593/32S £219.00

SBU18593/12S

155

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SBU18593/12E £136.00 SBU18593/18E £153.00 SBU18593/32E £200.00

Stormor Accessories • Our range of accessories are interchangeable between Mono, Solo and Duo systems, this makes the stormor shelving range ideal for the creation of custom designed storage facilities • Accessories can be easily retro-fitted allowing you to add to your shelving as your storage needs change

122

Bin Front

Garment Hanging

Back Stop

• When fitted, this prevents items falling off the front of the shelves. When used with dividers this forms compartments or bins

• A system of rails and brackets which fit within the bay widths to allow for the hanging of garments. Rails can be repositioned as required

• Zinc plated rod which fits across the rear of the bays to prevent items falling off the back

OVERALL SIZE H x D (mm) 1000 x 25 1000 x 50 1000 x 75 1000 x 100 LOCATION PLUG (2)

ORDER REF SZABF0251000 SZABF0501000 SZABF0751000 SZABF01001000 SZAPLUG

PRICE £7.00 £7.00 £8.00 £9.00 £0.40

DESCRIPTION

SIZE (mm) RAIL 25 DIA x 1000 L SUPPORT CHANNEL 300 D SUPPORT CHANNEL 450 D SUPPORT CHANNEL 600 D

ORDER REF SZAGR25S1000 SZAHGHSC300 SZAHGHSC450 SZAHGHSC600

PRICE £4.30 £5.90 £7.60 £8.50

SIZE (mm) 1000

ORDER REF SZABS004R1000

PRICE £3.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC123

20/1/12

11:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING / ACCESSORIES

SIZE H x D (mm) 100 x 370 150 x 370 150 x 450

Plastic Drawer Units

Can accomodate A4 and foolscap top loaded suspension files. Cradle slides out on telescopic arms (fits 1000mm bays only)

Ideal for storage of small items. The drawers tilt on integrated back stops to allow for easy viewing and access

ORDER REF SZAPOFC1-370 SZAPOFC1-450

PRICE £112.00 £114.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 120 x 138 x 281 120 x 207 x 281 120 x 138 x 431

£3.90 £5.00 £5.00

Pull-out Shelf

Fitted onto telescopic arms the pull-out drawer is available in 2 heights. Ideal for storage of cd’s (fits 1000mm bays only)

Slides out from the bay on telescopic slides. Provides a flat and stable work surface within a storage bay (fits 1000mm bays only)

ORDER REF SZAPOD100P370 SZAPOD150P370 SZAPOD150P450

PRICE £102.00 £151.00 £159.00

SHELF DEPTH (mm) 370 450

ORDER REF SZDF300300 SZDF300370 SZDF300450 SZDF400300 SZDF400370 SZDF400450 SZDF450300 SZDF450370 SZDF450450

PRICE £2.80 £3.40 £3.70 £4.40 £5.30 £5.90 £4.70 £5.70 £6.30

ORDER REF SZAPORS1-370 SZAPORS1-450

PRICE £93.00 £97.00

General Purpose Divider

Slim profile divider designed to be used with paper storage ensuring minimal wasted space on the shelf

SIZE H x D (mm) 300 x 150 370 x 150 400 x 150 600 x 150

PRICE

Pull-out Drawers

Document Divider

SIZE H x D (mm) 300 x 300 300 x 370 300 x 450 400 x 300 400 x 370 400 x 450 450 x 300 450 x 370 450 x 450

ORDER REF SZADU1GU SZADU2GU SZADU3GU

Used to divide shelves horizontally into smaller storage compartments

SIZE H x D (mm) 300 x 300 300 x 370 300 x 400 300 x 450 400 x 300 400 x 370 400 x 450 450 x 300 450 x 370 450 x 450

ORDER REF 0300DF0300 0300DF0370 0300DF0400 0300DF0450 0400DF0300 0400DF0370 0400DF0450 0450DF0300 0450DF0370 0450DF0450

PRICE £3.90 £4.10 £4.20 £4.40 £4.50 £4.90 £5.30 £4.80 £5.30 £5.70

Part Height Divider

Undershelf Divider

150mm high divider which slots into either the top or bottom of a shelf to provide storage sections or support for files

Divider simply clips under the shelf to hold books or files upright. Divider can be repositioned as required

ORDER REF SDZP300 SDZP370 SDZP450 SDZP600

PRICE £3.70 £4.00 £4.60 £5.50

STORAGE

SHELF DEPTH (mm) 370 450

Pull-out Filing Cradle

SIZE H x D (mm) 270 x 320 350 x 400 450 x 500

ORDER REF SZAUSD450-500 SZAUSD270-320 SZAUSD350-400

PRICE £7.80 £7.40 £7.60

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

123

TC124

19/1/12

16:10

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

SHELVING

Metaclip Rolled Edge Shelving ✓A fully adjustable system ideal for industrial and commercial environments • The side uprights have a ‘Rolled’ front edge for strength and to protect operatives when using the system • All shelves are pierced to accept dividers

FROM

NOW AVAILABLE IN IVORY POWDER COAT

129

Standard Height

1905mm with 6 shelves including top and bottom

Standard Width

900mm

Bay Capacity

454kg

Shelf Capacity

68kg (uniformly distributed load)

Finish

Epoxy powder coated grey or ivory

Open Backs

124

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/001 £129.00 CS/R/003 £142.00 CS/R/005 £162.00

Clad Backs EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/002 £113.00 CS/R/004 £122.00 CS/R/006 £137.00

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/007 £164.00 CS/R/009 £177.00 CS/R/011 £196.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/008 £147.00 CS/R/010 £157.00 CS/R/012 £172.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC125

18/1/12

15:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING

Metaclip Rolled Edge Bin Units STORAGE

4x2

6x2

8x2

8 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/013 £189.00 CS/R/015 £206.00 CS/R/017 £228.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/014 £173.00 CS/R/016 £186.00 CS/R/018 £203.00

16 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/025 £223.00 CS/R/027 £241.00 CS/R/029 £266.00

8x3

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/026 £207.00 CS/R/028 £221.00 CS/R/030 £242.00

8x4

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/043 £317.00 CS/R/045 £341.00 CS/R/047 £374.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/044 £300.00 CS/R/046 £321.00 CS/R/048 £350.00

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/055 £376.00 CS/R/057 £405.00 CS/R/059 £442.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/056 £360.00 CS/R/058 £384.00 CS/R/060 £417.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/038 £241.00 CS/R/040 £258.00 CS/R/042 £282.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/032 £255.00 CS/R/034 £273.00 CS/R/036 £298.00

12 x 6 36 Compartments

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

32 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/031 £271.00 CS/R/033 £293.00 CS/R/035 £322.00

12 x 3

24 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/037 £257.00 CS/R/039 £278.00 CS/R/041 £307.00

18 Compartments

12 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

6x3

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/049 £398.00 CS/R/051 £427.00 CS/R/053 £466.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/050 £382.00 CS/R/052 £407.00 CS/R/054 £441.00

72 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/061 £631.00 CS/R/063 £672.00 CS/R/065 £721.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/062 £614.00 CS/R/064 £652.00 CS/R/066 £696.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

125

TC126

13/1/12

10:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

SMALL PARTS STORAGE

D351

42-BIN UNIT

245

20-BIN UNIT

72-BIN UNIT

12-BIN UNIT

D364 BASE STAND

Heavy Duty Modular Parts Bins

✓Interlink units as required

✓Perfect for organising fixings, nuts, bolts and more • Specially designed for heavy duty use • Manufactured from prime cold rolled steel • Grey powder coated finish • Ribbed dividers for extra strength • Optional base stand raises case from floor

NUMBER OF BINS 12 20 40 42 72 BASE STAND

BIN DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 168 x 203 x 302 216 x 203 x 302 114 x 102 x 302 140 x 137 x 302 114 x 102 x 302 -

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 606 x 857 x 305 1067 x 857 x 305 606 x 857 x 305 1067 x 857 x 305 1067 x 857 x 305 146 x 867 x 311

ORDER REF

PRICE

D330 D351 D359 D360 D363 D364

£155.00 £245.00 £186.00 £284.00 £285.00 £75.00

Utility Storage Units 329

£123

✓4 extra large bin openings for

338

storing big, bulky items

✓Optional doors with lock and key when

£185

security is important

• Modular system can be stacked vertically or arranged horizontally • Manufactured from prime cold rolled steel • Grey powder coated finish • Lip at base of each bin contains contents, provides space for identifying labels • Supplied ready assembled

4 bin compartment dimensions: 302H x 425W x 305Dmm

BIN SIZE H x W x D (mm) 302 x 425 x 304 302 x 425 x 304

OVERALL SIZE H x W x D (mm) 565 x 857 x 314 565 x 857 x 327

ORDER REF 329 338

PRICE £123.00 £185.00

4 bin with doors compartment dimensions: 302H x 425W x 305Dmm

126

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC127

13/1/12

10:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SMALL PARTS STORAGE STORAGE

4-Drawer Racks & Compartment Boxes • Two size ranges • Reinforced racks support loaded boxes in open position • Steel boxes have divided high impact plastic inserts • Scoop compartments for easy removal of small parts • Boxes glide easily on coated slides and tracks • Pull out prevented by positive stop • Prime quality steel with tough grey powder coated finish • Order your own combination of racks and boxes

Compartment Configurations

D206

£25.50

ADJ

Minimum order of any four compartment boxes

Large (508mm Wide) Slide-In Racks, Compartment Boxes & Bases ITEM 4-DRAWER SLIDE-IN RACK (EMPTY) OPTIONAL LOCKING HINGE FOR ABOVE 6 COMPARTMENT BOX 16 COMPARTMENT BOX 20 COMPARTMENT BOX 24 COMPARTMENT BOX 32 COMPARTMENT BOX ADJUSTABLE COMPARTMENT BOX BASE STAND

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 381 x 508 x 400 76 x 457 x 305 76 x 457 x 305 76 x 457 x 305 76 x 457 x 305 76 x 457 x 305 76 x 457 x 305 384 x 518 x 406

ORDER REF

PRICE

D303 D312 D125 D113 D111 D102 D107 D119 D304

£113.00 £15.60 £27.00 £27.00 £27.00 £27.00 £27.00 £27.00 £57.00

Small (387mm Wide) Slide-In Racks, Compartment Boxes & Bases ITEM 4-DRAWER SLIDE-IN RACK (EMPTY) OPTIONAL LOCKING HINGE FOR ABOVE 16 COMPARTMENT BOX 20 COMPARTMENT BOX 24 COMPARTMENT BOX ADJUSTABLE COMPARTMENT BOX BASE STAND

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 286 x 387 x 299 51 x 340 x 235 51 x 340 x 235 51 x 340 x 235 51 x 340 x 235 384 x 394 x 308

ORDER REF

PRICE

D307 D313 D209 D206 D202 D215 D315

£105.00 £15.60 £25.50 £25.50 £25.50 £25.50 £57.00

D/002

Modular Drawer Units

£104

✓Easy-stack modular design

• Drawers open easily on two runners • Positive stop prevents pull out • Two snap-in plastic dividers for each drawer • Secure multi-stacking with profiled mountings • Durable powder coated finish on steel carcass

NUMBER OF DRAWERS 6 18 24

BIN DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 70 x 137 x 286 70 x 137 x 286 70 x 137 x 286

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 102 x 857 x 295 276 x 857 x 295 365 x 857 x 295

D/005

£185

ORDER REF

PRICE

D/002 D/005 D/007

£104.00 £185.00 £225.00

D/007

£225

127

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC128

16/1/12

15:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

COMPLETE

12-550-KIT

Visible Storage Cabinets

680

✓A comprehensive range which combines stylish industrial design with practical accessories to provide efficient high density small parts storage • Two cabinet sizes available, each with seven different drawer combinations • Stand and trolley accessories offer convenient & effective storage for thousands of small components SAVE £100

Spacemiser Turntable • Free rotating ball bearing mechanism • Requires only 0.2m2 of floor space • Holds twelve 550 series cabinets • Provides locations for up to 4320 different components • 1730H x 500W x 500Dmm • Load capacity 400kg Spacemiser Turntable with 550 Series Cabinets (as shown) REF 12-550-KIT PRICE £680.00 Spacemiser Turntable (cabinets not included) REF 12-550 PRICE £179.00

EPOXY COATED SILVER-GREY FRAMES

Bench Top Spacemiser Double Sided Stand

Trolley

• Holds four 550 series cabinets • 1585H x 760W x 420Dmm • Load capacity 50kg

• Holds eight 550 series cabinets • 1585H x 760W x 600Dmm • Load capacity 100kg

Single Sided Stand (cabinets not included) REF BS-550L PRICE £220.00

Double Sided Stand (cabinets not included) REF BS-550T PRICE £230.00

• Holds eight 550 series cabinets • 1700H x 760W x 600Dmm • Four 100mm castors, 2 locking • Load capacity 150kg

Single Sided Stand

128

Trolley (cabinets not included) REF BT-550 PRICE £275.00

• Ball bearing turntable provides quick and easy access to stored components • Holds two cabinets of 290/550 series • Load capacity 50kg Bench Top Spacemiser (cabinets not included) REF PTP-5 PRICE £65.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC129

18/1/12

15:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS: 290H x 310W x 180Dmm

27.90

£ 290

291

STORAGE

290-C3

292

Combi Drawers 12 size 01 3 size 04 1 size 06 294

296

297

290 Series Cabinets CABINET 290 291 292 294 296 297 290 COMBI

DRAWERS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) 37 x 55 x 175 37 x 69 x 175 37 x 138 x 175 59 x 92 x 175 59 x 227 x 175 81 x 138 x 175 -

NUMBER OF DRAWERS 30 SIZE 00 24 SIZE 01 12 SIZE 02 12 SIZE 04 4 SIZE 06 6 SIZE 07 12x01 3x04 1x06

ORDER REF 290-3 291-3 292-3 294-3 296-3 297-3 290-C3

PRICE £27.90 £27.90 £27.90 £27.90 £27.90 £27.90 £27.90

Drawer Dividers For 290/550 Series Cabinets DRAWER SIZE 00 01 02 04 06 07

CROSS DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) ORDER REF PRICE V-00 £1.70 V-01 £1.80 V-02 £2.30 V-04 £2.40 V-06 £4.60 V-07 £3.80

LENGTH DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) ORDER REF PRICE V-012 £3.20 V-012 £3.20 V-0456 £3.30 V-0456 £3.30 V-078 £4.00

290 Series Cabinets • Robust grey polypropylene cases 290H x 310W x 180Dmm • Galvanised steel shelves • Crystal clear polystyrene drawers, complete with labels • Drawer handles are recessed within the cabinet frame, for greater protection • Optional drawer dividers - across the drawer and along its length • Can be wall hung or maybe placed on a worktop • Two units can be used with a Benchtop Spacemiser

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS: 550H x 310W x 180Dmm

550-C3

50.10

Combi Drawers 550

551

552

554

556

557

24 size 01 6 size 04 2 size 06

550 Series Cabinets

550 Series Cabinets CABINET 550 551 552 554 556 557 550 COMBI

DRAWERS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) 37 x 55 x 175 37 x 69 x 175 37 x 138 x 175 59 x 92 x 175 59 x 227 x 175 81 x 138 x 175 -

NUMBER OF DRAWERS 60 SIZE 00 48 SIZE 01 24 SIZE 02 24 SIZE 04 8 SIZE 06 12 SIZE 07 24x01 6x04 2x06

ORDER REF 550-3 551-3 552-3 554-3 556-3 557-3 550-C3

PRICE £50.10 £50.10 £50.10 £50.10 £50.10 £50.10 £50.10

• Robust grey polypropylene cases 550H x 310W x 180Dmm • General specification as 290 series described above • Can be wall hung or maybe placed on a worktop • Can be mounted on stands and trolleys • Two units can be used with a Benchtop Spacemiser • Twelve units can be used with a Spacemiser turntable

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

129

TC130

25/1/12

15:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

Shelf Bins

STORAGE

✓Ideal storage of small/medium workshop sized items in production and store areas

• Particularly suitable for use in automated small parts retrieval systems, mobile or standard shelves with a depth 300, 400, 500, 600mm • The corrugated base design eases the picking of the smallest of items • These bins stack securely, as do bins of different depths when the width is the same • Coloured polypropylene, clear polystyrene • Full width label with protective shield is included with the bin

FROM

2.90

Cross Dividers • Sold in packs of ten DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 75 x 70 110 x 90 167 x 70 OUTER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 300 x 92 x 82 300 x 132 x 100 300 x 186 x 82 400 x 92 x 82 400 x 132 x 100 400 x 186 x 82 500 x 92 x 82 500 x 132 x 100 500 x 186 x 82 600 x 132 x 100 600 x 186 x 82

INNER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 257 x 75 x 70 257 x 110 x 90 257 x 167 x 70 375 x 75 x 70 357 x 110 x 90 357 x 167 x 70 457 x 75 x 70 457 x 110 x 90 457 x 167 x 70 557 x 110 x 90 557 x 167 x 70

CARTON QTY 30 30 15 30 20 15 30 20 15 15 15

GREY 3010-3 3015-3 3020-3 4010-3 4015-3 4020-3 5010-3 5015-3 5020-3 6015-3 6020-3

COLOUR SHELF BINS RED BLUE 3010-5 3010-6 3015-5 3015-6 3020-5 3020-6 4010-5 4010-6 4015-5 4015-6 4020-5 4020-6 5010-5 5010-6 5015-5 5015-6 5020-5 5020-6 6015-5 6015-6 6020-5 6020-6

PRICE £87.00 £117.00 £66.00 £105.00 £96.00 £77.00 £132.00 £114.00 £92.00 £101.00 £102.00

DIVIDER REF D.10 D.15 D.20

PACK PRICE £3.60 £4.80 £6.30

CRYSTAL CLEAR REF PRICE 3010-1 £96.00 3015-1 £123.00 3020-1 £69.00 4010-1 £114.00 4015-1 £102.00 4020-1 £83.00 5010-1 £147.00 5020-1 £98.00 6020-1 £108.00

FROM

340

An efficient storage system saves space and increases your productivity!

Bins have a corrugated base which eases the picking of very small items

High Density Storage

✓A compact storage system offering 336 different items stored on a floor area of only 0.25sqm

✓240kg load capacity, 30kg per shelf,

High Density Storage CABINET H x W x D (mm) 870 x 605 x 410 870 x 605 x 410

BINS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) (24) 82 x 186 x 400 (48) 82 x 92 x 400

130

COLOUR REF BLUE GREY 2440-6 2440-3 4840-6 4840-3

PRICE £340.00 £372.00

Accessories

mobile unit 150kg capacity

• Robust construction for use in workshop or stores • Cabinets have grey epoxy enamelled steel frames • Shelf bins with backstops, labels and protective shields included • Adjustable feet for fine levelling

RED 2440-5 4840-5

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

4 PIECE CASTOR SET, 100mm DIA, 2 WITH BRAKES RETAINING BARS, 8 PIECES FOR BOTH CABINETS DRAWER DIVIDERS TO SUIT BIN SIZE 2440 (10 PACK) DRAWER DIVIDERS TO SUIT BIN SIZE 4840 (10 PACK)

PS-LH A-605 D20 D10

£78.00 £35.00 £6.30 £3.60

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC131

16/1/12

14:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGNLIMITED LIMITED 2012 STORAGE DESIGN - TRADE TradeCATALOGUE catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

Turntables

✓Huge 800kg total load capacity

STORAGE

COMPLETE

16-400-KIT

1750

• Precision ball bearing base • Accommodate 16 cabinets of the 04, 08, 16 series Turntable for 300mm deep cabinets 1680H x 700W x 700Dmm REF 16-300 PRICE £370.00

SAVE £255

Turntable C/W 300mm deep cabinets (8 x 8 drawers, 8 x 16 drawers) 1680H x 700W x 700Dmm REF 16-300-KIT PRICE £1546.00 Turntable for 400mm deep cabinets 1680H x 800W x 800Dmm REF 16-400 PRICE £405.00 Turntable C/W 400mm deep cabinets (8 x 8 drawers, 8 x 16 drawers) 1680H x 800W x 800Dmm REF 16-400-KIT PRICE £1750.00

Storage Bin Cabinets

✓Grey epoxy enamelled cabinets for larger loads • Can be wall hung • Can stand on the worktop • Can be stacked vertically • Can be mounted on a turntable

CONTAINER COLOURS Grey

Blue

Red

Cross dividers are available

0830-6

Labels with protective shields are included

1630-3

Corrugated bases for quicker small item picking

0840-3

1640-5

Storage Bin Cabinets CABINET H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 300 395 x 400 x 300 395 x 400 x 400 395 x 400 x 400 395 x 400 x 400

BINS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) (8) 82 x 186 x 300 (16) 82 x 92 x 300 (8) 82 x 186 x 400 (16) 82 x 92 x 400 (4) 180 x 186 x 400

RED 0830-5 1630-5 0840-5 1640-5 0440-5

COLOUR REF BLUE 0830-6 1630-6 0840-6 1640-6 0440-6

Optional retainer bars for mobile service and maintenance vehicles

0440-6

Accessories PRICE GREY 0830-3 1630-3 0840-3 1640-3 -

£83.00 £92.00 £92.00 £108.00 £90.00

SUITS CABINET 0830 1630 0840 1640 0440

CROSS DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) ORDER REF PRICE D-20 £6.30 D-10 £3.60 D-20 £6.30 D-10 £3.60 V-40 £15.00

RETAINING BARS (PACK OF 4) ORDER REF PRICE A-400 £10.30 A-400 £10.30 A-400 £10.30 A-400 £10.30 A-400 £10.30

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

131

TC132

17/1/12

11:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

ESD Component Storage

✓Cabinets for safe storage of small-medium size static sensitive components • Two cabinet styles, each with four different drawer combinations

Small Parts Cabinets, Polypropylene Housing

291ESD £62.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 24 DRAWERS (01)

294ESD £62.00

H x W x D (mm) 290 x 310 x 180 40 x 69 x 170 (ext)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 12 DRAWERS (04)

551ESD £96.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 48 DRAWERS (01)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 24 DRAWERS (04)

All to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 Standard

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 16 DRAWERS (3010)

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 300 82 x 92 x 300 (ext)

10 PACK PRICE £2.80 £4.90 £5.30 £9.30

0830ESD £123.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 8 DRAWERS (3020)

1640ESD £185.00

H x W x D (mm) 550 x 310 x 180 62 x 92 x 170 (ext)

DIVIDER REF V-1ESD V-4ESD D-10ESD D-20ESD

Medium Parts Cabinets, Steel Housing

1630ESD £140.00

H x W x D (mm) 290 x 310 x 180 62 x 92 x 170 (ext)

554ESD £96.00

H x W x D (mm) 550 x 310 x 180 40 x 69 x 170 (ext)

S TATIC E LECTRICITY C ONTROL

TO SUIT DRAWER SIZE 01 04 3010, 4010 3020, 4020

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 16 DRAWERS (4010)

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 400 82 x 92 x 400 (ext)

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 300 82 x 186 x 300 (ext)

0840ESD £155.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 8 DRAWERS (4020)

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 400 82 x 186 x 400 (ext)

SHELF BIN BACKSTOPS REF BS-6-ESD PRICE £2.30 (PACK OF 10)

FROM

£4.80 FROM

£2.15

ESD Protected Shelf Bins

✓Suit all standard shelves with depths 300, 400, 500 & 600mm • Corrugated base design eases picking of small items • Securely stack any bins of the same widths • Black semi-conductive polypropylene • Full width label with protective shield included (non conductive) • Manufactured to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 standards

132

OUTER DIMS INNER DIMS CARTON L x W x H (mm) L x W x H (mm) QTY 300 x 92 x 82 257 x 75 x 70 30 300 x 186 x 82 257 x 167 x 70 15 400 x 92 x 82 357 x 75 x 70 30 400 x 132 x 100 357 x 110 x 90 20 400 x 186 x 82 357 x 167 x 70 15 500 x 92 x 82 457 x 75 x 70 30 500 x 132 x 100 457 x 110 x 90 20 500 x 186 x 82 457 x 167 x 70 15 600 x 132 x 100 557 x 110 x 90 15 600 x 186 x 82 557 x 167 x 70 15

SHELF BINS REF PRICE 3010-ESD £144.00 3020-ESD £99.00 4010-ESD £168.00 4015-ESD £150.00 4020-ESD £114.00 5010-ESD £213.00 5015-ESD £182.00 5020-ESD £146.00 6015-ESD £164.00 6020-ESD £165.00

CROSS DIVIDERS REF PRICE D-10ESD £5.30 D-20ESD £9.30 D-10ESD £5.30 D-15ESD £7.10 D-20ESD £9.30 D-10ESD £5.30 D-15ESD £7.10 D-20ESD £9.30 D-15ESD £7.10 D-20ESD £9.30

ESD Protected Stacking Bins

✓For use in both production and store areas

• Open front design allows good access and the corrugated base design eases picking of small items • Suitable for louvred panel and bin rails • Black semi-conductive polypropylene • Manufactured to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 standards OUTER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 165 x 105 x 70 192 x 149 x 105 250 x 149 x 130 300 x 186 x 156 400 x 186 x 156 500 x 186 x 182 500 x 310 x 182

INNER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 105 x 90 x 65 130 x 125 x 90 185 x 125 x 115 230 x 155 x 140 330 x 155 x 140 400 x 145 x 165 400 x 270 x 165

CARTON QTY 60 45 30 24 24 12 8

ORDER REF 1015-ESD 1520-ESD 1525-ESD 1930-ESD 1940-ESD 1950-ESD 3050-ESD

PRICE £129.00 £203.00 £189.00 £288.00 £341.00 £348.00 £264.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

10:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

Tilt Box Visible Storage System moulded plastic housings. These contain transparent forward tilting boxes which give easy access to the components stored.

• Highly visibility, high density small parts storage • Dust free protective storage • Manufactured from high impact plastic • Comfort grip handle with label holder • All modules are 600mm wide • 5 different bin sizes

STORAGE

✓The tilt box system is based on a range of clip together injection

MODULE 9

MODULE 6

MODULE 5

KITTED RACK

E! LU

U E!

TILT LOCKING BARS OPTIONAL EXTRA OP VA T

TC133

TOP V

MODULE 4

MODULE 3

02513027

02513026

STARTER KIT

91.10

66.50

BENCH KIT

Tilt Storage Boxes MODULE 9 6 5 4 3 STARTER BENCH EMPTY RACK KITTED RACK

HOUSING SIZE H x W x D (mm) 77 x 600 x 51 112 x 600 x 91 168 x 600 x 142 206 x 600 x 170 240 x 600 x 200 MIXED KIT BENCH STAND KIT 1750 x 600 x 325 1750 x 600 x 325

TILT BOXES H x W x D (mm) 9 - 66 x 60 x 47 6 - 100 x 93 x 70 5 - 151 x 113 x 104 4 - 193 x 142 x 133 3 - 225 x 191 x 154 9 / 6 / 5 / 4 COMPARTMENTS 5 x 9, 1 x 6 COMPARTMENTS USABLE HEIGHT 1650mm 2x9, 3x6, 3x5, 2x4, 1x3

ORDER REF

PRICE

02513043 02513044 02513045 02513004 02513005 02513026 02513027 11903090 02513030

£27.50 (3 pk) £35.00 (3 pk) £36.70 (2 pk) £27.50 £31.50 £66.50 £91.10 £71.80 £240.00

TILT LOCKING BARS ORDER REF PRICE 12615002 £3.00 12615003 £3.00 12615004 £3.00 12615005 £3.00 12615006 £3.00 -

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

133

TC134

13/1/12

10:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 COLOUR OPTIONS

Red

Yellow

Green

Blue*

Grey* *These colours can be used for foodstuffs

Polypropylene Stacker Bins

Polypropylene Parts Bins

• Rigid polypropylene containers for all storage requirements • Sturdy, lightweight and easy to clean • Precision moulded for firm, secure stacking • Adapt perfectly to standard pallets • Smooth base allows use on roller or belt conveyor systems

• Top value, quality semi open front containers • Ideal for use in workshops and warehouse • Precision moulded for firm, secure stacking • Easy to access even when stacked • Double front walls provide extra rigidity • Larger sizes have carry bar which reinforces the container

CAPACITY (litres) 0.9 1.4 3.6 8.7 27 16.2 40.5 85

years

STORAGE

CONTAINERS

GUARANTEE

DIMENSIONS ORDER H x W x D (mm) REF 70 x 145 x 90 FPJ0151* 70 x 145 x 140 FPJ1751* 130 x 200 x 140 FPJ2551 145 x 300 x 200 FPJ3351 200 x 450 x 300 FPJ6551 120 x 450 x 300 FPJ5751 300 x 450 x 300 FPJ7351 300 x 630 x 450 FPJ8951 *Only available in BLUE

PRICE £1.60 £2.10 £3.30 £6.00 £15.40 £9.50 £21.20 £45.10

MIN ORDER 50 54 54 21 16 -

SIZE 01 0 1 2 3A2 3 4A2 4 4 4A5 3L5 5P4 5

CAPACITY (litres) 0.08 0.25 1.0 3.8 9.4 12.5 20 28 28 42 19 63 88

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 32 x 45 x 72 45 x 95 x 85 75 x 95 x 160 130 x 140 x 230 145 x 200 x 350 200 x 200 x 350 145 x 300 x 500 200 x 300 x 500 200 x 300 x 500 300 x 300 x 520 145 x 450 x 350 300 x 450 x 520 300 x 450 x 700

CARRY BAR 3 3 3

ORDER REF FPL0151 FPL0951 FPM1751 FPM2551 FPM3351 FPM4151 FPM5751 FPM6651 FPM6551 FPM7351 FPL4951 FPL8151 FPL8951

PRICE EACH £0.60 £0.90 £1.20 £2.20 £6.60 £7.10 £10.70 £17.20 £15.00 £20.60 £13.00 £31.20 £38.90

MIN ORDER 100 50 50 54 21 15 14 -

Practibox

• Dust-free high density component storage • Transparent forward tilting boxes give easy access to stored items • 6 modules with 600mm common width • Hand grips & label holders on bin fronts • Clip-together injection moulded ABS housings

years

✓Tilt box visible storage system Practibox Trolley • Takes components to the workplace • Modules easily exchanged as required • Rugged steel framework • Mobile on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors • Brakes provided on swivel castors • Holds any combination of modules to 1200mm max height

GUARANTEE

Optional locking bars prevent unwanted opening, ideal for trolleys and van storage applications MODULE 9 6 5 4 3 2

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 77 x 600 x 67 112 x 600 x 98 164 x 600 x 138 206 x 600 x 174 240 x 600 x 206 353 x 600 x 311

PRACTIBOX MODULE ORDER REF PRICE FPG1071 £19.80 FPG1571 £22.90 FPG2071 £30.30 FPG2571 £36.80 FPG3071 £41.20 FPG3571 £70.00

LOCKING BAR ORDER REF PRICE FPG0910 £3.10 FPG0915 £3.10 FPG0920 £3.10 FPG0925 £3.10 FPG0930 £3.10 FPG0935 £3.10

FPG012101

£615

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

TROLLEY TROLLEY C/W MODULES

1420 x 750 x 660 1420 x 750 x 660

FPG012100 FPG012101

£331.00 £615.00

FPG032001

£118

Practibox Bench Dispenser • The ideal on-bench component store • Holds any combination of modules to 500m max height • Available complete with modules 6, 5 and 4 DESCRIPTION

134

DISPENSER DISPENSER C/W MODULES

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 503 x 610 x 150 503 x 610 x 150

ORDER REF

PRICE

FPG032000 FPG032001

£45.70 £118.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC135

13/1/12

10:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

Plastic Storage Bins FROM

13.10

• Manufactured from high density polyethylene • Tolerant of shock, low & high temperatures • Rigid design with reinforced sides and flat base • Integral label holder, label supplied • Yellow, blue, red, green • Blue is food grade

BIN TYPE 1 1B 2 3 4 5

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 53 x 103 x 85 53 x 103 x 121 83 x 103 x 165 128 x 148 x 240 164 x 209 x 356 190 x 310 x 500

PACK QTY 24 24 24 24 12 6

STORAGE

✓Simple, adaptable storage

YELLOW REF 13031019 13031133 13031029 13031039 13020412 13020413

BLUE PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

REF 13031017 13031131 13031027 13031037 13020417 13020418

(this size is for shelf use only, not on louvred panels)

GREEN PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

REF 13031016 13031130 13031026 13031036 13020422 13020423

RED PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

REF 13031018 13031132 13031028 13031038 13020432 13020433

PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

Louvred Panels

Vertical Panels • A more economic option • Flanged to aid rigidity • Epoxy powder coat finish DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 495 x x 457 990 x 457 1486 x 457 1981 x 457

ORDER REF

PRICE

14025137 14025139 14025140 14025141

£18.00 £27.00 £40.00 £66.00

Horizontal Panels • Fully flanged and reinforced to aid rigidity • Reinforced mounting points • Epoxy powder coated finish DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 457 x 495 457 x 990 457 x 1486 457 x 1981

Louvred Panel Accessories

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

14025147 14025148 14025149 14025240

£15.00 £21.00 £31.00 £53.00

TUBE SPIGOT TUBE SPIGOT TUBE SPIGOT PERFO ADAPTOR STRIP

16 DIA X 150 LONG 16 DIA X 200 LONG 16 DIA X 300 LONG 77H X 65W X 15D

14022024 14022022 14022025 14005025

£5.30 £5.70 £6.80 £3.40

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

135

TC136

20/1/12

09:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

Spacemaster Bin Racks

✓Designed for maximum capacity with Super Value Bins (page 206) • Single and double sided freestanding louvred racks • Extension units for economical multiple runs • Extra strength double indented louvres • Epoxy powder coated blue and silver-grey

DOUBLE SIDED

STARTER 010950NXT

SINGLE SIDED

£372

EXTENSION 010840NXT

£179

STARTER 010810NXT

£174

Single Sided Bin Racks DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1100 x 1000 x 500 1600 x 1000 x 500 2100 x 1000 x 500

LOUVRE VALUE 240 360 480

Double Sided Bin Racks

STARTER UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010810NXT £174.00 010830NXT £209.00 010850NXT £250.00

EXTENSION UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010820NXT £146.00 010840NXT £179.00 010860NXT £220.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1100 x 1000 x 750 1600 x 1000 x 750 2100 x 1000 x 750

LOUVRE VALUE 480 720 960

STARTER UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010910NXT £251.00 010930NXT £301.00 010950NXT £372.00

EXTENSION UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010920NXT £211.00 010940NXT £261.00 010960NXT £331.00

Complete Spacemaster Bin Kits

Extension kits also available, please enquire

011514B

011528A

308

011522C

536

318

Spacemaster Single Sided Starter Kits - 1600H x 1000W x 500Dmm CONTAINERS INCLUDED 64 x TC2 RED / 56 x TC2 BLUE 30 x TC3 RED / 30 x TC3 BLUE 20 x TC4 RED / 20 x TC4 BLUE 16 x TC5 RED / 12 x TC5 BLUE 8 x TC6 RED / 6 x TC6 BLUE

ORDER REF 011514A 011516A 011518A 011520A 011522A

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 120 x TC2 RED 60 x TC3 RED 40 x TC4 RED 28 x TC5 RED 14 x TC6 RED

ORDER REF 011514B 011516B 011518B 011520B 011522B

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 120 x TC2 BLUE 60 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC4 BLUE 28 x TC5 BLUE 14 x TC6 BLUE

ORDER REF 011514C 011516C 011518C 011520C 011522C

PRICE EACH £308.00 £310.00 £323.00 £343.00 £318.00

ORDER REF 011524C 011526C 011528C 011530C 011532C

PRICE EACH £528.00 £510.00 £536.00 £575.00 £525.00

Spacemaster Double Sided Starter Kits - 1600H x 1000W x 750Dmm

136

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 128 x TC2 RED / 112 x TC2 BLUE 60 x TC3 RED / 60 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC4 RED / 40 x TC4 BLUE 32 x TC5 RED / 24 x TC5 BLUE 16 x TC6 RED / 12 x TC6 BLUE

ORDER REF 011524A 011526A 011528A 011530A 011532A

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 240 x TC2 RED 120 x TC3 RED 80 x TC4 RED 56 x TC5 RED 28 x TC6 RED

ORDER REF 011524B 011526B 011528B 011530B 011532B

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 240 x TC2 BLUE 120 x TC3 BLUE 80 x TC4 BLUE 56 x TC5 BLUE 28 x TC6 BLUE

ALL SPACEMASTER BIN KITS USE 1600mm HIGH UNITS * FOR BIN DIMENSIONS, PLEASE REFER TO PAGE 96

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

20/1/12

12:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LOUVRED PANELS & BINS TC1

✓Tough polypropylene mouldings with anti-

TC2

static additive and non-fade UV stabiliser

• All containers self stack and interstack

ETC3

• Stacking rim incorporates a safety rear lip for use with louvred panels

E! LU

U E!

• Supplied in packs, complete with identification labels

TC5

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL

TOP V

TC7

DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR BULK ORDERS!

TC6

AVERAGE 20% COST SAVING WITH WHITE BINS

TC4

White Bins

Topstore Bins

Electro Conductive Bins

• Non-pigmented polypropylene • Opaque white • Substantial cost savings over coloured bins!

• Best value in colour codeable bins • Red, blue, green or yellow • Anti-static and anti-fade additive

• To MoD specification 59/98 and BS EN 100015 • Black pigmented polypropylene • Our top value in ESD bins!

BIN SIZE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VOLUME (litres) 0.46 1.27 4.6 9.1 12.8 28.3 31.4

STORAGE

Super Value Bins

OP VA T

TC137

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 50 x 100 x 90 75 x 100 x 165 132 x 150 x 240 132 x 205 x 350 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 420 x 375 200 x 310 x 520

LOUVRE VALUE 2 3 6 9 12 24 16

PACK QUANTITY 20 20 10 10 10 5 5

WHITE BINS ORDER REF PACK PRICE ETC1 £16.30 ETC2 £28.30 ETC3 £30.10 ETC4 £54.20 ETC5 £76.00 ETC6 £73.00 ETC7 £87.00

Louvred Panels

TOPSTORE COLOURED BINS ORDER REF PACK PRICE TC1 £16.30 TC2 £28.30 TC3 £30.10 TC4 £54.20 TC5 £76.00 TC6 £73.00 TC7 £87.00

ELECTRO-CONDUCTIVE BINS ORDER REF PACK PRICE STC1 £38.30 STC2 £66.00 STC3 £88.00 STC4 £151.00 STC5 £232.00 STC6 £202.00 -

TP4

✓Double indented louvres for maximum strength

How many bins per panel? Simply divide the panel louvre value by the bin louvre value.

• For wall, rack or van mounting • Butt side by side to give constant louvre pitch TP2

• Grey epoxy coated finish Louvred Panels 457mm wide HEIGHT (mm) 438 641 946 1556 1861

LOUVRE VALUE 48 72 108 180 216

ORDER REF TP1 TP10 TP2 TP3 TP4

PRICE £13.90 £18.80 £26.00 £45.70 £54.70

TP6

Louvred Panels 914mm wide HEIGHT (mm) 438 946

LOUVRE VALUE 96 216

ORDER REF TP5 TP6

PRICE

TP5

EXTRA STRENGTH DOUBLE-INDENTED LOUVRES

£26.00 £55.30

137

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC138

19/1/12

17:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

Wall Mounted Louvred Panel Kits • A range of pre-kitted louvred panels with Topstore Containers in blue or red • All kits include 1 label per bin • Louvre panels precision formed, finished in grey epoxy powder coat • Individual panel size 641H x 457Wmm, can be arranged as required • Unique double indented louvre provides extra strength • Tough polypropylene bins suitable for industrial use

010207B

010211R

£84

£113

2 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS

REF BLUE BINS 010205B 010206B 010207B 010208B 010209B

48 x TC2 24 x TC3 16 x TC4 12 x TC5 6 x TC6

REF RED BINS 010205R 010206R 010207R 010208R 010209R

3 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits PRICE

CONTAINERS

£73.00 £75.00 £84.00 £88.00 £85.00

72 x TC2 36 x TC3 24 x TC4 18 x TC5 9 x TC6

REF BLUE BINS 010210B 010211B 010212B 010213B 010214B

REF RED BINS 010210R 010211R 010212R 010213R 010214R

PRICE £109.00 £113.00 £126.00 £132.00 £128.00

010224B

£256

010216R

£151

4 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS 96 x TC2 48 x TC3 32 x TC4 24 x TC5 12 x TC6

REF BLUE BINS 010215B 010216B 010217B 010218B 010219B

REF RED BINS 010215R 010216R 010217R 010218R 010219R

PRICE £146.00 £151.00 £168.00 £176.00 £171.00

6 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS 144 x TC2 72 x TC3 48 x TC4 36 x TC5 18 x TC6

010226B

£302

REF BLUE BINS 010220B 010221B 010222B 010223B 010224B

REF RED BINS 010220R 010221R 010222R 010223R 010224R

PRICE £219.00 £226.00 £252.00 £265.00 £256.00

010236LB

£503

• Louvred panels 946H x 457Wmm, grey epoxy powder coat • Baskets small 200H x 460W x 200Dmm, large 200H x 460W x 330Dmm

8 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS

138

192 x TC2 96 x TC3 64 x TC4 48 x TC5 24 x TC6

REF BLUE BINS 010225B 010226B 010227B 010228B 010229B

REF RED BINS 010225R 010226R 010227R 010228R 010229R

Mesh Basket Louvred Panel Kits

PRICE £292.00 £302.00 £337.00 £353.00 £341.00

NO. OF BASKETS 3 6 9 12

NO. OF PANELS 1 2 3 4

SMALL BASKETS REF PRICE 010230SB £147.00 010231SB £294.00 010232SB £441.00 010233SB £588.00

LARGE BASKETS REF PRICE 010234LB £168.00 010235LB £335.00 010236LB £503.00 010237LB £670.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

10:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

Louvred Panel & Bin Kits

U E!

✓This selection of kits complete with wall panels and bins assists your choice, making ordering easy

STORAGE

and ensures efficient use of all available panel area. Panels are pre-punched for wall fixing.

E! LU

OP VA T

TC139

TOP V

14030013

14030012

£95

£58

KIT A

KIT B

14030015

£179

14030014

£128

KIT C

KIT D

14030017

£274 14030016

£193

KIT E

KIT F Louvred Panel & Bin Kits

KIT

PANELS SUPPLIED

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

A B C D E F

2: 457W x 500Hmm 3: 457W x 500Hmm 2: 457W x 1000Hmm 3: 457W x 1000Hmm 2: 457W x 1500Hmm 3: 457W x 1500Hmm

32 x BIN 2 36 x BIN 2, 9 x BIN 3 18 x BIN 3, 8 x BIN 4 36 x BIN 2, 18 x BIN 3, 6 x BIN 4 54 x BIN 3 48 x BIN 2, 27 x BIN 3, 12 x BIN 4

14030012 14030013 14030014 14030015 14030016 14030017

£58.00 £95.00 £128.00 £179.00 £193.00 £274.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

139

TC140

18/1/12

15:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

CONTAINERS

FROM

Heavy Duty Aluminium Containers

135

✓Ideal for transportation and storage of valuable or delicate items, especially where weight is an issue

• Tremendous strength, but light in weight • Totally rust free – aluminium body with stainless steel hinges • Cast aluminium stacking locators in each corner • Tough plastic protected grip handles • Over-centre clasps accept seals or padlock (3mm max shackle dia) • Each handle can lift 35kg • Recessed base prevents ingress of moisture when stored on damp floor • Retaining strap on lid prevents hinge damage • Rubber seal on body-lid point gives shower proof container

N J Q

P L ITEM J K L M N P Q

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 250 x 585 x 385 410 x 585 x 385 340 x 785 x 385 410 x 785 x 585 610 x 785 x 585 380 x 885 x 485 510 x 1185 x 785

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 220 x 550 x 350 380 x 550 x 350 310 x 750 x 350 380 x 750 x 550 580 x 750 x 550 350 x 850 x 450 480 x 1150 x 750

WEIGHT (kg) 4.5 5.3 6.1 8.1 9.6 7.7 15.4

ORDER REF

PRICE

02501001 02501002 02501003 02501004 02501005 02501006 02501007

£135.00 £160.00 £178.00 £236.00 £259.00 £224.00 £462.00

Galvanised Steel Bins ✓Heavy duty bins for the most arduous use • Suited to engineering and manufacturing industry • Precision pressings stack securely • Galvanised finish as standard, green or grey painted finish available to order • Open front bins allow access when stacked • Rectangular tote bins ideal for production line storage

ON SELECTED ITEMS

1 2 3A2

Galvanised Steel Parts Bins SIZE

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS CARRY (litres) H x W x D (mm) BAR 1 1.0 75 x 95 x 160 2 3.8 130 x 140 x 230 3A2 9.4 145 x 200 x 350 3 12.5 200 x 200 x 350 3P4 18 200 x 200 x 500 4A2 20 145 x 300 x 500 4 28 200 x 300 x 500 3 4A5 42 300 x 300 x 520 3 5P4 63 300 x 450 x 520 3 5 88 300 x 450 x 700 3 *NOTE: subject to minimum order quantity of 5 pieces

K ORDER REF FLS1799* FLS2599* FLS3399* FLS4199* FLS4999* FLS5799* FLS6599 FLS7399 FLS8199 FLS8999

3P4

PRICE £24.20 £27.90 £36.20 £37.40 £45.20 £46.90 £46.50 £58.40 £74.60 £79.80

4A2

4 M 4A5

N 5P4 P

Galvanised Steel Stacker Bins PIC

140

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS ORDER (litres) H x W x D (mm) REF K 8.7 145 x 300 x 200 FLA33299* L 12 200 x 300 x 200 FLA41299* M 27 200 x 450 x 300 FLA65299 N 40.5 300 x 450 x 300 FLA73299 P 85 300 x 630 x 450 FLA89299 *NOTE: subject to minimum order quantity of 5 pieces

PRICE £39.70 £44.30 £49.30 £63.00 £83.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC141

20/1/12

12:34

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / CABINETS

£439

STORAGE

Storage Cabinets & Bin Kits

013008

COMPLETE WITH SUPER VALUE BINS 013055

£649

013027

£401

132mm

132mm m 0m 15

240m m

132mm 350m m

Size 3 bins

m 5m 20

350m m

Size 4 bins

m 5m 20

Size 4 bins

Model 1 Kits

Model 2 Kits

Model 3 Kits

Cabinet Size: 1580H x 770W x 330Dmm with 9 shelves

Cabinet Size: 1000H x 1015W x 430Dmm with 5 shelves

Cabinet Size: 2000H x 1015W x 430Dmm with 11 shelves

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

40 x TC3 WHITE 40 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC3 RED

013010 013008 013009

£439.00 £439.00 £439.00

24 x TC4 WHITE 24 x TC4 BLUE 24 x TC4 RED

013027 013026 013025

£401.00 £401.00 £401.00

52 x TC4 WHITE 52 x TC4 BLUE 52 x TC4 RED

013057 013056 013055

£649.00 £649.00 £649.00

Storage Cabinets

✓Ready assembled for immediate use

013005

• Robust all steel construction • Epoxy coated silver with blue doors • Recessed door handle with 3-point locking mechanism • Shelves fully adjustable at 50mm centres

£359 013051

£459

013024

£324

Cabinets DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1580 x 770 x 330 1000 x 1015 x 430 2000 x 1015 x 430

NO. OF SHELVES (INCLUDED) 6 3 6

ORDER REF 013005 013024 013051

PRICE £359.00 £324.00 £459.00

Extra Shelves DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

770mm WIDE CABINET 1015mm WIDE CABINET

013004 013023

PRICE (PACK OF 3) £36.60 £46.80

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

141

TC142

13/1/12

10:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS STORAGE

Fibre Board Bins

✓Durable and cost effective

FROM

storage solution

✓Made up in seconds with

PACK OF 50

self-locking tabs - no glue, no tape required

• Strong corrugated fibre-board • Easy-write identity panels • Space-saving flat packs • Supplied from stock! FROM

.60 PACK OF 25

Standard Open Fronts - 100mm High WIDTH (mm) 50 75 100 150 200 250

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50 50 50 50

WIDTH (mm) 150 200 250 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25 25 25

150mm DEEP REF PRICE A1505 £21.00 A1507 £22.50 A1510 £25.00 A1515 £26.50 -

200mm DEEP REF PRICE A2005 £27.50 A2007 £28.00 A2010 £26.00 A2015 £31.00 A2020 £34.00 -

300mm DEEP REF PRICE A3005 £28.00 A3007 £29.00 A3010 £27.50 A3015 £31.50 A3020 £33.50 A3025 £37.00

400mm DEEP REF PRICE A4010 £33.00 A4015 £35.00 A4020 £38.50 -

450mm DEEP REF PRICE A4510 £36.50 A4515 £38.00 A4520 £40.60 -

500mm DEEP REF PRICE A5010 £40.60 A5015 £41.00 A5020 £44.00 -

600mm DEEP REF PRICE A6010 £44.00 A6015 £45.50 A6020 £47.10 -

Jumbo Open Fronts - 200mm High 300mm DEEP REF PRICE B3015 £38.60 B3020 £40.60 B3030 £43.00

REF B4020 B4025 B4030

400mm DEEP PRICE £41.00 £41.60 £44.00

450mm DEEP REF PRICE B4515 £41.60 B4520 £42.50 B4525 £43.50 B4530 £45.10

500mm DEEP REF PRICE B5020 £43.50 B5030 £45.50

600mm DEEP REF PRICE B6015 £43.50 B6020 £44.50 B6025 £46.50 B6030 £48.50

Cardboard Storage Trays

FROM

18.50

• Maximise your storage space • Manufactured from heavy duty cardboard • Designed with a finger hole so the boxes can be pulled off the shelf • Supplied flat packed to save valuable space when not in use • Easy to assemble - no need for tapes, glues etc

PACK OF 25

Storage trays can also be made in a ‘conductive’ material, ideal for the storage of electronic components, subject to a minimum order

EACH £

2.48

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS PACK ORDER H x W x D (mm) QTY* REF 110 x 115 x 300 25 T113011 110 x 175 x 300 25 T113017 110 x 235 x 300 25 T113023 110 x 355 x 300 25 T113035 *Minimum order of 2 packs

PRICE £18.50 £21.50 £25.50 £33.50

Economy Archive Box • Tote handles for easy carrying • Supplied flat packed • Holds maximum 20kg • Large labelling area • External 260H x 445D x 350Wmm • Internal 252H x 405D x 325Wmm

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

QUANTITY 25

AB02

£62.00

142

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

13/1/12

10:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS STORAGE

Stacker Boxes • Lightweight, durable corrugated polypropylene SBP215

• Delivered flat for easy storage

SBP230

• Folds quickly to shape • All supplied with black injection moulded handles for stable handling

SBP112

• Colour options blue, silver/grey SBP330 in silver/grey only, lids black only

SBP222

• 10 boxes or lids per pack

SBP330 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) REF 125 x 255 x 375 SBP112/10 £41.60 150 x 295 x 465 SBP215/10 £47.50 225 x 295 x 465 SBP222/10 £55.00 300 x 295 x 465 SBP230/10 £65.50 LID FOR SBP2 BOXES* SBP2LID/10 £13.80 300 x 355 x 425 SBP330/10 £68.00 LID FOR SBP3 BOX* SBP3LID/10 £14.30 *Carriage is extra if lids are ordered separately from boxes

Polypropylene Parts Bins 100mm High

U E!

E! LU

OP VA T

TC143

TOP V

✓Flat-packed, for easy assembly when required ✓Wipe clean surfaces • Strong twin wall fluted polypropylene • Oil, grease and moisture resistant • Resists most chemicals • Self adhesive labels included • Sold in packs of 25 (min order 2 packs, same size & colour)

PIC

150m m

Red

WIDTH (mm) 75

PRICE 25 PACK £21.20

ORDER REF TPA1507/25

Blue

Silver grey

B W

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

ORDER REF TPA2210/25 TPA2215/25 TPA2220/25

PRICE 25 PACK £24.20 £26.20 £28.30

Orange PIC

300m m PIC

225m m

COLOUR OPTIONS

D E

PIC

450m m

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

ORDER REF TPA3010/25 TPA3015/25 TPA3020/25

PRICE 25 PACK £24.80 £27.20 £29.30

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

ORDER REF TPA4510/25 TPA4515/25 TPA4520/25

PRICE 25 PACK £30.30 £32.30 £35.30

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

143

TC144

13/1/12

10:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

CONTAINERS

Attached Lid Containers ✓Loaded containers stack securely with lids closed, empty containers nest with lids open • Containers nest up to 75% when empty, saving valuable space when not in use and on return transport • Injection moulded polypropylene makes ALCs tough, long lasting and cost effective, recyclable • Stack up to 8 high carrying a unit load of 30kg, a combined load of 240kg • Smooth surfaces and shock absorbing lid and base protect contents from damage FROM £

Integral lid cannot become separated from container and lost. Inhibits theft when fitted with tamper-evident seals

14.20

Textured pad allows easy removal of adhesive labels without leaving a sticky residue Wide and comfortable handles Drop-in card label holders

AT643604AA

Can be printed with owner’s logo and message

Smooth base compatible with conveyor systems

BLUE - STOCK COLOUR GREEN - MADE TO ORDER

AT432204AA

CAPACITY (litres) 18 22 25 48 65

AT432604AA

EXTERNAL DIM H x W x D (mm) 400 x 300 x 222 400 x 300 x 264 400 x 300 x 306 600 x 400 x 264 600 x 400 x 365

INTERNAL DIM H x W x D (mm) 338 x 254 x 197 334 x 254 x 239 329 x 250 x 282 530 x 353 x 240 508 x 346 x 340

AT433104AA

NESTED

COLOUR

51% SPACE SAVING 59% SPACE SAVING 64% SPACE SAVING 75% SPACE SAVING 70% SPACE SAVING

BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE

AT642604AA

WEIGHT (kg) 1.8 1.9 2.1 3 3.5

ORDER REF

PRICE

AT432204AA AT432604AA AT433104AA AT642604AA AT643604AA

£14.20 £15.10 £15.70 £19.20 £20.80

Stack & Nest Crates ✓A range of stack and nest containers designed to fit with all standard distribution applications • Smooth interior for protection of products • Stable stacking on plastic stacking bars when crates are full • When bars are flipped open crates nest to save 60-70% space when empty • Ergonomic handholds

144

SN641907

SN642202

DH701807

£14.30

£18.20

£17.70

CAPACITY (litres) 35 38 54 54 DOLLY

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 199 x 600 x 400 225 x 600 x 400 302 x 600 x 400 302 x 600 x 400 162 x 604 x 402

INTERNAL DIMS TYPE H x L x W (mm) 172 x 546 x 349 SOLID 200 x 525 x 347 VENTED 270 x 570 x 370 SOLID 270 x 570 x 370 VENTED FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS

COLOUR BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE RED

ORDER REF SN641907 SN642202 DH701807 DH701802 9100.5

PRICE £14.30 £18.20 £17.70 £17.30 £60.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC145

19/1/12

12:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS STORAGE

Attached Lid Containers

Container Accessories

✓Securely stack with lids closed & nest with lids open, saving space on return transport

✓Hot-foil printing. Company

• Pimple-pads, on ends and lid, allow easy removal of adhesive labels without leaving a sticky residue • Integral lid cannot become separated from container, inhibits theft when fitted with tamper-evident seals • Wide, comfortable handholds • Drop-in card label holders on both ends can be fitted with a clear cover to retain and protect card

logo and message increases brand awareness and clearly identifies the container as the owner’s property Minimum order of 50

Security Seals Tamper-evident security seals for all attached lid containers. Two required per container. Pack of 1000 00701 £41.80

Label Cover Label holder cover for refs 10020, 10025, 10A5B, 10A6B. Pack of 50 00473 £35.10

FROM £

✓Containers securely stack with lids

closed and nest with lids open - saving valuable space on return transport. 10A6B

✓Coloured lids, great for colour

10005

10010

10020

10025

10040

10083

co-ordinating product lines

Attached Lid Distribution Containers CAPACITY (litres) 4 6 20 25 40 54 64 80 80

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 130 x 300 x 200 200 x 300 x 200 252 x 400 x 300 320 x 400 x 300 250 x 600 x 400 320 x 600 x 400 365 x 600 x 400 368 x 710 x 460 368 x 710 x 460

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 101 x 245 x 160 174 x 235 x 152 222 x 325 x 246 295 x 321 x 244 215 x 515 x 343 285 x 508 x 335 330 x 501 x 328 330 x 597 x 374 330 x 597 x 374

FEATURES

COLOUR OPTIONS

STACK 2-UP ON 400 x 300 SIZE & 4-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE STACK 2-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE STACK 2-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE DRAINAGE HOLES IN BASE NO DRAINAGE HOLES IN BASE

DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN FULL RANGE AS BELOW FULL RANGE AS BELOW DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN

WEIGHT (kg) 0.70 0.85 1.65 1.87 2.78 3.20 3.38 3.70 3.70

NEST HT (mm) 80 80 100 100 85 85 85 80 80

ORDER REF 10005 10010 10020 10025 10040 10A5B 10A6B 10082 10083

PRICE £10.00 £11.60 £16.10 £17.50 £21.00 £21.60 £22.80 £28.00 £28.00

10040 & 10A5B are available in DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN, GREY / BLUE, GREY / YELLOW, GREY / RED, GREY / GREEN

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

145

TC146

13/1/12

10:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE STORAGE

FTR Shelving for Athena Euro Containers

SHELVING ONLY (27 CONTAINER POSITIONS) REF FTR1 PRICE £650

SHELVING ONLY (14 CONTAINER POSITIONS) REF FTR2 PRICE £419

SHELVING WITH 27 *CONTAINERS AS SHOWN REF FTR1C PRICE £960

SHELVING WITH 14 *CONTAINERS AS SHOWN REF FTR2C PRICE £587

SAVE £252

SAVE £112

1010

2010

• Compact line side storage for 600 x 400mm Athena containers • 3-bay units, adjustable to suit different container heights • Containers slide on guides rated at 50kg per pair max load • Each bay has a maximum load of 250kg • RAL7000 grey finish • Top cover is included in price • Optional laminate worktop (shown below) REF FTRW PRICE £160.00

*CONTAINERS: 5 x FPA6851B, 9 x FPA6051A

*CONTAINERS: 13 x FPA6851B, 14 x FPA6051A

1390

600

FLBB1025952

£987 FLBB0735552

£442

FLBB0730552

£385

Tilt Shelf Trolley

Tilt Shelf Trolley with Containers

REF FLBB0730552 PRICE £385.00

Athena Euro Containers • 600 x 400mm for shelves and trolleys • Positive, safe stacking • Smooth finish grey polypropylene • Solid side containers with reinforced base • Please enquire for ventilated containers and alternative sizes 146

• Specification as trolley shown left • Four 400 x 300 x 170mm high containers • One 600 x 400 x 170mm high container • One 600 x 400 x 220mm high container

• RAL7000 Grey and galvanised finish • Complete with 24 containers, perforated panels and 2 sets of 54 hooks • 1430H x 1023W x 613Dmm • Weight load capacity 300kg (150kg per side)

REF FLBB0735552 PRICE £442.00

REF FLBB1025952 PRICE £987.00

years

• Galvanised/grey finish • 300kg capacity • 3 shelves 687x420mm tilt to 20º • 1430H x 725W x 613Dmm • Four 100mm swivel castors

Unimod Smart Trolley

GUARANTEE

*Also available in red, blue, green

Athena Stacking Euro Containers Solid Sides & Base DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 78 x 600 x 400 120 x 600 x 400 170 x 600 x 400 220 x 600 x 400 285 x 600 x 400 325 x 600 x 400 430 x 600 x 400 HINGED LID

ORDER REF

PRICE

FPA5651A FPA6051A* FPA6451A* FPA6851B* FPA7251A FPA7651A* FPA8051B FPA0951*

£15.80 £17.70 £20.20 £24.20 £27.10 £29.50 £36.50 £12.70

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC147

20/1/12

10:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS FROM

E6433-11 FOLDABLE WITHOUT LID

E6432-11

E6420-11 E4322-11

DESCRIPTION EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER FOLDABLE CONTAINER

EXTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 400 x 300 x 220 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 200 600 x 400 x 320 594 x 396 x 314

INTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 365 x 265 x 207 555 x 355 x 112 555 x 355 x 158 555 x 355 x 187 555 x 355 x 307 558 x 362 x 294

CAPACITY (Litres) 20 22 33 40 60 59

Topstore Euro Containers

✓Outstanding quality ✓Excellent impact strength

STORAGE

• Containers can be used for a variety of heavy-duty applications • Internal walls of the containers have a smooth surface finish • Design saves space and can be stackable in modular formations • Good at withstanding both low and high temperatures • All containers manufactured from polypropylene • Folding containers are collapsible to save space when not in use

CONTAINERS ORDER REF PRICE E4322-11 £11.00 E6412-11 £13.00 E6417-11 £15.00 E6420-11 £15.00 E6432-11 £19.00 E6433-11 £31.00

LIDS (10 PACK) ORDER REF PRICE E4301-44/10 £58.00 E6401-44/10 £75.00 E6401-44/10 £75.00 E6401-44/10 £75.00 E6401-44/10 £75.00 -

Euro Container Dividers • Dividers are suitable for 600L x 400Wmm Euro Containers only, except E6412-11 • Dividers supplied in packs of 10 • 4 divider options available DESCRIPTION

DIVISIONS NO. LxW (mm) LOCATES IN TOP 15, 105 x 112 LOCATES IN BASE 15, 105 x 112 LOCATES IN TOP 24, 82 x 86 LOCATES IN BASE 24, 82 x 86

E64TD24 + E64BD24

88880-01PP-6412

E64TD15 + E64BD15

88880-01WH-6420

ORDER REF E64TD15/10 E64BD15/10 E64TD24/10 E64BD24/10

PRICE 10pk £79.00 £79.00 £86.00 £86.00

Euro Container Dollies

88880-01WH-6432

• Two ABS plastic dolly options are available with or without a handle • Up to 100kg load capacity • Transports multiple containers • 4 x swivel castors 100mm diameter • Steel handle, finished zinc and yellow passivated, can be adjusted in height and removed from dolly when not in use

88880-01WH

DESCRIPTION DOLLY DOLLY C/W 9 x E6412-11 DOLLY C/W 7 x E6417-11 DOLLY C/W 5 x E6420-11 DOLLY C/W 3 x E6432-11

EXTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 625 x 420 x 160 625 x 420 x 1230 625 x 420 x 1340 625 x 420 x 1150 625 x 420 x 1110

INTERNAL L x W (mm) 600 x 400 600 x 400 600 x 400 600 x 400 600 x 400

HANDLE Length (mm) 625 625 625 625 625

DOLLY WITHOUT HANDLE ORDER REF PRICE 88880-01PP £53.00 88880-01PP-6412 £158.00 88880-01PP-6417 £149.00 88880-01PP-6420 £130.00 88880-01PP-6432 £112.00

DOLLY WITH HANDLE ORDER REF PRICE 88880-01WH £80.00 88880-01WH-6412 £181.00 88880-01WH-6417 £172.00 88880-01WH-6420 £153.00 88880-01WH-6432 £135.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

147

TC148

13/1/12

10:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

CONTAINERS

Small Euro Stacking Containers ✓Inter-stacking containers for building compact and stable loads • Solid or ventilated base and sides • Ventilated containers are ideal for cold storage • Reinforced ergonomic handles

61.020

FROM £

6.70 21010

We can indelibly mark containers with your company name or logo - please enquire!

21027

21006 21009

21005

CAPACITY (litres) 5 6 10 10 15 20 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 118 x 300 x 200 74 x 400 x 300 118 x 400 x 300 118 x 400 x 300 175 x 400 x 300 235 x 400 x 300 30 x 400 x 300

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 108 x 257 x 159 64 x 355 x 255 105 x 355 x 255 105 x 355 x 255 164 x 355 x 255 220 x 355 x 255 -

DESCRIPTION

COLOUR OPTIONS

SOLID SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21010) SOLID SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES, SOLID BASE (STYLE AS 21020) LID FOR 400 x 300 CONTAINERS

GREY, RED GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY, RED GREY GREY, RED

WEIGHT (kg) 0.42 0.48 0.66 0.80 1.02 1.18 0.36

ORDER REF 21005 21006 21009 21010 21027 21026 61.020

PRICE £6.70 £9.50 £11.70 £12.20 £12.60 £12.70 £6.10

800 x 600 Euro Stacking Containers ✓Inter-stacking containers for building compact stable loads • Vertical sides provide maximum usable volume • European standard modular dimensions for palletisation • Dollies, trolleys and lids available 61086 FROM

21090

CAPACITY (litres) 87 125 162 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 235 x 800 x 600 319 x 800 x 600 412 x 800 x 600 33 x 800 x 600 48 x 809 x 607

21135

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 205 x 755 x 555 295 x 755 x 555 382 x 755 x 555 -

Divider Strips 148

• Polypropylene partitioning system • Divider strips snap to size and interlock to give variable compartment sizes

HEIGHT (mm) 45 88 190

21162

DESCRIPTION

COLOUR

SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES STANDARD LID FOR 800 x 600mm CONTAINERS SNAP-SHUT LID FOR 800 x 600mm CONTAINERS

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY

LENGTH (mm) 1100 1100 1100

PACK QTY 60 30 20

ORDER REF OT800404AA OT800804AA OT801094AA

PRICE £197.00 £119.00 £120.00

WEIGHT (kg) 3.85 4.65 5.63 1.86 2.26

ORDER REF 21090 21135 21162 61087 61086

PRICE £32.00 £37.10 £41.90 £17.00 £16.50

Stainless Steel Label Clip Stainless steel label holder for easy identification 76 x 13mm. (loose, without rivets) REF OPE90 PRICE £27.90 Pack of 50

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC149

13/1/12

10:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS STORAGE

600 x 400 Euro Stacking Containers

✓European standard modular dimensions for palletisation

• Vertical sides provide maximum usable volume • Inter-stacking containers for building compact stable loads • Lids, dollies and trolleys available for Euro containers • Please enquire for hot foil marking of your company name

FROM £

10.20

21008

20028 20029 21013

61045

21033

06032

2A044 2A045

61060

91005 21060

20085

21064

600 x 400 Euro Containers CAPACITY (litres) 8 12 12 28 28 32 33 45 45 45 52 60 60 75 75 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 50 x 600 x 400 73 x 600 x 400 73 x 600 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 170 x 600 x 400 175 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 280 x 600 x 400 319 x 600 x 400 319 x 600 x 400 412 x 600 x 400 412 x 600 x 400 30 x 600 x 400 39 x 613 x 411 162 x 604 x 402

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 40 x 555 x 355 62 x 555 x 355 62 x 555 x 355 139 x 555 x 355 139 x 555 x 355 158 x 555 x 355 164 x 555 x 355 215 x 555 x 355 220 x 555 x 355 220 x 555 x 355 255 x 555 x 355 300 x 555 x 355 294 x 555 x 355 394 x 555 x 355 394 x 555 x 355 -

DESCRIPTION

COLOUR OPTIONS

SOLID SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21013) SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE, CLOSED HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21054) SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES VENTILATED SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES VENTILATED SIDES, SOLID BASE, OPEN HANDLES LID FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS SNAP-SHUT LID FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS DOLLY WITH 4x NYLON SWIVEL CASTORS

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY GREY, RED GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY RED

WEIGHT (kg) 0.80 1.08 0.96 1.48 1.25 1.22 1.70 1.83 2.18 2.14 2.18 2.75 2.33 3.66 3.08 0.87 0.87 4.00

ORDER REF 21008 21013 21014 20028 20029 06032 21033 2A044 2A045 2A049 21055 21060 21064 20085 20086 61060 61045 91005

PRICE £10.20 £11.20 £11.70 £14.00 £13.80 £15.90 £16.70 £16.90 £18.60 £18.40 £19.40 £22.40 £22.10 £27.60 £26.90 £11.10 £11.10 £60.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

149

TC150

13/1/12

10:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

CONTAINERS

Snap-Shut Attached Lid Containers ✓Suitable for high value goods, clothing or electrical products • Standard European dimensions to suit pallets and dollies • Capacity 10 - 75 litres • 400 x 300 and 600 x 400 sizes • Integral hinged lids cannot be separated from container and lost

20C10

21C27

21C20

21C30

FROM

19.40

20C28

21C54 20C85

Snap-Shut Attached Lid Euro Standard Containers CAPACITY (litres) 10 15 20 30 28 45 54 75

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 129 x 400 x 300 186 x 400 x 300 246 x 400 x 300 330 x 400 x 300 161 x 600 x 400 246 x 600 x 400 291 x 600 x 400 423 x 600 x 400

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 105 x 355 x 255 164 x 355 x 255 220 x 355 x 255 300 x 355 x 255 139 x 555 x 355 220 x 555 x 355 265 x 555 x 355 394 x 555 x 355

WEIGHT (kg) 1.21 1.43 1.68 2.18 2.11 3.0 3.33 4.47

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY

20C10 21C27 21C20 21C30 20C28 21C45 21C54 20C85

£19.40 £21.20 £22.10 £26.80 £29.20 £38.10 £42.30 £43.30

Food Trays ✓Food grade polypropylene stacking trays • Three sizes, from 22 to 48 litres capacity • Fully solid or ventilated versions • Ideal for the storage, handling, transportation and display of confectionery and morning goods

RB318301AA

FROM

GREY LID FOR FOOD TRAYS REF LI301804AA PRICE £13.30

RB318304AA

RB318501AA

RB318701AA

RB318704AA

RB318504AA

Food Trays

150

CAPACITY (litres) 22 22 32 32 48 48

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 92 x 762 x 457 92 x 762 x 457 123 x 762 x 457 123 x 762 x 457 176 x 762 x 457 176 x 762 x 457

TYPE VENTILATED SOLID VENTILATED SOLID VENTILATED SOLID

WEIGHT (kg) 1.4 1.8 1.9 2.2 2.1 2.6

ORDER REF

PRICE

RB318301AA RB318304AA RB318501AA RB318504AA RB318701AA RB318704AA

£16.00 £18.10 £18.90 £20.60 £21.80 £23.60

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC151

13/1/12

10:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PALLET / BOXES

Geobox Pallet Boxes

STORAGE

✓High density polyethylene containers for bulk storage ✓Suitable for meat storage, fruit & vegetable storage & waste products • Hygienic impact resistant design, light and strong • Impervious to most forms of chemical erosion • Ventilated sides and base ensure good airflow • Safe and stable stacking • Replaceable feet and runners • Loading 450kg per box, stacked ten high (373 / 543 litre boxes only)

27401

27270

155

150

580mm

662mm

mm 600

10 00 mm

m 1000m

0mm 120

260 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes

373 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes

• 662H x 1000L x 600Wmm external • 519H x 929L x 544Wmm internal

• 580H x 1200L x 1000Wmm external • 375H x 1110L x 910Wmm internal

CONSTRUCTION SOLID BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES

BASE FITTINGS TWO RUNNERS SIX FEET

WEIGHT (kg) 13.5 12.7

ORDER REF8 27250 27270

PRICE

CONSTRUCTION

£158.00 £150.00

VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES

BASE FITTINGS TWO RUNNERS SIX FEET

WEIGHT (kg) 28 28

ORDER REF 27401 27402

PRICE £155.00 £150.00

LID for all 373/543 litre storage boxes REF 64401 PRICE £75.00 27603

213

750mm

27601

227

10 00 mm

0mm 120

543 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes • 750H x 1200L x 1000Wmm external • 545H x 1110L x 910Wmm internal CONSTRUCTION SOLID BASE AND SIDES VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES

BASE FITTINGS TWO RUNNERS TWO RUNNERS SIX FEET SIX FEET

WEIGHT (kg) 34 33 33 32

ORDER REF 27600 27601 27602 27603

PRICE £230.00 £227.00 £227.00 £213.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

151

TC152

25/1/12

15:11

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

PALLETS / CAGES

HYPACAGE® Units

✓Fold completely flat for compact storage • Manufatured from mild steel rod mesh with integral base • Collapsible, save space when not in use, ideal for return journeys • Long lasting, economical alternative to disposable packaging • Bright electro zinc plated finish • Standard half hinged gate access

15.SJA7

15.SJA7FG

167

183

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY (kg) MINI HYPACAGE 350 STANDARD HYPACAGE 1000 1000 HEAVY DUTY HYPACAGE 1200 1500 FORKLIFTABLE HYPACAGE 1500

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 670 x 800 x 600 1000 x 800 x 1200 1000 x 1000 x 1200 850 x 1000 x 800 900 x 1200 x 1000 900 x 1200 x 1000

INTERNAL HEIGHT( mm) 540 850 850 700 750 750

FOLDED HEIGHT (mm) 230 280 280 210 210 210

MESH SIZE (mm) 50 x 110 65 x 120 65 x 120 50 x 50 50 x 50 50 x 50

STACKABILITY 5 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH

WEIGHT (kg) 18 46 51 48 75 75

ORDER REF

PRICE

15.739 15.HC2 15.HC3 15.SJA5 15.SJA7 15.SJA7FG

£70.00 £132.00 £130.00 £125.00 £167.00 £183.00

UC775P

196

16.110.PT

£ 20 Units folded flat

152

Collapsible Cage Pallet

Stackable Retention Units

• Four sided collapsible pallet • Removable half drop gate and full gate on opposite sides • 50mm mesh infill to all four sides • Sheet steel base • Blue paint finish

• Use with timber and plastic pallets • Capacity 800kg per unit, stackable as table below • Half drop gate for ease of access • 60 x 120mm wall mesh • One piece units fold flat for storage

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1005 x 1150 x 975

INTERNAL HT (mm) 800

✓Safely retain loads preventing overspill

MAXIMUM STACK 4

Pallets stack when flat WEIGHT (kg) 63.5

ORDER REF UC775P

PRICE £196.00

PALLET SIZE (mm) 800 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200

INTERNAL HT (mm) 850 850 1050 1300

MAXIMUM STACK 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 3 HIGH 2 HIGH

WEIGHT (kg) 30 33 37.5 48.5

ORDER REF 16.106 16.110.PT 16.130.PT 16.140.PT

PRICE £89.00 £95.00 £117.00 £138.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC153

13/1/12

10:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PALLETS / BOXES

✓A large range of all welded pallets with STORAGE

a choice of design options and sizes to suit almost every application

✓Streamline your production and storage

facilities with these purpose made pallets

✓Ideal for storage of finished parts and work in progress

1 Tonne Open Fronted Pallets DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF POF616146SBX POF616161SBX POF916146SBX POF916161SBX POF919176SBX POF129146SBX POF129161SBX POF129176SBX

SHEET PRICE £146.00 £151.00 £157.00 £162.00 £179.00 £186.00 £193.00 £199.00

MESH ORDER REF POF616146MBX POF616161MBX POF916146MBX POF916161MBX POF919176MBX POF129146MBX POF129161MBX POF129176MBX

MESH PRICE £146.00 £151.00 £157.00 £162.00 £179.00 £186.00 £193.00 £199.00

• All welded construction • Pressed metal feet for strength and durability • Jig built for consistent tolerance and size • Pallets and stillages can be stacked up to 4 high • Please enquire for special sizes and designs

FROM

110

1 Tonne Half Drop Side Pallets DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF PHD616146SBX PHD616161SBX PHD916146SBX PHD916161SBX PHD919176SBX PHD129146SBX PHD129161SBX PHD129176SBX

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF PBX616146SBX PBX616161SBX PBX916146SBX PBX916161SBX PBX919176SBX PBX129146SBX PBX129161SBX PBX129176SBX

SHEET PRICE £188.00 £195.00 £202.00 £209.00 £232.00 £240.00 £248.00 £257.00

MESH ORDER REF PHD616146MBX PHD616161MBX PHD916146MBX PHD916161MBX PHD919176MBX PHD129146MBX PHD129161MBX PHD129176MBX

1 Tonne Post Pallets MESH PRICE £188.00 £195.00 £202.00 £209.00 £232.00 £240.00 £248.00 £257.00

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

1 Tonne Box Pallets SHEET PRICE £169.00 £175.00 £182.00 £187.00 £208.00 £215.00 £223.00 £231.00

MESH ORDER REF PBX616146MBX PBX616161MBX PBX916146MBX PBX916161MBX PBX919176MBX PBX129146MBX PBX129161MBX PBX129176MBX

ORDER REF

PRICE

PPO616146BXX PPO616161BXX PPO916146BXX PPO916161BXX PPO919176BXX PPO129146BXX PPO129161BXX PPO129176BXX

£110.00 £114.00 £118.00 £122.00 £146.00 £157.00 £163.00 £169.00

1 Tonne Detachable Side Pallets MESH PRICE £169.00 £175.00 £182.00 £187.00 £208.00 £215.00 £223.00 £231.00

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF PDS616146SBX PDS616161SBX PDS916146SBX PDS916161SBX PDS919176SBX PDS129146SBX PDS129161SBX PDS129176SBX

SHEET PRICE £186.00 £193.00 £200.00 £207.00 £228.00 £236.00 £246.00 £254.00

MESH ORDER REF PDS616146MBX PDS616161MBX PDS916146MBX PDS916161MBX PDS919176MBX PDS129146MBX PDS129161MBX PDS129176MBX

MESH PRICE £186.00 £193.00 £200.00 £207.00 £228.00 £236.00 £246.00 £254.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

153

TC154

13/1/12

10:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

Colour Codeable Container Trucks

✓370 litres capacity

• Tough powder coated steel chassis • Tubular sides removable for transport and storage • 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm corner mounted castors • Removable tank in food grade polyethylene • 845H x 730W x 1040Lmm overall DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

CHASSIS TANK LID

OC0105 RD0303 RL0046

£204.00 £102.00 £54.00

Red Yellow Light blue Dark blue White Black

Tidy Trucks

Red

✓Particularly suited to food or medical waste applications ✓Highly manoeuvrable

Yellow

• Food grade medium density polyethylene • Highly sanitary, easily cleaned • Suited to coldstore use, down to -20ºC • Removable, two-part, centre-hinged black lid • Fitted with steel baseplate for extra strength

Blue

CAPACITY (litres) 350 500 750

INTERNAL H x W x L (mm) 580 x 620 x 1060 760 x 620 x 1060 810 x 750 x 1150

Green

White Natural Black

EXTERNAL (inc LID) H x W x L (mm) 790 x 750 x 1160 980 x 750 x 1160 1015 x 920 x 1260

WEIGHT (kg) 22 28 36

ORDER REF

PRICE

RT0001 RT0002 RT0003

£218.00 £246.00 £293.00

Liquid fill line shown in red

Heavy Duty Mobile Trucks ✓Heavy duty design to take the rigours of industrial use ✓Food grade polyethylene • Completely smooth interior for easy cleaning • Reinforced with 12mm plywood base • Lids are available for many sizes • Tapered sides allow multiple stacking • Straight sides give maximum internal capacity FROM

£86

RB0403

FROM

RB0211

RB0303

Red

Yellow

Green

RA0101

Blue

White

Natural

£113

RA0401

Black

Heavy Duty Tapered Trucks CAPACITY (litres) 130 150 225 250 320 425 625 870

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 735 x 735 x 380 510 x 920 x 580 810 x 735 x 570 785 x 840 x 585 760 x 1015 x 685 760 x 1320 x 710 760 x 1420 x 840 840 x 1500 x 990

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 660 x 660 x 305 380 x 840 x 510 710 x 650 x 495 660 x 760 x 510 610 x 915 x 610 610 x 1220 x 610 610 x 1370 x 760 685 x 1420 x 915

CAPACITY (litres) 165 255 335 485 520 625 785

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 735 x 635 x 485 750 x 910 x 560 760 x 1015 x 710 760 x 1120 x 890 840 x 1090 x 785 890 x 1370 x 710 815 x 1475 x 940

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 610 x 610 x 455 630 x 800 x 530 610 x 915 x 610 610 x 1015 x 785 710 x 1015 x 725 760 x 1295 x 635 685 x 1370 x 840

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 50mm SWIVEL CASTORS, ON CORNERS 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 65mm SWIVEL CASTORS, ON CORNERS 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 75/100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 75/100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100/125mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM

TRUCK ORDER REF RB0103 RB0109 RB0203 RB0211 RB0303 RB0403 RB0603 RB0801

TRUCK PRICE £86.00 £101.00 £111.00 £131.00 £135.00 £173.00 £195.00 £300.00

LID ORDER REF RL0050 RL0051 RL0014 RL0045 RL0001 RL0048 RL0015 -

LID PRICE £33.00 £39.00 £33.00 £43.50 £47.00 £57.00 £60.00 -

TRUCK ORDER REF RA0101 RA0201 RA0305 RA0401 RA0503 RA0601 RA0701

TRUCK PRICE £113.00 £135.00 £173.00 £210.00 £218.00 £225.00 £257.00

LID ORDER REF RL0025 RL0011 -

LID PRICE £33.00 £48.00 -

Heavy Duty Straight Sided Trucks

154

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

17/1/12

09:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS STORAGE

EACH £

56 RB0111K-RC

RB0115K-RC

Bar Trolleys

✓Designed for use in bars, hotels and restaurants

✓Also suit many commercial and industrial applications

• Available in 100% recycled polyethylene (not food grade) or food grade polyethylene • 45kg load capacity • Four 50mm nylon swivel castors • Nestable for compact storage • Recycled trolleys black only RB0118K-RC RB0113K-RC COLOURS

RB0119K-RC

Green Blue

E! LU

Yellow

U E!

Red OP VA T

TC155

TOP V

White Natural EACH £

Black

67 RB0115

RB0111

RB0113 RB0118

RB0119

CAPACITY (litres) 135 150 165 185 165

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 660 x 700 x 485 750 x 680 x 485 620 x 875 x 495 620 x 720 x 670 620 x 1030 x 430

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 550 x 610 x 400 700 x 560 x 400 550 x 760 x 400 550 x 610 x 560 550 x 915 x 330

RECYCLED BAR TROLLEYS ORDER REF PRICE RB0111K-RC £56.00 RB0113K-RC £56.00 RB0115K-RC £56.00 RB0119K-RC £56.00 RB0118K-RC £56.00

FOOD GRADE TROLLEYS ORDER REF PRICE RB0111 £67.00 RB0113 £67.00 RB0115 £67.00 RB0119 £67.00 RB0118 £67.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

155

TC156

16/1/12

14:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

STORAGE

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

Premium Tapered Trucks

✓General purpose industrial and catering trucks ✓Nestable for compact storage

RB0412

RB0317

• Food grade polyethylene • Lids available for all models COLOURS

RB0121

Red Yellow

RB0120

RB0227

Green Blue White Natural Black

RB0003 FROM

BEST SELLERS

Premium Tapered Trucks * These models are fitted with a plastic base, for extra strength CAPACITY (litres) 72 118 135 200 320 455

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 510 x 460 x 460 760 x 460 x 460 690 x 620 x 530 750 x 825 x 480 735 x 1010 x 685 780 x 1320 x 735

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 410 x 410 x 410 660 x 410 x 410 580 x 550 x 465 645 x 740 x 410 595 x 905 x 585 630 x 1225 x 615

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS

TRUCK ORDER REF RB0003 RB0120 RB0121 RB0227 RB0317* RB0412*

TRUCK PRICE £62.00 £71.00 £78.00 £101.00 £134.00 £168.00

LID ORDER REF RL0087 RL0087 RL0088 RL0089 RL0090 RL0091

LID PRICE £25.50 £25.50 £28.50 £30.00 £39.00 £45.00

COLOURS FROM

Natural White

£ DISPENSERS

111

Red Blue Green Yellow TRUCKS

SCOOPS FROM

Ingredients Trucks & Dispensers

Ingredients Dispensers CAPACITY (kg) 8 15 40

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 250 x 295 x 400 500 x 500 x 250 640 x 685 x 300

ORDER REF

PRICE

R10006 R10001 R10002

£57.00 £60.00 £87.00

• Fitted with transparent shatter proof lids • Food grade polyethylene • Non-stick white scoops • Four 75mm swivel castors on trucks

Ingredients Scoops

Ingredients Trucks

156

CAPACITY (litres) 65 90 140

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 675 x 620 x 360 675 x 620 x 460 675 x 620 x 560

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 580 x 510 x 245 580 x 510 x 345 580 x 510 x 450

ORDER REF R10003 R10004 R10005

PRICE £111.00 £120.00 £135.00

WEIGHT (g) 100 185 385

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 150 x 250 x 110 187 x 310 x 138 230 x 355 x 167

ORDER REF

PRICE

OZ00277 OZ00278 OZ00279

£6.30 £8.40 £9.60

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC157

24/1/12

14:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS STORAGE

RB0412K-RC

RB0317K-RC

RB0227K-RC RB0121K-RC

RB0120K-RC

RB0003K-RC

Recycled Tapered Trucks

✓General purpose industrial trucks ✓Nestable for compact storage

FROM

• 100% recycled polyethylene (not food grade) • Lids available for all models • Available in black only CAPACITY (litres) 72 118 135 200 320 455

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 510 x 460 x 460 760 x 460 x 460 690 x 620 x 530 750 x 825 x 480 735 x 1010 x 685 780 x 1320 x 735

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 410 x 410 x 410 660 x 410 x 410 580 x 550 x 465 645 x 740 x 410 595 x 905 x 585 630 x 1225 x 615

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS* 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS* *These models are fitted with a plastic base, for extra strength

TRUCK ORDER REF RB0003K-RC RB0120K-RC RB0121K-RC RB0227K-RC RB0317K-RC RB0412K-RC

TRUCK PRICE £56.00 £65.00 £69.00 £93.00 £113.00 £138.00

LID ORDER REF RL0087K-RC RL0087K-RC RL0088K-RC RL0089K-RC RL0090K-RC RL0091K-RC

LID PRICE £21.00 £21.00 £24.00 £25.50 £30.00 £37.50

RB0903

243

Order Picking Truck

✓Big 885 litre truck for order picking and many other warehouse tasks

✓Unique design allows for easy

loading, storage and transportation of goods

• Colour codeable for product segregation • Food grade polyethylene • 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors, corner mounted • 1180H x 1255W x 785Dmm external • 1045H x 1175W x 720Dmm internal REF RB0903 PRICE £243.00

TRUCK AND CONTAINER COLOURS Red

Yellow

Green

Blue

White

Natural

Black

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

157

TC158

17/1/12

16:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS SPECIFICATION OVERALL H x W x D SHELF H x W x D DRAWER H x W x D CAPACITY PER SHELF CAPACITY PER DRAWER OVERALL CAPACITY

Heavy Duty Workshop Cupboards

✓Heavy duty industrial cupboards with double locking doors

• Finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035 with doors in blue RAL5010 • Perforated door liners • Security is ensured by a 3 point locking system • Shelves and drawers are adjustable on a 25mm pitch

2000 x 1050 x 650mm 25 x 970 x 593mm 122.5 x 968 x 549mm 100kg 100kg 1500kg

Drawer dividers are available, please contact us for information

40021160

£1026

40021101

£735

40021160 £1026.00 CONFIGURATION 4 x 125mm HIGH DRAWERS 1 x SHELF 1 x WOOD TOP 1 x PERFO BACKPANEL 1 x LOUVRE BACKPANEL

40021101 £735.00 CONFIGURATION 4 x SHELVES

TOOLS / BINS NOT INCLUDED

40021108

£941

40021114

£1337

158

40021108 £941.00

40021114 £1337.00

CONFIGURATION 4 x DRAWERS 2 x SHELVES

CONFIGURATION 9 x DRAWERS 3 x SHELVES

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC159

16/1/12

15:18

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS

Freestanding Cupboards WORKSHOP

• For high volume storage • Tough, welded steel construction • Three point locking, with reinforced doors • Galvanised steel shelves adjustable on 25mm pitch • 50kg UDL capacity per shelf • RAL5010 blue / RAL7035 grey powdercoat finish

750mm Wide Models

1000mm Wide Models 16911534.11

£324

16911600.11

£347

16911604.11

£464

16911808.11

£246

Cupboards, 750mm Wide DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 750 x 750 x 550 900 x 750 x 550 1000 x 750 x 350 1000 x 750 x 550 2000 x 750 x 350 2000 x 750 x 550

SHELVES

ORDER REF

PRICE

2 2 2 2 4 4

16911217.11 16911223.11 16911808.11 16911476.11 16911600.11 16911601.11

£227.00 £249.00 £246.00 £260.00 £347.00 £392.00

Cupboards, 1000mm Wide DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 750 x 1000 x 550 900 x 1000 x 550 1000 x 1000 x 350 1000 x 1000 x 550 2000 x 1000 x 350 2000 x 1000 x 550

Extra Shelves DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 750 x 350 750 x 550

SHELVES

ORDER REF

PRICE

2 2 2 2 4 4

16911229.11 16911235.11 16911812.11 16911534.11 16911602.11 16911604.11

£290.00 £307.00 £300.00 £324.00 £414.00 £464.00

Extra Shelves

ORDER REF

PRICE

16911905.51 16911901.51

£16.30 £20.10

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1000 x 350 1000 x 550

ORDER REF

PRICE

16911906.51 16911902.51

£22.60 £29.80

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

159

TC160

16/1/12

15:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS

✓65kg shelf loading ✓Attractive, robust design made to withstand the wear and tear of industrial use

LP1

• All steel carcass construction • Phosphated and powder coated prior to assembly • High rigidity welded door frames • Doors have full height stiffeners • Six-lever locks operate espagnolette bolts

233

LP6

£261

LP8

£328

AC+IVECOAT

anti-bacterial technology

✓99.9% reduction of E-Coli & MRSA Super Bug

LC403618IN

LP4A

£178

£179 PTC351818IND

£90

Probe Cupboards DIMENSIONS ADJUSTABLE H x W x D (mm) SHELVES 1780 x 915 x 460 3 1780 x 915 x 460 1 1780 x 610 x 460

1780 x 610 x 460 1780 x 915 x 460

3 3

1780 x 915 x 460

160

1780 x 915 x 460

1015 x 915 x 460 890 x 460 x 460

1 2

DESCRIPTION DOUBLE DOOR STORAGE CUPBOARD DOUBLE DOOR WARDROBE CUPBOARD: FULL WIDTH SHELF WITH HANGING RAIL SINGLE DOOR WARDROBE CUPBOARD: FULL WIDTH SHELF WITH HANGING RAIL SINGLE DOOR STORAGE CUPBOARD COMBINATION CUPBOARD & WARDROBE: CENTRAL PARTITION, HALF SHELF WITH HANGING RAIL BENEATH + 3 HALF SHELVES 8-COMPARTMENT CUPBOARD: CENTRAL PARTITION WITH 6 ADJ SHELVES 12-COMPARTMENT CUPBOARD: 2 PARTITIONS WITH 9 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES LOW CUPBOARD TWIN DOORS LOW CUPBOARD WITH SINGLE DOOR

ORDER REF LP1

PRICE £233.00

LP1A

£222.00

LP4 LP4A

£167.00 £179.00

LP6

£261.00

LP7

£287.00

DOOR COLOURS:

LP8 £328.00 LC403618IN £178.00 PTC351818IND £90.00

Red

Blue

Green

Smoke White

Yellow

Silver Grey

CARCASS COLOURS: Black

Smoke White

Silver Grey

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC161

13/1/12

10:47

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WORKSHOP STORAGE / CABINETS

Workshop Cupboards 2000mm high WORKSHOP

• Available fitted with containers, tool hook sets and shelved models (tools not included) • Perfo panel system for optimum storage capacity • Polypropylene parts bins (page 134)

FROM

FAA1403S101

£659

£669

£924

FROM

FAA1303S108

£794

£793

£1101

FAA13000104

FAA14000204

FROM

£521

£717

£549

PIC A

B C D E F G

H I

DESCRIPTION SLIDING DOOR CABINET SLIDING DOOR CABINET SLIDING DOOR CABINET PERFO PANEL TOOL STORAGE CABINET PERFO PANEL TOOL STORAGE CABINET + 156 TOOL HOOK KIT COMPLETE MINI WORKSHOP WITH WOODEN WORKTOP VIEW CABINET VIEW CABINET + 32 TOOL HOOK KIT VIEW CABINET VIEW CABINET + 142 TOOL HOOK KIT TOOLS & PARTS STORAGE CENTRE + 92 TOOL HOOK KIT WORKSHOP CUPBOARD WORKSHOP CUPBOARD WORKSHOP CUPBOARD WORKSHOP CUPBOARD WORKSHOP CUPBOARD HINGED DOOR CABINET HINGED DOOR CABINET HINGED DOOR CABINET HINGED DOOR CABINET HINGED DOOR CABINET

I DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2000 x 1023 x 450 2000 x 1023 x 450 2000 x 1023 x 450 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 555 2000 x 1023 x 555 2000 x 1023 x 555 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 555 2000 x 1023 x 555 2000 x 1023 x 555 2000 x 1023 x 555 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 400 2000 x 1023 x 400

BIN SELECTION

SHELVES

DRAWERS

ORDER REF

PRICE

12 GREY + 16 BLUE (SIZE 3) 12 (SIZE 1) + 48 (SIZE 2) BLUE 6 (SIZE 4A2) BLUE + 6 (SIZE 4) GREY 8 (SIZES 1, 3A2, 3) + 20 (SIZE 2) 28 (SIZE 3) GREY 12 (SIZE 3A2) BLUE + 20 (SIZE 3) GREY -

4 6 6 1 1 5 4 4 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 7 7 8

3 1 2 3 -

FAB33000104 FAB33000404 FAB33000S151 FAA13030204 FAA13035204 FAA1403S101 FAA14020404 FAA14025404 FAA13020204 FAA13025204 FAA1303S108 FAA13000104 FAA14000104 FAA14000704 FAA14000804 FAA14000204 FAA13000204 FAA13005204 FAA13000304 FAA13005304 FAA13000404

£659.00 £689.00 £705.00 £669.00 £1256.00 £924.00 £794.00 £962.00 £793.00 £1290.00 £1101.00 £521.00 £548.00 £604.00 £661.00 £717.00 £549.00 £619.00 £564.00 £680.00 £578.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

161

TC162

13/1/12

10:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CABINETS

Modular Storage System

✓Practical & versatile system for maximum parts storage in minimum space ✓Mix & match modules to create tailored storage systems • Robust steel construction with durable grey powder coat finish • Modular sections are supplied ready assembled • Sections are easily combined with supplied fixings 656-95

£532

653-95

£565

655-95

£571

Model 655-95

Model 653-95

Model 656-95

48 drawer cabinet with a multi-use, keyed & lockable utility cabinet Dimensions: 1543H x 857W x 311Dmm REF 655-95 PRICE £571.00

48 drawer cabinet with 40 parts bin Dimensions: 1880H x 857W x 311Dmm REF 653-95 PRICE £565.00

48 drawer cabinet with 18 parts bin Dimensions: 1447H x 857W x 311Dmm REF 656-95 PRICE £532.00

Jumbo Storage Cabinets

✓Huge storage capacity, minimum space used ✓Superstrong 14-gauge steel carcass • All welded construction • Grey powder coat finish • 3-point locking handle with two keys • Fully welded piano hinge, flush style double doors • High box style legs allow forklift entry • 2 models available complete with bins

JC-171

JC-137

£1330

£1287

Model JC-137

162

137 hook-on bins, 3 adjustable cabinet shelves Dimensions: 1981H x 1219W x 609Dmm REF JC-137 PRICE £1287.00

NO. BINS 64 64 3 6

H x W x D (mm) 76 x 101 x 127 76 x 101 x 177 101 x 203 x 381 101 x 406 x 381

Model JC-171 171 hook-on bins Dimensions: 1981H x 1219W x 609Dmm REF JC-171 PRICE £1330.00

NO. BINS 64 64 24 13

H x W x D (mm) 76 x 101 x 127 76 x 101 x 177 101 x 152 x 381 101 x 203 x 381

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC163

13/1/12

10:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

Modular Organisers ✓Perfect for organising tools, fasteners and small parts • Manufactured in steel with grey powder coat finish • Rubber tray mat provides safe, non-stick work surface • Fitted with 2 swivel+brake and 2 fixed castors • Supplied in easy-to-assemble modules

WORKSHOP

✓Build your own design with mix & match modules

662-95

715

Lockable Cabinet & Bin Cart

SIDE B

• 12 bin compartments • 12 dividable drawers • Lockable cabinet • 915H x 610W x 610Dmm • Weight 82kg

SIDE A

REF 662-95 PRICE £715.00

24 Bin Mobile Organiser All organisers are double sided for maximum storage space!

• 12 compartments per side • 810H x 610W x 610Dmm • Weight 63kg REF 663-95 PRICE £546.00

663-95

£546 664-95

£565

80 Bin Mobile Organiser • 40 compartments per side • 810H x 610W x 610Dmm • Weight 72kg REF 664-95 PRICE £565.00

D368

113

PACKS OF 4

Aerosol Can Rack • Holds six cans up to 74mm dia • 102H x 857W x 295Dmm REF D385/4 PRICE £105.00 (Pack of 4)

Wire Spool Racks • Robust steel frame • 16mm lift out steel rods • Supplied knocked down ready for easy assembly HOLDS WIRE SPOOLS UP TO 254MM DIA. SPOOLS NOT INCLUDED

ITEM 1 ROD WIRE SPOOL RACK 2 ROD WIRE SPOOL RACK 4 ROD WIRE SPOOL RACK

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 264 x 664 x 152 435 x 664 x 152 943 x 664 x 152

ORDER REF

PRICE

D383 D384 D368

£71.00 £90.00 £113.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

163

TC164

13/1/12

10:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 INDUSTRIAL SEATING WORKSHOP

Upholstered Operator Seating

✓Economical, fabric and vinyl covered multi-purpose chairs B-2

• Ideal for industry, offices and shops • 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors • Fully padded seat and back in hard wearing fabric or vinyl upholstery • Gas lift height adjustment • Adjustable backrest • High lift models with footring

£76

B-2C

Regular Low Lift

B-3

REF B-2 PRICE £76.00

REF B-3 PRICE £96.00

Low Lift with Castors 450-590mm seat height, with 5-star castor base.

Optional Arms Available for these chairs - see below

REF B-2C PRICE £76.00

FABRIC COLOURS Charcoal

High Lift 550-800mm seat height, with 220H footring and glides.

430-570mm seat height, with 5-star glide base.

VINYL COLOURS Red

Brown

Royal

Black

Port Red

Blue

Optional Arms - REF /A PRICE £21.00 (available for all the above chairs)

Cushioned Polyurethane Operator Seating PU-3

£133

✓ Wipe-clean seating for industrial environments

• Tough black cushioned polyurethane seat and back • Gas lift height adjustment • Height adjustable backrest • 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors • High lift models with footring

PU-2

PU Operator High Lift

PU-2C

550-800mm seat height, with 220H footring & glides.

PU Low Operator with Castors 450-590mm seat height, with 5-star castor base.

REF PU-3 PRICE £133.00

REF PU-2C PRICE £116.00

PU Operator Low Lift 430-570mm seat height, with 5-star glide base. REF PU-2 PRICE £116.00

PP-2C

£72

Polypropylene Seating

✓ Hard wearing seats which can be washed or steam cleaned • • • • •

Suitable for the food industry and the factory floor Strong grey, blue or red polypropylene moulded one piece shell Gas lift height adjustment 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors High lift models with footring PP-2

Polypropylene Low Lift 430-570mm seat height, with 5-star glide base. REF PP-2 PRICE £72.00 Polypropylene Low Lift with Castors

PP-3

POLYPROPYLENE COLOURS Grey

Blue

Red Polypropylene High Lift Gas lift height adjustment 550-800mm seat height, with 170H footring and glides. REF PP-3 PRICE £88.00

450-590mm seat height, with 5-star castor base. 164

REF PP-2C PRICE £72.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC165

13/1/12

10:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 INDUSTRIAL SEATING

£99

SA.BR

SA.DX

£313

£237

Saddle Stools

✓The saddle was designed to help people with back problems. The seating position both straightens and strengthens the spine

Polyurethane Saddle Stool Ideal for industrial environments. Supplied with fixed seat angle and castors. 530-720mm seat height, black only

T-4

£84

Fully Adjustable Saddle Stool Upholstered saddle stool. Adjustable seat angle mechanism, chrome gaslift, base and castors. 550-740mm seat height

Saddle Seat & Backrest Upholstered seat, adjustable backrest and seat angle mechanism, chrome gaslift, base and castors. 550-740mm seat height

T-2

• Ideal for use in all types of environments • Fully upholstered or cushioned polyurethane • Colours available are black, white, beige, lime green, mint green, red, pink, lilac, pale blue, blue, dark blue • Other options available feet, castors, arms, back rest, adjustable seat angle and height adjustment by foot operation DESCRIPTION POLYURETHANE SADDLE STOOL ADJUSTABLE SADDLE STOOL SADDLE SEAT & BACKREST

ORDER REF SA.PU SA.DX SA.BR

PRICE £99.00 £237.00 £313.00

Polyurethane Industry Chairs & Stools

T-3

£113

£100

WORKSHOP

SA.PU

✓High comfort seating for continuous duties

Industry Stool 550-800mm seat height, with height adjustable chromed footring and 5-star black glide base

Industry Regular Chair 470-600mm seat height, 5-star black castor base

Industry High Chair 550-800mm seat height, with height adjustable chromed footring and 5-star black glide base

Bespoke chair manufacture available

DESCRIPTION INDUSTRY STOOL REGULAR CHAIR REGULAR CHAIR WITH ARMS HIGH CHAIR HIGH CHAIR WITH ARMS

ORDER REF T-4 T-2 T-2/A T-3 T-3/A

PRICE £84.00 £100.00 £120.00 £113.00 £133.00

Polyurethane Posture Stools

S-1

£100

• Designed for industrial and workshop applications • Sculptured black polyurethane foam • Gas lift height adjustment • High stability swivel stool suits many production tasks • Seat and back design promotes air-flow around body • Independent back height & rake adjustments • Seat tilt adjustment • Also available with side arms

PS-2

PS-2C

£84

✓Wipe clean stools, designed to eliminate operator fatigue

• Ideal for assembly work, checkouts, food processing, sales counters • Cushioned black polyurethane seat can be washed clean • Manual and gas lift height adjustments Angled Support Stool 580-800mm seat height, Fixed base with manual height adjustment

Gas Lift Posture Stool 580-800mm seat height, 5-star black glide base

Gas Lift Posture Stool 580-800mm seat height, castor base

DESCRIPTION ANGLED SUPPORT STOOL POSTURE STOOL / GLIDE BASE POSTURE STOOL / CASTOR BASE

ORDER REF S-1 PS-2 PS-2C

PRICE £100.00 £84.00 £84.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

165

TC166

13/1/12

10:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM

Infinite Workbench System

✓Infinite System

Start with a 2m or 3m starter workbench and simply use add-on workbenches and accessories as required

✓Strength & Flexibility ✓Convenience Framework is constructed from fabricated steel section with welded leg supports and bolt in multi-position cross rails which can be assembled in a variety of combinations to suit individual applications

2000 x 1400mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop & upper shelf unit KDB2048A + USS235 COMPLETE £589.00

Each bench is supplied in flat pack form, the larger units having sectional worktops for ease of handling. Available in 2 lengths, 3 depths and 3 worktop options

2000 x 700mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer & leg socket KDB2078BSA + C/1 + D3 + LS1 COMPLETE £758.00

Certain benches within the range are designed to accommodate two or more persons working together. With this in mind the upper shelf unit is accessible from both sides

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM EXTENSIONS FROM

285

2000 x 700mm Extension Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf KDA278BSA COMPLETE £347.00

2000 x 700mm Extension Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer & leg socket KDA278BSA + C/1 + D3 + LS1 COMPLETE £709.00

BASE SHELF SUPPLIED IN 25MM PLAIN CUT MDF IRRESPECTIVE OF FINISH OF TOP SHELF

EXTENSION Benches BENCH DESCRIPTION

166

STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE ADD-ON ADD-ON & BASE ADD-ON ADD-ON & BASE ADD-ON ADD-ON & BASE

DIMENSIONS L x D (mm) 2000 x 700 2000 x 700 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1400 2000 x 1400 3000 x 700 3000 x 700 3000 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3000 x 1400 3000 x 1400 2000 x 700 2000 x 700 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1400 2000 x 1400

MDF WORKTOP 25mm THICK ORDER REF PRICE KDB2078A £333.00 KDB2078BSA £396.00 KDB2028A £425.00 KDB2028BSA £519.00 KDB2048A £465.00 KDB2048BSA £613.00 KDB3078A £537.00 KDB3078BSA £614.00 KDB3028A £661.00 KDB3028BSA £750.00 KDB3048A £752.00 KDB3048BSA £954.00 KDA278A £285.00 KDA278BSA £347.00 KDA228A £359.00 KDA228BSA £452.00 KDA248A £398.00 KDA248BSA £547.00

VENEER WORKTOP 30mm THICK ORDER REF PRICE KDB2078B £405.00 KDB2078BSB £467.00 KDB2028B £484.00 KDB2028BSB £578.00 KDB2048B £536.00 KDB2048BSB £685.00 KDB3078B £638.00 KDB3078BSB £715.00 KDB3028B £824.00 KDB3028BSB £913.00 KDB3048B £962.00 KDB3048BSB £1165.00 KDA278B £357.00 KDA278BSB £416.00 KDA228B £418.00 KDA228BSB £512.00 KDA248B £469.00 KDA248BSB £618.00

VINYL WORKTOP 30mm THICK ORDER REF PRICE KDB2078C £422.00 KDB2078BSC £485.00 KDB2028C £548.00 KDB2028BSC £642.00 KDB2048C £608.00 KDB2048BSC £758.00 KDB3078C £655.00 KDB3078BSC £757.00 KDB3028C £864.00 KDB3028BSC £1001.00 KDB3048C £1202.00 KDB3048BSC £1346.00 KDA278C £436.00 KDA278BSC £482.00 KDA228C £541.00 KDA228BSC £576.00 KDA248C £541.00 KDA248BSC £690.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC167

13/1/12

10:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM 3000 x 1200mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop KDB3028A PRICE £661.00

✓Height Adjustable from 840-940mm in 25mm increments

3000 x 1200mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop and MDF base shelf KDB3028BSA PRICE £750.00

WORKSHOP

3000 x 1200mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf and combined cabinet and drawer unit KDB3028BSA + CD/1 COMPLETE £868.00

• Heavy duty modular design • Easy to add accessories • Use starter & extension method to mix & match depths

STARTERS FROM

333

Steel work powder coated dark grey (RAL 7031)

2000 x 1400mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop & upper shelf unit KDB2048A + USS235 COMPLETE £589.00

STARTER EXTENSION

CREATE A RUN Using the starter & extension method you can mix and match depths We can modify a standard model or custom build to your own specification – please call us for details

Bench Accessories DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

CUPBOARD UNIT SINGLE DRAWER TWO DRAWER THREE DRAWER CUPBOARD / DRAWER 13 AMP SOCKET 2000mm TOOL RAIL 2000mm LIGHT & TOOL RAIL 2000mm UPPER SHELF 3000mm UPPER SHELF 2000mm SERVICE DUCT 3000mm SERVICE DUCT

C/1 D1 D2 D3 CD/1 LS1 TR20 LTR20 USS235 USS335 SD20 SD30

£118.00 £89.00 £160.00 £223.00 £236.00 £21.00 £115.00 £211.00 £124.00 £211.00 £146.00 £192.00

Pre-punched to accommodate pipe work

13 Amp Socket ORDER REF LS1 PRICE £21.00 STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

167

TC168

13/1/12

10:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

BENCHES

General Purpose Workbenches

✓ Designed & manufactured in component form for total flexibility ✓ Welded tubular steel leg frames for strength and channel supports for rigidity

✓ Complete range of accessories available • Complete with adjustable feet • Choice of 6 standard sizes and 5 work surface types • Durable powder coated finish • Static control workbenches fitted with 2 x 4mm wrist strap sockets • Weight loading - up to 250kg swl evenly distributed

STATIC DISSIPATIVE ACCESSORIES ARE HIGHLIGHTED IN YELLOW

BENCHES FROM

Grey MFC used for shelves

142

Plastic Laminate Worktop Norastat Worktop 105 - 107 ohms

Static Electricity Control

Lamstat Worktop 106 - 108 ohms

For areas of potential danger to static sensitive electronic devices

Drawer/Cupboard Colour Options For required drawer/cupboard colours please add corresponding suffix to product code Dark Grey (KXX) Static Dissipative Bench Accessories (for all other accessories see page 170)

168

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

UPPER SHELF NORASTAT FOR 1200mm BENCH UPPER SHELF LAMSTAT FOR 1200mm BENCH UPPER SHELF NORASTAT FOR 1500mm BENCH UPPER SHELF LAMSTAT FOR 1500mm BENCH UPPER SHELF NORASTAT FOR 1800mm BENCH UPPER SHELF LAMSTAT FOR 1800mm BENCH

BEUS1200NXXX BEUS1200LXXX BEUS1500NXXX BEUS1500LXXX BEUS1800NXXX BEUS1800LXXX

£109.00 £97.00 £141.00 £124.00 £147.00 £136.00

Dark Blue (BXX)

Red (RXX)

Green (GXX)

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

LOUVRED BACK PANEL (ZINC) 1200mm BENCH LOUVRED BACK PANEL (ZINC) 1500mm BENCH LOUVRED BACK PANEL (ZINC) 1800mm BENCH RCB CIRCUIT BREAKER WRIST STRAP WITH 10mm STUD OR 4mm BANANA EARTH/GROUND LEAD WITH 1m ohm RESISTOR EARTH/GROUND LEAD AND PLUG SERVICE DUCT INSULATING STRIP

BELO4812ZXXX BELO4815ZXXX BELO4818ZXXX BERCBCIBXXXX BEWRISTRXXXX BEEARGROXXXX BEEALEAD3PIN BESERINSXXXX

£93.00 £103.00 £115.00 £58.00 £19.20 £11.80 £17.80 £6.10

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC169

13/1/12

10:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BENCHES WORKSHOP

220 x 420 x 420mm REF BEDR04021

435 x 420 x 420mm

PRICE £109.00

REF BEDR04043

PRICE £208.00

435 x 420 x 420mm REF BECU04041

PRICE £98.00

680 x 420 x 420mm REF BEDR04053M

PRICE £258.00

BECU04041

680 x 420 x 420mm REF BEDC04052M

PRICE £223.00

680 x 420 x 420mm REF BECU04051M

General Purpose Workbenches (760mm & 920mm heights also available) BENCH SIZE H x W x D (mm) 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 840 x 1200 x 750 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 840 x 1200 x 750 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 840 x 1200 x 750 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 840 x 1200 x 750 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900

WORK SURFACE MFC MFC MFC MFC MFC MFC LAMINATE LAMINATE LAMINATE LAMINATE LAMINATE LAMINATE NORASTAT NORASTAT NORASTAT NORASTAT NORASTAT NORASTAT LAMSTAT LAMSTAT LAMSTAT LAMSTAT LAMSTAT LAMSTAT

ORDER REF BQ849060GLXX BQ841260GLXX BQ841275GLXX BQ841575GLXX BQ841875GLXX BQ841890GLXX BQ849060PLXX BQ841260PLXX BQ841275PLXX BQ841575PLXX BQ841875PLXX BQ841890PLXX BQ849060NLXX BQ841260NLXX BQ841275NLXX BQ841575NLXX BQ841875NLXX BQ841890NLXX BQ849060LLXX BQ841260LLXX BQ841275LLXX BQ841575LLXX BQ841875LLXX BQ841890LLXX

PRICE £199.00 £209.00 £222.00 £313.00 £318.00 £325.00 £211.00 £225.00 £232.00 £331.00 £336.00 £382.00 £271.00 £306.00 £335.00 £491.00 £532.00 £553.00 £270.00 £293.00 £321.00 £512.00 £536.00 £555.00

QTY 2-3 SUFFIX /2 £160.00 £171.00 £183.00 £235.00 £240.00 £247.00 £173.00 £186.00 £193.00 £253.00 £259.00 £305.00 £232.00 £268.00 £296.00 £414.00 £455.00 £475.00 £231.00 £255.00 £282.00 £434.00 £459.00 £478.00

QTY 4+ SUFFIX /4 £142.00 £153.00 £165.00 £196.00 £202.00 £208.00 £154.00 £168.00 £175.00 £215.00 £220.00 £266.00 £213.00 £249.00 £278.00 £375.00 £416.00 £436.00 £213.00 £236.00 £264.00 £396.00 £420.00 £439.00

PRICE £141.00

Extension Benches (will not accept accessories above the bench) BENCH SIZE H x W x D (mm) 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 804 x 1200 x 750 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 804 x 1200 x 750

WORK SURFACE MFC MFC MFC LAMINATE LAMINATE LAMINATE

ORDER REF BQ849060GLET BQ841260GLET BQ841275GLET BQ849060PLET BQ841260PLET BQ841275PLET

PRICE £121.00 £131.00 £143.00 £133.00 £147.00 £153.00

Lower Shelves BENCH SIZE H x W x D (mm) 1120 x 450 1420 x 450 1720 x 450 1120 x 450 1420 x 450 1720 x 450

WORK SURFACE MFC MFC MFC LAMINATE LAMINATE LAMINATE

ORDER REF BELS1145GXXX BELS1445GXXX BELS1745GXXX BELS1145PXXX BELS1445PXXX BELS1745PXXX

PRICE £49.00 £56.00 £62.00 £72.00 £79.00 £85.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

169

TC170

13/1/12

10:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM

Heavy Duty Storage Benches

✓High quality fully welded workbenches for strength and durability in use

Cabinet Colour Options For required cabinet colours please add following suffix to product code

• A heavy duty bench available with heavy duty storage drawers • Weight loading - up to 1200kg swl evenly distributed • Suitable for heavy duty applications such as engineering and manufacturing

Dark Grey (KXX)

• Drawers and cupboards take up to 70kg UDL

Dark Blue (BXX)

Green (GXX)

• Full range of accessories available including drawers, cupboards and shelves

BENCHES FROM

333

A D E B C H

Heavy Duty Storage Bench Accessories

170

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

B B C C C C C C D D D E

760mm REAR SUPPORT POSTS 1180mm REAR SUPPORT POSTS (PAIR) UPPER SHELF 300mm MFC FOR 1200mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm LAM FOR 1200mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm MFC FOR 1500mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm LAM FOR 1500mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm MFC FOR 1800mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm LAM FOR 1800mm BENCH LIGHT/TOOL RAIL SUPPORT FOR 1200mm BENCH LIGHT/TOOL RAIL SUPPORT FOR 1500mm BENCH LIGHT/TOOL RAIL SUPPORT FOR 1800mm BENCH FLUORESCENT LIGHT

BESP760SXXXX BESP1180XXXX BEUS1200GXXX BEUS1200PXXX BEUS15008XXX BEUS1500PXXX BEUS1800GXXX BEUS1800PXXX BERS1200XLXX BERS1500XLXX BERS1800XLXX BELF1200XLXX

£46.00 £56.00 £62.00 £65.00 £75.00 £78.00 £86.00 £92.00 £49.00 £52.00 £54.00 £27.00

F F F G G G H H H I J K L M N

LOUVRED BACK PANEL FOR 1200mm BENCH LOUVRED BACK PANEL FOR 1500mm BENCH LOUVRED BACK PANEL FOR 1800mm BENCH WORKTOP SERVICE DUCT FOR 1200mm BENCH WORKTOP SERVICE DUCT FOR 1500mm BENCH WORKTOP SERVICE DUCT FOR 1800mm BENCH POST FITTED SERVICE DUCT FOR 1200mm BENCH POST FITTED SERVICE DUCT FOR 1500mm BENCH POST FITTED SERVICE DUCT FOR 1800mm BENCH 4 DRAWER CABINET - 1 x 100, 3 x 150 5 DRAWER CABINET - 4 x 100, 1 x 150 2 DRAWER CABINET - 2 x 100, 1 x CUPBOARD 4 DRAWER CABINET - 2 x 100, 1 x 150, 1 x 200 CUPBOARD WITH SHELF 3 DRAWER CABINET - 2 x 100, 1 x 350

BELO4812IXXX BELO4815IXXX BELO4818IXXX BESDWT122XXX BESDWT15XXXX BESDWT18XXXX BESDSP12XXXX BESDSP15XXXX BESDSP18XXXX BZDRAW04XD BZDRAW05XB BZDCBDR02XC BZDRAW04XA BZCBDXSHXE BZDRAW03XF

£90.00 £98.00 £109.00 £75.00 £77.00 £81.00 £82.00 £86.00 £92.00 £501.00 £538.00 £266.00 £484.00 £177.00 £425.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC171

20/1/12

12:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM WORKSHOP

Steel Plate Worktop

BZDRAW04XD

501

Birch Ply Hardwood Worktop Plastic Laminate Worktop

Grey MFC used for shelves

Heavy Duty Storage Benches (920mm height also available) ITEM A A A A

BENCH SIZE H x W x D(mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1500 x 900 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900

STEEL ORDER REF BS841575SLXX BS841590SLXX BS841875SLXX BS841890SLXX

PRICE EACH £359.00 £366.00 £384.00 £393.00

QTY 2+ SUFFIX /2 £333.00 £339.00 £357.00 £372.00

HARDWOOD ORDER REF BS841575HLXX BS841590HLXX BS841875HLXX BS841890HLXX

PRICE EACH £415.00 £418.00 £425.00 £435.00

QTY 2+ SUFFIX /2 £389.00 £393.00 £400.00 £408.00

LAMINATE ORDER REF BS841575PLXX BS841590PLXX BS841875PLXX BS841890PLXX

PRICE EACH £370.00 £412.00 £413.00 £496.00

QTY 2+ SUFFIX /2 £344.00 £387.00 £388.00 £469.00

Lower Shelves 580mm Deep TO FIT 1500mm BENCH WITHOUT CABINETS 1500mm BENCH WITH ONE CABINET 1800mm BENCH WITHOUT CABINETS 1800mm BENCH WITH ONE CABINET 1800mm BENCH WITH TWO CABINET

MFC ORDER REF BZLSNC15GXXX BZLS1C15GXXX BZLSNC18GXXX BZLS1C18GXXX BZLS2C18GXXX

LAMINATE PRICE £70.00 £65.00 £80.00 £71.00 £62.00

ORDER REF BZLSNC15PXXX BZLS1C15PXXX BZLSNC18PXXX BZLS1C18PXXX BZLS2C18PXXX

PRICE £99.00 £92.00 £111.00 £101.00 £90.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

171

TC172

13/1/12

10:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

WORKSTATIONS

Static Electricity Control For areas of potential danger to static sensitive electronic devices, see below for GENERAL PURPOSE CANTILEVER WORKBENCHES with static dissipative worktops.

BENCHES FROM

194

General Purpose Cantilever Workbenches

✓Ergonomic cantilever style for more leg room

• Strong welded tubular frames and channel supports • Complete with adjustable feet • Choice of 6 standard sizes and 3 worksurface types • Standard height 840mm, 920mm also available • 20mm thick with 2mm thick plastic edging • Weight loading - up to 250kg swl evenly distributed • Durable powder coated finish • Static control workbenches are fitted with 2 x 4mm wrist strap sockets

Plastic Laminate Worktop Norastat Worktop 105 - 107 ohms Lamstat Worktop 106 - 108 ohms

Full range of accessories available, see pages 168 to 170

Basic Workbench Options (Standard height 840mm, 920mm also available) MODEL EXTENSION BENCH* BASIC WORKBENCH

172

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 840 x 1200 x 750 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900

LAMINATE REF BC849060PLXX BC841260PLXX BC841275PLXX BC841575PLXX BC841875PLXX BC841890PLXX

PRICE £171.00 £187.00 £251.00 £352.00 £362.00 £408.00

QTY 2-3 QTY 4+ SUFFIX /2 SUFFIX /4 £212.00 £194.00 £275.00 £236.00 £284.00 £246.00 £331.00 £292.00

NORASTAT REF BC849060NLXX BC841260NLXX BC841275NLXX BC841575NLXX BC841875NLXX BC841890NLXX

PRICE £230.00 £268.00 £354.00 £513.00 £558.00 £579.00

QTY 2-3 QTY 4+ SUFFIX /2 SUFFIX /4 £315.00 £297.00 £435.00 £396.00 £481.00 £442.00 £501.00 £462.00

LAMSTAT REF BC849060LLXX BC841260LLXX BC841275LLXX BC841575LLXX BC841875LLXX BC841890LLXX

PRICE £229.00 £255.00 £340.00 £533.00 £562.00 £581.00

QTY 2-3 QTY 4+ SUFFIX /2 SUFFIX /4 £301.00 £282.00 £456.00 £417.00 £485.00 £446.00 £504.00 £465.00

* Extension Benches, do not accept accessories

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC173

19/1/12

12:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM WORKSHOP

Fully Welded Benches – Design your own!

✓A range of high quality, fully welded workbenches where durability in use is a necessity

• All workbenches are fully welded with 50 x 50mm steel square tube leg frames • Worktop supports 40 x 40 x 3mm angle • Durable powder coated finish – dark grey frame with light grey (code LXX) drawers/doors as standard. Red drawers/doors (code RXX) are also available • All benches 840mm standard height (760 & 920mm also available) • All benches are capable of supporting loads up to 1200kg UDL

FROM

191

LOCKABLE CUPBOARD BXCU04051

WORKBENCH 1800 X 900 BJ841890SKXX (WITH FACTORY FITTED ACCESSORIES)

BXDR04043

£199 BXDR04021

£116

HOW TO ORDER • Select bench size from table • Choose worktop • Add accessory options

Heavy Duty Welded Benches 840mm high as standard, 760 and 920mm also available. BENCH SIZE L x W (mm)

STEEL ORDER REF

PRICE EACH

QTY 2-3 SUFFIX /2

QTY 4+ SUFFIX /4

HARDWOOD ORDER REF

PRICE EACH

QTY 2-3 SUFFIX /2

QTY 4+ SUFFIX /4

LAMINATE ORDER REF

PRICE EACH

1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

BJ841260SKXX BJ841275SKXX BJ841575SKXX BJ841590SKXX BJ841875SKXX BJ841890SKXX

£228.00 £272.00 £363.00 £368.00 £378.00 £389.00

£210.00 £234.00 £285.00 £291.00 £300.00 £311.00

£191.00 -

BJ841260HKXX BJ841275HKXX BJ841575HKXX BJ841590HKXX BJ841875HKXX BJ841890HKXX

£290.00 £306.00 £471.00 £477.00 £480.00 £492.00

£252.00 £268.00 £393.00 £400.00 £402.00 £415.00

£233.00 -

BJ841260PKXX BJ841275PKXX BJ841575PKXX BJ841590PKXX BJ841875PKXX BJ841890PKXX

£288.00 £298.00 £400.00 £445.00 £408.00 £459.00

BENCH SIZE L x W (mm) 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

LOWER SHELF ORDER REF PRICE BXLS1206XXXX £56.00 BXLS1207XXXX £67.00 BXLS1507XXXX £77.00 BXLS1509XXXX £77.00 BXLS1807XXXX £84.00 BXLS1809XXXX £84.00

RETAINING LIP ORDER REF PRICE BXRL1206XXXX £18.30 BXRL1207XXXX £21.10 BXRL1507XXXX £23.80 BXRL1509XXXX £25.60 BXRL1807XXXX £25.60 BXRL1809XXXX £28.40

QTY 2-3 QTY 4+ SUFFIX /2 SUFFIX /4 £250.00 £259.00 £322.00 £367.00 £331.00 £381.00

£231.00 -

Accessories • Factory fitted options, only available as part of a complete workbench order. DESCRIPTION VICE PLATE (NOT DRILLED) CUPBOARD SINGLE DRAWER TRIPLE DRAWER

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 560 x 420 x 420 220 x 420 x 420 435 x 420 x 420

ORDER REF BXVICEPLXXXX BXCU04051 BXDR04021 BXDR04043

PRICE £14.60 £126.00 £116.00 £199.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

173

TC174

17/1/12

13:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

WORKSTATIONS

E F S TATIC E LECTRICITY C ONTROL O PTIONS ARE R EADILY A VAILABLE

Workbench cabinets, see page 178

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Picture shows Schuco European power trunking. See facing page for UK specification alternative.

TP/TPH Series Modular Benches

✓The definitive modular system ✓Designed for today’s production and assembly environments

✓Customise your own workstations • Height adjustable by Allen key within range 650 to 900mm • Basic, extension and mobile benches with comprehensive system accessories • Epoxy coated steel in dark grey RAL7045 • 25mm laminated particle board worktops and shelves • Working loads up to 300kg, dependant on bench size 174

• Supplied flat-packed

Basic Benches DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 700 x 500 1000 x 500 1500 x 500 1000 x 700 1200 x 700 1500 x 700 1800 x 700 1500 x 900 1800 x 900

ORDER REF TP507 TP510 TP515 TP710 TP712 TP715 TP718 TP915 TP918

PRICE £197.00 £217.00 £259.00 £240.00 £248.00 £270.00 £300.00 £306.00 £334.00

A Benches with Shelf 310mm deep shelf adjusts 1080-1550H DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1200 x 700 1500 x 700 1800 x 700 1500 x 900 1800 x 900

ORDER REF TPH712 TPH715 TPH718 TPH915 TPH918

PRICE £398.00 £420.00 £464.00 £458.00 £503.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC175

19/1/12

11:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WORKSTATIONS WORKSHOP

Tilting Metal Shelves Suits most stacking and picking bins. All steel construction in grey RAL7035. Has continuous height adjustment for height and angle. Load capacity 30kg. For TPH benches only DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1119 x 145 1419 x 145 1719 x 145

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF TH120 TH150 TH180

Cable Tidy To allow power and data cables to be mounted securely under worktop. Made of perforated steel construction in mid grey RAL7045. Mounted under worktop on leg profiles. For TPH benches only

Louvred Panels Robust, louvred steel panel, in RAL7035 grey. For TPH benches only DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450

PRICE £44.00 £50.00 £54.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 205 x 1115 x 45 205 x 1415 x 45 205 x 1715 x 45

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF TPHCT120 TPHCT150 TPHCT180

PRICE

ORDER REF LP1200 LP1500 LP1800

PRICE £51.00 £67.00 £78.00

£89.00 £97.00 £103.00

D Bin Rails

For most types of plastic parts bins. For TPH benches only WIDTH (mm) 1115 1415 1715

B TYPE ANGLE ANGLE IN LINE IN LINE IN LINE IN LINE IN LINE

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF BP120 BP150 BP180

PRICE £44.00 £50.60 £53.00

Extension Benches DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1000 x 500 1200 x 700 1200 x 700 1500 x 700 1800 x 700 1500 x 900 1800 x 900

ORDER REF TP510K TP712K TP712L TP715L TP718L TP915L TP918L

PRICE £180.00 £210.00 £212.00 £239.00 £265.00 £266.00 £292.00

Tool & Lighting Support

Supplied with one crossbar (order another if both light and tool support is required). For TPH benches only.

Swivel Arm with Tray Swivel arm with lockable, angle adjustable steel tray in grey RAL7035. Swivel radius 360º, length of swivel arm 590mm. Load 15kg. Mount on C-profile. For TPH benches only REF CKV400 PRICE £148.00

WIDTH FOR ORDER PRICE (mm) BENCH REF 1200 TPH712 KT120 £114.00 1500 TPH715/915 KT150 £119.00 1800 TPH718/918 KT180 £123.00

CROSSBARS REF PRICE SPR120 £26.00 SPR150 £32.00 SPR180 £37.00

F Overhead Lighting Twin 54W fluorescent tubes with flicker-free electronic ignition. 1200mm long. Pre-wired with UK plug. For TPH benches only

REF OL254/E PRICE £265.00

Electrical Trunking C Mobile Benches

Height adjustable as TP benches. 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes. Lower shelf at extra cost. DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 700 x 500 1000 x 700 1500 x 700

MOBILE BENCH REF PRICE SAP507 £232.00 SAP710 £271.00 SAP715 £318.00

LOWER SHELF REF PRICE AT507 £51.10 AT710 £77.00 -

Compact aluminium power trunking unit, complete with 4 single switched sockets. Wired with 3 metre mains lead, tested and ready for use. WIDTH (mm) 1200 1500 1800

ORDER REF TJK1204 TJK1504 TJK1804

PRICE £184.00 £194.00 £205.00

G Auxiliary Shelves Extra height adjustable shelf, 310mm deep. For TPH benches only WIDTH (mm) 1200 1500 1800

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF SH120 SH150 SH180

PRICE £108.00 £115.00 £119.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

175

TC176

20/1/12

12:47

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WORKSTATIONS WORKSHOP

WB BENCHES FROM

483

£ G

S TATIC E LECTRICITY C ONTROL O PTIONS ARE R EADILY A VAILABLE

Mobile Bench 700 x 500mm height adjustable (690-990 by Allen key) bench, with lower shelf. 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes. 75kg UDL. REF CTR705 PRICE £330.00

D B

Drawer & cupboard units, see page 178

WB Cantilever Workbenches • Stylish design with L-shaped frame for good leg room and stability • Height adjusts 700 to 1100mm to suit seated to standing positions • Electric motor option takes just 19 seconds, min to max height • Comprehensive system accessories • Mobile bench option • 25mm laminated particle board worktops • Epoxy coated steel in grey RAL 7035 • Working load 250kg (Allen key) or 200kg (electric motor drive & retractable handle) • A cable tidy is standard equipment on motor and retractable handle benches • Supplied flat-packed

ALLEN KEY ADJUSTMENT

RETRACTABLE HANDLE ADJUSTMENT

ELECTRIC MOTOR ADJUSTMENT

WB Height Adjustable Benches

176

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1073 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800 1073 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800 1073 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800

BENCH ADJUSTMENT

ORDER REF

PRICE

ALLEN KEY ALLEN KEY ALLEN KEY RETRACTABLE HANDLE RETRACTABLE HANDLE RETRACTABLE HANDLE ELECTRIC MOTOR ELECTRIC MOTOR ELECTRIC MOTOR

WB811 WB815 WB818 WB811C WB815C WB818C WB811EL WB815EL WB818EL

£483.00 £496.00 £516.00 £1010.00 £1030.00 £1070.00 £1490.00 £1530.00 £1560.00

WB815

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC177

25/1/12

15:16

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WORKSTATIONS

Modular Accessories 1073mm wide benches accept size 100 module only; 1500mm wide benches can accept 2 x size 70 modules; 1800mm wide benches take one each size 70 and size 100.

A Upright Profiles

Needed for mounting accessories. Two 900H vertical profiles plus horizontal linking profile. FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

ORDER REF AL2X110W AL2X150W AL2X180W

PRICE £145.00 £147.00 £156.00

B Accessory Frames

Divides the space between upright profiles into two modules. Usable height 500mm. FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1500 1800

ORDER REF AKK150 AKK180

PRICE £82.00 £96.00

C Upper Shelves Height adjustable full width shelves in 25mm laminated board. 50kg load capacity. Mounts on upright profiles. SHELF W x D (mm) 1073 x 310 1500 x 310 1800 x 310

ORDER REF ALH110 ALH150 ALH180

PRICE £109.00 £144.00 £159.00

D Tilting Shelves Adjust for height, depth and angle. 400mm laminated board with lipped front edge. 35kg load capacity. Mounts on accessory frame. WIDTH (mm) 660 960

FOR BENCH 1500/1800 1073/1800

ORDER REF ASH70 ASH100

PRICE £107.00 £119.00

E Bin Rails

Aluminium profile which accepts bins with rear lip. Mounts on accessory frame. WIDTH (mm) 685 985

FOR BENCH 1500/1800 1073/1800

ORDER REF BP70 BP100

PRICE £40.00 £45.10

FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

ORDER REF HSB110 HSB150 HSB180

PRICE £108.00 £111.00 £119.00

WORKSHOP

Full width over-bench accessories are mounted on upright profiles, and smaller modules on accessory frames.

Overhead Support Steel bracket for suspending lighting or power tools. Mounts on upright profiles.

G Overhead Light Flicker free and anti-dazzle with 3m mains cable. Adjustable angle. Length 1200mm. See page 175

Sidelight Construction as overhead light assembly. 590mm long, mounts on upright profiles. REF SL224/E PRICE £193.00

H Cable Tidy Perforated panel accepts cables held by nylon ties. Included as standard on electric and handle operated benches. FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

ORDER REF WBCT110 WBCT150 WBCT180

PRICE £53.00 £57.00 £61.00

Electrical Trunking Compact aluminium power trunking unit, complete with 4 single switched sockets. Wired with 3 metre mains lead, tested and ready for use. FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

ORDER REF TJK-904 TJK-1504 TJK-1804

PRICE £184.00 £194.00 £205.00

J LCD bracket To suit mounting holes at 75mm and 100mm centres. mounts on upright profiles. REF MH PRICE £126.00

LCD Swivel Arm As above with double articulated arm. 180º turn and 95-425mm extension. Load 5kg REF MA PRICE £200.00 PC Stand An adjustable holder for either vertical or horizontal CPU, to mount underneath the bench. REF CPU PRICE £82.00 Keyboard Shelf Pull out shelf with integral wrist support, mounts underneath the bench. 110H x 500L x 250Dmm REF NT-500ESD PRICE £135.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

177

TC178

19/1/12

12:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WORKSTATIONS WORKSHOP

LMC Series Light Duty Cabinets

✓

Suitable for TP / TPH / WB / LB benches shown on preceding pages • Epoxy coated steel frames RAL 7035 • Drawer fronts are composite board with aluminium handles • Drawer capacity 15kg • Drawers open to 75% of their depth • Drawer internal dimensions 70H x 302W x 425Dmm • Mounting brackets are included.

S TATI CITY RI E LECT OL C ONTR

FROM

ESD option on all models

142

Single Drawer 1 x 100mm drawer 140H x 370W x 460Dmm

Double Drawer 2 x 100mm drawers 245H x 370W x 460Dmm

Four Drawer 4 x 100mm drawers 455H x 370W x 460Dmm

REF LMC01 PRICE £142.00

REF LMC02 PRICE £242.00

REF LMC04 PRICE £335.00

Drawer + Cupboard 1 x 100mm drawer 300H cupboard 455H x 370W x 460Dmm REF LMC04D PRICE £275.00

Cover Plate required for use on WB benches REF LMCK PRICE £22.00

ML Series Heavy Duty Cabinets • Heavy duty epoxy coated steel cabinets RAL 7045 • Central locking with single key • Full width aluminium handles with integral label holders • Smooth and quiet telescopic ball race drawer runners • Drawer capacity 35kg • Drawers open to give 405mm clear access • ML05D has fixed shelf, door opens to left • Suitable for WB and TP / TPH benches of minimum 700mm depth shown on preceding pages B

C 120 60

120

120 120

120 360

180 120

180

Internal Drawer Sizes F

*4-Drawer Mobile

120

MODEL A B

Accessories

178

Dividers, 50Hmm

Adjustable Steel Dividers, 38Hmm

REF MLX1 PRICE £23.50

REF MLX2/50 PRICE £61.00

• 100mm castors • Fluted rubber top mat • Pull handle

140

H Fixed Plastic

• 406W x 500Dmm • Internal height is external height minus 10mm

I Adjustable Steel

Dividers, 68Hmm REF MLX2/100 PRICE £77.00

D E F G

4 DRAWER MOBILE* 5 DRAWER 4 DRAWER 2 DRAWER 3 DRAWER SINGLE DRAWER CUPBOARD

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 670 x 490 x 580 762 x 490 x 580 532 x 490 x 580 532 x 490 x 580 351 x 490 x 580 142 x 453 x 580 532 x 490 x 580

ORDER REF

PRICE

ML04 ML06 ML03 ML05 ML02 ML01 ML05D

£490.00 £551.00 £400.00 £320.00 £315.00 £145.00 £370.00

Cover Plate required for use on WB benches REF MLS PRICE £14.30

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC179

19/1/12

10:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

✓Quality trolleys with indexed shelf height adjustment

• Two and four shelf models supplied as standard • Add extra shelves as required • Optional end mesh panels • Frames in epoxy coated steel in dark grey RAL 7045 • 12mm laminate shelves, with light grey steel edging • Four 125mm swivel castors, two with brakes • Supplied flat-packed

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL OPTIONS ARE READILY AVAILABLE

WORKSHOP

Adjustable Workshop Trolleys

TRTA4104

£440

Mesh End Panels 604H x 364Wmm, epoxy coated dark grey. Use 1 pair on 2-shelf trolleys, 2 pairs on 4-shelf models. REF NET2 PRICE £45.00 per pair

2-Shelf Adjustable Trolleys Maximum load 50kg/shelf, 150kg/trolley. Shelves adjust 200-770Hmm. SHELF SIZE W x D (mm) 800 x 430 1000 x 430 800 x 530 1000 x 530

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1015 x 900 x 535 1015 x 1100 x 535 1015 x 900 x 635 1015 x 1100 x 635

TROLLEY ORDER REF PRICE TRTA4082 £264.00 TRTA4102 £274.00 TRTA5082 £280.00 TRTA5102 £290.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE TRHA408 £68.00 TRHA410 £73.00 TRHA508 £74.00 TRHA510 £82.00

4-Shelf Adjustable Trolleys Maximum load 50kg/shelf, 300kg/trolley. Shelves adjust 200-1340Hmm. SHELF SIZE W x D (mm) 1000 x 430 1000 x 530

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1535 x 1100 x 535 1535 x 1100 x 635

TROLLEY ORDER REF PRICE TRTA4104 £440.00 TRTA5104 £470.00

TRTA4082

£264

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE TRHA410 £68.00 TRHA510 £82.00

Universal Trolley

WTR140

£571

NT500ESD

TJK404

✓Ideal as a PC station, measuring station or mobile storage ✓150kg load capacity ✓Integrated accessories • Modern industrial design is highly versatile • Fitted with 3 shelves 650L x 530Wmm • Height adjustable by allen-key • Aluminium verticals • Frames epoxy powder coated steel in light grey RAL 7035 • 25mm laminated particle board worktops • Four 100mm swivel castors, two with brakes • Overall dimensions 1415H x 650W x 650Dmm • Supplied flat-packed REF WTR140 PRICE £571.00

LMC.02 BP50

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

TAS605

TS605

Please note accessories are sold separately

EXTRA SHELVES • 50kg load capacity REF TS605 PRICE £64.00

CABLE CHANNEL • 4 single switched UK sockets REF TJK404 PRICE £166.00

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES • Tilting action with lipped edge REF TAS605 PRICE £120.00

KEYBOARD SHELF • Pull-out shelf & wrist support REF NT500ESD PRICE £135.00

BIN PROFILE • 525mm aluminium profile REF BP50 PRICE £36.00

LIGHT METAL CABINET • 2 lockable drawers REF LMC.02 PRICE £242.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

179

TC180

20/1/12

12:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

WORKSTATIONS

Just

300kg CAPACITY

Benches & Workstations

✓A range of simple and economic solutions

to meet the needs of production, assembly, maintenance and despatch personnel

• Work surface max load capacity up to 300kg • Upper shelf can carry up to 150kg • Supplied as easy self-assembly kits • All models feature 18mm chipboard working surfaces at 914mm height • Only a rubber mallet is required to build up • Finished with a choice of upright colours and light grey beams • Upper shelves are 370mm deep

FRAME COLOUR OPTIONS

JAWC7515

170

Red uprights (RD), light grey beams

Blue uprights (GB), light grey beams

Dark grey uprights (GX), light grey beams

Light grey uprights (GU), and beams

Workstations Style C Large work surface with louvred panels at rear, containers and spigots are not included, top shelf at 1980mm height DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1500 x 750

ORDER REF

PRICE

JAWC7515

£170.00

FROM

JAT6045

£215

£51

FROM

£186

Workstations Style A Workstations with 2 upper shelves, operator can be seated, four generous sizes

180

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

JAWA7518 JAWA7524 JAWA9018 JAWA9024

£186.00 £206.00 £196.00 £229.00

Workstations Style B

Add-On Benches

2 upper shelves, full size undershelf for extra storage. Larger sizes make excellent packaging and despatch benches

Useful extra working area, easily moved around as required, undershelf is ideal for tools, 914mm high

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

JAWB7518 JAWB7524 JAWB9018 JAWB9024

£215.00 £255.00 £228.00 £270.00

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 600 x 450 900 x 450 600 x 600 900 x 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

JAT6045 JAT9045 JAT6060 JAT6090

£51.00 £67.00 £62.00 £71.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC181

20/1/12

10:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BENCHES

CAPACITY JABC7518M

£109

WORKSHOP

285kg

JABC7518

£84

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

JABC7518M JABC7524M JABC9018M JABC9024M

£109.00 £149.00 £116.00 £142.00

Benches Style C Bench with T-bar construction allows user to be seated or standing on either side of the bench. Wipe clean melamine worktop

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

Benches Style C

ORDER REF

PRICE

JABC7518 JABC7524 JABC9018 JABC9024

£84.00 £98.00 £90.00 £103.00

Bench with T-bar construction allows user to be seated or standing on either side of the bench. 18mm FSC chipboard worktop

JABE7518

£134

JABD7518

£101

Lower shelves will carry a maximum UDL of 35kg

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF JABD7518 JABD7524 JABD9018 JABD9024

PRICE £101.00 £120.00 £108.00 £126.00

Lower shelves will carry a maximum UDL of 35kg

Benches Style D Half depth lower shelf allows user to be seated and gives additional storage. 18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelf

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

PRICE

JABE7518 JABE7524 JABE9018 JABE9024

£134.00 £158.00 £145.00 £171.00

JABB7518

ORDER REF JABB7518 JABB7524 JABB9018 JABB9024

PRICE £123.00 £143.00 £136.00 £158.00

Two half depth lower shelves allow user to be seated whilst maximising storage. 18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelf

JABB7518M

£123

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

Benches Style E

ORDER REF

£160

Benches Style B Full size undershelf for extra storage, undershelf height adjustable. 18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelf

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

JABB7518M JABB7524M JABB9018M JABB9024M

£160.00 £202.00 £171.00 £217.00

Benches Style B Full size undershelf for extra storage, undershelf height adjustable. Wipe clean melamine worktop and shelf

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

181

TC182

16/1/12

15:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BENCHES / TIMBER WORKBENCHES WORKSHOP

Timber workbenches

✓Quality timber benches suitable for a wide range of industrial and commercial applications • Hard wearing construction from 25mm plywood, 30mm vinyl or beech hardwood top • Adjustable foot for stability • All exposed surfaces are double varnished • Excellent base for customisation • Supplied pre-assembled ready for use FROM

343

£ D

F G

B A

Accessories

Replacement worktops to suit most brands of workbenches, please call for further details

Supplied factory fitted and ready for use, this wide range of accessories enables the bench you choose to be tailored for your specific applications.

PIC

DESCRIPTION

A B C D E F G

CUPBOARD UNIT DRAWER UNIT SECURITY CUPBOARD TOOL RACK SAW RACK PLANE STOP RECORD VICE

ORDER REF EAT010 EAT011 EAT012 EAT013 EAT014 EAT015 EAT016

PRICE £157.00 £185.00 £130.00 £18.60 £10.50 £29.00 £184.00

Back Lip / Panel PIC

H H H J J J

Standard Timber Workbenches

182

SIZES L x D (mm) 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 750 1800 x 900 1800 x 1200

PLYWOOD SURFACE ORDER REF PRICE EAT001 £343.00 EAT002 £378.00 EAT003 £415.00 EAT004 £378.00 EAT005 £415.00 EAT006 £457.00 EAT007 £415.00 EAT008 £457.00 EAT009 £503.00

VINYL SURFACE ORDER REF PRICE EAT067 £400.00 EAT068 £439.00 EAT069 £483.00 EAT070 £439.00 EAT071 £483.00 EAT072 £532.00 EAT073 £483.00 EAT074 £532.00 EAT075 £585.00

HARDWOOD SURFACE ORDER REF PRICE EAT076 £467.00 EAT077 £513.00 EAT078 £565.00 EAT079 £513.00 EAT080 £565.00 EAT081 £621.00 EAT082 £565.00 EAT083 £621.00 EAT084 £683.00

DIMENSIONS LENGTH x HEIGHT 1200 x 75mm 1500 x 75mm 1800 x 75mm 1200 x 305mm 1500 x 305mm 1800 x 305mm

ORDER REF EAT017 EAT018 EAT019 EAT020 EAT021 EAT022

PRICE £26.00 £34.00 £41.90 £42.30 £51.00 £59.70

Bottom Shelf PIC K K K K K K K K K

DIMENSIONS LENGTH x DEPTH 1200 x 750mm 1200 x 900mm 1200 x 1200mm 1500 x 750mm 1500 x 900mm 1500 x 1200mm 1800 x 750mm 1800 x 900mm 1800 x 1200mm

ORDER REF EAT023 EAT024 EAT025 EAT026 EAT027 EAT028 EAT029 EAT030 EAT031

PRICE £47.80 £50.20 £52.70 £58.00 £59.90 £61.90 £63.80 £65.70 £67.70

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC183

13/1/12

10:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS

• Designed for use in technical workshops where tools and fixings need to be kept tidy and secure at the end of the day • Dimensions 2000H x 980W x 530Dmm • Lockable tambour door • Constructed from 18mm MFC • A range of accessories available for users to create their own unit specific to their requirements

WORKSHOP

Tools & Fixings Storage Unit

EAT254

541

MFC Options For all products - please specify when ordering SIX PIECE TOOL RACK Beech Effect LOUVRED PANEL Oak Effect DRAWER UNITS

Grey Finish

TOOL SHELF Tools & Fixings Storage Unit DESCRIPTION TAMBOUR CUPBOARD LOUVRED PANEL SIX PIECE TOOL RACK 24 SMALL PARTS DRAWER UNIT TOOL SHELF

ORDER REF

PRICE

EAT254 EAT255 EAT256 EAT257 EAT258

£541.00 £98.00 £20.40 £60.00 £84.00

PIGEON HOLES (included with basic unit)

REMOVABLE BINS (included with basic unit)

183

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC184

16/1/12

15:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

BENCHES / STORAGE BENCHES

Storage Benches Compact workbench system with storage modules enclosed. Two different widths with a variety of in-built storage combinations. Shelving areas, drawer stacks or cupboard sections. Worktop is 40mm thick multiplex. The raised storage area allows access for cleaning underneath. Units are finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035/RAL5010 and are delivered fully assembled ready to use. • Width 1500mm or 2000mm x depth 750mm x 840mm high • Overall load capacity 1.5 tonne • Shelves & drawers adjustable on 25mm pitch • Shelf and drawer capacity of 100kg UDL FROM

1500mm Wide Benches

626

41002022 £626.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 2 SHELVES

41002025 £724.00

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 500 HIGH -

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 1 CUPBOARD 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

41002031 £823.00

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 500 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 4 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

2000mm Wide Benches

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

FROM

817

41002049 £817.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 1 CENTRAL SHELF

41002055 £946.00

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 2000 x 750 500 HIGH -

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

41002064 £1045.00

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 2000 x 750 500 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 4 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 2000 x 750 350 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

Frame Workstand • 600mm long x 600mm deep x 780mm high • 30mm thick mpx or wisa worktop • Robust steel section framework • Storage units are 500mm wide x 550mm deep with lockable 50kg UDL capacity drawers • RAL5010 blue / RAL7035 grey

16913401.11 16901001.16

£429

£160 16901100.11

£302

184

TYPE / TOP STATIC MPX STATIC WISA MOBILE MPX MOBILE WISA

ORDER REF 16901000.16 16901001.16 16901030.16 16901031.16

PRICE £149.00 £160.00 £182.00 £193.00

TYPE / TOP STATIC MPX STATIC WISA MOBILE MPX MOBILE WISA

ORDER REF 16901100.11 16901102.11 16913400.11 16913420.11

PRICE £302.00 £313.00 £335.00 £346.00

TYPE / TOP STATIC MPX STATIC WISA MOBILE MPX MOBILE WISA

ORDER REF 16901101.11 16901103.11 16913401.11 16913421.11

PRICE £396.00 £407.00 £429.00 £440.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC185

16/1/12

15:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CONTAINERS / CASES WORKSHOP

High Performance Transit Cases

FROM

✓Secure protection for valuable items ✓We can manufacture to your

119

£ A

custom dimensions

• Heavy duty aluminium construction • Reinforced aluminium framework • Double lid restraints • 6mm plywood base for load capacity • 12mm semi-rigid foam lining lid lined with egg box foam • Two lockable catches • Steel & nylon carry handle on smaller sizes • Zinc plated handles on larger sizes

8 ITEM A B C D E F G H

Standard cases, but remember we can manufacture virtually any size you require!

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 300 x 400 x 300 150 x 450 x 350 150 x 500 x 400 250 x 500 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 300 x 600 x 400 400 x 600 x 400 400 x 800 x 600

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 275 x 375 x 275 125 x 425 x 325 125 x 475 x 375 225 x 475 x 375 125 x 575 x 375 275 x 575 x 375 375 x 575 x 375 375 x 775 x 575

WEIGHT (kg) 6.0 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 6.0 13.0 19.0

ORDER REF

PRICE

SA00002 SA00187 SA00189 SA00190 SA00191 SA00226 SA00004 SA00005

£119.00 £119.00 £121.00 £126.00 £134.00 £141.00 £155.00 £193.00

FROM

High Performance Transit Cases

125

✓For total load protection, these

6mm plywood based cases have a 12mm semi-rigid foam lining and all edges reinforced with extruded aluminium sections

• Coated in black grained PVC • Zinc plated steel handles are fitted to both end walls • Back stop hinges give controlled opening • Secured by lockable over-centre catches SB00003 SB00001

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 300 x 400 x 300 300 x 600 x 400 400 x 600 x 400 400 x 800 x 600

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 275 x 375 x 275 275 x 575 x 375 375 x 575 x 375 375 x 775 x 575

WEIGHT (kg) 5 8.5 10 17

ORDER REF

PRICE

SB00001 SB00002 SB00003 SB00004

£125.00 £134.00 £149.00 £189.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

185

TC186

16/1/12

14:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

DRAWER CABINETS

High Capacity Drawer Cabinets • Create a clean, safe & well organised storage space with drawer cabinets • High capacity units in two different plan sizes • All cabinets are fully lockable and finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035 grey with RAL5010 blue fronts • All drawers have 93% extension and 100kg capacity • Overall load capacity of 1.5 tonne • Drawer dividers are available - steel slotted or plastic box kits - see facing page FROM

525W x 525Dmm Cabinets

40010023 £390.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER CUPBOARD

H x W x D (mm) 800 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 175 HIGH 400 HIGH

Quality products, British made with long life in mind.

390

40010029 £496.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 4 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 800 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

40010033 £448.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER CUPBOARD

H x W x D (mm) 900 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 125 HIGH 150 HIGH 400 HIGH

40010041 £571.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 5 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 900 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

FROM

800W x 750Dmm Cabinets

40028019 £837.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 1000 x 800 x 750 100 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

837

40028029 £904.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 DRAWERS 4 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 1000 x 800 x 750 75 HIGH 100 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

40028037 £1157.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 8 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 1200 x 800 x 750 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

40028039 £1185.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 DRAWERS 4 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 1600 x 800 x 750 100 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH 300 HIGH

186

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC187

16/1/12

14:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DRAWER CABINETS WORKSHOP

Drawer Divider Kits • Customise your storage system with a high quality range of drawer division accessories • Steel variable divider kits manufactured from galvanised sheet steel or plastic box kits in RAL7011 impact resistant polystyrol

525mm Wide x 525mm Deep Metal Dividers

5 Compartment DRAWER HT 75mm 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020229.51V 43020232.51V 43020235.51V

7 Compartment PRICE £22.10 £23.10 £26.30

DRAWER HT 75mm 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020230.51V 43020233.51V 43020236.51V

10 Compartment PRICE £27.30 £30.50 £34.70

650mm Wide x 650mm Deep Metal Dividers

8 Compartment DRAWER HT 75mm 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020265.51V 43020268.51V 43020271.51V

9 Compartment PRICE £32.60 £33.60 £41.00

DRAWER HT 75mm 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020266.51V 43020269.51V 43020272.51V

9 Compartment REF 43020313.51V 43020316.51V 43020319.51V

14 Compartment PRICE £39.90 £42.00 £49.40

DRAWER HT 75mm 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020314.51V 43020317.51V 43020320.51V

DRAWER HT 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020458 43020486

11 Compartment PRICE £17.40 £20.50

DRAWER HT 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020454 43020492

REF 43020459 43020487

PRICE £20.00 £23.10

17 Compartment PRICE £25.20 £29.40

DRAWER HT 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020465 43020493

PRICE £27.30 £31.50

800mm Wide x 750mm Plastic Boxes

18 Compartment PRICE £54.70 £56.80 £66.20

DRAWER HT 100mm 150mm +

650mm Wide x 650mm Plastic Boxes

13 Compartment PRICE £34.70 £35.70 £43.10

800mm Wide x 750mm Deep Metal Dividers

DRAWER HT 75mm 100mm 150mm +

525mm Wide x 525mm Plastic Boxes

DRAWER HT 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020472 43020500

25 Compartment PRICE £36.30 £43.60

DRAWER HT 100mm 150mm +

REF 43020473 43020501

PRICE £41.00 £45.20

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

187

TC188

16/1/12

14:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WORKSHOP

DRAWER CABINETS

Heavy Duty Mobile Drawer Cabinets • Mobile cabinets for on-site storage • Centrally lockable and finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035/RAL5010 • Push/pull handle • Drawer blocking mechanism to prevent tipping • 100kg capacity per drawer • 125mm castor set (two with brake) • Safety trigger on each drawer to prevent accidental opening • Available in 2 plan sizes

See our range of drawer dividers on page 187 525mm Wide Cabinets

40402007 £512.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 780 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 300 HIGH

40402011 £620.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 780 x 525 x 525 75 HIGH 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

650mm Wide Cabinets

40402031 £727.00

188

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 3 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 880 x 650 x 650 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

40402035 £804.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 980 x 650 x 650 75 HIGH 100 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC189

13/1/12

11:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DRAWER CABINETS

✓Full extension drawer cabinets, extendable by 100% and fully lockable

• High quality drawer cabinets constructed from cold pressed quality sheet steel • The full extension drawers run on 4 ball bearings for a smooth free running action • Safety single drawer locking mechanism prevents more than one drawer opening at once • Load capacity 900kg, drawers 70kg each • Available in RAL5012 Blue, RAL7000 Grey, RAL6011 Green, RAL7035 Light Grey • Drawers can be sub divided • All cabinets can be made mobile • Plinths, and worktops available for each cabinet

FDL10905404

FDF10755304

£738

FDB10705104

£798

£598

FDF10905604

WORKSHOP

Flexa Cabinets, Full Extension Drawer Cabinets

£553

FBL70110351

£398

FDL10905204

£744

FDG10705704

FDF10755504

£512

£563

Tools not included

FCBH4200404

£857

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1000 x 717 x 600 850 x 717 x 600 1000 x 1023 x 600 800 x 564 x 600 1000 x 1023 x 600 800 x 717 x 600 850 x 717 x 600 920 x 792 x 600 890 x 428 x 675 910 x 1072 x 600 810 x 952 x 210

FDFB5600204

FDAD5600204

£668

£561

CONFIGURATION ORDER DRAWER HEIGHT (mm) REF 9 x 100 FDF10905604 2 x 75, 1 x 100, 2 x 150, 1 x 200 FDF10755304 2 x 75, 1 x 100, 3 x 150, 1 x 200 FDL10905404 1 x 50, 2 x 100, 1 x 150, 1 x 300 FDB10705104 6 x 150 FDL10905204 1 x 75, 1 x 100, 1 x RETRACTABLE, 1 x ADJUSTABLE, DOOR 500mm HIGH FDG10705704 2 x 75, 1 x 100, 1 x 300 FLAP DOOR, 1 x 200 FDF10755504 2 x 75 1 x 100, 1 x 150, 1 x 200 MOBILE CABINET FDFB5600204 1 x 100, 1 x 200, 1 x 300 MOBILE CABINET FDAD5600204 2 x 100, 2 x 200, 1 SHELF MOBILE CABINET FCBH4200404 ROLLER SHUTTER CABINET FOR TOPS OF CABINETS FBL70110351 BLUE AS STANDARD, OTHER COLOURS AVAILABLE - PLEASE STATE WHEN ORDERING

PRICE £738.00 £598.00 £798.00 £553.00 £744.00 £512.00 £563.00 £668.00 £561.00 £857.00 £398.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

189

TC190

13/1/12

11:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DRAWER CABINETS

Storage Cabinets - 840mm High

WORKSHOP

✓High quality cabinets for workshops, tool rooms, laboratories and all commercial areas A full range of drawer dividers & accessories is available on the facing page FROM

£545

• Heavy gauge fully welded construction • Central locking system & anti-tilt safety mechanism • Drawers mounted on telescopic ball race slides • All drawers have slotted side walls to accept dividers • All cabinets are 610mm deep • Choice of 2 width options: 615 or 915mm • Drawer depths – 100/150/200mm nominal depth • 70kg or 140kg drawer capacity • Polyester powder coated finish for durability

615

840

915

840

Cabinet Colour Options DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7846161C £545.00 E4846161C £631.00

915mm WIDE E7849161C £685.00 E4849161C £735.00

For required cabinet colour please add corresponding suffix to product code 2 x 100mm drawers

Dark Grey (KXX)

2 x 150mm drawer

Green (GXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

1 x 200mm drawer FROM

£684

615

840

FROM

£616

915

840

DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7846161D £616.00 E4846161D £690.00

915mm WIDE E7849161D £770.00 E4849161D £833.00

3 x 100mm drawers 3 x 150mm drawers

DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7846161F £684.00 E4846161F £746.00

915mm WIDE E7849161F £858.00 E4849161F £925.00

7 x 100mm drawers

615

840

915

FROM

£313

DRAWER LOADING 70kg

190

140kg

615mm WIDE E78461612 £313.00 E48461612 £384.00

£168

840

915mm WIDE E78491612 £415.00 E48491612 £480.00

2 x 100mm drawers plus cupboard

70kg

615mm WIDE E78461611 £168.00

840

915mm WIDE E78491611 £187.00

Full cupboard

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC191

13/1/12

11:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DRAWER CABINETS WORKSHOP

Storage Cabinets - 1200mm High 615

615

1200

FROM

£675 915

915

FROM

£724

1200

DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7126161V £675.00 E4126161V £738.00

915mm WIDE E7129161V £813.00 E4129161V £886.00

FROM

£896

DRAWER LOADING 70kg

6 x 150mm drawers 1 x 200mm drawers

615mm WIDE E7126161W £724.00 E4126161W £807.00

140kg

615

915mm WIDE E7129161W £920.00 E4129161W £1003.00

2 x 100mm drawers 6 x 150mm drawers

Cabinet Accessories 1200

• Suit 1200mm high cabinets on this page • Suit 840mm high cabinets on facing page • Also suit Heavy Duty Storage Bench cabinets on pages 170 & 171

Moulded Drawer Inserts Moulded plastic inserts - 55mm deep. Ideal for small parts storage

915

DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 610 x 615 910 x 457

ORDER REF ET610615XXXX ET910457XXXX

PRICE (EACH) £31.10 £28.40

1200

Slotted dividers Moulded Drawer Inserts

DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7126161Y £896.00 E4126161Y £1000.00

915mm WIDE E7129161Y £1157.00 E4129161Y £1261.00

6 x 100mm drawers 2 x 150mm drawers 1 x 200mm drawer

Plain sub-dividers

Slotted Dividers - Packs of 6 LENGTH 100mm HIGH DRAWER 150mm HIGH DRAWER 200mm HIGH DRAWER (mm) ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 500 FRONT TO BACK ED100FTB2XXX £27.50 ED150FTB2XXX £43.00 ED200FTB2XXX £49.00

Plain Sub-Dividers - Packs of 12 LENGTH (mm) 125 200 275

100mm HIGH DRAWER 150mm HIGH DRAWER ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ES1001252XXX £10.10 ES1501252XXX £10.10 ES1002002XXX £11.00 ES1502002XXX £15.60 ES1002752XXX £11.90 ES1502752XXX £17.40

200mm HIGH DRAWER ORDER REF PRICE ES2001252XXX £11.00 ES2002002XXX £18.30 ES2002752XXX £20.10

Non Conductive Foam Drawer Base Liners Black non-conductive foam drawer liners. To protect goods stored. DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 610 x 615 910 x 457

ORDER REF EL615610XXX EL915610XXX

PRICE (EACH) £15.60 £23.80

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

191

TC192

13/1/12

11:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING WAREHOUSE

Packaging Equipment

✓Modular ergonomic packaging stations to increase your efficiency and output

• European quality manufacture • Units can be adapted and re-sited as needs change • Stepless height adjustment suits all personnel, all tasks

Maxi Packing Table 1600 x 800

• Height adjustable 700-920mm REF 60-200 PRICE £394.00

Cutters & Stands

Dual Shelf Top & Mandrel Set

• 1200mm and 1500mm cutting widths • Rotary cutter cuts in both directions • Mobile stands include roll support mandrel

• • • •

2 vertical supports Top carton shelf with 6 dividers Steel cantilever mid shelf Mandrel kit for small paper/film rolls REF 60-900 PRICE £294.00

Underbench Mandrel

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

1200mm WIDE CUTTER 1200mm WIDE STAND 1500mm WIDE CUTTER 1500mm WIDE STAND

60-940 60-301 60-941 60-302

£263.00 £289.00 £278.00 £294.00

• For large paper/film rolls • With all brackets and rollers REF 60-703 PRICE £97.00

Complete Packing Station • As above A, B and C • Plus a 1200mm cutter REF PAKIT3 PRICE £995.00 B Special Price

Preset Length Tape Dispensers

PAKIT3

995

Increased productivity on repetitive packaging tasks See page 194

EB-251

£263

UK MANUFACTURE

Economy Packing Station • Saves space and time packing goods, with storage facility for cartons, wrappings and equipment • Sturdy welded steel section construction with table and shelf edges set into the frame to avoid damage • 920mm table height • Attractive grey durable finish • The packing bench is supplied flat-packed in one carton for convenient handling with easy to follow assembly instructions included

Staplers & Tackers DESCRIPTION

192

PACKING TABLE PACKING STATION

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 920 x 1800 x 780 1500 x 1800 x 780

ORDER REF EB-250 EB-251

PRICE £173.00 £263.00

A full range of manual & electrical models available on page 195

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC193

13/1/12

11:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING WAREHOUSE

Undershelf 1600 x 600 REF 60-955 PRICE £166.00

Chip Dispenser Section 800 x 800 Add-On Table + Hopper Frame (excludes bag, valve & poly chips) REF 60-105 PRICE £693.00 Legs (pair) to make frame freestanding REF 60-901 PRICE £85.00

Add-On Table 800 x 800 • Not free standing, this table has one leg frame only REF 60-102 PRICE £226.00

Flow-Pack Hopper • 2 x 15 cu ft bag capacity with valve (polystyrene chips not included) REF FPH PRICE £394.00

Bubble Film & Corrugated Paper

Packaging Tapes & Hand Dispensers

Range of sizes available See page 196

Tapes & machines for every application See page 194

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

193

TC194

13/1/12

11:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING / TAPES & DISPENSERS WAREHOUSE

Adhesive Tapes & Dispensers C

Preset Length Tape Dispensers

✓Increased productivity and reduced wastage

• Dispenses tape to the exact length required F H

SL/1 25mm Lever Operation

E G

SL/1

£43.40

Bench & Hand Tape Dispensers PIC

DESCRIPTION

A B C D E F G H

CLAMP ON BENCH TAPE DISPENSER BENCH TAPE DISPENSER HEAVY DUTY BENCH TAPE DISPENSER HEAVY DUTY BENCH TAPE DISPENSER PISTOL GRIP BRAKED TAPE DISPENSER PISTOL GRIP TAPE DISPENSER METAL HAND TAPE DISPENSER METAL HAND TAPE DISPENSER

MAX TAPE WIDTH (mm) 2 x 25 or 1 x 50 25 50 75 50 75 25 50

ORDER REF B3/TC B20/NOVA PD/332 PD/750 H11/CP H75 D2/25 D2/50

PRICE £9.20 £4.70 £12.90 £14.00 £4.50 £8.10 £10.00 £10.90

SL/3 50-75mm Lever Operation

SL/3

£95

Adhesive Tapes DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS WxL 24mm x 66m 25mm x 50m 25mm x 66m 50mm x 66m 75mm x 66m 50mm x 66m

CLEAR EASY-TEAR TAPE CROSS-WEAVE REINFORCED TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE FRAGILE - PRE PRINTED TAPE (RED ON WHITE)

CARTON QUANTITY 72 36 72 36 24 36

ORDER REF ET24 CW25/50 820/25 820/50 820/75 PPT/1

PRICE £42.10 £89.00 £48.60 £29.20 £37.10 £64.00

UMET/75 15-75mm Electronic UMET/75

£785

Gummed Paper Tapes & Dispensers • Takes standard and reinforced adhesive tapes • Auto repeat facility • Override button dispenses 50mm to infinity TAPE WIDTH 25mm 50-75mm 15-75mm

DISPENSED LENGTH 0-75mm 0-200mm 50-1300mm

ORDER REF SL/1 SL/3 UMET/75

PRICE £43.40 £95.00 £785.00

EPS/80

£25

80mm Pull & Tear

✓Low cost gummed tape dispenser • Roller moistens as tape is pulled forward • Pull against blade to cut to length • Accepts gummed side in and gummed side out paper rolls • Six month warranty Pull & Tear Dispenser, 80mm wide tape REF EPS/80 PRICE £25.00

Gummed Paper Tape Standard Tapes (gummed side out) supplied in choice of paper weights

194

ROLL SIZE WxL 48mm x 200m 72mm x 200m 48mm x 200m 72mm x 200m

PAPER WEIGHT 60g/m2 60g/m2 70g/m2 70g/m2

ORDER REF P60-48 P60-72 P70-48 P70-72

PRICE PER ROLL £2.70 £3.80 £2.70 £4.10

20-100mm Lever Operated

✓Two year warranty

• Lever operation dispenses pre-determined length of tape • Tape lengths adjustable 100-1100mm • Maximum roll diameter 200mm • Accepts plain or reinforced gummed side in and gummed side out rolls Lever Operated Dispenser, 20-100mm tape REF UNI/200/B6 PRICE £383.00

Reinforced Gummed Tape High strength fibre mesh reinforced paper (gummed side out) ROLL SIZE WxL 48mm x 100m 70mm x 100m

ORDER REF P140-48R P140-70R

PRICE PER ROLL £3.50 £5.10

20-100mm Electronic

✓Eighteen months warranty

• Moistens, cuts and dispenses pre-programmed lengths of tape • Integral heating and moisture control for perfect adhesion • Tape lengths adjustable 100-1150mm • Maximum roll diameter 200mm • Accepts plain or reinforced gummed side in and gummed side out rolls Electronic Dispenser, 20-100mm tape REF C/25 PRICE £1110.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC195

13/1/12

11:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING / STAPLERS & TACKERS

R/51 Stapling Plier Small, comfortable and easy to use. Staples up to 12 sheets of paper

P-1-24 Stapling Plier Regular office and packaging. Staples/pins up to 50 sheets paper

21/4

R/13 Hand Tacker Ergonomic light duty tacker. ABS body with jam-free steel magazine

24/6-8,

P-31-1 Stapling Plier Heavy duty packaging plier. Ideal for cartons and padded bags

26/6-8

P-31-1 £23.10

R/33 Hand Tacker Heavy duty steel model Adjustable driver for stapling into timber

R34 Hand Tacker Heavy duty, for fixing insulation materials, carpet underlay etc.

P/11 Hammer Tacker Simple, durable tacker for labels, insulation etc.

140/6-14

R/13 £22.30

R/33 £49.00

R/34 £31.90

General Purpose Staples

300/15

R/83 £28.00

P-1-24 £9.70

13/6-14

13/6-14,

73/8-12

R/51 £12.30

13/4-10

R/83 Combination ABS body, fires staples or brads to 15mm

WAREHOUSE

R/3 Staple Remover Ergonomic with firm handle grip. Removes almost any staple R/3 £11.00

R/54 Hammer Tacker Heavy duty for thicker materials, inc roofing

140/6-10

140/8-14

P/11 £17.70

R/54 £78.00

Packs of 5000

SIZE/REF

PRICE

SIZE/REF

PRICE

SIZE/REF

PRICE

SIZE/REF

PRICE

13/4 13/6 13/8 13/10

£6.60 £5.00 £5.60 £5.40

13/14 140/6 140/8 140/10

£6.50 £6.10 £6.60 £7.60

140/14 21/4 26/6 26/8

£9.20 £2.40 £1.10 £4.30

73/8 73/10 73/12 300/15

£7.50 £8.30 £8.40 £5.90

Carton Staples (for PTS & PB-S) Packs of 2000 DESCRIPTION

QTY

REF

PRICE

15mm LEG (GENERAL PURPOSE) 15mm LEG (GENERAL PURPOSE) 18mm LEG (GENERAL PURPOSE) 18mm LEG (GENERAL PURPOSE) 22mm LEG (TRIPLE WALL, PB-S ONLY) 22mm LEG (TRIPLE WALL, PB-S ONLY)

1-9 PACKS 10 PACKS 1-9 PACKS 10 PACKS 1-9 PACKS 10 PACKS

32/15 32/15/10 32/18 32/18/10 32/22 32/22/10

£5.00 £4.50 £6.20 £5.40 £7.40 £6.40

PB-S

PTS-A1

£365

£193 PTS-1

£91

Air Operated Carton Top Stapler • Pneumatic operation avoids operator fatigue • Uses 32mm wide crown carton staples in 15mm & 18mm leg length for secure fastening • 5 staple depth adjustments to avoid damage to packed goods • Attachment supplied for spring balancer • Weighs only 1.95kg REF PTS-A1 PRICE £193.00

Carton Top Stapler • Accurately seals flaps of assembled cartons • Uses 32mm wide crown carton staples in 15mm and 18mm length for secure fastening • 5 staple depth adjustments to avoid damage to packed goods • Weighs only 1.67kg REF PTS-1 PRICE £91.00

Carton Bottom Stapler • Uses 32mm wide crown carton staples in 15mm,18mm and 22mm lengths • Foot pedal operation for hands-free working (for closing bottoms of boxes prior to filling) • Sturdy construction, weighs 30kg • High capacity staple magazine REF PB-S PRICE £365.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

195

TC196

13/1/12

11:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING WAREHOUSE

Paper/Film/Foil Roll Holders

Pouch Tapes & Dispensers

• Quality packaging grade kraft paper in 4 widths • Roll holders to dispense most wrapping papers • Fitted with serrated blade • Max roll diameter 240mm

• Quick and easy ‘documents enclosed’ pouches on a roll • Each pouch is 150 x 200mm, 330 pouches per roll Dispenser Simple to use - fully adjustable - no wastage REF APTD-150 PRICE £10.40

WALL BRACKETS CRHSWB £2.30 (3 pack)

Counter Roll Holders ROLL WIDTH (mm) 500 600 800 1000

ORDER REF CRHS500 CRHS600 CRHS800 CRHS1000

PRICE £58.00 £60.00 £67.00 £74.00

Pouch Tapes Per roll REF APT/1X PRICE £7.50 Per carton of 12 rolls REF APT1 PRICE £72.00

HANGING BRACKETS CRHSHB £2.40 (3 pack) Brown Paper ROLL SIZE WxL 500mm x 275m 750mm x 275m 900mm x 275m

ORDER REF MG500 MG750 MG900

PRICE £17.70 £25.50 £34.30

CO1

Label Dispensers • Rugged metal construction • With anti-slip rubber feet • Suitable for 25mm and 75mm cores • Metal separators peel label backing effectively • Can be used either wall mounted to save space or on a bench • Additional cores for multiple rolls

FCP

PCC/R right hand PCC/L left hand PSC/1

CO/K2

Corrugated Paper • Tough protection for industry • Biodegradable and recyclable 650mm Wide x 75m Roll REF CP650 PRICE £22.10 900mm Wide x 75m Roll REF CP900 PRICE £30.80

Self Adhesive Labels • Printed RED on white • Each label 89 x 36mm • 2000 labels on each roll LABEL TEXT (mm) FRAGILE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED

Safety Tools

ORDER ROLL REF PRICE PL/R1 £19.50 PL/R4 £19.50

Label Dispensers WIDTH (mm) 100 160 200 315

ORDER REF WMD-100 WMD-160 WMD-200 WMD-315

PRICE £12.30 £13.40 £15.00 £20.00

Carton Opener Cuts string, cord, tapes and plastic strapping - removes staples and opens taped cartons REF CO1 PRICE £4.80 Film Cutter Cuts stretchwrap, shrinkwrap, bubble film etc. - with reversible guarded blade REF FCP PRICE £1.20 Case Cutter (left or right handed) Retractable blade has 3 lockable positions. Angled guide protects operator from blade and acts as guide whilst cutting case tops REF PCC/R or PCC/L PRICE £2.40 Safety Cutter Multi-purpose tool, suitable for banding, strapping, string, tape, plastic film & sheet etc. Blunt edge blade opens taped boxes REF PSC/1 PRICE £1.90

196

Sectioned Blade Cutter Popular general purpose cutting tool. With sliding blade, blade lock and blade breaking device REF CO/K2 PRICE £2.40

Bubble Film • Soft, strong cushioned protection • Small and large bubble in rolls • Dispenser pack for smaller users Small Bubble 75m Rolls ROLL WIDTH (mm) 600 750 900

ORDER REF SB/600 SB/750 SB/900

PRICE £16.10 £20.10 £24.10

Large Bubble 50m Roll 750mm wide REF LMB/750 PRICE £20.10 Handy Pack 300mm x 35m small bubble, supplied with safety cutter REF QP/3035 PRICE £9.70

Stock Cartons • Popular sizes from stock Single Wall Corrugated Cartons (packs of 50) DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 76 x 225 x 300 (A4) 125 x 225 x 300 (A4) 225 x 225 x 300 (A4) 225 x 300 x 450

ORDER REF SW/1 SW/2 SW/3 SW/4

PACK PRICE £21.60 £21.60 £21.60 £51.00

Double Wall Corrugated Cartons (packs of 10) DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 450 x 400 x 550 500 x 500 x 750

ORDER REF DW/1 DW/2

PACK PRICE £27.40 £44.00

Bubble lined Postal Packs • Cost effective • Ultra lightweight • Self-sealing EXT DIMS PACK ORDER (mm) QUANTITY REF 120 x 225 200 APP/1/SA 140 x 275 200 APP/2/SA 170 x 275 100 APP/3/SA 200 x 325 100 APP/4/SA 240 x 325 100 APP/5/SA 240 x 400 100 APP/6/SA 250 x 400 100 APP/7/SA 290 x 420 100 APP/8/SA 320 x 505 50 APP/9/SA 370 x 530 50 APP/10/SA

PRICE £22.10 £25.80 £13.90 £18.10 £20.80 £24.80 £28.80 £38.00 £24.60 £31.30

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC197

17/1/12

16:47

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING / GLUE GUNS & STRETCHWRAP WAREHOUSE

Hot Melt Glue Guns For rapid and easy packaging assembly, plus all manner of bonding, sealing and reinforcing tasks. Work on card, wood, paper, fabrics, most plastics, ceramics, and many more materials. P/150

P/312

P/912ECO

P600/G

£19.90

£33

£55

£79

Industrial 912

Gastec 600

Hobby Tec 150

Lightweight 312

✓Lightweight and comfortable

✓Lightweight but powerful

✓For continuous packaging

✓Lightweight cordless gun

• Narrow profile handle • Full-hand lever trigger • Self regulating heater • Built-in stand • Dispenses up to 400g adhesive per hour

• Double insulated for safety • Self regulating heater • Clip-on stand • Ready to go in 4/5 minutes • Dispenses 750g adhesive per hour

• Robust industrial quality • Unique design: can be left on for hours, with no glue melt back • Dispenses 1.8kg adhesive per hour

REF P/150 PRICE £19.90

REF P/312 PRICE £33.00

REF P/912ECO PRICE £55.00

• Runs on butane gas lighter fuel • Combined gas valve / piezo igniter • Runs for 1.5 hours • Accurate thermostat for consistent results • Heats for use in 5 minutes • Dispenses 1.5kg adhesive / hour

and assembly

REF P600/G PRICE £79.00

12mm Hotmelt Adhesive Sticks General Purpose medium set time 95/12/300-5 £37.90 / 5kg

Packaging Grade rapid setting 96/12/300-5 £37.90 / 5kg

Clear General Purpose slow set time 97/12/300-5 £37.90 / 5kg

Silicon Release Mat Prevents glue sticking to surface 200 x 200mm REF TM/1 PRICE £6.80

Stretchwrap

✓Fast, clean, low cost wrapping ✓Film sticks to itself without damaging the product • A fraction of the cost of tapes or strapping • Crystal clear protection for all manner of items • Tough enough to stabilise palletised cartons

HEAVY DUTY HP/125 SR500

£12.80

HSP/100/12

Industrial Stretchwrap Dispensers • Accommodate 400-500mm wide stretch film rolls • Twist-grip handle controls tension • Regular (yellow) and heavy duty (red) models Regular Stretchwrap Dispenser REF SR500 PRICE £12.80

Handy Stretchwrap Kits

Heavy Duty Stretchwrap Dispenser REF HSR/500/HD-1 PRICE £23.70 Clear & Black Cast Stretchwrap Films COLOUR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR BLACK (SECURITY)

FILM THICKNESS 17 microns 20 microns 23 microns 34 microns 20 microns 25 microns

ROLL WIDTH x LENGTH 400mm x 300m 400mm x 300m 400mm x 300mm 400mm x 200mm 500mm x 300m 500mm x 250m

ORDER REF 4030/17-6 4030/20-6 4030/23/B/EC-6 4020/34/B/EC-6 5030/20-6 5025/25BK-6

PRICE PER PACK OF 6 £40.30 £50.00 £52.00 £54.00 £61.00 £59.00

100mm Stretch Packer Kit Squeeze action hand tool plus twelve 150m long reels of stretch film REF HSP/100/12 PRICE £20.60 Bulk 100mm Stretch Film Pack of 36 x 150m reels REF 1015/36 PRICE £39.90

125mm Stretch Bundlers 200m long heavy duty film reel with squeeze grip disposable handle. Supplied in packs of five. REF HP/125 PRICE £13.80

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

197

TC198

20/1/12

10:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING / STRAPPING WAREHOUSE

Steel Strapping Equipment

✓The toughest strapping for the most demanding industrial jobs:

SAVE

£60+

heavy machinery, wooden cases and palletised loads

✓Oscillated wound steel strapping gives more strap per reel, and therefore will suit large volume users

• Choose from 13, 16 or 19mm wide strapping according to the breaking strain necessary • The tensioner is a universal tool for all widths, but a separate sealer will be required for each width of tape used • Our safety shears are designed to prevent whiplash injuries which can occur when highly tensioned strapping is cut Shears will suit all widths of strapping

COMPLETE

PAKIT5

282

• The mobile trolley will also accommodate all widths of strapping up to 19mm, and has a generous seal holder box attached OUR 6-PIECE STEEL STRAPPING KIT SAVES YOU OVER £60 AND GETS YOU OFF THE GROUND WITH ALL YOU NEED!

SPECIAL! 6-PIECE STRAPPING KIT • Mobile stand • Tensioner and 13mm sealer • Safety shears • Two 420m reels 13mm steel strapping • 1000 13mm metal seals

B C

REF PAKIT5 PRICE £282.00

Steel Strapping Consumables

Steel Strapping Tools D

SSC/30 Standard Safety Shears

MSC/38 Heavy Duty Safety Shears

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

A A A -

13mm STEEL STRAPPING, 521KG B/S, 334m REEL 16mm STEEL STRAPPING, 651KG B/S, 334m REEL 19mm STEEL STRAPPING, 781KG B/S, 335m REEL 13 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000 16 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000 19 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000

ORDER REF RIB/13/W RIB/16/W RIB/19/W 13/25SS 16/25SS 19/25SS

PRICE £43.00 £53.00 £63.00 £9.50 £11.00 £13.00

Steel Strapping Tools & Trolley ITEM

DESCRIPTION

B C C C D E F

TENSIONER FOR 13-16-19mm STEEL STRAPPING SEALER FOR 13mm STEEL STRAPPING SEALER FOR 16mm STEEL STRAPPING SEALER FOR 19mm STEEL STRAPPING SAFETY SHEARS FOR 13-16-19mm STEEL STRAPPING H/DUTY SAFETY SHEARS FOR STRAPPING UP TO 38mm MOBILE DISPENSER TROLLEY

ORDER REF 4219/ST 4213/SS 4216/SS 4219/SS SSC/30 MSC/38 RWM/30

PRICE £69.00 £30.00 £30.00 £30.00 £36.00 £199.00 £117.00

STEEL STRAPPING COMBI TOOL • A convenient alternative to separate tools, the COMBI tensions, seals and indents 13/16/19mm steel strapping. No need for seals, strap crimped to itself REF LMST-5 PRICE £463.00

SEAL FREE COMBI TOOL • Rugged tool which tensions, cuts and seals steel strapping to itself giving an effective seal • Adjusts 13-19mm

198

REF SST/1319 PRICE £526.00

Oscillated Wound Steel Strapping • Bigger reels for larger users • Use standard tools as table above OWM

Trolley

£165

• Easily adjusts to suit 13, 16 or 19mm strapping • Brake prevents reels unwinding • Seal holder provided

Oscillated Wound Steel Strapping DESCRIPTION 12.7mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 521kg B/S, 965m REEL 16mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 651kg B/S, 763m REEL 19mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 781kg B/S, 643m REEL DISPENSER TROLLEY ( FOR OSCILLATED WOUND STRAPPING)

ORDER REF OSC/13 OSC/16 OSC/19 OWM

PRICE £115.00 £115.00 £115.00 £165.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC199

17/1/12

11:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING / STRAPPING SAVE £21+

✓Low cost, high efficiency 12mm plastic strapping

COMPLETE

PAKIT1

132

• The industry standard system for routine cartons and pallets • Strapping is colour coded according to strength Strapping Consumables ITEM

DESCRIPTION

A -

12mm WHITE STRAPPING, 150kg B/S, 2000m REEL 12mm BLACK STRAPPING, 200kg B/S, 1500m REEL 12mm BLUE STRAPPING, 270kg B/S, 1200m REEL 12mm GRIP FAST PLASTIC BUCKLES (FOR TENSIONING BY HAND) PACK OF 1000 12 x 25mm METAL SEALS (FOR USE WITH TOOLS BELOW) DISPENSER BOX OF 1000 EDGE PROTECTORS, BLACK PLASTIC, REEL OF 500

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

C D

TENSIONER / CUTTER FOR 12mm STRAPPING SEALER FOR 12mm STRAPPING SEALS COMBINATION TOOLS – TENSION, SEALS & CUT: LIGHT DUTY COMBI TOOL REGULAR COMBI TOOL HEAVY DUTY RATCHET ACTION COMBI TOOL

ORDER REF P12/150S P12/200S P12/270S

£34.00 £27.00 £39.00

PB12

£18.90

12/25/DISP P500/D

£7.70 £11.90

ORDER REF 3215/BT 3212/BS

PRICE £31.00 £21.00

30.10 3012C/P 30.45

£70.00 £95.00 £130.00

ORDER REF PSD PMD

PRICE

SPECIAL! 5-PIECE STRAPPING KIT

PRICE

• Mobile stand • Tensioner/cutter and sealer • White strapping reel A • 1000 metal seals A

Strapping Tools

E F G

DESCRIPTION

H J

PORTABLE STATIC DISPENSER (Strapping not included) MOBILE DISPENSER TROLLEY (Strapping not included)

PSD Portable Dispenser

C B

£29.00 £60.00

PMD Dispenser Trolley

30.10 Light Duty Combi Tool

3012C/P Regular Combi Tool

Pallet Probe Trolley • Mobile stand with probe • Eliminates difficulty of passing strapping under pallets • Saves time and effort • Security chain holds probe vertically to allow movement of trolley to new position • 1500mm usable probe length • Large tray for seals • Strapping & seals not included REF MPP PRICE £158.00

REF PAKIT1 PRICE £132.00

Strapping Dispensers ITEM

WAREHOUSE

Polypropylene Strapping Equipment

30.45 H/Duty Ratchet Combi Tool

Strap & Buckle Starter Kit 12/SBK

12/SSK

• 800m of 12mm polypropylene strapping • 200 grip fast buckles • So simple to use - no tools required! REF 12/SBK PRICE £24.00

Strap & Seal Starter Kit 3215/BT PB12 3212/BS

• 800m of 12mm polypropylene strapping • 300 12x25mm metal seals • Tools are required: select tensioner plus sealer, or combination tool from table above REF 12/SSK PRICE £23.00

Pre-Printed Strapping White polypropylene 150kg B/S 12mm x 2000m reels, printed as below FRAGILE HANDLE WITH CARE SECURITY SEALED URGENT DO NOT DROP REF 12/150S (+ text) PRICE £57.00 per reel

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

199

TC200

13/1/12

11:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WAREHOUSE

PACKAGING / SHRINK WRAPPING

Polyethylene Shrink Wrapping

✓Professional quality packaging, easy and economical to use

• Uses standard industrial propane gas • Water and tamper proof

Tarpaulins

✓Heavy duty weatherproof covers • 150gsm polyethylene, with metal eyelets every 1 metre around edges • UV stabilised colour – will not fade • Deep blue one side, green the other • 100% waterproof and washable • Mildew resistant • Reinforced edges

RIP/2200

£567

FROM

£7.60

Ripack 2200 Cold Nozzle Shrink Gun Kit • The nozzle remains cool! • No risk of burns – no need for protections • Fast heating over a large area • Power adjustable to suit all types of film • Rotating nozzle for all applications • Automatic regulator for total gas safety • Guard and dead-man device • Power developed 55kW REF RIP/2200 PRICE £567.00 PSG-1

£356

Tarpaulins APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS (m) 2x3 4x5 5x8 6 x 10 8 x 12

ORDER REF

PRICE

4102 4103 4104 4105 4106

£7.60 £22.90 £42.10 £63.00 £101.00

Pallet Shrink Gun Kit • Robust and reliable budget priced tool complete with 8m hose, regulator and oil • Suits all manner of industrial items • Large or small components • Hand tool weight 1kg REF PSG-1 PRICE £356.00

GCT

£62

Sanstrap Pallet Bands

Mobile Dispenser Stand

Cylinder Trolley

and stretch around products

• Adjustable up to 2 metres width • Wall or floor mounted • One spindle included, extras available

• Adjusts to suit 13/19/47kg industrial propane bottles • Gun holster included

REF PSS/1 PRICE £133.00

REF GCT PRICE £62.00

✓Easy use dispenser box, just open band • Ideal for stabilising pallets • Secures stacks of boxes, • 100% recyclable PE film 600mm long 100mm wide, 200 pieces on perforated roll REF SPB/200/DISP PRICE £25.40

200

PSS/1

£133

1200mm long 100mm wide, 100 pieces on perforated roll REF SPB/100/DISP PRICE £25.40

Polyethylene Shrink Film Pallet Covers LOAD ORDER PRICE SIZE REF PER 25 1000 x 1200 x 1200 GPC/1210/25 £88.00 1200 x 1200 x 1200 GPC/1212/25 £100.00 Pallet covers are supplied in convenient tear-off rolls

Centre-Folded Sheeting FILM WIDTH 2m 3m 4m

FOLDED ROLL ORDER PRICE WIDTH LENGTH REF 1m 108m 125/1/2M/25 £91.00 1.5m 74m 125/1.5/3M/25 £91.00 2m 55m 125/2/4M/25 £91.00 Each centre fold roll is approx 25kg weight

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC201

25/1/12

15:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING / HEAT SEALERS

Impulse Heat Sealers

• Suit most heat sealable materials - polyethylene, polypropylene, PVC • Compact, reliable, easy to use

SPECIAL! 300mm Sealer/Cutter, with unroller device REF PAKIT6 PRICE £172.00

COMPLETE

PAKIT6

172

COMPLETE

PAKIT7

895

WAREHOUSE

✓Time saving sealers and for all manner of industry and commerce ✓Tamper evident seals protect goods and enhance company image

Unrollers ROLLER WIDTH (mm) 300 450 500 1000

ORDER REF

PRICE

AR/LD300 AR/LD450 AR500 AR1000

£25.70 £34.80 £77.00 £165.00

SPECIAL! 480mm Super Magnet Sealer with unroller & worktable REF PAKIT7 PRICE £895.00

Super Magnetic Impulse Sealers

✓Magnetic hold for easy operation and consistent results Food & Drug Approved Layflat Polythene Tubing • 60 micron thickness (250 gauge) • Supplied in 150m dispenser packs TUBE WIDTH (mm) 75 100 150 300 400

PACK QUANTITY 4 3 2 1 1

ORDER REF DP75/4 DP100/3 DP150/2 DP300/1 DP400/1

PACK PRICE £38.00 £36.00 £32.00 £31.00 £44.00

• For use with plastic bags or layflat tubing up to 2 x 1000 gauge (2 x 250 micron) • Super strong 4mm seal, in four width versions • Hand operated with automatic weld and cooling cycle, adjustable to suit material • Optional foot control available: REF PD1 PRICE £84 extra cost • Illustrated above with optional unroller and worktable Super Magnetic Impulse Sealers MODEL 350 500 700 1000

MAX SEAL WIDTH (mm) 330 480 680 1000

SUPER MAGNET SEALER ORDER REF PRICE SMS350 £673.00 SMS500 £788.00 SMS700 £888.00 SMS1000 £1372.00

OPTIONAL WORKTABLE ORDER REF PRICE WT350 £57.00 WT500 £60.00 WT700 £68.00 WT1000 £126.00

PBS/400

£103

FROM

£139

PCS/150F

£72

Bag Sealers • Simple low cost sealers • Timer adjusts to suit various materials • Makes air and water tight 2mm seal in films up to 2 x 200 micron thickness SEALING WIDTH (mm) 200 300 400 500

WITHOUT CUTTERS REF PRICE PBS/200 £59.00 PBS/300 £85.00 PBS/400 £103.00 PBS/500 £116.00

WITH CUTTERS REF PRICE PBS/200C £72.00 PBS/300C £95.00 PBS/400C £115.00 PBS/500C £194.00

Stainless Steel Models SEALING WIDTH (mm) 400 500

WITH CUTTERS ORDER REF PRICE PBS/400/CSS £212.00 PBS/500/CSS £230.00

Manual Sealer / Cutters

Crimpers / Hand Sealers

• Three sealing widths • Integral film cutter • Adjustable electronic timer adjusts to suit a wide variety of films • EU manufactured to CE approved standards

• Lightweight temperature controlled sealers • Seal width 150mm • Make air and water tight seals in films up to 2 x 200 micron thickness • 150F model suits foils, cellophanes etc.

SEALING WIDTH (mm) 200 300 400

ORDER REF

PRICE

P200/C P300/C P400/C

£139.00 £152.00 £162.00

SEAL DIMENSIONS 150 x 2mm 150 x 15mm

ORDER REF

PRICE

PCS/150 PCS/150F

£59.00 £72.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

201

TC202

20/1/12

10:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING

Bell Chamber Shrink Machine

WAREHOUSE

✓Packs individual items or collates several

• Digital display showing settings • Seals and shrinks simultaneously, with controllable solenoid to ensure perfect film finish every time • Mobile with lockable castors and easy to install, ready for immediate use with operator friendly controls • Dimensions 1180H x 650W x 1100Lmm • Weight 85kgs REF AC-550 PRICE £2050.00

AC-550

2050

Other models are available!

Centre Folded Shrinkwrap Film • 19 micron thickness • Supplied in 600m rolls FILM WIDTH (mm) 250 300 350 400 450 500

ORDER REF

PRICE

MEC250-19 MEC300-19 MEC350-19 MEC400-19 MEC450-19 MEC500-19

£31.00 £37.00 £43.00 £49.00 £55.00 £62.00

We can provide a free DVD demonstration of these products, please enquire for more details

Automatic Strapping Machines • Fast and reliable strapping of single or multiple items • Easy operation for unskilled personnel • Automatic sealing and cutting of strap • Mobile on lockable castors • Full instruction manual and tool kit provided

month

✓Semi & automatic machines for high output repetitive strapping tasks

TP-6000-CE

2200

PARTS & LABOUR WARRANTY TP-202-CE

618

Semi Automatic Strapping Machine

Fully Automatic Strapping Machine

• For 6mm to 15.5mm polypropylene strapping • Easily operated controls including manual tension adjustment • Overall 760H x 902W x 586Dmm • Weight 85kg • Adjustable table height from 760-930mm

• For 8mm to 15.5mm polypropylene strapping, set to 12mm - conversion kit may be required • Foot pedal operation • 27 cycles per minute • Maximum pack size with standard arch 850W x 600Hmm • Overall 1540H x 1430Wx 620Dmm • Weight 220kg

REF TP-202-CE PRICE £618.00

REF TP-6000-CE PRICE £2200.00

Machine Strapping Reels - White Polypropylene

202

Semi Auto 9mm x 4000m (100kg B/S) REF 9/100/MC PRICE £53.00

Automatic 9mm x 4000m (100kg B/S) REF 9/4000/MC PRICE £53.00

Semi Auto 12mm x 3000m (145kg B/S) REF 12/145/MC PRICE £50.00

Automatic 12mm x 3000m (165kg B/S) REF 12/165/MC PRICE £54.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC203

20/1/12

10:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PACKAGING

✓Cost effective solutions to utilise your waste

If you require an onsite demo please call us

cardboard and corrugated board

Model CP430S2-3PH

• Make your own cushioning and void fill material • Dual action machines trim and converts in one operation • Single phase and three phase power options • Pay back in as little as one year

WAREHOUSE

Waste Management

Quality powder coat finish on shot blasted steelwork

CP3162S2

£2088 CP422S2-3PH

5175

Optimum product protection We can provide a free DVD demonstration of these products, please enquire for more details

CARDBOARD THICKNESS UP TO 10mm UP TO 15mm UP TO 15mm UP TO 17mm

MAX CUT WIDTH 320mm 420mm 420mm 420mm

CUTTING SPEED 10 METRES PER MIN 12 METRES PER MIN 12 METRES PER MIN 14 METRES PER MIN

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 980 x 660 x 660 1060 x 660 x 660 1060 x 660 x 660 1100 x 750 x 800

WEIGHT (kg) 92 120 120 260

POWER

ORDER REF

PRICE

230V SINGLE PHASE 230V SINGLE PHASE 415V THREE PHASE 415V THREE PHASE

CP3162S2 CP422S2 CP422S2-3PH CP430S2-3PH

£2088.00 £5963.00 £5175.00 £7796.00

Industrial Stretch Wrappers

✓12 month warranty ✓A range of machines is available, including builds to customer specification • Adjustable power pre-stretch 200 or 250% • Reliable build - inverter technology • On screen trouble shooting • 1650mm dia turntable, up to 12r/min • 180º rotating control box • Max wrapping height 2000mm, max load 1650kg • Selectable manual control of turntable and film carriage • Soft start and stop • Automatic and manual wrap modes and top sheet cycle Spring Brake Stretchwrap Machine REF PSW/E1 PRICE £3525.00 Core Brake Stretchwrap Machine REF PSW/E2 PRICE £4210.00

PSW/ER

£236

Clear & black* stretchwrap available

* Black stretchwrap is available only in full pallet loads approx 46 rolls

Loading Ramp For Wrappers REF PSW/ER PRICE £236.00

FROM £

3525

Clear & Black Pre-Stretch Films COLOUR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR BLACK* (SECURITY)

FILM THICKNESS 20 microns 23 microns 28 microns 25 microns

ROLL WIDTH x LENGTH 500mm x 1800m 500mm x 1550m 500mm x 1200m 500mm x 1350m

ORDER REF DXS/20 DXS/23 DXS/28 DXS/25/B

Price includes delivery, installation and training. UK mainland

PRICE £POA £POA £POA £POA

POA PRICE ON APPLICATION

Standard Stretch Wrap 500mm x 1700m, 20 microns Clear 2053/20 £POA

500mm x 1350m, 25 microns Black* 2053/25/B £POA

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

203

TC204

13/1/12

11:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WAREHOUSE

SCALES 315

£77

EACH

£77

£148

Postal Scale

Electronic Bench Scale

Weighing & Counting Scales

• Rate computing postal scale • PiP compatible • 5kg capacity • Simple operation, with auto switch-off • Metered and stamped mail • Displays price to pay • 200 x 135mm plate size • 120mm high letter rack

• A light industrial bench scale for kitchens, post rooms, store areas and warehouses • 245 x 215mm stainless steel platform, tough ABS case with adjustable feet • Rechargeable battery, approx 160 hours life. Mains adapter also included • Function keys for on/off/zero and tare/units • Displays 7 digits in kg & g, lb & oz

• Robust high impact ABS case • Battery powered, with 12V mains adaptor • 3 displays - weight, piece, count - 15mm high • Straightforward operation • Ideal for stocktaking and parts counting • Auto off feature with variable setting • Top plate 290 x 220mm

CAPACITY

PLATE SIZE (mm) 200 x 135

5kg

ORDER REF 315

PRICE

CAPACITY

£77.00

6kg x 1g 15kg x 2g

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 95 x 250 x 300 95 x 250 x 300

ORDER REF 405/6 405/15

PRICE

CAPACITY

£77.00 £77.00

6kg x 1g 15kg x 2g 30kg x 5g

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 117 x 295 x 335 117 x 295 x 335 117 x 295 x 335

ORDER REF B120/6 B120/15 B120/30

PRICE £148.00 £148.00 £148.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

WS300-50

£220

WS/15

£157

204

Portable Bench Scales

Light Capacity Platform Scales

• A portable general purpose bench scale • Simple operation with four functions - on/off/zero and lb/kg • Batteries 4 x 1.5V (not included) • Auto - off feature • UK&EU power adapter supplied as standard • Platform 380W x 300W x 27Hmm • Approvals CE & WEE directive • LCD display 4x25mm digits • Bench or wall mount bracket supplied

• Stainless steel platform suits hygienic or general purpose weighing • Four full load bridge loadcells with self levelling, anti-slip feet • Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable • Wall or bench mount bracket included. • Function keys for on/off; tare; units and hold/print • 5½ x 17mm high digit display in kg or lb

CAPACITY

RESOLUTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

CAPACITY

15kg 60kg 120kg

5g 20g 50g

WS/15 WS60 WS/120

£157.00 £157.00 £157.00

300kg x 50g 300kg x 50g 500kg x 100g

PLATFORM HxWxD (mm) 60 x 550 x 550 60 x 900 x 550 60 x 915 x 915

WEIGHT (kg) 15 17 42

ORDER REF WS300-50 WS300-90 WS500

PRICE £220.00 £245.00 £366.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC205

13/1/12

11:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SCALES / HEAVY DUTY

Platform Scales

WAREHOUSE

✓Ideal for industrial weighing applications such as goods receiving, warehouse and despatch • Constructed from 6mm steel plate with a 6mm anti-slip chequer plate • Hard wearing powder coated finish • Deck height 90mm, fitted with 4 load cells • Optional drive-on ramps • Four top access holes for quick and easy levelling • Supplied with digital indicator DP90 FROM • Ramp or pit frames available

DRIVE-ON RAMPS AVAILABLE

831

EU trade stamped versions are available at an additional cost REF DOT3 PRICE £150.00 per unit

DP90 Weigh Indicator DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY

SCALE SCALE RAMP RAMP

1500kg x 0.5g 3000kg x 1.0g -

PLATFORM L x W x H (mm) 1250 x 1250 x 90 1500 x 1500 x 90 1000 x 1250 1000 x 1500

WEIGHT (kg) 111 153 -

ORDER REF

PRICE

6000BP/1500 6000BP/3000 R1250 R1500

£831.00 £851.00 £270.00 £315.00

Portable Beam Scales

• Key functions gross, net weight, counting checkweighing, peak, totalising, print, zero, tare, units, on-off • Internal battery or mains operated • Stainless steel stand for desk, wall or pole mounting • 5 metre lead as standard

✓Ideal whenever it is necessary to take the weighing equipment to the load

• Mild steel beams 1200L x 100W x 60Hmm • Lightweight 15kg beams can withstand a 2.5 tonne load • Complete with ABS plastic enclosed weigh indicator • Capacity 0-2500kg x 0.5kg • 200% overload protection • Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator • RS232 output allows for connection to a PC, printer and other serial devices REF DP90-1200 PRICE £586.00 (per set) DP90-1200

586

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Drum Weigher / Floor Scale

✓A portable drum weigher / floor scale for use in a wide range of applications • Powder coated steel with smooth top plate surface and two handles and wheels to easily relocate • Adjustable foot pads to work effectively on uneven floors • Built-in ramp ends for recessed floors • Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator with an LED display • Up to 30 hours continuous use between charges • Keys On/Off/Zero, Tare, Units, Hold/Print CAPACITY 500kg x 0.2kg STAND

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 46 x 800 x 800 965mm HIGH

ORDER REF

PRICE

DS1000 DS1000ST

£488.00 £30.00

OPTIONAL SUPPORT STAND FOR WEIGHT INDICATOR - SOLD SEPARATELY DS1000

488

205

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC206

13/1/12

11:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LOADING BAY WAREHOUSE

DOCK BOARD WITH ADJUSTABLE SPANLOCK OPTION Other sizes can be provided to meet your requirements, call us for more information

Side curbs and castors

Standard lifting handle

Good option for easy movement!

Dock Plates

Dock Boards

• Safe vehicle access from a loading dock • High tensile aluminium • Anti-slip tread surfaces • Loop-type lifting handle • Lighter plates, suitable for manual positioning • Optional side curbs and castors for easy movement

• Optional adjustable spanlocks allow safe operation where it is necessary for vehicle to stand away from loading dock • Optional fork lift handles for easy movement • Chain fitting sets prevent movement of board in ground level container loading

DIMENSIONS MAX HEIGHT CAPACITY W x L (mm) DIFFERENCE (mm) (kg) 915 x 1220 178 770 915 x 1220 178 1360 1220 x 610 76 2040 1220 x 915 127 1360 1220 x 915 127 2450 1220 x 1220 178 1020 1220 x 1220 178 1810 1220 x 1525 228 810 1220 x 1525 228 1450 1525 x 915 127 1700 1525 x 915 127 3040 1525 x 1220 178 1270 1525 x 1220 178 2270 1525 x 1525 228 1020 OPTIONAL FORK TRUCK LIFTING HANDLES (PAIR) OPTIONAL SIDE CURBS WITH CASTORS OPTIONAL FIXED SPAN LOCKING LEGS

WEIGHT (kg) 32 44 22 32 43 42 56 52 70 39 52 51 69 64

ORDER REF 3648 H3648 4824 4836 H4836 4848 H4848 4860 H4860 6036 H6036 6048 H6048 6060 FTH-1 SCC-2 FSL-1

PRICE £485 £576 £382 £483 £576 £585 £704 £686 £833 £561 £671 £686 £831 £814 £108 £177 £44

DIMENSIONS USABLE MAX HEIGHT MAX LOAD WEIGHT W x L (mm) WIDTH (mm) DIFF (mm) (kg) (kg) 1520 x 910 1450 130 3640 52 1520 x 1220 1420 180 3640 73 1520 x 1520 1420 230 3640 90 1520 x 1830 1420 280 3640 115 1520 x 910 1450 130 5450 62 1520 x 1220 1420 180 5450 86 1520 x 1520 1420 230 5450 115 1520 x 1830 1420 280 5450 135 1830 x 910 1750 130 5450 72 1830 x 1220 1730 180 5450 100 1830 x 1520 1730 230 5450 130 1830 x 1830 1730 280 5450 155 1520 x 1520 1390 230 6360 115 1830 x 1830 1680 280 6360 160 OPTIONAL ADJUSTABLE SPANLOCKS (PAIR) OPTIONAL FORK TRUCK LIFTING HANDLES (PAIR) OPTIONAL GROUND LEVEL LOADING FITTINGS (SET)

ORDER REF 8-6036 8-6048 8-6060 8-6072 12-6036 12-6048 12-6060 12-6072 12-7236 12-7248 12-7260 12-7272 14-6060 14-7272 ASL/1 FTH1 GLF1

PRICE £768 £909 £1068 £1244 £869 £1042 £1247 £1445 £965 £1168 £1405 £1643 £1249 £1656 £320 £108 £150

Standard Dock Light • 100W tungsten halogen lamp in pivoting steel housing • Hinged steel bracket allows pivoting and 1m extension • Handle incorporated for safe and easy adjustment

Hinged Bridge Plates • A hinge rail will accommodate one or more bridge plates, which can be slid sideways into position as required • Locate into a hinge rail fixed to the loading dock • 75mm wide guidelines are painted along sides of plate • Plates can be stored either lowered against dock face, or vertically (locking clamp is provided)

206

DIMENSIONS SPAN MAX HEIGHT MAX LOAD WEIGHT W x L (mm) (mm) DIFF (mm) (kg) (kg) 1524 x 510 550 62 4000 32 1524 x 460 500 53 3250 22 1524 x 510 550 62 3000 26 1524 x 980 1020 145 2500 55 1220 x 980 1020 145 2250 44 1220 x 1280 1320 194 1000 48 1220 x 980 1020 145 1000 36 915 x 1420 1460 220 1000 50 1220 x 1280 1320 194 500 46 1220 x 1110 1150 164 500 30 HINGE RAIL WITH CLIPS & FIXINGS (in multiples of 2.5m lengths)

ORDER REF BH6020 B-6018 B-6020 BH6038 BH4838 BX4850 B-4838 BH3656 B-4850 BL4843 HRCF-1

Folds back for easy storage

Standard Plus Dock Light

PRICE £470 £416 £420 £711 £597 £650 £512 £657 £618 £452 £194

• Easily positioned to illuminate the inside area of a vehicle • 80W halogen bulb • Standard 1060mm arm offers full three dimensional movement • Energy saving LED lamp option DESCRIPTION STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD PLUS STANDARD PLUS STANDARD PLUS (LED) STANDARD PLUS (LED)

SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V) 110 240 110 240 110 240

WEIGHT (kg) 6.5 6.5 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0

ORDER REF TWDL-1-240 TWDL-1-110 TWDL-3-240 TWDL-3-110 TWDL-3L-110 TWDL-3L-240

PRICE £202.00 £202.00 £189.00 £189.00 £263.00 £263.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC207

13/1/12

11:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LOADING BAY

Dock Bumpers ✓Reduce damage to loading docks, equipment and buildings caused by vehicle impact WAREHOUSE

FROM

£10 TWB-E-100

£60

PER METRE

Nylon Dock Bumpers DIMENSIONS W x L x D (mm) 254 x 457 x 50 254 x 457 x 100 254 x 762 x 50 254 x 762 x 100 203 x 457 x 100

NO. HOLES 2 2 3 3 3

ORDER REF TWB-1018-2-N11Y TWB-1018-4-N11Y TWB-1030-2-N11Y TWB-1030-4-N11Y TWB-L-N11Y

Rubber Dock Bumpers PRICE £POA £POA £POA £POA £POA

Rubber Packer extra absorption for bumpers TWB-1018-2-N11Y & TWB-1018-4-N11Y REF TWB-1018-2 PRICE £29.00 TWB-1030-4-N11Y & TWB-1030-2-N11Y REF TWB-1030-2 PRICE £41.00

DIMENSIONS W x L x D (mm) 120 x 127 x 76 120 x 254 x 76 120 x 381 x 76 120 x 508 x 76 120 x 762 x 76 254 x 335 x 101 254 x 457 x 101 254 x 762 x 101 254 x 457 x 150

NO. HOLES 1 2 3 4 6 2 2 3 2

ORDER REF TWB-5-HF TWB-10-HF TWB-15-HF TWB-20-HF TWB-30-HF TWB-1013-4 TWB-1018-4 TWB-1030-4 TWB-1018-6

D-Section Dock Bumper • Supplied to length required, up to 3 metres • Assemble end to end for longer runs

PRICE £10.00 £19.00 £26.00 £36.00 £55.00 £43.00 £55.00 £70.00 £66.00

DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 100 x 100 150 x 150 200 x 200

ORDER REF TWB-E-100 TWB-E-150 TWB-E-200

PRICE PER METRE £60.00 £107.00 £190.00

Fixing holes 14mm to suit 12mm fixings REF TWB-EH PRICE £4.00 per hole Optional fixing strip (to pass through centre) REF TWB-EST PRICE £12.00 per metre

Bumper Fixings TWB-F1 (M12 fixings for concrete) to suit TWB-5, 10, 15, 20 & 30 PRICE £2.50 TWB-F4 (M16 fixings for concrete) to suit TWB-1013-4, 1018-4, 1030-4, 1018-6 and all Nylon and Sliding Nylon Dock Bumpers PRICE £4.00 TWB-W (M16 zinc washer) to suit TWB-1013-4, 1018-4, 1030-4, 1018-6 PRICE £1.80 FROM

£24

TWC-4 + chain

Designed to allow four different orientations, and hence four times the lifespan of a ‘traditional’ fixed nylon bumper. Patent GB 2468733

Sliding Nylon Bumpers

TWC-3 + chain

TWC-1 + chain

Wheel Chocks

✓Four times the lifespan of traditional nylon fixed bumpers

✓Prevent unexpected vehicle movement

• Housing allows bumper to move with the vehicle during un/loading operations, reducing wear on the bumpers front face • Bumper can be repositioned • Smooth face prevents snag • Thick rubber packer provides impact absorption to further protect the bumper, building and vehicle • Fixings will match most other dock bumpers and can be used in most situations

• Suit all vehicles up to heavy commercials • Moulded nitrile rubber or cast aluminium • Safety grip face for maximum adhesion between tyre and chock • Built-in lifting handles • Optional anti-theft chain

DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND BUMPER RIGHT HAND BUMPER

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 780 x 340 x 100 780 x 340 x 100

WEIGHT (kg) 40 40

ORDER REF TWB1030-4N13YLH TWB1030-4N13YRH

PRICE £POA £POA

DESCRIPTION ECONOMY RUBBER CHOCK STANDARD RUBBER CHOCK CAST ALUMINIUM CHOCK ANTI-THEFT CHAIN

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 200 x 160 x 240 190 x 190 x 270 180 x 180 x 400 5M LONG

WEIGHT (kg) 4.5 6.0 3.3 1.0

ORDER REF TWC-4 TWC-1 TWC-3 TWC-2

PRICE £24.00 £29.00 £85.00 31.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

207

TC208

19/1/12

12:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PVC STRIP CURTAINS WAREHOUSE

Energy Saving PVC Strip Curtains • Walk through / drive through curtains, for outside doors or internal barriers • Gives protection against wind and rain • Helps maintain temperature within building • Helps reduce noise between work areas • Restricts entry to birds and insect pests • Easy to install • Low maintenance • Special versions for coldrooms and freezers

EXTERNAL

FROM

PER SQ M

HOW TO ORDER • Select your door according to application and type of traffic • Measure the door aperture in metres, and calculate an all-inclusive price per square metre (1 metre minimum width) • Specify code, aperture width & height, and whether face or underside fixing

Please call us if you need

✓Sliding door tracks ✓On-site assistance ✓Installation service or have an unusual application

External Exposure Doorways USAGE PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE VEHICLE

MAX HEIGHT (m) 2.5 4.5 7.5

PVC STRIP (mm) 200 x 4 300 x 3 400 x 4

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

100% 100% 100%

200/4/100CL 300/3/100CL 400/4/100CL

PRICE* SQ METRE £57.00 £52.90 £55.10

Freezer Doorway Barriers USAGE PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE VEHICLE

MAX HEIGHT (m) 2.75 3.5 5.5

PVC STRIP (mm) 200 x 2 300 x 3 300 x 3

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

50% 50% 100%

200/2/50LT 300/3/50LT 300/3/100LT

PRICE* SQ METRE £42.30 £48.10 £61.00

Internal Doorways USAGE PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE VEHICLE

FREEZER

42.30

PVC STRIP (mm) 200 x 2 300 x 3 400 x 4

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

50% 50% 50%

200/2/50CL 300/3/50CL 400/4/50CL

PRICE* SQ METRE £36.80 £41.80 £45.90

Internal Screens & Partitions USAGE

FROM

MAX HEIGHT (m) 2.75 5.5 7.6

PARTITION THERMAL NOISE

MAX HEIGHT (m) 3 10 10

PVC STRIP (mm) 300 x 2 400 x 2.5 400 x 4

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

50% 50% 100%

300/2/50CL 400/2.5/50CL 400/4/100-CL

PRICE* SQ METRE £36.30 £39.40 £55.10

PER SQ M

208

*Remember this is a complete price, including all fixtures and fittings

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC209

13/1/12

12:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PVC STRIP CURTAINS HOW ARE CURTAINS SUPPLIED?

WAREHOUSE

• PVC strips are supplied cut to length, with hangers pre-assembled. • Red marker strips are provided at each end, to act as guides for traffic • Track is complete with necessary fixings, ready for face or under lintel fixing. • Hook-on track is supplied for curtains up to 3.5m high • Heavy duty aluminium track, suitable for fork trucks, is supplied for curtains over 3.5m high. • The above track types may be specified on any size door without affecting the price - please state on order.

Medium duty hook-on track (overlap is slightly reduced with this track)

Heavy duty aluminium track

• Stainless steel track is supplied with low temperature curtains for freezer / food environments

WHY DIFFERENT OVERLAPS?

50% OVERLAP

• Allows easier passage for pedestrians • Provides a moderate thermal barrier • Is an excellent internal divider and is a lower cost option

100% OVERLAP • Suits exposed external doorways • Provides an excellent thermal barrier • Withstands heavy traffic use

WHERE CAN THE DOOR HANG?

Replacement PVC Strips • For repairs to existing doors • For making your own screens

FACE FIXING (add FF to order code)

INTERNAL

UNDER LINTEL FIXING (add ULF to order code)

PVC SIZE & GRADE

ROLL LENGTH

ORDER REF

PRICE PER ROLL

200 x 2mm CLEAR 300 x 3mm CLEAR 400 x 4mm CLEAR 1000 x 2mm CLEAR 1200 x 2mm CLEAR

50 metres 50 metres 50 metres 20 metres 20 metres

R200/2/CL R300/3/CL R400/4/CL R1000/2/CL R1200/2/CL

£105.00 £233.00 £427.00 £365.00 £424.00

Mobile Welding Screens • Galvanised steel frame • Four castors for mobility • Self-extinguishing PVC • Green or bronze strips • Filters 99% of UV light • 1900H x 2000Wmm • Supplied in easy assembly KD form

WELDING

MWSB

263

Opaque Green Welding Screen For routine manufacturing REF MWSG PRICE £263.00 Translucent Bronze Welding Screen Gives adequate visibility for supervision and safety REF MWSB PRICE £263.00 209

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC210

19/1/12

12:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WAREHOUSE

ACCESS STEPS

The Wave® Work Assist Vehicle

✓There’s no safer, faster or more cost effective way to help your workers

transport, lift or move products, equipment or supplies than with the Wave®

• Numerous safety features built in as standard • As used by many leading high street stores worldwide • Increased productivity through speed & safety of picking • Ideal for high level maintenance and cleaning • Can your facility really operate without Wave®?

WAV50-84

WAV50-118

4.0m Picking Height

5.0m Picking Height

*RENT FROM

£61.90

£66.25

PER WEEK

*Rental is based on a 5 year contract. MODEL FEATURES

WAV50-84

WAV50-118

OVERALL WIDTH OVERALL LENGTH LOAD DECK CAPACITY LOAD TRAY CAPACITY OPERATOR COMPARTMENT CAPACITY OPERATOR PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX LOAD TRAY HEIGHT PICKING HEIGHT WEIGHT (with batteries) MAX SPEED TURNING RADIUS APPLICATIONS

750mm 750mm 1525mm 1525mm 115kg 115kg 90kg 90kg 135kg 135kg 2135mm 2995mm 1145mm 1325mm 4000mm 5000mm 512kg 590kg 6.0km/h 6.0km/h Within Footprint Endless

On site demonstrations can be arranged for the Wave®. Contact us to make an appointment

210

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC211

16/1/12

14:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SAFETY STEPS

BC51/S

432

✓Tubular steel trolleys with integral spring loaded steps

✓The perfect answer for manual order picking

• Ideal for warehouses, stores and libraries • Steps act as a firm brake when stood upon • 760 x 460mm surfaces in choice of materials: White powder coated steel trays 40mm deep or ply decks with 15mm retaining lip • Non-slip safety treads • 125mm rubber castors • Height of top step 750mm • Overall dimensions 1520H x 480W x 1350Lmm

WAREHOUSE

Order Picking Trolleys

2-Shelf Model DESCRIPTION

TRAY ORDER PRICE HEIGHTS (mm) REF PLYWOOD DECKS 310, 970 BC51 £362.00 STEEL TRAYS 310, 970 BC51/S £432.00

PLYWOOD DECKS

BC52

387

BC53/S

534

3-Shelf Low Model DESCRIPTION

TRAY HEIGHTS ORDER PRICE (mm) REF PLYWOOD DECKS 310, 640, 970 BC52 £387.00 STEEL TRAYS 310, 640, 970 BC52/S £528.00

POWDER COATED STEEL SHELVES

3-Shelf High Model DESCRIPTION

TRAY HEIGHTS ORDER PRICE (mm) REF PLYWOOD DECKS 310, 860, 1420 BC53 £392.00 STEEL TRAYS 310, 860, 1420 BC53/S £534.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

211

TC212

16/1/12

15:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SAFETY STEPS WAREHOUSE

Easy Action Safety Steps

✓Best selling industrial steps ✓Step on to immobilise, step off to mobilise

BEST SELLERS BC5961

395

Narrow Aisle Easy Action Steps

✓Compact steps for tight locations

BC5941

£320

Feet grip firmly to the ground when in use

BC5921

• All steel construction • Rubber covered non-slip treads • Single handrail on 2 step model • Double handrails on 3-6 step models • All swivel rubber tyred castors

£242

Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

381mm Wide

559mm Wide

212

TREADS inc PLATFORM 5 6

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1140 1370

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1950 x 685 x 1050 2180 x 685 x 1200

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC5951 BC5961

£360.00 £395.00

TREADS inc PLATFORM 2 3 4

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 460 680 915

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1370 x 520 x 800 1600 x 520 x 890 1825 x 520 x 920

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC5921 BC5931 BC5941

£242.00 £273.00 £320.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC213

16/1/12

15:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SAFETY STEPS

✓Popular design to industrial standards ✓Wide range of sizes

Optional safety gates (factory fitted) are available, page 214

• All-welded steel construction • Rubber covered or non-slip punched metal treads • Kick plate on three sides of platform • Rubber covered feet • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Hand lever locking bar to mobilise unit • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon castors • 559mm wide steps, 229mm rise • Platform dimensions 559W x 610Dmm

WAREHOUSE

Lever Brake Safety Steps

BC5831/R

651

Hand lever locking bar raises front castors for stable floor contact when in use and lowers them for easy movement between positions

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

COLOUR OPTIONS Punched metal treads give optimum grip, even with smooth-soled shoes

Red

Blue

Orange

Green

Rubber Treads

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads No OF TREADS (INC PLATFORM) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1143 1372 1600 1829 2058 2286 2515 2743 2972 3200 3429

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2057 x 787 x 1360 2286 x 813 x 1510 2514 x 864 x 1660 2743 x 889 x 1810 2972 x 914 x 1960 3200 x 991 x 2110 3429 x 1067 x 2260 3657 x 1143 x 2410 3886 x 1219 x 2560 4114 x 1245 x 2710 4343 x 1270 x 2860

ORDER REF

PRICE

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC5801 BC5811 BC5821 BC5831 BC5841 BC5851 BC5861 BC5871 BC5881 BC5891 BC5899

£414.00 £443.00 £512.00 £591.00 £666.00 £735.00 £748.00 £805.00 £886.00 £967.00 £1118.00

BC5801/R BC5811/R BC5821/R BC5831/R BC5841/R BC5851/R BC5861/R BC5871/R BC5881/R BC5891/R BC5899/R

£438.00 £479.00 £582.00 £651.00 £723.00 £787.00 £876.00 £980.00 £1114.00 £1272.00 £1352.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

213

TC214

25/1/12

15:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WAREHOUSE

SAFETY STEPS

Lever Brake Safety Steps

✓Platform heights to more than 4m ✓Extra wide option ✓Extra deep platform option

• All welded steel construction • Non-slip punched metal treads • Hand rails either side of steps to 914mm over platform • Kick plate as standard on all models with 7 treads and over • Tread widths 559mm or 762mm • Step rise 250mm • 381mm deep platform as standard, 610mm deep at extra cost • Rubber tyred wheels and nylon castors • Rubber covered feet • Hand lever locking bar to mobilise unit

BC35110

896

11 - TREAD SAFETY STEP 559mm WIDE

NON SLIP TREADS Punched steel gives optimum grip, even with smooth-soled shoes! The holes allow water and dirt to pass through to the floor.

SAFETY GATES Available for all models - see below.

Safety Step Options, factory fitted OPTIONAL FEATURES 610mm DEEP PLATFORM SAFETY GATE LIFT & LOCK RAIL CHAIN

ORDER REF XDP559 SG559 LLR C/H

W559mm PRICE £36.10 £80.00 £29.90 £30.90

ORDER REF XDP762 SG762 LLR C/H

W762mm PRICE £36.10 £85.00 £29.90 £30.90

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads

214

TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 762 1016 1270 1524 1778 2032 2286 2540 2794 3048 3302 3556 3810 4064

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 762 x 850 1930 x 762 x 1000 2184 x 787 x 1180 2438 x 813 x 1300 2692 x 864 x 1500 2946 x 889 x 1650 3200 x 914 x 1850 3454 x 991 x 2050 3708 x 1067 x 2150 3962 x 1143 x 2350 4216 x 1219 x 2500 4470 x 1245 x 2650 4724 x 1270 x 2800 4978 x 1295 x 3000

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

Extra Wide 762mm Treads

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC3530 BC3540 BC3550 BC3560 BC3570 BC3580 BC3590 BC35100 BC35110 BC35120 BC35130 BC35140 BC35150 BC35160

£338.00 £364.00 £421.00 £517.00 £560.00 £643.00 £721.00 £779.00 £896.00 £957.00 £1064.00 £1239.00 £1417.00 £1516.00

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 965 x 850 1930 x 965 x 1000 2184 x 965 x 1180 2438 x 965 x 1300 2692 x 965 x 1500 2946 x 965 x 1650 3200 x 1016 x 1850 3454 x 1092 x 2050 3708 x 1118 x 2150 3962 x 1168 x 2350 4216 x 1270 x 2500 4470 x 1295 x 2650 4724 x 1321 x 2800 4978 x 1346 x 3000

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC3530/30 BC3540/40 BC3550/50 BC3560/60 BC3570/70 BC3580/80 BC3590/90 BC35100/100 BC35110/110 BC35120/120 BC35130/130 BC35140/140 BC35150/150 BC35160/160

£367.00 £401.00 £446.00 £541.00 £602.00 £665.00 £753.00 £819.00 £936.00 £983.00 £1124.00 £1278.00 £1464.00 £1573.00

Colour Options STANDARD Red Blue Orange Green

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC215

16/1/12

15:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SAFETY STEPS

Foot Lock Safety Steps

✓Hands-free lock and unlock ✓Easy to move, easy to mount

WAREHOUSE

8-Tread Safety Step 559mm Wide

REF BC44A8 PRICE £567.00

• All welded steel construction • Non-slip punched metal treads and platform • Simple to operate foot lock immobilises and mobilises the steps • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Kick plate as standard on all models with 7 treads and over • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon castor, rubber covered metal feet • 559mm wide steps, 250mm rise • 381mm platform depth, extra deep platform available at extra cost

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

610mm Deep Platform REF XDP/559 PRICE £36.10 extra TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 762 1016 1270 1524 1778 2032

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 762 x 850 1930 x 762 x 1000 2184 x 787 x 1180 2438 x 813 x 1300 2692 x 864 x 1500 2946 x 889 x 1650

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC44A3 BC44A4 BC44A5 BC44A6 BC44A7 BC44A8

£288.00 £310.00 £360.00 £458.00 £518.00 £567.00

Optional Safety Gate (factory fitted) see below

FROM

288

Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

FROM

425

Centrally placed foot lock is easy to use

Easy Slope Safety Steps

✓Gentle 45 slope is easy to use o

✓559mm or extra wide 1000mm steps

Safety Gates Lifts & folds flat to the side of the steps. Factory fitted REF SG/559 PRICE £80.00 REF SG1000 PRICE £99.00

Extra Wide 1000mm Treads

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 648 864 1080 1295 1511 1727 1943 2159 2375 2591

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1562 x 762 x 1050 1778 x 762 x 1250 1994 x 787 x 1450 2209 x 813 x 1650 2425 x 864 x 1850 2641 x 889 x 2050 2857 x 914 x 2250 3073 x 991 x 2450 3289 x 1067 x 2650 3505 x 1143 x 2850

• All welded steel construction • Fitted hand lever locking bar to mobilise and immobilise unit • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Platform area 559W or 1000W x 500Dmm • Punched metal treads 250mm deep • Step overlap 30mm, 216mm rise • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon swivel castors, rubber covered feet

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC4530/559 BC4540/559 BC4550/559 BC4560/559 BC4570/559 BC4580/559 BC4590/559 BC45100/559 BC45110/559 BC45120/559

£425.00 £468.00 £534.00 £586.00 £661.00 £781.00 £857.00 £962.00 £1057.00 £1144.00

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1562 x 1200 x 1050 1778 x 1200 x 1250 1994 x 1200 x 1450 2209 x 1200 x 1650 2425 x 1200 x 1850 2641 x 1200 x 2050 2857 x 1250 x 2250 3073 x 1300 x 2450 3289 x 1350 x 2650 3505 x 1400 x 2850

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC4530 BC4540 BC4550 BC4560 BC4570 BC4580 BC4590 BC45100 BC45110 BC45120

£569.00 £651.00 £733.00 £809.00 £908.00 £1054.00 £1164.00 £1316.00 £1419.00 £1553.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

215

TC216

16/1/12

15:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WAREHOUSE

ACCESS STEPS / PLATFORMS

Single Ended Access Platforms

✓Ideal for warehouse access or maintenance work ✓Design variations to individual requirements

BC2133/30/5

719

• Mounted on two fixed wheels and two swivel castors • Simple operation - hand lever immobilises and mobilises steps • Handrails on both sides of steps • Handrail at end and on one side of platform - please specify left (as shown) or right side opening Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

Double Ended Access Platforms

✓For safe and secure high level maintenance ✓Generous platforms for efficient working • Steps at both ends of platform with punched metal treads • Handrails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Models up to 6 treads have hand lever to lock/unlock all four castors • Models with 7-10 treads have adjustable screw jacks for stability Colour Options BC3333/30/6

Red

966

Blue

Orange

Green

We can manufacture to customer specification - please enquire!

Single Ended Access Platforms

216

TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PLATFORM DIMS H x W x D (mm) 762 x 762 x 1524 1016 x 762 x 1524 1270 x 762 x 1524 1524 x 762 x 1524 1778 x 762 x 1524 2032 x 762 x 1524 2286 x 762 x 1524 2540 x 762 x 1524

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 965 x 1981 1930 x 965 x 2134 2184 x 965 x 2286 2438 x 965 x 2438 2692 x 965 x 2591 2946 x 991 x 2743 3200 x 1016 x 2896 3454 x 1092 x 3048

Double Ended Access Platforms

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC2133/30/3 BC2133/30/4 BC2133/30/5 BC2133/30/6 BC2133/30/7 BC2133/30/8 BC2133/30/9 BC2133/30/10

£655.00 £685.00 £719.00 £807.00 £854.00 £948.00 £1085.00 £1151.00

TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PLATFORM DIMS H x W x D (mm) 762 x 762 x 1524 1016 x 762 x 1524 1270 x 762 x 1524 1524 x 762 x 1524 1778 x 762 x 1524 2032 x 762 x 1524 2286 x 762 x 1524 2540 x 762 x 1524

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 813 x 2438 1930 x 813 x 2743 2184 x 813 x 3048 2438 x 813 x 3352 2692 x 1016 x 3658 2946 x 1016 x 3962 3200 x 1016 x 4267 3454 x 1016 x 4572

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC3333/30/3 BC3333/30/4 BC3333/30/5 BC3333/30/6 BC3333/30/7 BC3333/30/8 BC3333/30/9 BC3333/30/10

£789.00 £817.00 £926.00 £966.00 £1046.00 £1151.00 £1245.00 £1292.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

13/1/12

13:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / SKIPS

✓Suitable for pushing ✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 for safety of platform trolleys • Constructed from 2mm thick steel sheet, with double folded top rim • Welded oil-tight • Chassis made of 3mm thick canted steel, with integrated fork truck guides • 2 braked castor wheels & 2 fixed wheels • Solid rubber tyres 200 x 50mm with roller bearings • Powder coated blue RAL 5007 • Kickplate and tilt lock • Tubular steel handle

WAREHOUSE

Sheet Metal Dump Trucks

years

TC217

QUALITY GUARANTEE

4701

606

4703

768

dumping edge height

DRAINAGE TAP with filter to separate liquids from solids REF //A PRICE £33.00

WHEEL LOCKS AS STANDARD

Please note these models are manual tipping not self tipping

Sheet Metal Dump Trucks CAPACITY (LITRES) 250 450 600 800

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 800

BOX SIZE L x W x H (mm) 1202 x 655 x 390 1212 x 675 x 695 1320 x 800 x 715 1320 x 970 x 715

OUTER DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1332 x 713 x 766 1353 x 732 x 1065 1465 x 858 x 1088 1465 x 1108 x 1088

EDGE HEIGHT (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

766 721 828 828

4701 4702 4703 4704

£606.00 £702.00 £768.00 £1018.00

Self-Tilting Boxes

✓Self-tilting, fully-emptying boxes for tipping bulk goods - even extremely light goods automatically • Sturdy welded 3mm sheet steel design • Powder coated blue RAL5007 • Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • Standard fitted forklift sleeves, anti-roll safety device and tilt lock • Link chain as anti-skidding and anti-tilting safety device

6060TB

955

DRAINAGE TAP for separating liquids from solids REF 6006 PRICE £37.00 CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1500 2000 2500

CONTENTS (LITRES) 350 600 900 1200

WEIGHT (kg) 103 131 156 188

TRACTION CABLE to activate tilting mechanism operated from forklift truck driver’s seat REF 6008 PRICE £33.00 OUTER DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1300 x 730 x 830 1300 x 1120 x 830 1300 x 1620 x 830 1758 x 1182 x 1125

EDGE HEIGHT (mm) 720 720 720 1015

ORDER REF

PRICE

6030TB 6060TB 6090TB 6120TB

£839.00 £955.00 £1055.00 £1204.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

217

TC218

13/1/12

13:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING WAREHOUSE

Bay Markers Magnetic & Self Adhesive

✓High visibility bay markers for clear identification in the warehouse • Aluminium marker • Magnetic or self adhesive edge • Fixed within seconds - no drilling required • Sizes for single and double digit signs DESCRIPTION

SIZE MAX ORDER REF H x W (mm) DIGITS MAGNETIC EDGE SIGN 260 x 167 1 BM1 MAGNETIC EDGE SIGN 260 x 310 2 BM2 SELF ADHESIVE EDGE SIGN 260 x 167 1 BA1 SELF ADHESIVE EDGE SIGN 260 x 310 2 BA2 S/A VINYL LETTER OR NUMBER 230 x 140 F-8 Markers supplied blank, when ordering select type and size of marker and add F-8 characters specifying the numbers or letters required

PRICE EACH £15.90 £22.50 £15.90 £22.50 £2.34

Aisle Markers Magnetic & Self Adhesive AM1

AM1F (state left or right)

AM1T

✓High visibility aisle markers provide instant identification for all areas, saving time and reducing costs

• High visibility white or yellow styrene • Flat types are corner drilled for easy fixing • Flange signs are designed for right angled display, and may be lettered both sides if required • We letter the signs for you, so quote your exact requirements!

AM3/3

STYLE

AM2/2

AM-4

AM6/1

FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS SELF ADHESIVE FLANGED MAGNETIC FLANGED SELF ADHESIVE FLANGED MAGNETIC FLANGED FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS* FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS

MARKER SIZE DIGITS PROVIDED H x W (mm) 95 x 160 UP TO 3 (50mm) 95 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 95 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 95 x 130 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 95 x 130 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 220 x 270 1 (180mm) 220 x 270 2 (180mm) 220 x 450 1 (180mm) 220 x 450 2 (180mm) 220 x 450 3 (180mm) 300 x 300 1 (180mm) 300 x 300 2 (180mm) 660 x 343 1 x 500mm 600 x 600 1 x 450mm 600 x 600 1 x 450mm *AM-4 is available in YELLOW only

ORDER REF AM1 AM1F AM1FM AM1T AM1TM AM2/1 AM2/2 AM3/1 AM3/2 AM3/3 AM3X/1 AM3X/2 AM-4 AM6/1 AM6/2

PRICE EACH £6.30 £6.80 £7.20 £10.80 £12.30 £9.00 £12.30 £9.60 £13.50 £16.80 £9.60 £13.50 £18.00 £45.30 £70.80

Document Pockets • Industrial quality products with folded edges ideal for when documentation needs to be kept clean • Choice of pockets to fit A3-A7 inserts available in portrait (v) or landscape (h) • Magnetic: locates on any steel surface • Self-adhesive: aggressive tape along top and bottom edges (A7 has a tape along the top edge only)

Tri-Markers • 3 way hanging markers allows clear all round identification for aisles and block stacking areas within the workplace • High visibility • Panels 220H x 270Wmm • 1 or 2 digits per side, please specify when ordering • 2mm zinc plated chain in 1m lengths, with con hooks

218

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

3-WAY MARKER, 1 DIGIT PER SIDE 3-WAY MARKER, 2 DIGITS PER SIDE 1m CHAIN WITH HOOKS, x 2 LENGTHS 1m CHAIN WITH HOOKS, x 3 LENGTHS 1m CHAIN WITH HOOKS, x 10 LENGTHS 1m CHAIN WITH HOOKS, x 50 LENGTHS 1m CHAIN WITH HOOKS, x 100 LENGTHS

AMH2/1 AMH2/2 CH1/2 CH1/3 CH1/10 CH1/50 CH1/100

£30.60 £41.10 £4.40 £6.30 £18.00 £86.00 £168.00

TO SUIT DOCUMENTS H x W (mm) 60 x 110 110 x 110 110 x 215 150 x 110 110 x 155 155 x 230 155 x 230 215 x 160 215 x 160 215 x 310 215 x 310 310 x 220 310 x 220 436 x 316 316 x 436

PACK QTY 100 10 10 10 10 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 10

MAGNETIC REF PRICE MP7H/100 £70.50 MP1111/10 £19.50 MP1122/10 £24.00 MP6V/10 £20.10 MP6H/10 £20.10 MP5H/10 £21.00 MP5H/50 £76.80 MP5V/10 £21.00 MP5V/50 £76.80 MP4H/10 £25.50 MP4H/50 £96.30 MP4V/10 £25.50 MP4V/50 £96.30 MP3H/10 £53.40 MP3V/10 £53.40

SELF ADHESIVE REF PRICE AP7H/100 £53.10 AP1111/10 £16.20 AP1122/10 £22.80 AP6V/10 £19.50 AP6H/10 £19.50 AP5H/10 £14.70 AP5H/50 £60.60 AP5V/10 £14.70 AP5V/50 £60.60 AP4H/10 £17.40 AP4H/50 £76.80 AP4V/10 £17.40 AP4V/50 £76.80 AP3H/10 £48.00 AP3V/10 £48.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC219

13/1/12

13:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

Floor Signal Colour Options

FM02

FM07

FM12

FM08

FM13

FM18

Floor Signals

SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY/ PACK 10 10 10 100 100

300 x 300 200 x 300 200 x 200 90mm dia 90mm HIGH

FM04

FM09

FM14

FM19

FM05

FM10

FM15

FM20

FM06

FM11

FM16

FM21

FM17

FM22

Floor Graphic Markers

• Highlight walkways, fork truck routes and pallet positions on the warehouse floor • Tough PVC with aggressive adhesive backing • Mark block stack pallet areas quickly and effectively with no mess • Designed to withstand everyday warehouse traffic • Suitable for clean, flat, sealed surfaces • Packs available in black, yellow, red, blue & green, please specify SIGNAL SHAPE CROSS T L CIRCLE ARROW

FM03

WAREHOUSE

FM01

ORDER REF FS/+ FS/T FS-L FS/O FS/A

PRICE £19.20 £13.20 £13.20 £30.60 £30.60

✓High visibility floor graphics to highlight warnings and operational hazards

• 430mm diameter • Permanent adhesive • Graphics printed on the underside of a clear PVC film • Signs withstand everyday warehouse traffic REF FM 1-22 PRICE £17.40 each

Weight Load Notices

BLS5 - Shelf/Pallet Racking

• A range of Weight Loading Notices, detailing the procedures for the maintenance of racking structures • Each sign can be supplied blank or printed black to your design • Signs can be overprinted with your company logo, address and contact details

Floor Identification Markers

Shelf/Pallet Racking

Cantilever Racking

Drive Thru’ Racking

Mezzanine Floor

Weight Load Notices SIZE H x W (mm) 356 x 254 356 x 254 356 x 254 356 x 254 470 x 350

SUITABLE LOCATION SHELF / PALLET RACKING CANTILEVER RACKING DRIVE THRU’ RACKING MEZZANINE FLOOR SHELF / PALLET RACKING

ORDER REF BLS1 BLS2 BLS3 BLS4 BLS5

PRICE £12.00 £12.00 £12.00 £12.00 £14.30

• Manufactured to the same high standard as our graphic markers these 190mm diameter floor markers are printed with bold black alpha or numeric digits on a yellow background • They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat sealed surfaces • Available in A-Z letters, single digits 0-9 and double digits 10-25 • Hi-visibility floor markers • Each marker is 190mm diameter • Designed to identify aisle, bay or other warehouse floor areas SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY

190 dia EACH Please state letter or number required

ORDER REF

PRICE

FMC

£4.60

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

219

TC220

24/1/12

14:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WAREHOUSE

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labelling • Easily applied peel-off labels • Cleanly removed • Black characters on yellow background • For factories, warehouses and storerooms • Supplied on cards in identical characters

F1 9.5 x 6mm 168 per card

F2 12.5 x 8.5mm 90 per card

F3 19 x 14mm 36 per card F4 38 x 21mm 12 per card F5 56 x 21mm 12 per card

LARGER SIZES NOT ILLUSTRATED: F7 130 x 45mm 5 per card F8 230 x 140mm 1 per card

Cards of Individual Characters (Numbers 0-9 or Letters A-Z) LABEL SIZE H x W (mm) 9.5 x 6 12.5 x 8.5 19 x 14 38 x 21 56 x 21 90 x 38 130 x 45 230 x 140

CHARACTERS PER CARD 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1

ORDER REF F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

F6 90 x 38mm 6 per card

Complete Letter & Number Sets

PRICE PER CARD

LABEL SIZE H x W (mm) 9.5 x 6 12.5 x 8.5 19 x 14 38 x 21 56 x 21 90 x 38 130 x 45 230 x 140

£0.92 £0.92 £0.92 £0.92 £1.31 £1.80 £2.34 £2.34

CHARACTERS PER CARD 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1

NUMBERS 0-9 SET OF 10 CARDS F1/0-9 £9.23 F2/0-9 £9.23 F3/0-9 £9.23 F4/0-9 £9.23 F5/0-9 £13.15 F6/0-9 £18.04 F7/0-9 £23.36 F8/0-9 £23.36

LETTERS A-Z SET OF 26 CARDS F1/A-Z £24.00 F2/A-Z £24.00 F3/A-Z £24.00 F4/A-Z £24.00 F5/A-Z £34.18 F6/A-Z £46.91 F7/A-Z £60.73 F8/A-Z £60.73

Self Adhesive Steel Tape • Applied to non-metallic surfaces to accept magnetic products • Easily cut to size • Available in 3 sizes SIZE WIDTH x LENGTH 12mm x 30m 20mm x 30m 25mm x 30m

ORDER REF

PRICE

ST/12 ST/20 ST/25

£43.20 £62.70 £80.70

Self Adhesive Magnetic Strip • Locates on any steel surface • Makes anything magnetic • Industrial quality 1.5mm thick

220

SIZE WIDTH x LENGTH 13mm x 30m 20mm x 10m 50mm x 10m

ORDER REF

PRICE

MSSA/13 MSSA/20 MSSA/50

£63.30 £33.60 £52.50

Warehouse Information Labels • High visibility individual weight loading labels, suitable for both racking and shelving • Printed with the text of your choice • Available in magnetic or self adhesive • Printed in black on yellow or white background • 70/90mm high labels may be printed on two lines

FIXING TYPE SELF ADHESIVE SELF ADHESIVE SELF ADHESIVE SELF ADHESIVE MAGNETIC MAGNETIC MAGNETIC MAGNETIC

ORDER REF BL23 BL53 BL73 BL93 BL23M BL53M BL73M BL93M

• High Visibility Floor Location Labels used where conventional labels cannot be applied to the racking structure • Aggressive adhesive backing • Printed to your design • Choice of black text on yellow or white background • Can be overprinted with company logo, address and contact details TO ORDER:

Minimum order value £25.00 SIZE H x W (mm) 25 x 200 50 x 300 70 x 300 90 x 300 25 x 200 50 x 300 70 x 300 90 x 300

Floor Location Labels

PRICE

Simply call our Sales Office with your requirements: Quantity, size, colour, text and barcode details

£0.87 £1.41 £2.04 £2.46 £1.44 £2.73 £3.64 £4.53

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC221

13/1/12

13:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Label Holders WAREHOUSE

• Instant identification for steel racking and shelving • Individual 80mm wide labels, or cut your own size off the roll or strip • Magnetic or self-adhesive, protective transparent PVC strip included • Colour codeable - your choice of white, green, red, blue or yellow insert cards (white is supplied unless a colour is specified) Magnetic Label Holders, Brown Label Holder Profiles

15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70

Height (mm)

Self Adhesive Label Holders, White SIZE HxW 15 x 80mm 30 x 80mm 50 x 80mm 15mm x 1m 30mm x 1m 50mm x 1m

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 10 STRIPS 10 STRIPS 10 STRIPS

ORDER REF AL18 AL38 AL58 AL1/10 AL3/10 AL5/10

PACK PRICE £37.50 £51.00 £63.00 £29.40 £39.90 £46.50

SIZE HxW 15 x 80mm 20 x 80mm 25 x 80mm 30 x 80mm 40 x 80mm 50 x 80mm 15 x 500mm 20 x 500mm 25 x 500mm 30 x 500mm 40 x 500mm 50 x 500mm 60 x 100mm 60 x 200mm 30 x 1000mm 30mm x 50m 40mm x 5m 40mm x 10m 50mm x 50m 70mm x 100mm 70mm x 200mm

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 100 100 20 20 20 20 20 20 100 50 10 1 ROLL 1 ROLL 1 ROLL 1 ROLL 100 50

ORDER REF ML18 ML28X ML28 ML38 ML48 ML58 ML150 ML250X ML250 ML350 ML450 ML550 ML610 ML620 ML3-10 MLR3 MLR4-5 MLR4-10 MLR5 ML710 ML720

PACK PRICE £30.60 £34.80 £37.80 £42.00 £55.50 £68.40 £39.60 £44.10 £47.10 £51.60 £64.80 £83.70 £78.90 £77.40 £51.60 £160.80 £33.90 £67.80 £225.60 £95.40 £93.60

MAGNETIC

SELF-ADHESIVE

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders • Clear plastic ticket holders, quick and easy to update • Front pulls forward for card to be inserted • Magnetic or self adhesive backing • Special lengths can be supplied up to 3m

Ticket Holder Profiles

38 25

Self Adhesive Ticket Holders DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 25 x 100 25 x 200 25 x 1000 25 x 2000 38 x 100 38 x 200 38 x 1000 38 x 2000 54 x 100 54 x 200 54 x 1000 54 x 2000 80 x 100 80 x 200 80 x 1000 80 x 2000

WHITE CARD INC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -

PACK QTY 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10

ORDER REF TS210 TS220 TS25/10 TS25/20 TS310 TS320 TS38/10 TS38/20 TS510 TS520 TS54/10 TS54/20 TS810 TS820 TS80/10 TS80/20

PACK PRICE £38.70 £36.90 £30.30 £45.00 £42.00 £39.60 £34.80 £52.50 £58.20 £52.50 £50.10 £85.50 £63.00 £58.80 £54.90 £101.40

Height (mm)

Magnetic Ticket Holders DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 25 x 100 25 x 200 25 x 1000 38 x 100 38 x 200 38 x 1000 54 x 100 54 x 200 54 x 1000 80 x 100 80 x 200 80 x 1000

WHITE CARD INC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PACK QTY 100 50 10 100 50 10 100 50 10 100 50 10

ORDER REF TS210M TS220M TS25-10M TS310M TS320M TS38-10M TS510M TS520M TS54-10M TS810M TS820M TS80-10M

PACK PRICE £68.10 £54.00 £47.10 £72.00 £57.90 £53.10 £85.50 £76.80 £75.00 £92.10 £84.00 £78.60

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Pouches • An economical range of flexible p.v.c ticket pockets, which have a clear front and yellow back designed for use on racking and shelving • The clear front enables barcodes to be scanned without removing the ticket • The self-adhesive pocket enables it to be permanently fixed, whereas the magnetic pocket can be easily relocated without removing the ticket • Supplied complete with white card inserts DESCRIPTION

SELF-ADHESIVE

MAGNETIC

SIZE H x W (mm) 30 x 100 60 x 100 60 x 140 30 x 100 60 x 100 60 x 140

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 100 100

ORDER REF SAP310 SAP610 SAP614 MP310 MP610 MP614

Wire Shelving Clip Holder PACK PRICE £53.40 £59.10 £66.00 £59.40 £82.20 £94.20

• Easily identify locations on wire shelving • Pull forward front for loading & updating • Scan barcodes without removing them • Quick and easy to use “clip-on” system SIZE HxW 43 x 75mm

PACK QUANTITY 50

ORDER REF WSC47

PACK PRICE £87.30

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

221

TC222

13/1/12

13:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

WAREHOUSE

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

Black Wet-Wipe Pens pack of 10 REF PB/10 PRICE £17.70

Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip

Magnetic Location Markers

• Adheres to any steel surface • Cut to any length to suit • Write on, wipe off • Five colours as shown, please specify when ordering

• White face magnetic markers • Locate on any steel surface • Write on with wet-wipe pen – Wipe off • Quick and easy relocation

ROLL SIZE 10mm x 10m 15mm x 10m 20mm x 10m 25mm x 10m 30mm x 10m 40mm x 10m

ORDER REF MSR1 MSR/15 MSR2 MSR25 MSR3 MSR4

PRICE

ROLL SIZE

£12.30 £17.40 £21.00 £25.20 £28.50 £36.30

50mm x 10m 60mm x 10m 70mm x 10m 80mm x 10m 90mm x 10m 100mm x 10m

ORDER REF MSR5 MSR6 MSR7 MSR8 MSR9 MSR10

PRICE £43.80 £44.10 £51.00 £54.90 £59.10 £63.90

DIMENSIONS (mm) 15 x 80 20 x 80 30 x 80 40 x 100 50 x 80 50 x 150 56 x 105 90 x 210 30 x 100

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10 100

ORDER REF LM158 LM28 LM38 LM410 LM58 LM515 LM105 LM219 LM310

PACK PRICE £13.90 £20.40 £26.40 £38.40 £39.00 £58.80 £53.40 £15.90 £28.50

Magnetic Numbers & Letters • Magnetic tiles supplied on sheets of a combination of mixed alpha or numeric digits • Black digits, white or yellow background • Tile sizes 43mm with 39mm high digit or 23mm with a 17mm high digit

Magnetic Numbers & Letters COLOUR WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW

TILE DIGITS HEIGHT mm PER SHEET 43 61 43 55 23 198 23 192 43 61 43 55 23 198 23 192 *L = Letters A-Z, N = Numbers 0-9

ORDER REF*

PRICE

M43MIXW/N M43MIXW/L M23MIXW/N M23MIXW/L M43MIXY/N M43MIXY/L M23MIXY/N M23MIXY/L

£18.30 £18.30 £18.30 £18.30 £18.30 £18.30 £18.30 £18.30

Beam & Shelf Code Labelling

✓Clear and precise identification for the modern warehouse • Maximise your warehouse traffic & minimise costly picking errors • Designed to your specific requirements • Self adhesive, or magnetic for easy relocation • Can include bar and colour coding • Single or double code sequences, barcodes and directional arrows • We can accept data as hard copy, or on disc in Excel files • Installation Services are available

222

WE PRODUCE LABELS TO YOUR OWN DESIGN

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC223

13/1/12

13:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING WAREHOUSE

✓

Hanging Pockets

Wrap-Around Pockets

✓Unique magnetic looped header wraps around the mesh of the cage

Suitable for industrial wooden cases, trolleys, stillages, pallet converters, and many more up to a maximum hanging rail of 25mm thick

• Designed for industrial roll cages or mesh containers • Three information pockets manufactured in tough plastic • Available in sizes A4, A5 and A6 • Suitable for all rollcages

• Two information pockets manufactured in tough plastic • Unique hooked header design SIZE H x W (mm) 210 x 297 210 x 297 155 x 220 155 x 220

QUANTITY/ PACK 10 100 10 100

ORDER REF WCP4H/10 WCP4H/100 WCP5H/10 WCP5H/100

Frames 4 Docs

QTY / PACK 10 (1 COLOUR) 10 (1 COLOUR) 10 (1 COLOUR) 10 (MIXED) 10 (MIXED) 10 (MIXED)

£30.60 £264.00 £24.60 £198.00

SIZE H x W QUANTITY/ ORDER (mm) PACK REF 297 x 210 10 WRP4V/10 148 x 210 10 WRP5H/10 105 x 210 10 WRP6H/10

PRICE

QUANTITY/ ORDER PACK REF 50 WRP4V/50 50 WRP5H/50 50 WRP6H/50

£38.40 £31.80 £28.50

PRICE £165.00 £135.90 £120.60

Red

• Colour coded frames designed for easy and prominent document display • Suitable for documents up to 1.5mm in thickness • Self-adhesive frames are permanent, documents can be viewed both sides on glass • Single colour packs or mixed (contains 2 x each colour) TO SUIT SIZE A5 A4 A3 A5 A4 A3

PRICE

Blue Yellow Green Black

MAGNETIC ORDER REF PRICE MFD5-10 £44.10 MFD4-10 £54.60 MFD3-10 £83.10 MFD5MIX-10 £44.10 MFD4MIX-10 £54.60 MFD3MIX-10 £83.10

SELF-ADHESIVE ORDER REF PRICE SFD5-10 £42.60 SFD4-10 £52.80 SFD3-10 £81.00 SFD5MIX-10 £42.60 SFD4MIX-10 £52.80 SFD3MIX-10 £81.00 GW

Ring Tags • Identification hanging plates suitable for wire shelving and cages, etc • Supplied plain for writing on, alternatively printed labels available separately - printed to your design • Labels priced on application please phone for details • RT2-1 & RT2-2 are only supplied with 1 or 2 digits max. prices include printing - please specify digit(s) when ordering SIZE H x W (mm) 35 x 80 45 x 150 70 x 200 110 x 160 220 x 270 (1 x DIGIT) 220 x 270 (2 x DIGITS)

Racksack

✓Easy collection & segregation of warehouse waste

QTY / PACK

ORDER REF

PRICE

50 50 25 10 1 1

RT38 RT415 RT72 RT1116 RT2-1 RT2-2

£44.40 £55.80 £42.90 £21.30 £10.50 £14.10

• Simple fixing and trouble free handling, supplied with two strong ‘S’ hooks • Suitable for shelving 900mm to 1100mm deep • Made from tough waterproof polyester with carrying and emptying handles • Dimensions 1000H x 920Wmm • Available in 10 designs, please specify suffix QUANTITY/ PACK 1 5 10

ORDER REF

PRICE

RSB1 RSB5 RSB10

£19.80 £93.00 £174.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

223

TC224

16/1/12

14:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SAFETY

FIRST AID / CABINETS

First Aid Cabinets & Workstation

✓An attractive & highly visible range of cabinets for safe storage of first aid supplies ✓Active coat protected for the highest hygiene standards • Strong robust construction • All cabinets feature adjustable shelves • Two point locking on all two door cabinets • Reinforced doors for extra strength • High visibility 270 degree labelling complies to BS5499-1

MED-T

MEX-U

£265

£147

AC+IVECOAT

anti-bacterial technology

✓99.9% reduction of E-Coli & MRSA Super Bug

FULLY LOCKABLE

MED-WS/2D

£290

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 890 x 460 x 460 890 x 460 x 460 1015 x 915 x 460 1060 x 915 x 460

SINGLE LOCKABLE DOOR DISHED TOP MODEL DOUBLE LOCKABLE DOOR LOCKABLE WORKSTATION

SHELVES 2 2 1 1

ORDER REF MEX-UD MEX-U MED-T MED-WS/2D

PRICE £128.00 £147.00 £265.00 £290.00

years

Model MEX-U small medical cabinet has a dished top including rubber mat

GUARANTEE

First Aid Cupboards • Reinforced steel construction • Clean white powder coated finish • Adjustable shelves • Identification labelling • Mobile model ideal for factory use

CF855725MWXX

£155 CF109046ZWXX

CF189046ZWXX

CF855725MWXX is a wall cupboard, with pre-drilled mounting holes

£268

269

Mobile model fitted with castors

CF904646ZWXX

£139

224

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 850 x 570 x 255 900 x 460 x 460 900 x 900 x 460 1040 x 900 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460

SHELVES 1 1 1 1 3

CUPBOARD REF CF855725MWXX CF904646ZWXX CF909046ZWXX CF109046ZWXX CF189046ZWXX

PRICE £155.00 £139.00 £178.00 £268.00 £269.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE CFES4646ZWXX £28.80 CFES9046ZWXX £37.40 CFES9046ZWXX £37.40 CFES9046ZWXX £37.40

✓Germ Guard is a special anti-bacterial paint designed to reduce the spread of E-Coli and MRSA Super Bug.

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC225

13/1/12

13:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FIRST AID

HSE First Aid Kits Standard

• Supplied in moulded plastic cases with hinged lids • Suitable for low risk environments

SAFETY

✓Compliant with HSE First Aid guidelines

Catering FROM

• Blue gloves and plasters for kitchen use (refills not suitable)

£18 CONTENTS GUIDANCE LEAFLET WASHPROOF PLASTERS EYE PAD WITH BANDAGE TRIANGULAR BANDAGE SAFETY PINS STERILE DRESSINGS MOIST WIPES DISPOSABLE GLOVES (PAIR)

Deluxe 1-10 1 20 2 4 6 8 6 1

11-20 1 40 4 6 12 12 10 2

21-50 1 60 6 8 12 16 20 3

• Supplied in strong ABS plastic cases for extra durability • Supplied complete with wall fixing brackets • Clear perspex dividers and rubber dust and moisture seal SIZE

STANDARD KIT CATERING KIT DELUXE KIT REFILL KIT REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE 1-10 PERSONS HSEK01M £18.00 HSKE8 £18.40 DLXK10 £34.00 HSEK4R £14.10 11-20 PERSONS HSEK02M £21.50 HSKE9 £23.50 DLXK20 £44.30 HSEK5R £17.80 21-50 PERSONS HSEK03M £27.80 HSKE10 £32.00 DLXK50 £65.00 HSEK6R £27.60

HSESP4

£55

£36

First Aid Starter Pack

Team First Aid Kit

• 1-20 person HSE compliant first aid kit ensures HSE compliance for most small businesses • Eyewash station with 2 x 500ml bottles satisfies the minimum HSE requirement for eyewash provision • Additional plasters to ensure refill stocks are readily available • Signage ensures supplies can be easily located in an emergency

• A comprehensive sports first aid kit for teams at all levels • Contains essential items for treating injuries on or off the pitch • Supplied in a high quality, waterproof touchline bag

REF HSESP4 PRICE £55.00 Contents: 1-20 person HSE compliant first aid kit, eyewash station with 2 x 500ml bottles, 100 x assorted washproof plasters, 1 x eyewash location sign (300 x 250mm), 1 x first aid sign (300 x 250mm), 1 x first aider sign (300 x 250mm)

REF KF PRICE £36.00 Contents: 1 x guidance leaflet, 10 x antiseptic wipes, 1 x conforming bandage (75 x 4000mm), 2 x crepe bandage (50 x 4500mm), 1 x crepe bandage (75 x 4500mm), 1 x foil blanket, 1 x freeze spray (150ml), 5 x guaze swabs, 2 x pair disposable gloves, 1 x low adherent dressing (100 x 100mm), 1 x low adherent dressing (50 x 50mm), 1 x micropore tape (12.5 x 5000mm), 1 x resus face shield, 6 x safety pins, 1 x scissors, 2 x self seal waste bags, 1 x instant ice pack, 1 x spray bottle, 1 x large sterile dressing, 1 x medium sterile dressing, 1 x sterile eye pad, 2 x triangular bandage, 20 x washproof plasters, 1 x zinc oxide tape (25 x 5000mm), 1 x zinc oxide tape (50 x 5000mm)

EZK01

£12

Van First Aid Kit

Lone Worker First Aid Kit • Contains the minimum recommended first aid provisions for employees working off site • Fully compliant with HSE first aid guidelines • Supplied in a durable nylon carry case REF EZK01 PRICE £12.00 Contents: 1 x guidance leaflet, 6 x washproof plasters, 2 x triangular bandages, 1 x sterile dressings, 4 x moist wipes, 1 pair disposable gloves, 6 x safety pins

• Compact kit supplied in a robust and highly visible orange case • Compact enough to be stored in a glove box • Integrated bracket allows mounting in the cabin REF MK05 PRICE £28.00 Contents: 1 x guidance leaflet, 20 x washproof plasters, 2 x triangular bandages, 2 x conforming bandages, 1 x sterile dressing, 5 x non adherent dressings, 6 x safety pins, 6 x moist wipes, 1 pair disposable gloves, 1 x plaster tape, 1 x scissors, 2 x finger stalls

MK05

£28

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

225

TC226

13/1/12

13:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SAFETY

FIRST AID

Assorted Sterile Plasters

Triangular Bandages

Foil Blankets

• High quality plasters available in Fabric, Washproof and Blue Detectable • Individually wrapped and sterile • Packs (100) include 5 assorted sizes

• Versatile non woven bandages are ideal for supporting limbs, securing dressings or as a cover bandage for hands, feet and scalp • Supplied in packs of 12

• Ideal for maintaining body heat and preventing the onset of hypothermia • Supplied in packs of 6 blankets • Measure 1850 x 1300mm opened

REF STR12 PRICE £11.40

REF FAS05 PRICE £25.00 (6 PK)

DESCRIPTION WASHPROOF PLASTERS FABRIC PLASTERS WASHPROOF BLUE PLASTERS

ORDER REF PLP4 PLP5 PLP6

PRICE (100 PK) £10.00 £14.70 £16.50

Cotton Blankets

Moist Wipes Sterile Dressings • Individually wrapped dressings for treating deeper cuts and wounds • An essential refill item for first aid kits DESCRIPTION MEDIUM STERILE DRESSING (12 PK) LARGE STERILE DRESSING (12 PK) EYE DRESSING (6 PK)

ORDER REF FS08-12 FS09-12 STR04

• An essential refill item for all first aid kits • Use to clean areas surrounding wounds • Individually wrapped for cleanliness REF STR13 PRICE £11.30

• Cellular construction maintains body heat • Measures 2100 x 1600mm unfolded REF FAS06 PRICE £24.50

PRICE £19.00 £18.00 £10.40

Surgical Hand Gel • 2 x 50ml gel pump dispensers • Effective against a wide range of bacteria and micro organisms

Vent-Aid Resus Face Shield • Compact face shield with one way valve to reduce cross contamination REF VARD PRICE £9.10

DESCRIPTION SURGICAL HAND GEL (2 PK) HAND GEL WITH BELT REEL (2 PK) 250ml HAND GEL, FLIP TOP

ORDER REF BIOGL5 BIOGL4 BIOGL3

PRICE £13.20 £16.80 £14.10

Body Fluid Disposal Kits • Specially designed kits allow body fluid spills to be cleaned up and surrounding areas to be sanitised • All kits contain disinfectant spray, clean up powder and clean up packs • Clean-Up pack contains: instruction leaflet, vinyl gloves, polythene apron, plastic scoop and scraper, biohazard bag & 2 x non woven wipes CONTENTS 30ML DISINFECTANT SPRAY 10G SUPER ABORBENT POWDER 100G SUPER ABORBENT POWDER CLEAN UP PACK PLASTIC CARRY CASE DESCRIPTION

226

BODY FLUID DISPOSAL KIT (2 APPS) BODY FLUID DISPOSAL KIT (5 APPS) BODY FLUID DISPOSAL REFILL KIT

2 APPS 2 2 2 1 ORDER REF BFDK2 BFDK5 BFDFR

5 APPS 5 1 5 1 PRICE £38.00 £98.00 £16.60

First Aider Badge Metal First Aid Badge 25x25mm REF FAS08 PRICE £8.90

Arm Bands Allow clear identification of First Aid and Fire personnel, velcro closure with reflective strip for night time use First Aider Arm Band REF FAS09 PRICE £26.10 Fire Warden Arm Band REF FAS10 PRICE £26.10

Sharps Disposal Boxes • For the safe disposal of contaminated sharp objects, which are non-toxic when incinerated • Made of durable plastic in three sizes • Boxes have BSI kite mark and UN symbol DESCRIPTION 1 LITRE SHARPS DISPOSAL BIN 4 LITRE SHARPS DISPOSAL BIN 7 LITRE SHARPS DISPOSAL BIN

ORDER REF SDB1 SDB4 SDB7

PRICE £10.90 £12.60 £14.80

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC227

13/1/12

13:34

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FIRST AID SAFETY

EEC02/K

£24.50

EWFA4

£31

Eyewash Refills

Eyewash Cabinet • Durable ABS case with transparent door for at a glance stock checking • Compliant with HSE eyewash recommendations • Supplied complete with 2 x 500ml eyewash bottles and 1 x eye dressing

• Ensure you have adequate eyewash facilities at your place of work • 0.9% sterile saline solution for irrigating eyes and general wound washing applications 25 x Eye Wash Pods 20ml REF EED04 PRICE £15.70 (pack of 25) 10 x 500ml Eye Wash Bottle Refills REF ER01RB-10 PRICE £22.40 (pack of 10)

Eyewash Station with Mirror • Highly visible wall mounted eyewash dispenser • Integrated mirror aids self application during emergencies • Supplied complete with 2 x 500ml eyewash bottles - compliant with HSE eyewash regulations

REF EWFA4 PRICE £31.00

REF EEC02/K PRICE £24.50

EEC04B

£17.90

BRNK1

£47

Eyewash Pod Station

Burns Kit

Burns Dressings

• Durable wall mounted dispenser supplied complete with 20ml eyewash pods • Integrated mirror aids self application during emergencies • Supplied complete with 10 x 20ml eyewash pods and 2 x sterile eye dressings

• Compact kit in a durable case includes a range of items for treating burn injuries • Ideal for immediate treatment of burns until more specialist help arrives

• Sterile wrapped dressings to provide immediate relief and treatment for burn injuries • Cooling gel content halts burn progression

REF EEC04B PRICE £17.90

REF BRNK1 PRICE £47.00 Contents: 1 x guidance leaflet, 1 x large burns dressing (200 x 200mm), 2 x medium burns dressing (100 x 100mm), 15 x Burnblot gel sachets, 1 x scissors, 1 pair disposable gloves, 2 x large sterile dressings, 1 x micropore tape, 6 x safety pins

DIMENSIONS 50 x 50mm 50 x 150mm 100 x 100mm 200 x 200mm 300 x 300mm

ORDER REF BFRE01 BFRE02 BFRE03 BFRE04 BFRE05

PRICE £9.30 £9.50 £9.30 £12.10 £17.20

First Aid Posters & Wallcharts • A full range of posters to cover common first aid and hygiene procedures • Pocket guides are ideal for issuing to staff members • Encapsulated design for durability POSTER (594 x 420mm) FAW £21.00 POCKET GUIDE FAPG £13.00

Emergency Resuscitation FAW09 / FAPG12

First Aid- Eyes FAW11 / FAPG14

First Aid - Hands FAW12 / FAPG15

First Aid - Burns FAW14 / FAPG17

First Aid - Shocks FAW15 / FAPG18

Wash Your Hands FAW17 / FAPG21

227

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC228

13/1/12

13:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SAFETY

FIRST AID

COU60

273

MEDICAL COUCH COLOURS Olive

Mulberry

Navy

Aqua

Barley

White

Black

Grey

Royal

Dunbar Medical Couch

Transit Chair

• High quality medical grade couch with tilting head section for patient comfort • Durable powder coated frame with integrated couch roll dispenser • Standard 762H x 635W x 1829Lmm • Low Level 350H x 635W x 1829Lmm • 50mm foam top • Please specify upholstery colour option

• High quality folding chair with powder coated frame and wipe clean upholstery • Folds flat for ease of storage • Front and rear carrying handles aid mobility in emergencies

STANDARD REF COU60 PRICE £273.00

LOW LEVEL REF COU61 PRICE £273.00

REF TRTCH3 PRICE £146.00

FLDS2

£191

Instant Cold Packs

Folding Stretcher

Surgical Gloves

• Allow instant treatment of soft tissue injuries and bruising • Simple squeeze and shake application, packs become cool in seconds • Pack size 315 x 305mm

• Reinforced nylon with rubber hand grips • Foldable by length & width for storage • Folded 115 x 230 x 1030mm • Unfolded 130 x 510 x 2060mm • Max load 120kg

• Powdered latex and powder free vinyl or nitrile for those with related allergies • Close fitting • 100 gloves per dispenser box • Available in medium or large sizes

REF ICE60 PRICE £41.00 (PACK OF 60)

REF FLDS2 PRICE £191.00

DESCRIPTION POWDER FREE VINYL, LARGE POWDER FREE VINYL, MEDIUM POWDERED LATEX, LARGE POWDERED LATEX, MEDIUM POWDER FREE BLUE NITRILE, LARGE POWDER FREE BLUE NITRILE, MEDIUM

ORDER REF GLVL GLVM GLXPL GLXPM BNG13 BNG12

PRICE £12.30 £12.30 £13.80 £13.80 £13.40 £13.40

LC02

£44 FAC50

£152

Medical Cabinets • Ideal for securing first aid contents in large organisations, medical rooms and manufacturing environments • Steel construction with wipe clean epoxy coated finish and rigid plastic shelves • Available with or without HSE compliant first aid kits DESCRIPTION

228

SINGLE DOOR CABINET (EMPTY) SINGLE DOOR CABINET SINGLE DOOR CABINET DOUBLE DOOR CABINET (EMPTY) DOUBLE DOOR CABINET

DIMENSIONS H xW x D (mm) 460 x 300 x 140 460 x 300 x 140 460 x 300 x 140 530 x 530 x 190 530 x 530 x 190

FIRST AID KIT 1-20 PERSONS 21-50 PERSONS 21-50 PERSONS

ORDER REF LC02 LC03 LC01 UK1C FAC50

PRICE £44.00 £58.00 £64.00 £93.00 £152.00

Accident Book • Fully Data Protection Act compliant • Contains 50 perforated accident report forms • Guidance on workplace first aid requirements and accident reporting REF SAB01 PRICE £9.80

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC229

13/1/12

13:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SIGNS / WALLCHARTS

Pocket Guides

Wallcharts

✓Wallcharts are an ideal way to communicate

• Printed both sides of hard wearing semi-rigid PVC

• Display on a notice board or in a production area • Supplied in semi-rigid PVC to withstand grease and dirt

PRICE £3.50 each

PRICE £23.90 each

pocket guides are an invaluable source of up to date safety information

safety information or emergency procedures

SAFETY

✓Always available for quick reference,

New updated version legally required

Health And Safety Law FWC30 Wall Chart 595x415mm

PRICE £17.30 each

Risk Assessment WC121 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG-121 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

COSHH - Do you know all you need to know? PG29 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG35 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

Know your Fire Extinguisher Colour Code WC156 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG5 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

First Aid at Work WC61 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG61 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

Manual handling operations regulations 1992 WC-96 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG96 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

The personal protective equipment at work (PPE) regulations 1992 WC-97 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG97 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

Storage of hazardous substances WC-87 Wall Chart 600x420mm

Mandatory Safety Signs

MA06233 400x300

MA06333 400x300

MA04640 600x450

FR07151 210x148 FR07133 400x300

FR06804 100x75

MD05851 210x148

MA06433 400x300

MA00633 400x300

MA02251 210x148

FX07233 400x300

MA06507 150x125 MA06533 400x300

MA06033 400x300

✓To convey actions that must be carried out and to outline procedures in the event of a fire

✓Guaranteed to comply with BS5499

and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) regulations 1996

Sound horn MA01440 600x450

• Signs consist of a blue background with white graphic symbol and text • Self adhesive vinyl or 1.2mm polypropylene

MA01204 100x75 MA01251 210x148 MA01233 400x300

Ear protection zone SIZE (mm) 100 x 75 100 x 100 150 x 125 210 x 148 250 x 200 300 x 250 300 x 500 400 x 300 600 x 450

SELF-ADHESIVE (SUFFIX S) £2.10 £2.30 £3.60 £3.90 £5.20 £8.30 £9.20 £9.40 £19.50

POLYPROPYLENE (SUFFIX R) £3.10 £2.90 £5.40 £6.80 £8.80 £14.30 £15.40 £17.30 £31.90

ear protectors must be worn in this area

MS03929 300x500

Noise hazard

MA06633 400x300

Warning

Ear protectors available on request

MS05729 300x500

MA07051 210x148

Noise level of 80Db(A) or above

MA02133 400x300

MA04933 400x300

Ear protectors must be worn in this area

MS07129 300x500

FR07002 100x100 FR03520 250x200 FR03533 400x300 FR03540 600x450

Pedestrians must use this route

MA00333 400x300

MA00233 400x300

MA03633 400x300

MA03351 210x148 MA03333 400x300

FR09927 300x250

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

229

TC230

13/1/12

13:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SAFETY

SIGNS / SAFETY SIGNS

Danger

Trip hazard

Very hot water

HA17151 210x148 HA17133 400x300

HA16451 210x148 HA16433 400x300

HA04151 210x148

HA17343 70x50 HA17351 210x148

Warning Safety Signs HA23851 210x148 HA23833 400x300

HA07951 210x148

HA08051 210x148

HA23933 400x300

✓To warn staff of potential dangers they face in and around the workplace

✓Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) regulations 1996

• Signs consist of a yellow background with black triangular band and black graphic symbol and text • Available in self adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene

Warning Mind your head HA13133 400x300

HA13051 210x148 HA13033 400x300

HA25551 210x148 HA25533 400x300

HA10751 210x148 HA10733 400x300

SIZE (mm)

SELF-ADHESIVE (SUFFIX S) £0.70 £3.90 £8.40 £9.20 £9.40 £17.60 £14.70 £19.50

70 x 50 210 x 148 300 x 300 300 x 500 400 x 300 400 x 600 450 x 450 450 x 600

POLYPROPYLENE (SUFFIX R) £2.50 £6.80 £13.10 £15.40 £17.30 £30.60 £26.80 £31.90

HA18828 300x300 HA18835 450x450

Highly flammable

Danger

No smoking

Danger Hazard area

Keep out

Do not enter

MS02729 300x500

Danger Fragile roof

HA13829 300x500

Use crawling boards

MS02636 450x600

No naked light MS04834 400x600

CCTV Signs Help you comply with Data Protection legislation. If your business operates a CCTV system, the 1998 Data Protection Act requires that suitable advisory signs are placed around the area where cameras are located. Available in self adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene

HAZ8210 150x300 SIZE (mm)

230

GN00733 400x300

GN03033 400x300

GN03333 400x300

GN03533 400x300

150 x 300 400 x 300

SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL £5.70 £9.40

POLYPROPYLENE £8.50 £17.30

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC231

13/1/12

13:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SIGNS / SAFETY SIGNS

✓To convey prohibited actions, reduce the risk of fire and prevent personal injury

✓Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) regulations 1996

SAFETY

Prohibition Safety Signs

No smoking This is a no smoking vehicle It is an offence to smoke or knowingly permit smoking in this vehicle

PH04739 50x50 PH04702 100x100 PH04715 200x200

ML02051 210x148 ML02033 400x300

PH04851 210x148 PH04833 400x300

PH04933 400x300

PH05104 100x75

PH05051 210x148 PH05050 297x210

FR08651 210x148

PH00204 100x75

PH05951 210x148

ML01551 210x148 ML01533 400x300

PH04333 400x300

ML01733 400x300

• Signs consist of a circular band with cross-bar, white text on red background and black graphic symbol • Available in self-adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene SIZE (mm) 50 x 50 100 x 75 100 x 100 100 x 200 200 x 200 200 x 400 210 x 148 250 x 300 280 x 90 297 x 210 300 x 300 300 x 500 400 x 300

SELF-ADHESIVE POLYPROPYLENE (SUFFIX S) (SUFFIX R) £0.60 Min order 10 £2.10 £3.10 £2.30 £2.90 £4.10 £5.40 £5.40 £7.90 £7.90 £12.20 £3.90 £6.80 £8.30 £14.30 £3.30 £5.70 £10.30 £15.90 £8.40 £13.10 £9.20 £15.40 £9.40 £17.30

No smoking No drinking

No parking FX05233 400x300

ML01929 300x500

No smoking

No naked light

MS05529 300x500

No eating MS05428 300x300

Fire point FR06603 100x200

FR07918 200x400

FR07203 100x200 FR07218 200x400

FR07202 100x100 FR07215 200x200

Fire alarm FR03703 100x200

Fire Equipment Safety Signs

✓Provides essential information about the

contents of the extinguisher and location of your fire alarms

✓Guaranteed to comply with relevant UK and EC legislation

• Signs consist of a red background with white graphic symbol and text • Available in self-adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene

Water

For use on

Wood, Paper, Textiles etc.

CLASS

Wood, Paper, Textiles etc. Flammable liquids

Do not use on

CLASS

Flammable liquids Do not use on: Wood, paper and textiles.

CLASS

Gaseous fires

CLASS

Flammable liquid

Do not use on Live electrical equipment

Live electrical equipment

FR09424 280x90

For use on CLASS

CLASS

FR08721 250x300

Foam

Dry powder

For use on CLASS

FR02624 280x90

Do not use on: Flammable metal fires.

Live electrical equipment

FR08024 280x90

FR02124 280x90

Energy Saving Labels • Help to reduce your fuel bills in an easy and simple way by reinforcing energy saving messages • Available in self adhesive vinyl or rigid PVC

GSE01A GSE01B

100 x 75 200 x 150

GSE02A GSE02B

100 x 75 200 x 150

SIZE (mm) 100 x 75 200 x 150

GSE03A GSE03B

SELF-ADHESIVE (SUFFIX /S) £2.10 £3.90

1mm RIGID PVC (SUFFIX /R) £3.10 £6.80

100 x 75 200 x 150

GSE05A GSE05B

100 x 75 200 x 150

GSE06A GSE06B

100 x 75 200 x 150

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

231

TC232

13/1/12

13:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SAFETY

SIGNS / HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE LABELLING

Hazard Warning Diamonds • Internationally recognised symbols for packages, road tankers and freight containers

A primary hazard warning diamond has a hazard class number at the base of the diamond. This denotes the substances primary hazard.

• Labels are printed on self-adhesive vinyl • Conform to BS5609 British Standard which specifies both material and ink withstand 3 months continuous immersion in sea water

Hazard Warning Diamonds SIZE (mm) 100 x 100 200 x 200 250 x 250 300 x 300

QUANTITY 10-99 PRICE EACH £1.20 £3.50 £4.80 £5.40

QUANTITY 100+ PRICE EACH £1.00 £2.80 £3.90 £4.40

EXAMPLE: C41AR

C21BR

C20BR

Hazard Warning Diamonds in rolls • 100 x 100mm hazard warning diamonds are available in roll format • Printed on self-adhesive vinyl tape, overlaminated with polypropylene and perforated between labels • 310 labels per roll • Do not conform to BS5609 (3 months continuous immersion in sea water) 232

100 x 100mm Roll PRICE £38.80 To order select the 100 x 100mm code and suffix the letter R

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC233

13/1/12

13:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SIGNS / PHOTOLUMINESCENT SIGNS

✓All warning safety sign designs

FX04411 150x450

FX06610 150x300 FX06630 300x600

FX06210 150x300 FX06230 300x600

FX04211 150x450

FX04311 150x450

FX05910 150x300 FX05930 300x600

FX06510 150x300 FX06530 300x600

FX04511 150x450

FX04611 150x450

FX04810 150x300 FX04830 300x600

FX04910 150x300 FX04930 300x600

FX04011 150x450

FX04111 150x450

FX05645 75x600

SAFETY

Nite-Glo Safety Signs

FX04711 150x450

are guaranteed to comply with the relevant UK & EC legislation

• Highly resistant to UV breakdown • Extremely resistant to shrinkage • Suitable for both indoor & outdoor use • White appearance during the day yet glows when lighting is no longer available Photoluminescent Safety Signs SIZE (mm) 75 x 600 100 x 200 150 x 125 150 x 150 150 x 300 150 x 450 200 x 200 200 x 400 300 x 250 300 x 300 300 x 600

SELF-ADHESIVE (SUFFIX L) £12.50 £7.20 £8.00 £8.20 £12.20 £17.90 £10.00 £18.60 £10.70 -

POLYPROPYLENE (SUFFIX M) £19.30 £8.70 £10.00 £9.80 £15.70 £21.90 £14.00 £24.00 £16.50 £32.40 £47.00

FX06808 150x150

FR07918 200x400

FX06308 150x150

FR00208 150x150 FR00228 300x300

FR07203 100x200

FX05507 150x125

FR07615 200x400

FX05307 150x125

FR03703 100x200

Nite-Glo Safety Tapes FX05111 150x450

40mm x 10m REF NGT7 PRICE £100.00

FR07215 200x200

FR04415 200x200

FR03827 300x250

FR03527 300x250

40mm x 10m (right) REF NGT103 PRICE £110.00 40mm x 10m (left) REF NGT204 PRICE £110.00

Floor & Switch Markers

40mm x 10m REF NGT105 PRICE £100.00

• Heavy duty NITE-GLO self-adhesive vinyl • 75mm dots are supplied as a pack of 20 • 75mm arrows are supplied as a pack of 20

40mm x 10m REF NGT109 PRICE £100.00 NGD1/A 75mm dot

NGD2/A 75mm arrow

NGT3 100mm arrow (supplied 6 per A4 sheet)

40mm x 10m REF NGT107 PRICE £100.00

20mm x 10m REF NGT100 PRICE £42.00 40mm x 10m REF NGT101 PRICE £83.00 80mm x 10m REF NGT102 PRICE £107.00

DESCRIPTION & SIZE 75mm DOT 75mm ARROW 100mm ARROW

PRICE £48.50 / PACK 20 £49.30 / PACK 20 £40.20 / SHEET 6

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

233

TC234

13/1/12

13:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SAFETY

SIGNS / SAFETY SIGNS

FX04711 150x450

FX04411 150x450

FX04211 150x450

FX04311 150x450

FX04511 150x450

FX04611 150x450

Fire Exit Signs

✓For excellent comprehension and legibility in the event of an emergency

FX04011 150x450

FX00215 200x200 FX00228 300x300

✓Inform staff & visitors of fire exit locations ✓Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and

FX04111 150x450

FX00108 200x200 FX00128 300x300

FX04810 150x300

FX05111 150x450

the Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) regulations 1996

FX04910 150x300

FX06908 150x150

• Signs with an arrow should be used where the escape route from a building is not conspicuous or confusion could occur • Changes in direction in corridors, stairways and open spaces forming part of the escape route should be marked with additional signs • Signs consist of a green background with graphic symbol and text in white • Self adhesive or 1.2mm polypropylene

FX06808 150x150

Figures moving to the right indicate an escape route where no change of direction to the right or the final exit

Figures moving to the left indicate an escape route with a change of direction to the left only

MS04340 600x450

FA01733 400x300

FA00607 150x125 FA00627 300x250

FR04536 450x600

Safe Condition Signs

✓The safe way, where to go in an emergency • For FA01733 you can complete these signs with a pen and photograph

First aiders

SIZE (mm)

FA00526 300x200

FA01926 300x200

MA00943 70x50

MS07609 150x200

FX05645 75x600

FA01029 300x500

234

FR09710 150x300 FR09722 250x350

FX05312 150x50

70 x 50 75 x 600 150 x 50 150 x 125 150 x 150 150 x 200 150 x 300 150 x 450 200 x 200 250 x 350 300 x 200 300 x 250 300 x 300 300 x 500 400 x 300 450 x 600 600 x 450

SELF-ADHESIVE (SUFFIX S) £0.70 £6.60 £2.50 £3.60 £2.90 £3.90 £5.50 £7.20 £5.40 £9.40 £8.00 £8.30 £8.40 £9.20 £9.40 £19.50 £19.50

POLYPROPYLENE (SUFFIX R) £2.50 £9.90 £4.20 £5.40 £5.40 £6.80 £8.20 £11.60 £7.90 £17.30 £13.90 £14.30 £13.10 £15.40 £17.30 £31.90 £31.90

FX05512 150x50

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC235

13/1/12

13:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SIGNS / SCAFFOLD TAGS SAFETY

Scafftag - Status Management

✓An innovative scaffold tagging system

which allows complete safety management

• Fitted to all legal access points the unique holder and insert ensure that the latest scaffold status is instantly visible from the scaffold build stage to dismantle • The tagging system comprises of two components; a permanent holder which is attached to the equipment and a replaceable status insert • Allows the tracking, useage, maintenance and inspection status of equipment, helping safeguard the safety of employees and others • Ensures your company complies with key working legislation; Health and Safety at Work Act 1974, Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999, Construction (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations 1996 • The ‘DO NOT USE SCAFFOLD’ holder is used in conjunction with a choice of three inspection inserts; Prohibition, Standard Inspection and Load Classification • The Scafftag kit (SCF01) includes 10 holders, 20 standard inserts and 2 pens. Replacement inserts available in packs of 10 and 50

Wallchart

• Recommended for use with the Wallchart and Pocket Guide (semi rigid PVC) DESCRIPTION

PACK QTY SCAFFTAG KIT EACH PROHIBITION INSERTS 10 PROHIBITION INSERTS 50 STANDARD INSPECTION INSERTS 10 STANDARD INSPECTION INSERTS 50 LOAD CLASSIFICATION INSERTS 10 LOAD CLASSIFICATION INSERTS 50 POCKET GUIDE, 201 x 82mm 5 WALLCHART, 600 x 420mm EACH SCAFFTAG HOLDERS 10

ORDER REF SCF01 SCF02A SCF02B SCF03A SCF03B SCF04A SCF04B SCF05 WC209 SCF28

PRICE Load Classification Inserts - please specify colour when ordering

£62.30 £14.70 £56.60 £14.70 £56.60 £14.70 £56.60 £11.30 £24.60 £49.10

VERY LIGHT DUTY LIGHT DUTY GENERAL PURPOSE HEAVY DUTY SPECIAL PURPOSE

Recycling Signs

✓Reduce waste taxes by maximising recycling • Waste & Resources Action Programme compliant • Available in self adhesive vinyl or rigid flame resistant polypropylene

RECY42A RECY42B

210 x 148 297 x 210

RECY50A RECY50B

210 x 148 297 x 210

SIZE (mm) 210 x 148 297 x 210

RECY53A RECY53B

SELF-ADHESIVE (SUFFIX /S) £3.90 £10.30

POLYPROPYLENE (SUFFIX /R) £6.80 £15.90

210 x 148 297 x 210

RECY59A RECY59B

210 x 148 297 x 210

RECY60A RECY60B

210 x 148 297 x 210

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

235

TC236

13/1/12

13:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

years

SAFETY

SAFETY CANS

WARRANTY

Non-Metallic Safety Cans

Metal Safety Cans

• Dent & puncture resistant • Tough impervious HDPE body • Double wire mesh flame arrestor • Self closing vapour seal lids • Stainless steel fittings

• Chemicals resistant and stands up to heavy abuse • Heavy duty double seamed terne plate • Double wire mesh flame arrestor • Self closing vapour seal lids • Free swinging handle on sizes 7.5 to 19 litres

14065Z

£80

7125100Z

£66

TRANSFER OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS DESCRIPTION ROUND OVAL

NOMINAL LITRES 9.5 19.0 1.9 3.7

BASE x HT (mm) 273 DIA x 362 324 DIA x 406 117 x 194 x 240 117 x 194 x 324

ORDER REF 14261 14561 14065Z 14160Z

PRICE £124.00 £152.00 £80.00 £81.00

NOMINAL LITRES 0.5 1.0 4.0 7.5 9.5 19.0

DIA x HT (mm) 117 x 170 117 x 210 241 x 279 241 x 349 298 x 292 298 x 429

ORDER REF

PRICE

10001Z 10101Z 7110100Z 7120100Z 7125100Z 7150100Z

£65.00 £66.00 £52.00 £66.00 £66.00 £70.00

11089 14411

Dispenser Bottle

11202Y

• Easy, one handed dispensing of liquids directly onto work surface • Polyethylene body • Self closing brass valve • Finger operated

11201

14004

£39

DIRECT USE

236

DESCRIPTION

TO SUIT

SLIP-ON POLYETHYLENE FUNNELS BOLT-ON GALVANISED HOSES

METAL CANS OVAL CANS METAL CANS HDPE ROUND CANS

H x DIA (mm) 280 x 19 152 x 13 356 x 25 343 x 25

ORDER REF 11202Y 11201 11089 14411

PRICE £22.70 £18.70 £23.00 £25.00

NOMINAL LITRES 0.25 1.0

DIA x HT (mm) 80 x 140 102 x 267

ORDER REF

PRICE

14004 14010

£39.00 £43.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC237

19/1/12

12:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / GAS CYLINDER CAGES

Gas Cylinder Cages

galvanised, with lockable double doors

• Designed for external use • Solid frame construction • 350mm protruding roof for added weather protection • Available with or without raised base • Can be anchored to the ground for additional security • Folded doors can either be hung to the left or to the right • Single cylinder storage possible with the rail and chain system • Suitable for storing of gas cylinder pallets • Delivered flat-pack for self-assembly (minimal tools required)

115-863

£1679

SAFETY

✓Gas cylinder cages, completely hot-dip

113-516

£1227

By fitting shelving units, gas cylinder cages can have other uses, for example they can be used to store 11kg cylinders. This puts the height of the cages to the best possible use.

STORAGE OF 1 gas bottle pallet and 4 gas bottles or 2 x 3 rows of 4 gas bottles DIMENSIONS (Without protruding roof) 2250H x 1500W x 1300Dmm MODEL

DESCRIPTION

A B

WITHOUT BASE WITH BASE

ORDER REF 113-516 115-863

PRICE 115-861

£1711

£1227.00 £1679.00

STORAGE OF 2 gas bottle pallets and 8 gas bottles or 4 x 3 rows of 4 gas bottles DIMENSIONS (Without protruding roof) 2250H x 3050W x 1300Dmm MODEL

DESCRIPTION

C D

WITHOUT BASE WITH BASE

ORDER REF 115-861 115-864

C PRICE £1711.00 £2369.00

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

115-864

£2369

SHELVING UNITS • Up to 2 shelving units can be stacked on top of each other to give three storage levels: ground, middle, and top • Dimensions 750H x 1440W x 1040Dmm • 500kg maximum Load REF 115-876 PRICE £198.00

Shelves not included 237

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC238

13/1/12

13:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DRUM SAFETY & STORAGE SAFETY

IBC Bunds • Fork truck lifting points • Baffle plates in bund • Polyester powder coated grey finish • Galvanised grille included

ON SELECTED ITEMS

MODEL

Dispensing tray sold separately

IBC STAND REF GA/0021/010 PRICE £388.00

DISPENSING TRAY REF GA/0016/008 PRICE £43.00

IBC BUND CAP. CAPACITY (litres) POLYETHYLENE 1 x 1000 litre 1100 STEEL 1 x 1000 litre 1100 STEEL 1 x 1000 litre 1100 STEEL 2 x 1000 litre 1100

FOR USE WITH GA/0014/007 GA/0015/007 DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE H x W x L (mm) REF 690 x 1450 x 1575 GA/0014/007PLA £766.00 710 x 1100 x 1450 GA/0032/007 £693.00 610 x 1238 x 1687 GA/0014/007 £839.00 447 x 1687 x 2680 GA/0015/007 £1098.00

GA/0032/007

693

GA/0006/003

GA/0002/001

709

429

DRUM FRAME is optional extra GA/0031/002 £120.00

Standard Drum Bunds • 4-way fork truck lifting points • PPC grey finish • Baffle plates

Stackable Drum Bunds

DRUM CAPACITY

• Fork truck lifting points • Galvanised grille included • Baffle plates in bund • Polyester powder coated grey finish DRUM CAPACITY 4 x 205 litre 4 x 205 litre

BUND CAP. (litres) 225 225

STYLE ENCLOSED OPEN

ORDER REF GA/0006/003 GA/0007/003

PRICE

1 x 205 litre 2 x 205 litre 4 x 205 litre (square) 4 x 205 litre (inline) 8 x 205 litre

BUND CAP. (litres) 225 225 225 225 410

GALVANISED GRILLE INCLUDED INCLUDED INCLUDED INCLUDED INCLUDED

ORDER REF GA/0020/001 GA/0001/001 GA/0002/001 GA/0003/001 GA/0008/001

PRICE £297.00 £333.00 £429.00 £635.00 £938.00

£709.00 £690.00

GA/0034/001

1125

GA/0011/005

1885

Heavy duty tarpaulin with quick clip fasteners

Economy Drum Store

✓Heavy duty tarpaulin provides tough resistance to precipitation • Fastech clips retain front roller door • Velcro seal for the cover base • Sloping roof enables water run off • Removable frame and cover • Removable galvanised grid sections for easy dispensing of waste oil • Air ventilation access • Forklift pockets in base of bund 238

DRUM CAPACITY 4 x 205 litre

BUND CAP. (litres) 225

GALVANISED GRILLE INCLUDED

ORDER REF GA/0034/001

PRICE £1125.00

Drum Store Lockable • Fully lockable • Baffle plates in bund • Gas strut assisted lids • Polyester powder coated grey finish DRUM CAPACITY 2 x 205 litre 4 x 205 litre

BUND CAP. (litres) 225 225

GALVANISED GRILLE INCLUDED INCLUDED

ORDER REF GA/0010/005 GA/0011/005

PRICE £1326.00 £1885.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC239

13/1/12

13:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SPILLAGE CONTROL / BUNDS

✓An accessible storage unit for decanting mixed grade lubricants • Safe and secure horizontal drum storage • Fully welded and galvanised steel construction • Suitable for use with both steel and plastic vessels • Easy kit form, assembly instructions included • Stores 3 x 25 litre containers • 1370H x 300W x 390Dmm REF GA/0033/002 PRICE £126.00

SAFETY

Decanting Stand

GA/0033/002

126

INCLUDES DETACHABLE SPILL PALLET

Drum Bund Trolley

✓Spillage controlled drum movement

• Lightweight manoeuvrable dual use trolley • 4 swivel castors • Ratchet strap inluded • Polyethylene spill pallet, 2 x 205 litre drums • 430H x 696W x 1510Lmm REF GA/0039/004 PRICE £302.00

GA/0039/004

302

Plastic Drum Bunds

Dispensing Station

• Heavy duty non-corrosive polyethylene pallets • Removable galvanised support sections • Models to carry 2, 3 or 4 drums vertically • Dark Grey RAL 7016 moulding • Fork lift entry points provided • Optional drum support frames for horizontal storage

• Optional drum support frames for horizontal storage • Stack and rack system with stackable feet to double up configurations • Lightweight • Zinc plated finish • Supplied in KD form • Polyethylene sump tray without grid, has integral fork pockets

GA/0035/002/205

REMOVABLE GALVANISED SECTION PROVIDING AN EASY PUMPING OUT FACILITY

COMPLETE

463

GA/0035/002/60

GA/0027/011

186

XGP/0087/011 DESCRIPTION 2 x 205 Litre 4 x 205 Litre

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 300 x 1470 x 310 200 x 1470 x 1330

BUND CAP (litres) 225 225

ORDER REF GA/0027/011 GA/0025/011

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£186.00 £253.00

DRUM RACK 2 x 205 Litre DRUM RACK 3 x 60 Litre POLY SUMP 225 Litres

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1510 x 590 840 x 1510 x 590 200 x 1470 x 1330

ORDER REF GA/0035/002/205 GA/0035/002/60 XGP/0087/011

PRICE £159.00 £159.00 £145.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

239

TC240

13/1/12

13:47

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SAFETY

DRUM SAFETY & STORAGE

Stackable Racks with Sump Trays

✓A modular stackable racking system for the storage of 60/205 litre drums, plastic canisters and other smaller containers

• Rigid galvanised steel construction, can be utilised with drum supports or grid bases for smaller items • Safe dispensing over the protruding PolySafe sump tray • Easily transported by forklift truck • Easy to order kits, or buy individual components as required

114-698

387

210 LITRE DRUM STORAGE KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + two racks 114-535 (Note dispensing tray and can are not included) A

REF 114-698 PRICE £387.00

Accessories Polyethylene Dispensing Tray REF 114-902 PRICE £40.00

MIXED DRUM STORAGE KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + racks 114-535 and 114-538 REF 114-694 PRICE £403.00

Polyethylene Canister, 2 litres REF 117-409 PRICE £14.40

D E

SMALL CONTAINER KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + two racks 114-540

CANISTER / SMALL ITEM KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + racks 114-540 and 114-560

REF 114-693 PRICE £451.00

REF 114-696 PRICE £590.00

Stackable Racking – Individual Components

240

PIC

ITEM DESCRIPTION

STORAGE CAPACITY

A B C D E

POLYSAFE SUMP DRUM RACK DRUM RACK CANISTER RACK SMALL ITEM RACK

235 LITRES 2 x 205 LITRE DRUMS 3 x 60 LITRE DRUMS 4 x 30 LITRE / 3 x 60 LITRE CANS SMALL ITEMS AS REQUIRED

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1200 x 1200 x 210 1335 x 600 x 790 1335 x 600 x 790 1335 x 600 x 790 1335 x 1120 x 790

ORDER REF

PRICE

114-810 114-535 114-538 114-560 114-540

£135.00 £177.00 £195.00 £261.00 £272.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC241

18/1/12

16:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SPILLAGE CONTROL / BUNDS

• Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene they are ideal for corrosive acids and alkalis • High resistance to acids and alkalis • Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene • Pallets are designed to be transported by forklift • Removable grid for easy cleaning 110-164 Euro K pallet style sump

SAFETY

Polysafe Sumps & Pallets ✓These sumps and pallets combine durability and versatile storage possibilities

EURO K: Pallet with bottom runners (may be used on storage racking)

EURO F: Pallet with four feet

110-164

£207

114-853

£238

Euro Pallet Style Polysafe Sumps EURO TYPE K K K F F F

114-853 Euro F pallet style sump, with PE grid

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830

DESCRIPTION NO GRID GALVANISED GRID (2x205ltr) POLYETHYLENE GRID (2x205ltr) NO GRID GALVANISED GRID (2x205ltr) POLYETHYLENE GRID (2x205ltr)

ORDER REF 110-164 114-871 114-874 110-165 114-851 114-853

PRICE £207.00 £212.00 £246.00 £206.00 £203.00 £238.00

114-812

£144

114-801

£251

114-812 Pallet style sump, takes up to 9 x 60ltr or 4 x 205ltr drums

114-801 Pallet style sump, with PE grid. Takes up to 6 x 60ltr or 2 x 205ltr drums

Pallet Style Polysafe Sumps DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 330 x 1200 x 800 330 x 1200 x 800 330 x 1200 x 800 265 x 1200 x 1200 265 x 1200 x 1200 265 x 1200 x 1200

114-904

DESCRIPTION NO GRID GALVANISED GRID (2x205ltr) POLYETHYLENE GRID (2x205ltr) NO GRID GALVANISED GRID (4x205ltr) POLYETHYLENE GRID (4x205ltr)

SUMP CAP. (litres) 225 225 225 225 225 225

ORDER REF 114-796 114-798 114-801 114-812 123-671 114-817

PRICE £138.00 £202.00 £251.00 £144.00 £261.00 £291.00

£79

114-883

£293

Polyethylene Drum Mount

Euro W Pallet

• Reversible mounting, suits both 60 and 205 litre drums

• 320H x 1230W x 830Dmm • With polyethylene grid and drum mount

REF 114-904 PRICE £79.00

REF 114-883 PRICE £293.00 241

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC242

13/1/12

13:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DRUM SAFETY & STORAGE / IBC SAFETY

Environmental Regulations demand that potential water pollutants are stored and dispensed safely. Designed to meet the regulations these stations and pallets are ideal for use with 1000 litre IBC containers.

IBC Stations & Pallets • Polyethylene sumps have a high resistance to acids and alkalis • Welded steel sumps suit oil-based products • Designed for transport by forklift • Removable polyethylene or galvanised grids for easy cleaning • Dispensing platform option provides gentle slope for safe emptying of containers

114-596

1107

114-596 Twin IBC pallet, painted steel. For the storage of two IBCs or up to 8 x 205 litre drums on pallets.

114-595 Single IBC extra depth pallet, painted steel. Complete with galvanised dispensing platform and splash guard.

114-595

1430

114-711

1174

Extra depth models provide a front shelf, ideal for dispensing

114-591 Single IBC pallet, painted steel, without dispensing accessories

114-711 Single IBC station, polyethylene sump. Complete with polyethylene grid and sloping dispenser platform, also with polyethylene grid.

Also available galvanised, model 114-465

114-706 is as above, but with galvanised grids.

Steel Sump IBC Pallets, 1100 litres capacity DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1350 x 1300 x 920 1350 x 1300 x 920 1350 x 1650 x 700 1350 x 1650 x 700 1350 x 1650 x 700

IBC CAPACITY 1 1 1 1 1

2680 x 1300 x 485 2680 x 1300 x 485

2 2

SUMP TYPE & FEATURES PAINTED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRID GALVANISED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRID EXTRA DEPTH PAINTED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRIDS EXTRA DEPTH GALVANISED STEEL SUMPS + GALVANISED GRID AS 114-591, PLUS GALVANISED DISPENSING PLATFORM AND SPLASH GUARD PAINTED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRIDS GALVANISED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRIDS

ORDER REF 114-587 114-461 114-591 114-465

PRICE £921.00 £1024.00 £839.00 £941.00

114-595 114-596 114-468

£1430.00 £1107.00 £1141.00

Polyethylene Sump IBC Pallets, 1100 litres capacity

242

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1410 x 1760 x 660 1410 x 1760 x 660 1410 x 1760 x 1050

IBC CAPACITY 1 1 1

1410 x 1760 x 1050

SUMP TYPE & FEATURES POLYETHYLENE SUMP + GALVANISED GRIDS POLYETHYLENE SUMP + POLYETHYLENE GRIDS AS 114-702, PLUS POLYETHYLENE DISPENSING PLATFORM WITH GALVANISED GRID AS 114-709, PLUS POLYETHYLENE DISPENSING PLATFORM WITH POLYETHYLENE GRID

ORDER REF 114-702 114-709

PRICE £834.00 £917.00

114-706

£1049.00

114-711

£1174.00

Galvanised Dispensing Tray With slope for fluid return REF 114-566 PRICE £80.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC243

13/1/12

13:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DRUM SAFETY & STORAGE / IBC

✓Weather proof external storage ✓Complete with safety sump ✓Ventilated top and bottom

SAFETY

External Storage Cabinets

• Compatible with Euro and chemical pallets • All storage cabinets are fitted with integral locks • Sump inserts, manufactured from stainless steel or Polyethylene are available as an optional extra • Optimum dimensions for direct storage of 205Ltr drums Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

A carriage surcharge will apply if Hiab unloading is required

External Storage Cabinets DRUM CAPACITY - direct on grids

20 x 205Ltr

30 x 205Ltr

40 x 205Ltr

60 x 205Ltr

36 x 205Ltr

48 x 205Ltr

72 x 205Ltr

- on 1200 x 1200 pallets

16 x 205Ltr

24 x 205Ltr

32 x 205Ltr

48 x 205Ltr

36 x 205Ltr

48 x 205Ltr

72 x 205Ltr

EXTERIOR H x W x D (mm)

3000 x 3120 x 1480 4400 x 3120 x 1480 3000 x 6240 x 1580 4500 x 6240 x 1580 4400 x 4020 x 1480 3000 x 8040 x 1580 4400 x 8040 x 1580

DOOR TYPE

WING

SLIDING

WING

SLIDING

SUMP CAPACITY, LITRES

1060

1550

2165

3100

1845

2800

SLIDING 4000

ORDER REF

157-805

157-807

157-818

157-820

157-831

157-833

157-836

PRICE

£5069.00

£8113.00

£8350.00

£12054.00

£8325.00

£10350.00

£15243.00

Galvanised Levelling Plates REF 157-901 PRICE £383.00 (Set of 50)

SAFETY FIRST When large volume flammable liquids are stored externally, a minimum separation distance is required from buildings and boundaries etc.

IBC Storage Units

✓Secure outdoor storage for IBCs ✓Complete with safety sumps ✓Capacity up to 12 IBCs (1000Ltr) • Sump inserts, manufactured from stainless steel or Polyethylene are available as an optional extra

IBC Storage Units

EXTERIOR H x W x D (mm) Sumps with a 100% collection capacity are also available as a design option for ecologically sensitive areas Please call us for details.

2600 x 3500 x 1480

3500 x 3500 x 1480

2600 x 5000 x 1580

3500 x 7000 x 1580

3 x 1000Ltr

6 x 1000Ltr

8 x 1000Ltr

12 x 1000Ltr

SUMP CAPACITY

1180

1500

2000

3000

DOOR TYPE

WING

SLIDING

IBC CAPACITY

ORDER REF

157-870

157-872

157-876

157-878

PRICE

£4833.00

£5684.00

£8239.00

£10320.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

243

TC244

13/1/12

13:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SAFETY

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE STORAGE

Hazardous Substance Cupboards FROM

✓This range of cupboards and

107

cabinets enables the separate storage of hazardous substances as demanded by the CoSHH regulations

• “No snag” handles with 2-point locking • Adjustable spill retaining galvanised shelves for superior spill management* • Integral liquid tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of absorbents* • Wall cupboards are pre drilled for mounting (fixings not included) • Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces * N/A wall mounted cupboard

DESCRIPTION FLOOR CUPBOARDS

WALL CUPBOARD

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 700 x 350 x 300 700 x 900 x 460 900 x 460 x 460 900 x 900 x 460 1200 x 900 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460 570 x 850 x 255

INTERNAL SHELVES 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 1

ORDER REF CZ703530ZYXX CZ709046ZYXX CZ904646ZYXX CZ909046ZYXX CZ129046ZYXX CZ189046ZYXX CZ181246ZYXX CZ855725ZYXX

Hazardous Storage Bins

PRICE £107.00 £148.00 £126.00 £162.00 £204.00 £241.00 £284.00 £140.00

EXTRA SHELVES ORDER REF PRICE CZES3530ZYXX £15.40 CZES9046ZYXX £25.00 CZES4646ZYXX £19.20 CZES9046ZYXX £25.00 CZES9046ZYXX £25.00 CZES9046ZYXX £25.00 CZES1246ZYXX £28.80 -

STANDS ORDER REF CZST3530ZYXX CZST9046ZYXX CZST4646ZYXX CZST9046ZYXX CZST9046ZYXX CZST9046ZYXX -

PRICE £58.00 £64.00 £58.00 £64.00 £64.00 £64.00 -

Mobile Cabinets

✓Floor standing

✓Mobile cabinets combine safe

storage with manoeuvrability

• Fitted with hasp & staple to enable secure locking • Sloping lid prevents article placement

• Base has four lockable swivel castors • Large diameter rubber tyred wheels for easy handling

CZ109046MYXX

£257

CZ516134ZYXX

Quality products, British made with long life in mind

244

£175

DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

510 x 610 x 340 610 x 1170 x 460

CZ516134ZYXX CZ611146ZYXX

£175.00 £274.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 840 x 900 x 460 1040 x 900 x 460

SHELVES 1 1

CABINET ORDER REF CZ849046MYXX CZ109046MYXX

PRICE £236.00 £257.00

EXTRA SHELF REF CZES-9046ZYXX CZES-9046ZYXX

PRICE £25.00 £25.00

CONTROL OF SUBSTANCES HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH Storage of potentially hazardous substances and materials should conform to guidelines covered by the Control of Substances to Health Regulations issued by the Health and Safety Executive. Following assessment under CoSHH of the use and storage of hazardous substances and materials, our cupboards and cabinets can be used to satisfy the regulations’ requirements for appropriate methods of storage in the workplace.

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC245

17/1/12

16:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE STORAGE SAFETY

Petroleum and Flammable Liquids Cabinets • Manufactured from heavy duty steel with welded seams • Supplied with 500mm high stand • Reinforced doors • 2 perforated shelves • Integral 150mm high sump with drain plug DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1200 x 900 x 610 1200 x 1200 x 610

SHELVES INCLUDED 2 2

CABINET REF CT129061ZHXX CT121261ZHXX

PRICE £690.00 £777.00

EXTRA SHELF REF CTES9060ZHXX CTES1260ZHXX

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 510 x 610 x 340 610 x 1170 x 460

ORDER REF CT516134ZHXX CT611146ZHXX

CT121261ZHXX

777

PRICE £39.00 £52.00

CT611146ZHXX

£301

Floor Chests • Heavy duty steel construction • Angled lid and lockable hasp • Tough powder coated finish • Bright red safety colouring • Padlock is not included

PRICE £192.00 £301.00

OP VA T

E! LU

• Fitted with spill-containing shelves and integral sump for superior spill-management • Powder coated white • Fitted with warning labels • Fully die-cast flush fitting handle

U E!

Acid & Alkali Cabinets

TOP V

CA189046ZWXX

£269 CA904646ZWXX*

£139

Mobile Cabinets CA709046ZWXX with Mobile Base REF CA849046MWXX PRICE £249.00 CA909046ZWXX with Mobile Base REF CA109046MWXX PRICE £263.00

CA909046ZWXX

£178

*Stand is extra

REF CAST4646ZWXX PRICE £60.00

DIMENSIONS DOORS SHELVES CABINET PRICE OPTIONAL STAND H x W x D (mm) INC 700 x 350 x 300 1 1 CA703530ZWXX £117.00 CAST3530ZWXX 900 x 460 x 460 1 1 CA904646ZWXX £139.00 CAST4646ZWXX 700 x 900 x 460 2 1 CA709046ZWXX £163.00 CAST9046ZWXX 900 x 900 x 460 2 1 CA909046ZWXX £178.00 CAST9046ZWXX 1800 x 900 x 460 2 3 CA189046ZWXX £269.00 1800 x 1200 x 460 2 3 CA181246ZWXX £319.00 -

PRICE £56.00 £60.00 £66.00 £66.00 -

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

245

TC246

19/1/12

17:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SAFETY

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE STORAGE

Hazardous Storage Cabinets ✓For Acids, Pesticides, Flammables • Seam welded steel construction • Reinforced doors with 2-point locking • Shelves adjustable on 25mm centres • Built-in sump to collect any spillage • Epoxy/polyester coated finish • Hazard warning signage on every model Cabinets comply with: • Highly Flammable Liquids & Liquid Gases Regulations, section 5 (1.D) • Guide to the Regulations No 5 (17) • Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No 1, parts 3 and 4

SU08A

FROM

STANDARD COLOURS

COLOUR OPTIONS

131

Acids (A) White Pesticide (P) Red Flammable (F) Yellow

Yellow, Red, White Dove Grey, Grey Hammer

No extra charge!

SU15F

SU05P

CABINET SIZE H x W x D (mm) 457 x 457 x 305 457 x 457 x 457 609 x 457 x 457 609 x 609 x 305 609 x 609 x 457 711 x 355 x 305 762 x 457 x 457 915 x 457 x 457 711 x 915 x 457 900 x 600 x 500 915 x 915 x 457 1219 x 915 x 457 1524 x 915 x 457 1829 x 915 x 457

SUMP DEPTH (mm) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 150 150 150

DOORS SHELVES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3

REF SU13A SU14A SU15A SU03A SU16A SU20A SU01A SU02A SU04A SU22A SU05A SU06A SU07A SU08A

ACID STORAGE CABINETS PESTICIDE (VENTED) STORAGE CABINETS PRICE 1 REF PRICE 4+ REF PRICE 1 REF PRICE 4+ £169.00 SU13A/4 £160.00 SU13P £166.00 SU13P/4 £158.00 £176.00 SU14A/4 £167.00 SU14P £174.00 SU14P/4 £165.00 £187.00 SU15A/4 £177.00 SU15P £183.00 SU15P/4 £174.00 £199.00 SU03A/4 £189.00 SU03P £200.00 SU03P/4 £190.00 £228.00 SU16A/4 £216.00 SU16P £214.00 SU16P/4 £203.00 £200.00 SU20A/4 £191.00 £181.00 SU01A/4 £172.00 SU01P £179.00 SU01P/4 £170.00 £197.00 SU02A/4 £187.00 SU02P £188.00 SU02P/4 £178.00 £251.00 SU04A/4 £238.00 SU04P £266.00 SU04P/4 £253.00 £227.00 SU22A/4 £216.00 £294.00 SU05A/4 £280.00 SU05P £310.00 SU05P/4 £294.00 £376.00 SU06A/4 £357.00 SU06P £343.00 SU06P/4 £326.00 £416.00 SU07A/4 £395.00 SU07P £374.00 SU07P/4 £355.00 £481.00 SU08A/4 £457.00 SU08P £402.00 SU08P/4 £382.00

FLAMMABLE STORAGE CABINETS REF PRICE 1 REF PRICE 4+ SU13F £137.00 SU13F/4 £131.00 SU14F £145.00 SU14F/4 £138.00 SU15F £154.00 SU15F/4 £146.00 SU03F £171.00 SU03F/4 £162.00 SU16F £188.00 SU16F/4 £178.00 SU20F £166.00 SU22F/4 £157.00 SU01F £150.00 SU01F/4 £142.00 SU02F £161.00 SU02F/4 £153.00 SU04F £222.00 SU04F/4 £211.00 SU22F £189.00 SU22F/4 £179.00 SU05F £238.00 SU05F/4 £226.00 SU06F £300.00 SU06F/4 £285.00 SU07F £331.00 SU07F/4 £314.00 SU08F £359.00 SU08F/4 £341.00

Flammable Storage Bins • Seam welded steel construction • Flat or sloping top designs • Built-in 150mm deep sump collects spillage • Provision for padlock (not included) FROM

SU04A

£145

SU12F SU09F DESCRIPTION FLAT TOP BINS

246

SLOPING TOP BINS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 508 x 609 x 330 609 x 1168 x 457 660 x 609 x 330 762 x 1168 x 457

ORDER REF

PRICE

SU09F SU10F SU11F SU12F

£145.00 £282.00 £158.00 £300.00

Cabinet Stand • Height 503mm, for sizes 04-07 • Colour options as cabinets REF SCST PRICE £85.00* *Surcharge for Acid

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC247

19/1/12

17:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CABINETS / COSHH

• Seam welded steel construction • Reinforced doors with 2-point locking • Shelves adjustable on 25mm centres • Built-in sump to collect any spillage • Epoxy/polyester coated finish • Hazard warning signage on every model

SAFETY

COSHH Storage Cabinets ✓For any substances harmful to health

Cabinets comply with: • Highly Flammable Liquids & Liquid Gases Regulations, section 5 (1.D) • Guide to the Regulations No 5 (17) • Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No 1, parts 3 and 4

STANDARD COLOUR Grey hammer finish COLOUR OPTIONS SU08C

Yellow, Red, White Dove Grey

FROM

£341

No extra charge! SU01C

FROM

£142 SU13C

FROM

£131

COSHH Storage Cabinets CABINET SIZE SUMP (mm) DOORS SHELVES H x W x D (mm) DEPTH 457 x 457 x 305 50 1 1 457 x 457 x 457 50 1 1 609 x 457 x 457 50 1 1 609 x 609 x 305 50 1 1 609 x 609 x 457 50 1 1 711 x 355 x 305 50 1 1 762 x 457 x 457 50 1 1 915 x 457 x 457 50 1 1 711 x 915 x 457 50 2 1 900 x 600 x 500 50 2 1 915 x 915 x 457 50 2 1 1219 x 915 x 457 150 2 2 1524 x 915 x 457 150 2 2 1829 x 915 x 457 150 2 3

REF

PRICE 1

REF

PRICE 4+

SU13C SU14C SU15C SU03C SU16C SU20C SU01C SU02C SU04C SU22C SU05C SU06C SU07C SU08C

£137.00 £145.00 £154.00 £171.00 £188.00 £166.00 £150.00 £161.00 £222.00 £189.00 £238.00 £300.00 £331.00 £359.00

SU13C/4 SU14C/4 SU15C/4 SU03C/4 SU16C/4 SU20C/4 SU01C/4 SU02C/4 SU04C/4 SU22C/4 SU05C/4 SU06C/4 SU07C/4 SU08C/4

£131.00 £138.00 £146.00 £162.00 £178.00 £157.00 £142.00 £153.00 £211.00 £179.00 £226.00 £285.00 £314.00 £341.00

Cabinets can be stacked as shown - see page 246 for more options SCSTAND

£85

Cabinet Stand • Height 503mm, for sizes 04-07 • Colour options as cabinets REF SCSTAND PRICE £85.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

247

TC248

17/1/12

15:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SECURITY

SITE SECURITY / MIRRORS

CM45P

£55

CM45A

£45

Internal Acrylic Mirrors

Internal Polycarbonate Mirrors

• Powder coated steel backing • Excellent optical quality • 2mm thick acrylic mirror with grey PVC protective edge • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings included for both wall and 60mm post mounting • Simple and precise vertical and horizontal adjustment

• Superior optical quality • Powder coated steel backing • 1.5mm thick polycarbonate mirror with grey PVC protective edge • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings included for both wall and 60mm post mounting • Simple and precise vertical and horizontal adjustment

✓Economical and effective safety solution

✓Vandal resistant, virtually unbreakable

DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

450mm DIAMETER 600mm DIAMETER

CM45A CM60A

£45.00 £65.00

450mm DIAMETER 600mm DIAMETER

CM45P CM60P

£55.00 £90.00

FROM

£76

CME60P

£100

Hemispherical Mirrors

✓All-round visibility for safety and security use • Acrylic moulding gives bright, sharp image • Direct mountable, may also be suspended from higher ceilings • Half and quarter hemispheres for wall or corner mounting

QUARTER HEMISPHERE

248

HALF HEMISPHERE

TYPE

APPLICATION

DIMENSIONS

QUARTER HALF HALF FULL FULL

CORNERS WALLS WALLS CEILINGS CEILINGS

450 x 400mm 650 x 300mm 800 x 400mm 650mm DIA 800mm DIA

FULL HEMISPHERE

ORDER REF CS045Q CS065H CS080H CS065F CS080F

PRICE £76.00 £102.00 £152.00 £173.00 £248.00

External Polycarbonate Mirrors with Hood

✓Totally weatherproof ✓Hi-viz orange housing

• Superior optical quality • Prevents accidents, injuries and deters theft • Moulded polypropylene shell with integral hood • Durable 1.5mm thick polycarbonate mirror • Mirror sealed within an extruded nylon channel • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings included for both wall and 60mm post mounting • Simple and precise vertical and horizontal adjustment DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

450mm DIAMETER 600mm DIAMETER

CME45P CME60P

£85.00 £100.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC249

17/1/12

15:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / MIRRORS

✓Suitable for looking under, over, around and into difficult to reach areas

• Aluminium handle extends from 508mm to 3048mm • 300mm diameter convex mirror • Equipped with adjustable swivel for infinite adjustment • Heavy duty extruded rubber rim to help prevent damaging objects when manoeuvring • Tripod with ballbearing castor wheels allows full range of motion with effortless manoeuvring • LED torch (requires 2 x AA batteries) • Complete with aluminium carry case

SECURITY

Inspection Mirrors

CSKLTC30

140

PORTABLE INSPECTION MIRROR REF CSKLTC30 PRICE £140.00

M16505W

£274 CMT60P

£135 CMT8350P

£200

Traffic Mirrors

✓Red & White 3M reflective edging for day and night safety • Durable GRP moulded housing • UV treated polymer surround • 1.5mm polycarbonate mirror is virtually unbreakable • Rectangular or circular designs • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings for both wall and post mounting (wall screws required) DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

600mm DIAMETER 800mm DIAMETER 550mm x 830mm

CMT60P CMT80P CMT8350P

£135.00 £200.00 £200.00

Anti-Vandal Dome Mirrors • Highly polished stainless steel face for maximum clarity • Prevents surprise attacks and collisions • Ideal for use in areas prone to vandalism such as subway / underpass locations, underground corridors and in multi storey car parks • Unbreakable wall mounted dome gives 180º of vision • Resistant to repeated blows STAINLESS STEEL WALL DOME 500mm DIAMETER REF M16505W PRICE £274.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

249

TC250

17/1/12

16:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

U E!

OP VA T

E! LU

SECURITY

KEY CABINETS

TOP V

FROM

✓ Simple and effective solution for control over the movement and whereabouts of keys

Slimline Key Cabinets

✓Attractive sleek design ✓Ideal for home and office ✓Cost effective solution for key access control • 24-120 key models available • All steel construction epoxy powder coat finish in light grey • Rolled edge box section door • Semi concealed welded hinges • Fixed hook bars, colour coded & numbered with matching key tags • Secure cylinder lock with 2 keys • Magnetic door latch • 4-Point mounting holes

CAPACITY 24 KEYS 32 KEYS 48 KEYS 72 KEYS 96 KEYS 120 KEYS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 320 x 210 x 50 382 x 278 x 50 556 x 278 x 50 453 x 378 x 50 588 x 376 x 50 710 x 376 x 50

ORDER REF KB8701 KB8702 KB8703 KB8704 KB8705 KB8706

KB8705

PRICE £25.00 £29.00 £49.00 £69.00 £79.00 £89.00

250

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC251

18/1/12

12:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 KEY CABINETS

Budget Key Security Cabinets

• This quality range of key cabinets offers a simple and affordable solution to your key storage requirements • Sturdy steel cabinets, with tough powder coated, light grey finish • Fixed coloured and numbered hook bars, with matching key tabs • Removable key control index included within the three larger models • Key locking complete with 2 keys, padlock hasp locking available CAPACITY 20 KEYS 30 KEYS 42 KEYS 48 KEYS 64 KEYS 100 KEYS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 255 x 180 x 80 300 x 210 x 80 320 x 245 x 80 350 x 300 x 80 450 x 300 x 80 550 x 380 x 80

KEY LOCK ORDER REF PRICE K020 £28.00 K030 £35.30 K042 £47.00 K048 £78.00 K064 £100.00 K100 £127.00 *Does not include padlock

SECURITY

FROM

PADLOCK HASP* ORDER REF PRICE K020ALCPL £32.00 K030ALCPL £40.00 K042ALCPL £51.00 K048ALCPL £82.00 K064ALCPL £104.00 K100ALCPL £131.00

Key Security Cabinets • Strong steel construction & durable powder coated paint finish • Colour coded numbered key tags to suit hook bars • Removable control index • Key location tabs give an instant visual check of ‘keys out’ • Strong cylinder lock supplied with 2 keys • Pre-drilled fixing holes for wall mounting CAPACITY 20 KEYS 30 KEYS 48 KEYS 64 KEYS 100 KEYS 150 KEYS 200 KEYS 250 KEYS 300 KEYS 400 KEYS 500 KEYS 600 KEYS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 260 x 185 x 80 305 x 215 x 80 355 x 300 x 80 450 x 300 x 80 550 x 380 x 80 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 380 x 205 550 x 380 x 205 550 x 730 x 140 550 x 730 x 205 550 x 730 x 205

FROM

ORDER REF KC020 KC030 KC048 KC064 KC100 KC150 KC200 KC250 KC300 KC400 KC500 KC600

FROM

32.70

PRICE £32.70 £40.00 £75.00 £86.00 £89.00 £145.00 £192.00 £254.00 £300.00 £441.00 £441.00 £531.00

Key Vaults • Heavy duty key cabinet designed to meet the growing need for added security • 2.5mm steel cabinet with 3mm flush closing door to resist forced entry • Adjustable colour coded and numbered hook bars • Ingenious key tabs are designed to hang so that the number is always visible • Removable control index • Durable light grey paint finish

Cylinder Lock, locking by security deadlock with 5-pin Euro profile cylinder. 2 keys supplied

CAPACITY 30 KEYS 48 KEYS 100 KEYS 200 KEYS 400 KEYS 600 KEYS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 305 x 230 x 70 355 x 300 x 80 550 x 380 x 80 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 730 x 140 550 x 730 x 205

EURO CYLINDER LOCK ORDER REF PRICE KV030 £82.00 KV048 £139.00 KV100 £248.00 KV200 £408.00 KV400 £681.00 KV600 £833.00

DEAD LOCK ORDER REF PRICE KV030Z2200 £164.00 KV048Z2200 £221.00 KV100Z2200 £331.00 KV200Z2200 £491.00 KV400Z2200 £764.00 KV600Z2200 £916.00

Push Button Dead Lock, 8,000 possible combinations. Ideal for use by multiple users

LATCH LOCK ORDER REF PRICE KV030Z2200SL £164.00 KV048Z2200SL £221.00 KV100Z2200SL £331.00 KV200Z2200SL £491.00 KV400Z2200SL £764.00 KV600Z2200SL £916.00

Push Button Latch Lock, 8,000 possible combinations. Ideal for use by multiple users

La Gard Combination Lock, 3-wheel dial combination up to 1 million codes

DIAL COMBINATION ORDER REF PRICE KV030ZLG £160.00 KV048ZLG £217.00 KV100ZLG £327.00 KV200ZLG £487.00 KV400ZLG £760.00 KV600ZLG £912.00

Electronic Combination Lock, VdS class 1 safe lock, 6 digit code length, 8 user codes. Lock out

ELECTRONIC COMBINATION ORDER REF PRICE KV030ZE £258.00 KV048ZE £315.00 KV100ZE £425.00 KV200ZE £585.00 KV400ZE £858.00 KV600ZE £1010.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

251

TC252

17/1/12

15:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SECURITY

KEY CABINETS

FROM

£65 FROM

£140 FROM

£100

Deep Cabinets

Key View Cabinets

Padlock Cabinets

• Increased depth, ideal for bunches of keys • Steel cabinet with flush closing rim • Colour coded hook bars • Removable control index • Supplied with security lock and 2 keys • Padlock Hasp, Combination and Electronic locking options available

• Ideal for use in controlled areas • Perspex front can be broken in emergency • Colour coded hook bars • Removable control index • Supplied with security lock and 2 keys • Electronic Camlock and Padlock Hasp locking options available

• For padlocks and keys • Steel cabinet with flush closing rim • Colour coded hook bars • Removable control index • Supplied with security lock and 2 keys • Electronic Camlock, Padlock Hasp and Combination lock options available

CAPACITY KEYS 48 100 200

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 355 x 300 x 120 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 730 x 140

ORDER REF KD048 KD100 KD200

PRICE

CAPACITY KEYS 32 40 50

£100.00 £154.00 £346.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 450 x 300 x 80 550 x 380 x 80 550 x 380 x 80

ORDER REF KG032 KG040 KG050

PRICE £140.00 £149.00 £159.00

CAPACITY KEYS 24 50 100

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 355 x 300 x 120 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 730 x 140

ORDER REF KP024 KP050 KP100

High Security Cabinets

Emergency Key Cabinets

• 3mm welded steel plate body with a 6mm steel door • 3-way locking mechanism FROM for added protection £366 • Colour coded hook bars • Removable control index • Supplied with double bitted lock and 2 keys • Combination and electronic locking options available

• Steel construction with 2mm break glass or solid front • High visibility scratch resistant red finish • Dimensions 153H x 123W x 40Dmm • Replacement seals and glass are available

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 436 x 460 x 120 636 x 460 x 120 636 x 460 x 200 636 x 460 x 200 636 x 460 x 300

ORDER REF KS060 KS0100 KS0150 KS0200 KS0300

FROM

GLASS FRONT KEY BOX, TAMPER EVIDENT SEAL GLASS FRONT KEY BOX, CYLINDER LOCK GLASS FRONT KEY BOX, CYLINDER LOCK, HAMMER & CHAIN SOLID FRONT KEY BOX, CYLINDER LOCK REPLACEMENT GLASS (PACK OF 5) SECURITY SEALS (PACK OF 10)

ORDER REF EK0 EK1A EK1AWH EK1SFA EK0SGTH5 EK0S

PRICE £22.90 £18.40 £21.70 £18.40 £5.00 £2.50

Key Cabinet Accessories

Key Cabinet Locking Options

• Choice of colours: Red, yellow, green, blue and black

• Optional locking options to replace standard locks, factory fitted

Key Tags

Key Tabs

Key Tab Numbers

DESCRIPTION

252

PRICE £366.00 £398.00 £478.00 £491.00 £635.00

£65.00 £172.00 £360.00

£18.40

DESCRIPTION CAPACITY KEYS 60 100 150 200 300

PRICE

COLOUR CODED KEY TAGS, 25 PACK (SPECIFY COLOUR) KEY TABS WITH RINGS, 10 PACK (SPECIFY COLOUR) KEY TABS WITH RINGS, 100 PACK (20 EACH COLOUR) KEY TAB NUMBERS, STRIPS OF 10 SIGN OUT TABS x 100 FOR USE WITH KEY CABINETS SIGN OUT TABS x 250 FOR USE WITH KEY CABINETS SIGN OUT TABS x 500 FOR USE WITH KEY CABINETS SIGN OUT TABS x 1000 FOR USE WITH KEY CABINETS HOOKBAR NUMBERS, STRIPS OF 10

Sign Out Tabs

ORDER REF AKKTRS1 AKKTR AKKTR100 AKKTN AKSOT0100 AKSOT0250 AKSOT0500 AKSOT1000 AKHBNP10

Padlock Hasp, for padlocks with 7/8mm shackle diameter. Does not include padlock

La Gard Combination Lock, 3-wheel dial combination up to 1 million codes

Electronic Cam Lock, Multi functional battery operated codelock, 10,000 operations (2xAAA included)

Electronic Combination Lock, VdS class 1 safe lock, 6 digit code length, 8 user codes. Lock out

PRICE £2.00 £0.60 £5.40 £0.20 £2.20 £4.90 £6.60 £18.60 £0.70

DESCRIPTION PADLOCK HASP COMBINATION LOCK ELECTRONIC CAM LOCK ELECTRONIC COMBINATION LOCK

ORDER REF ALCPL ALZLG ALZECLIP54 ZE

PRICE £4.40 £88.00 £47.00 £197.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC253

19/1/12

11:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 PADLOCKS

✓A padlock to suit most applications and we have a much wider range than can be shown here. Keyed alike and master keyed. Brass Range - for general security FROM

Brass

Combination

• Corrosion resistant brass body • Simple locking steel shackle, double locking on all except 20mm • Supplied with 2 keys

• 3 digit selectable combination offering 1,000 possible combinations • Simple locking steel shackle

BODY WIDTH 20mm 30mm 40mm 50mm

SHACKLE DIA 4mm 5mm 6mm 7mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 11mm 16mm 22mm 25mm

ORDER REF 120D 130D 140D 150D

FROM

SECURITY

Masterlock Padlocks

£6.90

£2.90

PRICE (6 PK) £2.90 £4.00 £5.10 £7.80

BODY WIDTH 20mm 30mm 40mm

SHACKLE DIA 3mm 5mm 6mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 22mm 25mm 26mm

ORDER REF 620D 630D 604D

PRICE (6 PK) £6.90 £7.50 £9.40

Excell Range - for commercial installations Laminated • Laminated steel core for higher strength • Stainless steel & zinc outer sleeve for weather resistance • Exclusive octagonal boron-carbide shackle for maximum cut resistance • Double deadbolt locking for added protection from prying and hammering BODY WIDTH 45mm 50mm 64mm

SHACKLE DIA 8mm 9mm 11mm

FROM

Discus FROM

SHACKLE LENGTH 38mm 25mm 38mm

ORDER REF 1MEURDLF 5MEURD 15MEURDLF

£10.50

• Stainless steel body for corrosion resistance • Exclusive octagonal boron-carbide shackle for maximum cut resistance • Double deadbolt locking for added protection from prying and hammering • Covered keyway for better protection against dust and water BODY WIDTH 70mm 70mm x 2 80mm

PRICE (2 PK) £10.50 £14.00 £22.80

£13.10

SHACKLE ORDER DIA REF 10mm 40MEURD 10mm 40MEURT* 12mm 50MEURD *Pack contains 2 locks keyed alike

PRICE (2 PK) £13.10 £24.90 £16.10

Pro Series - for heavy duty industrial applications Weather Tough

Pro Series

• Laminated steel body for added security • Hardened Boron alloy ‘open’ shackle • Weather Tough® cover protects lock from water, ice, dirt and grime • High security 6-pin cylinder mechanism • Double ball bearing locking system, supplied with 2 keys BODY WIDTH 55mm 61mm 67mm

SHACKLE DIA 8mm 10mm 11mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 29mm 35mm 35mm

ORDER REF 6121D 6125 6127D

FROM

£22.80

PRICE (2 PK) £22.80 £26.40 £30.40

• Laminated steel body for added security • Hardened Boron alloy ‘closed’ shackle prevents cutting and prying • Weather Tough® cover protects lock from water, ice, dirt and grime • High security 6-pin cylinder mechanism • Double ball bearing locking system, supplied with 2 keys BODY WIDTH 55mm 61mm 67mm

SHACKLE DIA 8mm 10mm 11mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 19mm 19mm 19mm

ORDER REF 6321D 6325 6327D

FROM

£34.40

PRICE (2 PK) £34.40 £42.00 £45.30

Cable & Chain 1500IONE

• Ideal for securing outside equipment • Braided steel cable with loop clamps • Hardened steel chain, square link • Vinyl covering to prevent scratching DESCRIPTION CHAIN CHAIN CHAIN CABLE CABLE CABLE

LENGTH DIAMETER 1000mm 1500mm 1500mm 4500mm 1800mm 1800mm

6mm 8mm 10mm 10mm 10mm 15mm

Master Padlock

ORDER REF SK8011D SK8017D SK8020D 72EURD 78DPF 79EURDPF

PRICE £11.40 £26.30 £37.40 £24.40 £12.70 £23.90

£15.20

• A combination padlock without numbers or letters. Thumb control button slides in 4 directions (up, down, left, right). Set your own number or movement combination to any length from 2 to 90 movements • 55mm body with protective aluminium finish, 7mm diameter hardened steel shackle • 4 glossy colours, black, white, blue, pink (colours supplied at random) • Shackle clearance 25H x 19Wmm REF 1500IONE PRICE £15.20

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

253

TC254

17/1/12

13:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SECURITY

CABINETS / SECURITY

Steelstor Security Cabinets

FROM

516

✓A range of cabinets designed and tested to give maximum protection

• £3000 cash insurance guideline Ideal for secure storage of large bulky valuable items such as bags of loose change, cartons of cigarettes, power tools and mobile phones.

OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £3000 (10 X VALUABLES)

• Independently tested and approved to withstand a 30 minute burglary attempt (FG test) • Fitted with a VDS class 1 lock with 2 keys as standard • 3 way locking bolt work • 4mm body finished in light grey (RAL 9002) • Shelves and door boxes as standard • Available in six sizes with multiple locking options

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 600 x 540 x 400 1000 x 600 x 450 1490 x 540 x 400 1600 x 600 x 450 1600 x 600 x 700 1800 x 850 x 700

FREE delivery and installation ground floor only

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 565 x 520 x 320 965 x 580 x 370 1455 x 520 x 320 1565 x 580 x 370 1565 x 580 x 620 1765 x 830 x 620

WEIGHT (kg) 67 154 158 192 235 302

SHELVES 1 2 3 3 4 4

VOLUME (litres) 94 207 247 336 563 908

ORDER REF

PRICE

SFSC060 SFSC100 SFSC149D SFSC160 SFSC160D SFSC180D

£516.00 £776.00 £793.00 £929.00 £1144.00 £1256.00

FROM

876

30mins

750ºC

Fire Stor Security Cabinets

✓Ideal in the office for the safe keeping of paper documents & valuables

• Independently tested and certified to EN 14450 S1 for £2000 cash insurance (£20,000 valuables) • Double wall construction with fire resistant fill to DIN4102 • Up to 30 minute protection for documents at 750 degrees • Heavy duty 3-way locking mechanism • Full height dog bar protects hinge side • Standard locking, CEN/VdS approved double bitted lock and 2 keys • Optional electronic locking, inner compartments and pull-out frames available • Light grey finish complements any environment

254

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 860 x 600 x 520 1220 x 600 x 520 1580 x 600 x 520 1950 x 930 x 520 1950 x 1200 x 520

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 690 x 490 x 405 1050 x 490 x 405 1410 x 490 x 405 1780 x 820 x 405 1780 x 1090 x 405

WEIGHT (kg) 95 120 145 215 245

SHELVES 1 2 3 4 4

VOLUME (litres) 137 208 280 591 786

ORDER REF

PRICE

FCFS1023S1 FCFS1022S1 FCFS1021S1 FCFS1020S1 FCFS1024S1

£876.00 £996.00 £1083.00 £1574.00 £1819.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC255

18/1/12

13:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SAFES SFMV1ZE

212 Better

Good

OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £3000 (10 X VALUABLES)

SFMV2FRK

299

Mini Vault ✓£3000 cash insurance guideline

✓£4000 cash insurance guideline ✓Domestic & commercial safes ideal for the safe keeping

of cash, valuables, laptop computers & documents

• 4mm solid steel electrically welded body • 8mm thick door fitted with advanced electronic lock or double bitted key lock as standard • Registration system to prevent lockout situation (electronic model) • Key storage hook bar on rear of door • Adjustable shelves on the 2 larger models • Suitable for rear or floor fixing - bolts supplied • Batteries and operating instructions included (electronic model) • Colour - metallic dark grey RAL7001 EXTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 250 x 374 x 274 294 x 374 x 325 532 x 374 x 425 250 x 374 x 274 294 x 374 x 325 532 x 374 x 425

KEY LOCK KEY LOCK KEY LOCK ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC

INTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 240 x 354 x 210 282 x 354 x 260 522 x 354 x 360 240 x 354 x 210 282 x 354 x 260 522 x 354 x 360

ORDER REF SFMV0K SFMV1K SFMV2K SFMV0ZE SFMV1ZE SFMV2ZE

OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £4000 (10 X VALUABLES)

Fire Resistant Mini Vault

✓Domestic & commercial safes ideal for the safe keeping

MODEL

SECURITY

of cash, valuables, laptop computers & documents

• Fire resistant (DIN4102) infill offers 30 minutes fire resistance at 750 degrees, manufactured in accordance with VdS S2 construction • Double wall construction which conforms to Euro Grade Std. S2 • 8mm thick anti-bludgeon shaped door • Available with double bitted key or advanced electronic locking • Key storage hook bar on rear of door • Adjustable shelves on the 2 larger models • Suitable for rear or floor fixing, bolts supplied • Colour, Metallic Dark Grey RAL7001

PRICE

MODEL

£152.00 £175.00 £253.00 £189.00 £212.00 £290.00

KEY LOCK KEY LOCK KEY LOCK ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC

EG1055N

EXTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 250 x 374 x 274 294 x 374 x 325 532 x 374 x 425 250 x 374 x 274 294 x 374 x 325 532 x 374 x 425

INTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 138 x 304 x 168 182 x 304 x 220 420 x 304 x 320 138 x 304 x 168 182 x 304 x 220 420 x 304 x 320

ORDER REF SFMV0FRK SFMV1FRK SFMV2FRK SFMV0FRZE SFMV1FRZE SFMV2FRZE

PRICE £184.00 £212.00 £299.00 £225.00 £253.00 £341.00

EG2040N

863

1313

Best

Eurograde 1 & 2

Best OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £10,000 (10 X VALUABLES)

Euro Grade 1

OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £17,500 (10 X VALUABLES)

FREE delivery and installation ground floor only

Euro Grade 2

✓£10,000 overnight cash cover (£100,000 valuables)*

✓£17,500 overnight cash cover (£175,000 valuables)*

• Independently tested and certified to EN1143-1 security grade 1 • 3-way square locking bolt work, with continuous hinge side protection • Door opens to 205 degrees for maximum access • Lightweight construction, ideal for upper floor installation • Fitted with VdS class 1 double bitted safe lock & 2 keys • Optional combination and electronic locking • Internal door pan is locked to prevent tampering • Supplied with adjustable / removable shelf • Twin fixing positions, bolts are supplied

• Independently tested and certified to EN1143-1 security grade 2 • 3-way locking bolt work for added security • Door opens to 205 degrees for maximum access • Fitted with VdS class 1 double bitted safe lock & 2 keys • Optional combination & electronic locking • Internal door pan is locked to prevent tampering • Supplied with adjustable / removable shelf

VOLUME (Litres) 37 56 87

EXTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 410 x 415 x 425 585 x 415 x 425 585 x 515 x 495

INTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 334 x 355 x 305 509 x 355 x 305 509 x 455 x 375

ORDER REF EG1035N EG1055N EG1085N

PRICE £733.00 £863.00 £1006.00

*Insurance ratings may change depending on location, please check with your insurers VOLUME (Litres) 39 71 96

EXTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 430 x 460 x 450 605 x 535 x 450 790 x 535 x 450

INTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 334 x 380 x 305 509 x 455 x 305 694 x 455 x 305

ORDER REF EG2040N EG2070N EG2095N

PRICE £1313.00 £1490.00 £1677.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

255

TC256

19/1/12

11:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

SECURITY

LIFTING / FORK LIFT ATTACHMENTS

Snow Plough

✓Easily fork mounted can provide instant pedestrian and vehicle access • Fixed left hand sweep angle - 15 degrees • Detachable steel bolted wear strip included with plough (optional rubber blade inserts available, as shown) • Stand skids to ensure level scraping • Zinc plated twist screws for safe attachment to truck • Painted bright orange for safety BLADE WIDTH MAX FORK FORK CENTRES (mm) (mm) (mm) 1250 150 x 50 683 1500 150 x 50 683 1800 150 x 50 683

PLOUGH REF PRICE ISP-1 £758.00 ISP-2 £789.00 ISP-3 £845.00

FROM

£758

RUBBER INSERTS REF PRICE WEARSTRIP2 £109.00 WEARSTRIP1 £109.00 WEARSTRIP £109.00

Optional rubber inserts not included, available separately

We can offer a complete attachment range, please call us for more details

FROM

£432

FROM

£584

Low Profile Jibs

Fork Mounted Jibs

✓Forklift crane where a height restriction may apply

✓Designed to convert a forklift truck into a long reach mobile crane

• Multi-hook positioning up to 1750mm load centres • All models maximum 150 x 50 forks • Fork centres 281mm • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Supplied complete with safety swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use

• Multi-hook positioning from 1000-1750mm load centres • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Supplied complete with single swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use • Max fork 150 x 50mm • Fork centres 435mm

CAPACITY (kg) @ CENTRES ORDER PRICE 500mm 1000mm 1250mm 1500mm 1750mm REF 1000 700 500 400 250 ILP-1.0 £432.00 1500 1100 8900 650 450 ILP-1.5 £451.00 2000 1600 1200 900 600 ILP-2.0 £482.00 3000 2100 1600 1100 850 ILP-3.0 £516.00 4000 3200 2500 1900 1100 ILP-4.0 £541.00 EXTENDING JIBS Convert your fixed jib by adding a load beam REF EXTBEAM PRICE £164.00

CAPACITY (kg) @ CENTRES ORDER PRICE 1000mm 1250mm 1500mm 1750mm REF 1000 800 600 300 IFJ-1.0-OP £584.00 1500 1000 800 400 IFJ-1.5-OP £613.00 2000 1500 1000 600 IFJ-2.0-OP £639.00 3000 2000 1500 1000 IFJ-3.0-OP £662.00 4000 3000 2500 2000 IFJ-4.0-OP £713.00 5000 4000 3300 2800 IFJ-5.0-OP £763.00 EXTENDING JIBS Convert your fixed jib by adding a load beam REF EXTBEAM PRICE £164.00 FROM

£236

IFMM-1200

FROM

£297

£555

256

Fork Mounted Sweepers

Fork Mounted Magnet

• An excellent solution to re-heaping your granule product i.e. sand and top soil • 8 removable/interchangeable nylon brushes • Zinc plate thumb screws for safe attachment • Max fork size 150 x 60mm • Fork centres 683mm

• Ideal for clearing factory floors, car parks and goods yards of unwanted steel debris • Zinc plated twist screws for safe attachment • Facility to hang from the fork sweepers • Polished stainless steel finish • Max fork size 150 x 60mm • Fork centres 683mm

BRUSH WIDTH (mm) 1500 1800 2450

ORDER REF IFMS-1500 IFMS-1800 IFMS-2450

PRICE £555.00 £784.00 £973.00

MAGNET WIDTH (mm) 1200

ORDER REF IFMM-1200

PRICE £297.00

Fork Mounted Hooks • Economical and safe method of converting a forklift truck into a mini mobile crane • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Supplied complete with safety swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use • Painted bright orange for safety CAP (kg) 1000 2000 3000 4000

MAX FORK SIZE (mm) 125 x 50 125 x 50 150 x 60 150 x 60

FORK SPREAD (mm) 600 600 650 650

ORDER REF IFH-1 IFH-2 IFH-3 IFH-4

PRICE £236.00 £261.00 £280.00 £311.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC257

18/1/12

12:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / SKIPS SECURITY

IAP-6

489

FULLY COMPLIANT TO PM28 THIRD EDITION

FROM

£708

Combi Use Skip

✓Designed to simplify the holding, movement and disposal of material in confined areas with the unique ‘4 way entry’ base

• Low loading height • Reinforced leading edge and body sides • Secondary locking mechanism to prevent accidental discharge • Fully seam welded for retention of fluids • Manual handle override • Painted bright orange for safety • Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck

Combi Conversion Kit • When added to the standard skip design, the skip becomes fully automatic, ideal for tipping at high level e.g. Roll-on Roll-off skips, whilst the driver remains in the safety of his forklift cab REF ICUS-AUTO PRICE £126.00 CAPACITY (kg) 750 960 1100 1500

MAX FORK FORK DIMENSIONS (mm) CENTRES (mm) LxWxH 150 x 50 675 1600 x 1060 x 830* 150 x 50 675 1600 x 1300 x 830* 150 x 50 675 1600 x 1560 x 830* 150 x 50 675 1800 x 1560 x 955* *Add 205mm to height for overall skip height

FROM

£720

ORDER REF ICUS-1 ICUS-2 ICUS-3 ICUS-4

PRICE

Access Platforms

✓A proven and safe method for which to carry out routine maintenance, inspection and stock-taking

• Automatic locking/unlocking gates (IAP-7 & IAP-8 only) • Hinge back guard for ease of transportation and storage • Safety harness attachment rings • Self draining non-slip floor • Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Painted bright orange for safety PERSONEL ACCESS LIFT-UP BAR SIDE GATE SIDE GATE

NO. OF PLATFORM PERSONS L x W x H (mm) 2 950 x 950 x 2120 2 950 x 950 x 2120 2 1250 x 950 x 2120

MAX FORK (mm) 150 x 50 150 x 50 150 x 50

FORK CENTRES 525 525 525

ORDER REF IAP-6 IAP-7 IAP-8

PRICE £489.00 £595.00 £664.00

£708.00 £738.00 £773.00 £792.00

We can offer a complete attachment range, please call us

FROM

£821

Automatic Low Level Skips

✓

Bottom Empty Skips

✓Bottom empty dumping skips are designed to simplify the movement and disposal of factory waste

MAX FORK FORK DIMENSIONS (mm) CENTRES (mm) LxWxH 150 x 50 683 850 x 1050 x 900* 150 x 50 683 1050 x 1200 x 900* 150 x 50 683 1050 x 1500 x 900* *Add 270mm to height for overall skip height

ORDER REF IBE-1 IBE-2 IBE-3

✓Automatic tipping mechanism enables the forklift driver to tip the skip at high level without leaving his seat

• 125mm diameter nylon castor fited as standard • Internally reinforced sides and lap welded corners • Unique automatic releasing and locking mechanism • Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Painted bright orange for safety CAPACITY (kg) 550 750 950

Easily positioned at the end of a conveyor, dross shoot or manufacturing line to collect bi-products that are below waist level

• 4 way fork pocket entry • Reinforced leading edge and body sides • Secondary locking mechanism to prevent accidental discharge • Fully seem welded for retention of fluids • Manual handle override • Painted bright orange for safety • Zinc plated twistscrews for safe attachment to truck PRICE £720.00 £869.00 £966.00

CAPACITY (kg) 300 600

MAX FORK FORK DIMENSIONS ORDER (mm) CENTRES (mm) LxWxH REF 150 x 50 683 1380 x 910 x 540* IALS-1 150 x 50 683 1380 x 1300 x 540* IALS-2 *Add 160mm to height for overall skip height

PRICE £821.00 £959.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

257

TC258

13/1/12

13:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / ACCESS PLATFORMS

Economy Access Platform

SECURITY

✓Safe and secure in use, all models conform to PM28 edition 3 • Durable but lightweight • Louvred bin panel included • Safety device prevents forks sliding • Chequer plate floor with drainage • Optional removable head guard and tool trays • Optional gated platform to same specification as standard option, safety gate will only open at ground level • Fork truck rating, all platforms on this page require a minimum fork truck rating of 1000kg @ 600mm centres • Two man capacity • Platform colour options as below

AMEH, Head Guard AME

£526

MODEL

AME AMGE STANDARD GATED PLATFORM (mm) 1000 x 1000 1000 x 1000 OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) 2100 2100 CAPACITY (kg) 400 400 UNIT WEIGHT(kg) 95 95 PLATFORM AME AMGE £526.00 £604.00 HEAD GUARD AMEH AMEH £119.00 £119.00 TOOL TRAY AMETT AMETT £51.00 £51.00 SAFETY HARNESS REF AMSH PRICE £114.00

Certificated Safety Harness REF AMSH PRICE £114.00

AMGE

£604

UK legislation stipulates usage of a certified safety harness with these products. Refer to ref AMSH on this page

COMPLETE

AMGE, Gated Platform

AM5 + AM5H + AMETT

1208

Heavy Duty Access Platform

✓Large work area ✓Self closing and locking gate

Platform Colour Options

• Louvred bin panel included • Safety device prevents forks sliding • Two man capacity • Chequer plate floor with drainage • Optional removable head guard AM4H/AM5H • Optional extra tool trays AMETT • Platform colour options as right MODEL PLATFORM (mm) OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) CAPACITY UNIT WEIGHT PLATFORM

MK 4

AMF2

Yellow

MK 5

1000 x 1000 2085 350kg 105kg AM4 £774.00 HEAD GUARD AM4H £151.00 TOOL TRAY AMETT £51.00 SAFETY HARNESS REF AMSH PRICE £114.00

£708

Blue

Green

1250 x 1250 2200 300kg 200kg AM5 £988.00 AM5H £169.00 AMETT £51.00

Red Orange Black White

Folding Access Platform

Effortless assembly in seconds!

✓Takes less then 30 seconds to assemble • Safe and secure in use • Easily assembled without tools • Wheels fitted for manoeuvrability • Safety device prevents forks sliding • Easily transported from site to site • Folds instantly for compact storage • Chequer plate floor with drainage MODEL

258

AMF1

AMF2

PLATFORM (mm) 800 x 800 1000 x 1000 OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) 2100 1880 CAPACITY (kg) 400 400 CAPACITY (MEN) ONE TWO UNIT WEIGHT (kg) 78 94 PLATFORM £708.00 £708.00 SAFETY HARNESS REF AMSH PRICE £114.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC259

18/1/12

14:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT / GRIT BINS

• Manufactured in tough, medium density polyethylene • Forklift recess for ease of handling with forks or straps • Supplied with the grit graphic as standard but no locks

COLOUR OPTION

SECURITY

Nestable Grit Bin ✓An economy grit bin, nestable for easy transport & storage Yellow only

RW0005

£95

7 CUBIC FEET (200 LITRES) • 720H x 1035W x 540Dmm • Weight 10kg (bin only) REF RW0005 PRICE £95.00 RW005 FILLED WITH 200kg SALT REF RW0005S PRICE £203.00

200

LITRE

CAPACITY

12.2 CUBIC FEET (350 LITRES) • 750H x 1200W x 725Dmm • Weight 23kg (bin only) REF RW0006 PRICE £120.00 RW006 FILLED WITH 300kg SALT REF RW0006S PRICE £266.00

RW0005 nests 14 bins per std pallet RW0006 nests 9 bins per std pallet

Heavy Duty Grit Bins ✓Ideal for roadside storage, car parks and company premises • Manufactured in tough, medium density polyethylene • Hinged lid protects grit / salt from the elements • Will not discolour or deteriorate RW0001 • Lockable clasps included (2 fitted to RW0002) £119 • Standard colours - yellow, red, green • Available in two sizes

COLOUR OPTIONS

Yellow

Green

Red RW0002

£164

200

LITRE

7 CUBIC FEET (200 LITRES) • 720H x 750W x 710Dmm • Weight 14kg (bin only) REF RW0001 PRICE £119.00 RW0001 FILLED WITH 200kg SALT REF RW0001S PRICE £233.00

CAPACITY

14 CUBIC FEET (400 LITRES) • 750H x 1260W x 710Dmm • Weight 22kg (bin only) REF RW0002 PRICE £164.00 RW0002 FILLED WITH 400kg SALT REF RW0002S PRICE £329.00

400

LITRE

CAPACITY

Mini Grit Bin ✓Includes 25kg of rock salt and a small injection moulded scoop • Manufactured from very tough, medium density recycled polyethylene • Ideal for commercial and in particular domestic use • Water tight - hinged lid protects contents from the elements • Barrel lock fitted with 2 keys • Very durable - wont crack or discolour, can be left outside all year round • Available in black (recycled) as standard. Other colours are available - please enquire

RW0007

£59

Moulded tread pattern

LITRE

CAPACITY

30 LITRE CAPACITY • 305H x 475W x 383Dmm • Weight 5kg (bin only) REF RW0007 PRICE £59.00

Ideal for domestic use

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

259

TC260

16/1/12

15:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / SECURITY ENCLOSURES

Cylinder Storage Cages

SECURITY

✓Designed for gas cylinders, also suits tools or chemicals BEST SELLERS

• Strong, all steel construction in 50 x 50mm 10 gauge welded mesh • Hot dip galvanised (ISO1461) after manufacture • For both internal and external use • Available in 3 sizes, delivered from stock • Fitted with padbolt suitable for use with padlock (padlock not supplied) • Pre-drilled for easy on-site assembly • Steel pallet base capacity 500kg, 150mm high DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1825 x 1215 x 1265 1825 x 1520 x 1265 1825 x 1825 x 1265

STANDARD CAGE (kg) REF PRICE 91 BC005 £761.00 99 BC006 £796.00 105 BC007 £821.00

WITH PALLET BASE (kg) REF PRICE 149 BC005P £1086.00 167 BC006P £1157.00 183 BC007P £1217.00

BC005P FROM

761

260

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC261

18/1/12

12:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / SECURITY ENCLOSURES SECURITY

FROM

977

HOT DIP GALVANISED FINISH FOR OUTDOOR USE

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Secure Storage Boxes • The storage box is a flexible mesh storage system that is quickly installed on any solid surface indoors or outdoors • The system is available in a variety of sizes ranging from the MINIBOX at 1200 x 1200mm with a single door to the MAXIBOXES (see table) • All boxes come with a mesh roof over and a padlockable single or double door (MAXIBOXES only) fitted as standard • Grey RAL7037 powder coated finish available for indoor use

DESCRIPTION MINIBOX

DIMENSIONS H* x W x D (mm) 2280 x 1200 x 1200

MAXIBOX NO.1

2280 x 2200 x 1200

MAXIBOX NO.2

2280 x 2200 x 2400

MAXIBOX NO.3

2280 x 2200 x 3600

MAXIBOX NO.4

2280 x 2200 x 4800

MAXIBOX NO.5

2280 x 2200 x 6000

FINISH HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037

ORDER REF F36300608 F36300601 F36300508 F36300501 F36300408 F36300401 F36300308 F36300301 F36300208 F36300201 F36300108 F36300101

GUIDE PRICE £1247.00 £977.00 £1654.00 £1293.00 £2314.00 £1787.00 £2972.00 £2280.00 £3630.00 £2774.00 £4289.00 £3269.00

*Nominal height shown

261

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC262

16/1/12

14:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / SECURITY ENCLOSURES

Expanded Mesh Security Enclosures SECURITY

✓A popular series of fully welded cages for storage of all manner of high value stock

• Economically priced cages in 800mm and 1600mm high designs • Contents visible - ideal for safety products and high value stock • 40 x 40 x 3mm steel frames with mesh infill welded in position • Flattened mesh shelves and base panels • Hot dip galvanised to BS 729 or polyester powder coated • Supplied complete with security padlock • Optional castors for mobile applications

Quality powder coat finish on shot blasted steelwork

Expanded Metal - the Benefits • Low cost system • High impact resistance • Resists the most determined vandal attack • Sharp V-shape apertures mean cages are difficult or impossible to climb upon • Full visibility through mesh • Totally durable when galvanised or colour coated

POLYESTER POWDER COAT COLOUR OPTIONS Red 3020

Yellow 1003

Blue 5010

Black 9005

White 9016

– all other RAL colours are available to order!

Shelves Mesh shelves are included with the two taller cages, sizes GC1 & GC2.

Castors GC3+CC

GC4PC

£626

£506

Enclosures may be made mobile by adding castors. These are fitted in sets of four or six as necessary, always with two braked wheels. REF CC PRICE £68.00 per set

GC2PC

GC1PC+CC

£920

£1165

SHELF INCLUDED

Galvanised Security Enclosures

262

HEIGHT (mm) 800 800 1600 1600

WIDTH (mm) 700 1400 1400 2068 CASTORS (PER SET)

DEPTH (mm) 700 700 700 700

ORDER REF GC4 GC3 GC2 GC1 CC

Powder Coated Security Enclosures PRICE £443.00 £558.00 £781.00 £907.00 £68.00

HEIGHT (mm) 800 800 1600 1600

WIDTH (mm) 700 1400 1400 2068 CASTORS (PER SET)

DEPTH (mm) 700 700 700 700

ORDER REF GC4PC GC3PC GC2PC GC1PC CC

PRICE £506.00 £646.00 £920.00 £1097.00 £68.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC263

18/1/12

12:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / SECURITY ENCLOSURES

BEST SELLER

SECURITY

CA5 GALVANISED SECURITY CAGE 2480 x 2520 x 6140mm

COMPLETE

CA5

2107

Expanded Mesh Modular Enclosures

✓

Larger, walk-in cages which can be assembled to suit your specific requirements

✓COSHH compliant

✓Totally weatherproof cages ✓Designed to resist vandal and criminal attack • Delivered flat packed, for easy on-site assembly • 1220 x 2440mm modular panels • Existing cages may be extended simply by adding extra panels • Fully welded panels are hot dip galvanised to BS 729 after manufacture • Optional additional powder coating in red, yellow, blue, black or white • Anchor bolts are provided, to enable mounting to a prepared concrete base • Doors, single or double, can be placed on any side of the structure • Hasp, staple and padlock included • Optional shelves for smaller components

CA1

CA2

CA3

2480H x 2520W x 1260Dmm 2480H x 2520W x 2480Dmm 2480H x 2520W x 3700Dmm single door double doors double doors

CA4

CA5

2480H x 2520W x 4920Dmm double doors

2480H x 2520W x 6140Dmm double doors

Special sizes and designs? The modular construction system means that virtually any size of cage is possible. Shown left is a multi-bay cage, purpose built to segregate full and empty gas bottles.

No problem, just call us!

Two or three-sided cages can also be supplied

Galvanised Modular Enclosures HEIGHT (mm) 2480 2480 2480 2480 2480

WIDTH (mm) 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520

DEPTH (mm) 1260 2480 3700 4920 6140

ORDER REF CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 CA5

Powder Coated Modular Enclosures PRICE £939.00 £1242.00 £1532.00 £1818.00 £2107.00

HEIGHT (mm) 2480 2480 2480 2480 2480

WIDTH (mm) 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520

DEPTH (mm) 1260 2480 3700 4920 6140

ORDER REF CA1PC CA2PC CA3PC CA4PC CA5PC

PRICE £1123.00 £1503.00 £1871.00 £2233.00 £2598.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

263

TC264

13/1/12

13:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY • XLOCK™ 4 point locking system operates with 1 key in 1 lock with 1 turn, 2 keys supplied • Boxes are numbered for optional overnight key service • Anti-jemmy bars all round • Covered power cable access point for charging tools in the box

years

SECURITY

Sentri Boxes ✓Ultimate security for tools and materials, on site or on van

GUARANTEE

Vehicle Boxes

VANBOX

• Substantial construction from 1.6mm, and 2mm sheet steel • Twin hydraulic arms • Drop down recessed handles with rubber pads • Black powder coated finish • Full width split heavy duty piano hinge welded to box and lid • Protective rubber tool mat

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 450 x 472 x 930 450 x 472 x 1279

WEIGHT (kg) 35 44

ORDER REF VANBOX 515

£170

515

£227

PRICE

HYDRAULIC ARMS LIFT AND LOWER, FITTED AS STANDARD.

£170.00 £227.00

Site Boxes • Substantial construction from 2mm and 2.5mm sheet steel • Forklift/pallet truck skids with facility for bolting wheels • Twin hydraulic arms • Drop down recessed handles with rubber pads • Black powder coated finish • Full width split heavy duty piano hinge welded to box and lid • Protective rubber tool mat DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 629 x 600 x 1168 925 x 600 x 1168 630 x 600 x 1800

WEIGHT (kg) 73 90 122

ORDER REF 422S 432S 622S

432S

£470

PRICE £342.00 £470.00 £599.00

442

Tool Vaults • Substantial construction from 2mm and 3mm sheet steel • Forklift/pallet truck skids with facility for bolting wheels • Twin hydraulic arms • Drop down recessed handles with rubber pads • Removable shelf • Black powder coated finish • Full width split heavy duty piano hinge welded to box and lid • Protective rubber tool mat DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 1275 x 600 x 1168 1275 x 600 x 1428

422S

£342

WEIGHT (kg) 140 165

ORDER REF 442 542

642

SINGLE KEY OPENING (ALL SENTRI BOXES)

PRICE £642.00 £828.00

Wheel Kit • 175mm heavy duty wheels (300kg/wheel) • 2 fixed, 2 swivel with brakes • Same kit for all sentri boxes (excl. Vanbox and 515) • Quick and easily fitted to pre-drilled holes in base of pallet truck skids with nyloc nuts and bolts supplied 264

WHEEL KIT WKIT

£129

REF WKIT PRICE £129.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC265

24/1/12

14:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BARRIERS / TEMPORARY SIGNS

Stanchion Signs

SECURITY

✓Tough and durable to withstand constant handling ✓Simple to assemble • Sign designs are guaranteed to comply with the relevant UK and EU legislation • Can be suspended or displayed in a frame • Ideal for indoor and outdoor use • Can be quickly positioned near to a potential hazard • Manufactured from 2mm PVC

Danger Hazard area

HA23836D 450x600

MS02736D 450x600

HA25336D 450x600

HA14336D 450x600

HA22236D 450x600

ML01736D 450x600

HA07236D 450x600

Keep clear

MA02936D 450x600

MA02236D 450x600

Stanchion

✓Effectively displays safety

£43.70

Men working overhead

HA10236D 450x600

Keep out

PRINTED SIGNS

Warning

Do not enter

EACH

GCS06 450x600

Danger

Blank Sign REF T35A PRICE £17.20

Keep out

(Use with Marker Pens shown below)

HA13836D 450x600

PH01536D 450x600

Black Marker Pens

STA1

£44.10

Oil based (permanent) REF WPT02 PRICE £5.30 each

signs on a temporary basis

• Single sided metal stanchion • Folds flat for easy storage • Sign retaining clips are provided • Accommodates one sign from the range illustrated above

Painted grey finish

Water based (temporary) REF WPT01 PRICE £2.30 each

Janitorial Floor Signs • Clear message displayed on both sides • Stands measure 630 x 300mm • Fold flat for easy storage

Danger Slippery Surface

Caution, Wet Floor

Caution, Cleaning in Progress

Female Attendant on Duty

REF JANC164 PRICE £9.90

REF JANC160 PRICE £9.90

REF JANC163 PRICE £9.90

REF JANC168 PRICE £9.90

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

265

TC266

18/1/12

12:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT BARRIERS

Heavy Duty Spring Steel Barriers

✓Spring barrier posts absorb high impact loads ✓Suitable for the most demanding non-highway applications • Designed to absorb frequent impact loads of most vehicles travelling at 10mph • Load absorbing buffer saves on replacement costs • Meets all relevant requirements of BS6399 Part 1 1996 • Fully galvanised system with wide range of ancillary items • Buffers to be spaced at 1.6 metres centres maximum G F D

CAR PARK INSTALLATION SHOWING FLEXIBLE CORNER

F A

PIC

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

A B

HEAVY DUTY BARRIER RAIL SPRING BUFFER UPRIGHT WITH BASEPLATE & BOLTS YELLOW PLASTIC END CAP FISHTAIL END PEDESTRIAN END FLEXIBLE EXTERNAL CORNER FLEXIBLE INTERNAL CORNER

C D E F G

DIMENSIONS (mm) 312H x 3200L

ORDER REF HDR32

£91.00

610H 310H x 150L 410H x 700L 350H x 320L ARMS 720L ARMS 661L

HDBNBMB2 HDEC HDFT HDPE HDFEC HDFIC

£76.00 £9.90 £48.00 £42.00 £99.00 £99.00

PRICE

INDUSTRIAL INSTALLATION SHOWING USE PLASTIC END KIT

Wall Protection

✓Ideal where impacts are likely to be glancing blows • Gives good protection to vehicles from light knocks and scratches • Protects against cosmetic damage • Manufactured from EPDM Rubber

D SECTION

DESCRIPTION

266

COLUMN CORNER GUARD D SECTION DOUBLE D SECTION WALL GUARD

Column Corner Guard

D Section

Double D Section

Wall Guard

WALL GUARD

SIZE (mm) 100 x 100 115 x 90 60 x 30 200 x 30

STANDARD LENGTH (mm) 1200 3000 6000 3000

FIXING CENTRES (mm) 400 400 400 500

FIXING METHOD (NOT SUPPLIED) ADHESIVE C/W SCREW, RAWLPLUG & CUP WASHER 10mm EXPANDING ANCHOR BOLT “HAMMERFIX” OR SIMILAR C/W CUP WASHER “HAMMERFIX” OR SIMILAR C/W CUP WASHER

ORDER REF

PRICE

D1006 D1007 D1008 D1009

£59.00 £173.00 £89.00 £133.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC267

18/1/12

13:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BARRIERS / SAFETY BARRIERS BARRIERS

Spring Steel Warehouse Barriers

✓Designed specifically to protect from fork truck impact • Low, high or dual rail barriers • 610H buffer posts adopt both single and double height rails • Optional high visibility plastic end caps protect pedestrians • Fully galvanised components • Rail 160H x 40D x 3mm thick, supplied in 4m lengths • Buffer 10mm thick spring steel 610H or 235H on 200x150 baseplate • Post centres 1500mm single height, 1200mm double height • Load absorbing buffer saves on replacement costs

DRAWING LETTER A B C D E

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION STANDARD DUTY BARRIER RAIL, 4m LENGTH QUARTER BEND TERMINAL 90º BEND BUFFER UPRIGHT* LOW LEVEL BUFFER UPRIGHT*

ORDER REF SDR4 SDQB SDBN SDB6BPB SDB2BPB

PRICE £63.00 £76.00 £103.00 £51.00 £44.00

* uprights are now supplied with baseplate and mounting bolt Joint Piece REF

SDJP PRICE £7.50 End Cap REF SDEC PRICE £3.10

Column Protection Units

FROM £

• Two designs suit all applications • Spring steel buffer supports and absorbs impact • Fully galvanised components

337

Monostrut Rail A lighter weight system, ideal for minimal impact Warehouse Rail Suitable for protecting against fork truck and other vehicle impacts RAIL TYPE MONOSTRUT WAREHOUSE WAREHOUSE WAREHOUSE

INTERNAL DIA (mm) 400 500 750 1000

ORDER REF MON400 WCP500 WCP750 WCP1000

PRICE £337.00 £653.00 £700.00 £746.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

267

TC268

18/1/12

12:10

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BARRIERS / SAFETY BARRIERS

Steel Barrier Systems BARRIERS

✓Designed to suit all applications and can be tailor made to your specification

• Standard lengths available on short lead time • Orange RAL2011 as standard, alternative colours and finishes available at extra cost • Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included

BARRIERS FROM BARRIER SYSTEM TWIN CHANNEL HEAVY DUTY RAIL FOLDED RAIL LOW LEVEL TUBULAR LOW LEVEL CHANNEL

137

PRICE PER BARRIER Length up to 1250mm 1251 - 2500mm long ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE W100/1250 £176.00 W100/2500 £223.00 W101/1250 £192.00 W101/2500 £255.00 W102/1250 £164.00 W102/2500 £206.00 W103/1250 £137.00 W103/2500 £163.00 W104/1250 £143.00 W104/2500 £172.00

W100

Please call us with your requirements

W101

W102

W103

W104

Twin Channel

Heavy Duty Rail

Folded Rail

Low Level Tubular

Low Level Channel

750mm high Posts 100W x 100Dmm Channel rails 100 x 50mm

750mm high Posts 100W x 100Dmm Rail 310mm high

750mm high Posts 100W x 50Dmm Rail 200 x 8mm flat

Heavy duty 500mm high Posts and rail 89mm dia.

Medium duty 450mm high Posts 80W x 80Dmm Rail 76 x 38mm channel

FROM

Protection Posts

£ Quantity discount

✓3 variations to suit light to heavy duty applications • Alternative heights are available • Orange RAL2011 as standard, alternative colours and finishes available at extra cost • Standard items available on short lead time • Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included POST DIMENSIONS HEIGHT x DIA (mm) 760 x 89 915 x 114 1100 x 168

PER POST ORDER REF PRICE PP10 £102.00 PP20 £114.00 PP30 £179.00

PER QUANTITY 5 ORDER REF PRICE EACH PP10/5 £86.00 PP20/5 £97.00 PP30/5 £150.00

268

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

25/1/12

15:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / SPEED RAMPS BARRIERS

SECTIONS ALIGN PERFECTLY

m 500m

BEST SELLER

TWO END SECTIONS MAKE A CIRCULAR BUMP 350mm

✓Fixing bolts suitable for concrete or tarmac

COMPLETE

surfaces are included with all speed ramp sections, please specify bolt type required when ordering

PER METRE

10mph Regular Speed Ramps

✓Safe and effective 10mph speed control ✓Easy to install and relocate • Recycled rubber moulded sections • High visibility yellow and black ramps • Cats’ eyes for night time safety, mid section only • Tapered ends neatly complete a run DESCRIPTION 10MPH RAMP SECTION

HEIGHT (mm) 50 50 50 50

40 0m m

TAPERED END

WIDTH ALONG RAMP (mm) 500 500 175 175

DEPTH ACROSS RAMP (mm) 350 350 350 350

COLOUR YELLOW BLACK YELLOW BLACK

WEIGHT (KG) 8.0 8.0 1.9 1.9

ORDER REF

PRICE

CSR1Y CSR1K CSR3Y CSR3K

£32.00 £32.00 £30.00 £30.00

SECTIONS ALIGN TO FORM CONTINUOUS RUNS

250 mm

COMPLETE

E! LU

U E!

Central slot 45W x 25Hmm allows cables etc. to run under ramp (not on tapered ends)

OP VA T

TC269

PER METRE

TOP V

Heavy Duty 5mph Speed Ramps

✓Fixing bolts suitable for concrete or

✓For maximum speed reduction ✓Steep profile dictates 5mph speed control

tarmac surfaces are included with all speed ramp sections, please specify bolt type required when ordering

• Recycled rubber moulded sections • High visibility yellow and black • Cats’ eyes for night time safety in mid section only • Tapered ends for neat completion of runs DESCRIPTION 5MPH RAMP SECTION TAPERED END

HEIGHT (mm) 70 70 70 70

WIDTH (ALONG RAMP mm) 250 250 200 200

DEPTH (ACROSS RAMP mm) 400 400 400 400

COLOUR YELLOW BLACK YELLOW BLACK

WEIGHT (KG) 5.4 5.4 3.0 3.0

ORDER REF

PRICE

CSR71Y CSR71K CSR73Y CSR73K

£18.00 £18.00 £16.00 £16.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

269

TC270

18/1/12

10:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

BARRIERS

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / CABLE PROTECTORS

Vehicle Loads: Tested for use with axle loads up to 6000kg and therefore suitable for use with most goods vehicles. Not designed as a speed reduction ramp for fork trucks or similar high point loads.

HDCP1

120

1M SECTION

Cable Protector System

✓Instant cable protection for contracts work & outside events • Heavy duty rubber mouldings interlink to form continuous ramped cable protection • Hinged lid allows cables to be inserted after ramps are in position • Robust design withstands passage of heavy goods traffic • Linked sections normally require no ground fixings • Bolt holes provided for more permanent installations • Three generous channels (each 55H x 65Wmm) allow a variety of cables and hoses to be accommodated

OVERALL DIMENSIONS 75H x 600W x 1000Lmm 3 x CABLE CHANNELS 55H x 65Wmm UNIT WEIGHT 29kg

Supplied in 1000 x 600mm sections REF HDCP1 PRICE £120.00

Industrial Cable Protectors

✓Heavy duty profiles for construction sites, oil rigs, warehouses etc. • Manufactured specifically to cover heavy duty power cables even when situated in harsh conditions • Unaffected by heavy wheeled traffic • No fixing needed • Fire retardant to BS476 Part 7 Class 3 • Essentially halogen free • Tested for non conductivity to BS903-C5 • UV stabilised for extended outdoor life • Colour, black

FROM

£117

PROFILE TYPE A TYPE F TYPE G

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 108 x 19 127 x 28 180 x 36

APERTURES

LENGTH

1 x 14 DIA 1 x 23 DIA 1 x 30 DIA

9m 9m 4.5m

ORDER REF 26302500 26302502 26302530

PRICE £117.00 £210.00 £338.00

Temporary Traffic Calming Cable Protector

✓This unique profile is a traffic speed controller and heavy duty flexible cable protector rolled into one

• No drilling, no bolting or bonding, easily removed and relaid • Fire retardant to BS476 Part 7 Class 3 • Essentially halogen free • Tested for non conductivity to BS903-C5 • UV stabilised for extended outdoor life • Colour, black/yellow 270

PROFILE TTC/3

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 270 x 68

APERTURE

LENGTH

1 x 53 DIA

1.5m

ORDER REF 26302560

FROM

£333

PRICE £333.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC271

18/1/12

10:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / SPEED RAMPS BARRIERS

CABLE CHANNELLING

Instant Speed Ramp

ONLY

✓1830mm long sections simply drop into place ✓Bolt to ground for permanent installation

PER METRE

• High visibility one-piece striped sections • Heavy duty moulded rubber • Yellow stripes with anti-slip surface • 10mph control speed • Cats’ eyes for night time safety mm 300

REF CSR1830* PRICE £88.00

mm 1830

✓Fixing bolts are included

OVERALL DIMENSIONS 1830W x 300D x 55Hmm 2 x CABLE SLOTS 35W x 30Hmm

with all sections

UNIT WEIGHT 25.5KG

COMPLETE 2-COLOUR BLOCK

PER METRE

Parking Block

Heavy Duty Cable Protector

✓Ideal for commercial buildings, showrooms etc

• Protects against foot & road traffic • Suits all weights of vehicle • Easy access for removal and installation of top cable • 20mm dia top channel & two 15mm lower channels • Supplied by the metre, or in economical 10 metre rolls • Dimensions 105W x 30Hmm

✓Controls position of parked vehicles

• Each block is half yellow / half black • Weatherproof moulded rubber • Use individually or align in longer runs • Dimensions 80H x 500W x 160Dmm • Weight 6kg • Fixing bolts for concrete or tarmac included REF PB500 PRICE £28.00

Cut lengths per metre REF CP1M PRICE £9.00 Roll of 10 metres REF CP10M PRICE £70.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

271

TC272

26/1/12

10:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

BARRIERS

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / PARKING POSTS

FROM £

Quality padlock included with parking posts

PCP710Y

Padlock Parking Posts

✓Simple, effective, and economical

Folding Parking Barrier

• Tough and weatherproof all steel construction • Galvanised or powder coated finishes • Combined lock housing and lift handle • 750 x 60mm diameter post • 835mm overall height • 118mm folded height • 4 x 10mm mounting bolts

✓Wide design eliminates illicit parking which can occur between conventional posts

• Tough colour coating for long lasting weather protection • Stainless steel pivots • Folds to 80mm above ground • Integral lock with 2 security keys • Fixing bolts included • Overall dimensions 720mm high, 700mm wide • Weight 8kg • Base plate 170mm x 100mm, 2 x 15mm dia mounting holes • Spare / replacement keys are not available REF PCP710Y PRICE £81.00

FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

YELLOW / BLACK POWDER COATED CPP1YB CPP1G GALVANISED WHITE POWDER COATED CPP1W YELLOW POWDER COATED CPP1Y RED POWDER COATED CPP1R For bulk orders or keyed alike options please contact us

£75.75 £87.75 £60.00 £60.00 £60.00

Metal chain barriers - see page 273

CPP2

CPP3

Spare/extra keys not available DR26

DR13

DR11

Key Lock Parking Posts • Integral security lock with fully enclosed mechanism • Folds in either direction to lie horizontally • 610H x 60Dmm post • Heavy duty cast steel baseplate • Mounting bolts included DESCRIPTION ZINC PLATED MODEL YELLOW POWDER COAT MODEL

272

FOLDED HEIGHT (mm) 85 100

ORDER REF CPP2 CPP3

Parking Post Accessories • Drill bits suitable for concrete or tarmac

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

SUITS

£76.00 £56.00

11mm DRILL BIT FOR CONCRETE 13mm DRILL BIT FOR CONCRETE 26mm DRILL BIT FOR TARMAC

CPP1 CPP2, CPP3, PCP710Y CPP1, CPP2, CPP3, PCP710Y

ORDER REF DR11 DR13 DR26

PRICE £4.50 £6.00 £20.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC273

24/1/12

14:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / PARKING POSTS BARRIERS

Magpie Removable Posts

FROM

✓Durable grout-in posts

✓High visibility black & white finish • Rigid barrier resists impact • Heavy duty square section steel • Recommended for use with padlock (included with posts) • Quality powder coated finish • Reflectors fitted as standard

Ground depth INSTALLATION Base units must be cast into a concrete foundation. Drainage must be provided at the base.

HEIGHT (mm) 720 995 1100

POST SECTION (mm) 70 x 70 90 x 80 90 x 90

BELOW GROUND (mm) 200 250 300

HANDLES ✓

POST WEIGHT (kg) 9 12 20

ORDER REF CRP1 CRP2 CRP3

PRICE £73.00 £87.00 £140.00

KR100C

Per Pair

CFP1Y

£57

Fixed Barrier Posts • Designed to match parking posts • Eyelets take removable chain, s-hooks required for attaching chain to post • 610mm tall x 60mm diameter • 4 x 10mm mounting bolts included

ELIMINATES AWKWARD PAVEMENT ACCESS!

CFP1G

£65

Yellow REF CFP1Y PRICE £57.00

Kerb Ramps

Galvanised REF CFP1G PRICE £65.00

• Tough rubber moulding with carry handle • Use individually or link in line • Suits all weights of vehicle • Rise height of 100mm - suits most kerbs • Dimensions 490W x 305D x 100Hmm • Weight 10kg

8mm Yellow/Black Plastic Chain REF PC8YB PRICE £44.00 (25m) See page 278 for plastic chain details

Metal Chains

REF KR100C PRICE £45.00 (pack of 2)

• Strong, secure welded links • Use indoors or outside • Test loaded • Hot galvanised finish

• Accessories connect chain to post quickly and securely • S-Hooks and Quick links are Zinc Plated

Regular Chain

Spiked Chain

S Hooks

Quick Links

Metal Chain

D Shackles

Metal Chain Accessories

DESCRIPTION

SIZE

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

SIZE

ORDER REF

PRICE

6mm REGULAR CHAIN 8mm REGULAR CHAIN 8mm REGULAR CHAIN 10mm REGULAR CHAIN 10mm REGULAR CHAIN 6mm SPIKED CHAIN

53x29mm (10m BOX) 60x32mm (5m BAG) 60x32mm (10m BOX) 70x39mm (5m BAG) 70x39mm (10m BOX) 62/65x26/22mm (10m HANK)

19358GB 19375GK 19375GB 19381GK 19381GB 51309

£48.00 £51.00 £83.00 £64.00 £124.00 £86.00

6mm S HOOKS 8mm S HOOKS 6mm QUICK LINKS 8mm QUICK LINKS 10mm QUICK LINKS 8mm D SHACKLES 10mm D SHACKLES

53x34mm (PACK 10) 72x53mm (PACK 10) 58x30mm (PACK 10) 72x53mm (PACK 10) 90x45mm (PACK 10) 47x43mm (PACK 10) 55x50mm (PACK 10)

57306 57308 65306 65308 65310 68308 68310

£8.50 £9.00 £5.00 £11.50 £17.50 £6.50 £8.50

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

273

TC274

18/1/12

10:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

BARRIERS

BEST SELLER

CSXSR

CSXSY

£75

Steel Expanding Barriers

Yellow/Black Steel Expanding Barrier REF CSXSY PRICE £75.00

• Opens to 2.25W x 1.23Hm • Collapses to 240mm thickness • Tough steel construction • Epoxy paint finish • Choice of safety colour finishes • Weight 8kg

Red/White Steel Expanding Barrier REF CSXSR PRICE £75.00

Portable Expanding Barriers

✓Compact plastic & steel barriers, always on hand for immediate use

• High visibility white channel section plastic bars • Zinc plated steel frame • Barriers open out to 2.25W x 1Hm • Legs rotate and frame folds flat, for easy transport and storage • Ideal as an on-vehicle emergency barrier • In regular use with Police and Emergency Services, also the aviation and petroleum industries

GEBNY

GUBRW

£113

£121

Yellow/Black Economy Barrier (white frame with alternating yellow & black non-reflective sections)

Red/White Reflective Barrier (white frame with reflective checkered red/white sections)

REF GEBNY PRICE £113.00

REF GUBRW PRICE £121.00

Crowd Control Barriers

✓The universal pedestrian barrier

• Heavy duty 17-bar construction, galvanised finish • Detachable feet allow barrier to be easily stored • Use individually, or link together • 1100Hmm x 2500Wmm • Feet spread 620mm • Weight 23kg

CB19G

£94

REF CB19G PRICE £94.00

FLAT FOOT ELIMINATES TRIP HAZARD

274

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC275

18/1/12

13:12

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BARRIERS / PLANKS

Barrier Plank System

BARRIERS

✓A highly visible and versatile barrier system Cones & Adaptors • 750mm high, with heavy non-slip rubber base for best stability • Slots at the base of the cone accept the end of the barrier plank • Three-way top adaptors, with hazard lamp attachment point, fit simply over the cone to allow various plank configurations to be quickly assembled

Barrier Planks • 150mm deep x 2m long in strong but lightweight extruded plastic, only 2kg • Supplied in reflective finish to meet latest regulations DESCRIPTION 750mm SLOTTED CONE 3-WAY TOP ADAPTER 2m REFLECTIVE BARRIER PLANK

ORDER REF CS750C CCA PLANK2M

PRICE £12.00 £5.00 £16.00

SKIP01

4 CONES, 4 TOP ADAPTORS & 6 PLANKS

COMPLETE

6 METRE RUN

164

CCA

Tape Barrier • Ideal for cordoning off any outside area, creating safer environments with high visibility 9 metre tape • Tape lock, lockable button to prevent spooling of tape • End cap, unique tape end clip for attachment when cones are not available • Top cap, removable top cap for additional attachments i.e light / sign holder • Fixing holes to secure permanent fixture • Suitable for use with CS750C Slotted Cone, see above, and most other cones DESCRIPTION 9 METRE TAPE BARRIER

C50D

ORDER REF SKIP01

PRICE £59.00

C50S

C30S

FROM £

4.50

C30D

Lightweight Cones • High visibility, compact stacking • For instant demarcation, temporary partitions and space reservation • Also popular for leisure activities and field sports training CONE DESCRIPTION H (mm) 300 PLAIN RED 300 RED WITH WHITE BAND 500 PLAIN RED, BLACK BASE 500 RED & WHITE BANDS, BLACK BASE

ORDER REF C30S C30D C50S C50D

PRICE £4.50 £5.00 £5.50 £6.00

Plastic chain and accessories, see page 278

Illustrated C50D cones, with 8mm plastic chain suspended on s-hooks (not included)

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

275

TC276

19/1/12

16:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

BARRIERS

BARRIERS / PLASTIC POSTS & CHAIN

‘Minders’ Multipurpose Barriers

✓An innovative concept in safety barriers,

MINDERS friendly appearance works every time! By creating a positive attitude, instructions are obeyed, often with a smile

• For use in all public areas indoors or outside • Stand alone or link together • Lightweight, yet robust • Weight 2.5kg per unit • 1030H x 780W x 26mm thick • MINDERS are sold in pairs

CSLSM

PER PAIR

REF CSLM PRICE £88.00 per pair

Six self-adhesive message strips are included with every set:

‘Caution .. Out of Service’ ‘Caution .. Wet Floor’ ‘Temporarily Closed’ ‘Danger .. Keep Out’ ‘Cleaning in Progress’ ‘Caution .. Work Area’

Multi-Purpose Guards • High visibility yellow • Tough 30mm thick polyethylene • Snap-on hinges enable any configuration to be quickly made • Extendible to any length • Fold flat for carrying and storage

Handi-Gards • 800mm high barriers for factory maintenance and hazard isolation • Hazard signs included • Weight 3kg • Free-standing when angled • 800H x 910W x 30mm thick REF CSLH PRICE £149.00 per set of 3

CSLS

£187 PER PAIR

Super-Gards • Extra high 1100mm barriers for greater safety when closing off work areas • Hazard signs included • Rubber feet grip any hard surface • 1100H x 1100Wmm REF CSLS PRICE £187.00 per pair

CSLH

149

SET OF 3

276

Weighted Baseplate Straight runs or outdoor barriers require weighting • 450 x 420mm, 5.5kg REF CSW1 PRICE £19.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC277

25/1/12

15:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BARRIERS

Line Marking Paint BARRIERS

• For use on roads, carparks, factory floors, school playing fields, leisure centres & golf courses • Provides a hard wearing, fast drying permanent line • Suitable for use on concrete, tarmac, wood and composites • Can be used both internally and externally • CFC free aerosol • Size 750ml MARKER COLOURS Yellow, White, Black, Blue, Red, Green, Orange Please specify when ordering REF QLL PRICE £28.60 (6 Pack) QLA000001

£33.20

Temporary Line Marking Paint • Paint can be removed with water and a brush • Touch dry in 5 minutes • Paint will weather away within 4-6 weeks • Size 750ml MARKER COLOURS Yellow, White, Blue, Red, Green, Orange Please specify when ordering REF QLT PRICE £28.60 (6 Pack)

QLA000002

£84.40

All line marking paints can be used with hand applicators and 4-wheel applicators

Survey Paint • Can last for up to 3 months • Weather resistant • Touch dry in 5 minutes • Size 750ml

Paint Applicators

MARKER COLOURS Yellow, White, Blue, Red, Green, Orange Please specify when ordering REF QLS PRICE £28.60 (6 Pack)

REF QLA000001 PRICE £33.20

✓Allows fast, accurate application of all types of aerosol paint

Hand Held Applicator 4-Wheel Applicator REF QLA000002 PRICE £84.40

Floor & Hazard Tapes

PER ROLL

£16

£10

PER ROLL

£24

Self-Adhesive Floor Tapes

Eurotape

Superstrong

• Self adhesive tape • 50mm x 33m rolls • 150 micron thickness • Minimum order quantity 5 rolls (assorted) • Bicolours: Red/white, Black/yellow, Green/white • Plain: Yellow, White, Red, Black, Blue, Green, Orange

• Quality economy grade non-adhesive polyethylene barrier tape • For cordoning of roadworks, construction sites, public/sports events • 30 micron thickness • Roll size 75mm x 500m • Bicolours: Red/white, Black/yellow

• High quality, near unbreakable plastic barrier tape, printed both sides • For any cordoning, barrier or signalling, especially longer term use • 40 micron thickness • Roll size 75mm x 500m • Bicolours: Red/white, Black/yellow, Green/white, Red/yellow

REF CSS (+ colour) PRICE £10.00 per roll (minimum 5 rolls)

REF CET (+ colour) PRICE £16.00 per roll

REF CSU (+ colour) PRICE £24.00 per roll

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

277

TC278

18/1/12

13:13

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

BARRIERS

BARRIERS / PLASTIC POSTS & CHAIN

Freestanding Plastic Posts & Chain

✓Durable and economical

PR900

£17

PB900C

£19

PW900

• Use indoors or outside • 880H x 40mm dia posts • Choice of base designs • Accepts all sizes of chain • Colour banded posts for safety applications • Plain white, red & white or yellow & black post

£18

For metal chain see page 273

PW900 • Plastic post + hollow plastic circular base, 300mm dia x 75mm high. For weighting with water or sand, 3kg when full REF PW900 PRICE £18.00

PB900C • Plastic post + heavy (3kg) concrete weighted base, 290mm sides x 43mm high. For heavier chains and external applications. REF PB900C PRICE £19.00

White Red

CL-8 £4.00

Black / Yellow

278

6mm 8mm 10mm

25m 25m 25m

PCR £21.00

Black

Red / White

ORDER REF PC6 PC8 PC10

CL-6 £3.00

• Rubber post connector straps • Used for linking extra chains to post • Pack of 10

Green

PACK QTY

SH £4.50

• 8mm connector links for plastic chain • Used to link posts & chain together • Pack of 10, red, white or yellow

Yellow

SIZE

• 8mm S-Hooks for plastic chain • Used to link posts & chain together • Pack of 10, red, white or yellow

Rubber Connector Strap

• Plastic post + 265mm square black rubber base. Low profile, non trip design ideal for pedestrian control, indoors or outside, 1.5kg. REF PR900 PRICE £17.00

• Maximum distance between posts; 6mm chain = 3m, 8mm chain = 2m, 10mm chain = 1.5m

• 6mm connector links for plastic chain • Used to link posts & chain together • Pack of 10, red, white, yellow or black

S-Hooks

8mm Connector Links

PR900

Plastic Chain

6mm Connector Links

PRICE £29.00 £39.00 £55.00

10mm Connector Links

Reflector Hanger Plates

• 10mm connector links for plastic chain • Used to link posts & chain together • Pack of 10, red, white or yellow

• Yellow reflector hanger plates • Makes barrier even more visible • Dimensions 140W x 105Hmm • Pack of 10

CL10 £5.00

RP £13.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC279

18/1/12

10:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BARRIERS / PLASTIC POSTS & CHAIN BARRIERS

Signholders • Extruded in durable and colourful UV stabilised plastic • Complete with twin post mounting clips • Accept A4 and metric signs sizes up to 5mm thickness • Available In red, white, black or yellow Vertical 200 x 150mm Signholder REF V200150H PRICE £12.00 (each) Vertical A4 Signholder REF VA4H PRICE £16.00 (each) Horizontal 150 x 200mm Signholder REF H150200H PRICE £12.00 (each)

Ground Mounting Plastic Posts • Weatherproof all plastic construction • 600mm above ground x 40mm diameter • Suit all chains, particularly decorative designs • Recommended distance between posts: 1.5m

PS600 With 270mm long spike, for semi-permanent use in turf, park and show areas REF PS600 PRICE £7.00

GROUND POSTS

£7

PG600 For turf or concrete, 200mm deep socket allows easy lifting for mowing or access REF PG600 PRICE £7.00 PS600

PG600

6mm Plastic Chain 6mm cross link chain, 40 x 22 link, white only, 25 metre pack REF PC6CL PRICE £44.00

8mm Plastic Chain 8mm cross link chain, 55 x 30 link, white only, 25 metre pack REF PC8CL PRICE £55.00

PC6CL

PC8CL

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

279

TC280

18/1/12

13:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

BARRIERS

BARRIERS / PRESTIGE ROPE BARRIERS

DELUXE POSTS

Classic Posts

✓4-way rope connection

• Robust stainless steel construction • 970mm high x 64mm dia post, with connector ring • 320mm dia weighted base • Weight 7kg • Compatible with sprung hooks only

CLASSIC POSTS

Stainless Steel REF STCHC PRICE £57.00 Brass REF STBRC PRICE £64.00

BEST SELLERS

Executive Posts

Deluxe Posts

• Two heavily plated finishes • 1m high x 50mm dia post with black cap • 350mm dia weighted base • Twin eyelets accept rope or rail hooks • Weight 5kg

• Traditional style for elegant locations • Turned brass & chrome decorative finial • 1m high x 38mm diameter post • Extra heavy 350mm dia base • Weight 9kg

Polished Chrome REF STCH PRICE £62.00

Polished Chrome REF DECH PRICE £136.00

Polished Brass REF STBR PRICE £69.00

Polished Brass REF DEBR PRICE £133.00

280

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC281

18/1/12

13:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BARRIERS / PRESTIGE ROPE BARRIERS BARRIERS

CHOOSE FROM OUR RANGE OF GREAT POSTS FOR ANY APPLICATION

A4 Signholders • Landscape or portrait style • Suit rope or rail barriers • Suitable only for Executive posts • Two plated finishes PLATED FINISH CHROME BRASS

PORTRAIT REF PRICE 961CH £25.00 961BR £32.00

LANDSCAPE REF PRICE 960CH £28.00 960BR £37.00

Barrier Rails

✓For firmer pedestrian control • Rails are semi-captive when assembled • No nuisance tampering in the queue! • 1250mm long rails • Suit Executive or Deluxe posts REF 1250CH PRICE £33.00

Accessories • Wall fittings for all applications

Barrier Ropes

COLOURS

• Luxury quality soft braided ropes in four colours • Open and spring closure hook ends • We can assemble any rope length to meet your requirements

Wall ring REF CRING PRICE £9.00 Wall end piece REF CEND PRICE £27.00

Red Blue

(please advise chrome or brass finish when ordering)

Black White

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

BARRIER ROPES 25mm DIAMETER - ALL COLOURS, PER METRE OPEN HOOK END FITTING SPRING CLOSURE HOOK END FITTING 1m LONG READY ASSEMBLED ROPES, WITH OPEN HOOK ENDS 1m LONG READY ASSEMBLED ROPES, WITH SPRING CLOSURE ENDS

CSR30 CHO CHS CSHO1 CSHS1

£11.50 £8.50 £8.50 £28.00 £28.00

(please advise rope colour and brass or chrome hook finish when ordering)

Wall Eyelet Chrome REF CEYECH PRICE £4.50 Brass REF CEYEBR PRICE £4.50 (wall screws are included)

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

281

TC282

18/1/12

13:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

BARRIERS

BARRIERS / RETRACTABLE BELT BARRIERS

Slimline Belt Barriers • Available in stainless steel or black finish • 860mm high x 51mm diameter • 320mm diameter base • 1.8m belt extension • Weight 7.1kg

BELT COLOURS FROM STOCK Black Red Blue

FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

STAINLESS STEEL BLACK

CB21DCC CB21SBC

£79.00 £75.00

POSTS FROM

£75 CB21DCC

£79

CB21SBC

£75

BEST SELLERS

Standard Belt Barriers

CB21SB

CB21SCB

£90

£99

• Black matt finish base • 1000H x 63mm diameter • Low profile non-trip 345mm diameter base • 1.8m belt extension • Weight 9kg Belt Barrier FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

MATT BLACK CHROME/BLACK BASE

CB21SB CB21SCB

£90.00 £99.00

Receiving Post

282

FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

MATT BLACK CHROME/BLACK BASE

RP/BB RP/CB

£60.00 £69.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

18/1/12

13:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 BARRIERS / RETRACTABLE BELT BARRIERS

Customize your belt barrier. We can print your safety message or corporate logo onto barrier belts (subject to quantity). Please contact us for more details

BARRIERS

WMBB

£69

Wall Mount Barriers

U E!

• Always available for use • Tension return • Wall to wall or wall to post • Receptacle for free end included • 1.8m Belt Extension

E! LU

OP VA T

TC283

TOP V

REF WMBB PRICE £69.00

A4 Signholder For use with standard & deluxe belt barriers

• Aluminium and mild steel construction, with acrylic panels to hold the message • Matt black finish REF AMH PRICE £63.00

Deluxe Belt Barriers • Black or chrome finish overall • 1000H x 63mm diameter • 345mm diameter non-trip baseplate • Heavily weighted base gives maximum stability • 1.8m belt extension • Weight 9.5kg

CB21DC

CB21DB

£150

£137

RECEIVING POST (Without belt)

Belt Barrier FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

MATT BLACK CLASSIC CHROME

CB21DB CB21DC

£137.00 £150.00

Receiving Post FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

MATT BLACK CLASSIC CHROME

RP/DBB RP/DCC

£110.00 £122.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

283

TC284

13/1/12

13:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

FURNITURE / DESKING

PRICES INCLUDE INSTALLATION!

Impact 18 Systems Desking

✓Impact Desking is an affordable office furniture solution ✓Designed to enable easy planning, maximum flexibility • 18mm worktops with 2mm PVC edging • Integral cable ports • Choice of two frame styles • Comprehensive range of matching storage • Prices include installation

years

and optimum use of available office space

CANTILEVER

PANEL END

GUARANTEE ORDERING INFORMATION: When placing your order please suffix the order ref with the relevent code for the colour you require e.g. add B/S for Beech & Silver to the selected bench order ref - please refer to the swatches shown

Basket Style Cable Tray Wipe-in Cable Tray • Black plastic cable trunking with soft top • Allows cables to be “wiped-in” & easily removed without the need for tools • Can be cut to any length REF 822.22.310 PRICE £20.90 284

• A sturdy mesh basket trunking which ensures cables are neat, safe and tidy DIMENSIONS LENGTH (mm) 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

ORDER REF V1CMB08 V1CMB10 V1CMB12 V1CMB14 V1CMB16 V1CMB18

PRICE £20.30 £20.90 £23.00 £25.00 £27.00 £29.70

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC285

13/1/12

13:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FURNITURE / DESKING O/G

Maple & Silver

Oak & Graphite

B/S Beech & Silver

Core Workstations

OAK

BCH

Oak

Maple

Beech

Desk High Pedestals • Metal roller runners, locks, 3 drawers (OAK, MA, BCH)

ain gr

OFFICE

M/S

Cantilever Leg • A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DESCRIPTION

Right hand model shown

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720

ORDER REF ZIM16LCF ZIM18LCF ZIM16RCF ZIM18RCF

PRICE £228.00 £247.00 £228.00 £247.00

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 720

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

ORDER REF ZIM16LP ZIM18LP ZIM16RP ZIM18RP

grain

PRICE £228.00 £247.00 £228.00 £247.00

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 800 x 720

ORDER REF IMDHP83

PRICE £211.00

Low Mobile Pedestals

Rectangular Workstations Cantilever Leg

• Locking drawers, metal roller runners (OAK, MA, BCH)

• A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 800 x 800 x 720 1200 x 800 x 720 1400 x 800 x 720 1600 x 800 x 720 1800 x 800 x 720

£182.00

• Metal roller runners, locks, 3 drawers (OAK, MA, BCH)

• Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720

PRICE

Desk High Pedestals

Panel End

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF IMDHP63

ORDER REF ZIM0808CF ZIM1208CF ZIM1408CF ZIM1608CF ZIM1808CF

PRICE £124.00 £143.00 £161.00 £165.00 £176.00

DESCRIPTION 2 DRAWER 3 DRAWER

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 550 392 x 600 x 550

ORDER REF MP2 MP3

PRICE £173.00 £173.00

Panel End • Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 800 x 800 x 720 1200 x 800 x 720 1400 x 800 x 720 1600 x 800 x 720 1800 x 800 x 720

ORDER REF ZIM0808P ZIM1208P ZIM1408P ZIM1608P ZIM1808P

High Mobile Pedestal

PRICE

• Locking drawers, metal roller runners (OAK, MA, BCH)

£124.00 £143.00 £161.00 £165.00 £176.00 DESCRIPTION 3 DRAWER

Wave Workstations

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 680

ORDER REF HMP3

PRICE £182.00

Cantilever Leg • A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 1600 x 800/1000 x 720

ORDER REF ZIM1410LWC ZIM1610LWC ZIM1410RWC ZIM1610RWC

Low Mobile Steel Pedestal

PRICE £221.00 £236.00 £221.00 £236.00

• Metal roller runners, locks. Silver only

Right hand model shown DESCRIPTION

Panel End • Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 1600 x 800/1000 x 720

ORDER REF ZIM1410LWP ZIM1610LWP ZIM1410RWP ZIM1610RWP

PRICE

3 DRAWER

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 400 x 575 x 580

ORDER PRICE REF JMRP01SIL £176.00

Pedestal standard features

£193.00 £208.00 £193.00 £208.00

Steel sided drawers

Folding key fob

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

285

TC286

13/1/12

13:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

FURNITURE / DESKING

PRICES INCLUDE INSTALLATION

Workmode Systems Desking

✓Workmode offers both a cantilever frame and panel end option • 25mm MFC worktops with cable ports • Choice of cantilever or panel end styles • Comprehensive range of matching storage • Choice of three popular finishes • Heavy duty steel sided pedestal drawers • Solid 3mm PVC edging

years

mobile, or desk high pedestals and tambour, double door and filing storage units

GUARANTEE

Wipe-in Cable Tray • Black plastic cable trunking with soft top allows cables to be “wiped-in” & easily removed without the need for tools. Can be cut to any length REF 822.22-310 PRICE £20.90

Basket Style Cable Tray CANTILEVER

286

PANEL END

ORDERING INFORMATION: When placing your order please suffix the order ref with the relevent code for the colour you require e.g. add B/S for Beech & Silver to the selected bench order ref - please refer to the swatches shown

• A sturdy mesh basket trunking which ensures cables are neat and, safe & tidy DIMENSIONS LENGTH (mm) 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

ORDER REF V1CMB-08 V1CMB-10 V1CMB-12 V1CMB-14 V1CMB-16 V1CMB-18

PRICE £20.30 £20.90 £23.00 £25.00 £27.00 £29.70

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC287

13/1/12

13:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FURNITURE DESKING O/G

Maple & Silver

Oak & Graphite

Rectangular Workstations

B/S

OAK

BCH

Oak

Maple

Beech

Beech & Silver

OFFICE

M/S

ain gr

Cantilever Leg • A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 800 x 800 x 727 1200 x 800 x 727 1400 x 800 x 727 1600 x 800 x 727 1800 x 800 x 727

ORDER REF ZWM8080C ZWM1280C ZWM1480C ZWM1680C ZWM1880C

PRICE £159.00 £176.00 £189.00 £198.00 £206.00

Desk High Pedestals • Metal roller runners, locks, 3 drawers (OAK, MA, BCH) MODEL MFC

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 727

ORDER REF DHP3-6

PRICE £182.00

Panel End grain

• Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 800 x 800 x 727 1200 x 800 x 727 1400 x 800 x 727 1600 x 800 x 727 1800 x 800 x 727

Core Workstations

ORDER REF ZWM8080P ZWM1280P ZWM1480P ZWM1680P ZWM1880P

PRICE £133.00 £149.00 £161.00 £171.00 £178.00

Desk High Pedestals • Metal roller runners, locks, 3 drawers (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 800 x 727

Cantilever Leg

ORDER REF DHP3-8

PRICE £211.00

• A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DESCRIPTION

Left hand model shown with optional pedestal

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ORDER REF ZWM16LC ZWM18LC ZWM16RC ZWM18RC

PRICE

MFC

Steel

£252.00 £261.00 £252.00 £261.00

Panel End • Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

Wave Workstations

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ORDER REF ZWM16LP ZWM18LP ZWM16RP ZWM18RP

PRICE £230.00 £238.00 £230.00 £238.00

Low Mobile Pedestals • Locking drawers, metal roller runners (OAK, MA, BCH) DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE W x D x H (mm) REF 2 DRAWER, MFC 392 x 600 x 550 MP-2 £173.00 3 DRAWER, MFC 392 x 600 x 550 MP-3 £173.00 3 DRAWER, STEEL 400 x 575 x 580 JMRP01-SIL £176.00

Cantilever Leg • A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 1600 x 1000/800 x 727

ORDER REF ZWM1410LWC ZWM1610LWC ZWM1410RWC ZWM1610RWC

PRICE £221.00 £236.00 £221.00 £236.00

Right hand model shown

• Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH)

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 1600 x 1000/800 x 727

• Locking drawers, metal roller runners (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 680

Panel End

DESCRIPTION

High Mobile Pedestal

ORDER REF ZWM1410LWP ZWM1610LWP ZWM1410RWP ZWM1610RWP

ORDER REF HMP-3

PRICE £182.00

Pedestal standard features

PRICE £193.00 £208.00 £193.00 £208.00

Steel sided drawers

Folding key fob

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

287

TC288

13/1/12

13:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

FURNITURE / SEATING

FROM

£60

£102

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE REQUIRE EASY SELF ASSEMBLY

FROM

£175

Price Blaster High

Officer

Syncrotek

• Floating or fixed permanent contact backrest • Durable 5 star base with twin wheel castors • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Generous seat size • Not suitable for heavy duty commercial use • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal

• Large asynchronous ergonomic chair • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Inclining seat adjustment lockable to users comfort • Posture control back rake adjustment with floating or fixed option • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal

• 24 hour use, BS5459 Level S rated (24 stone) • Antishock autosynchron mechanism to seat and back • Seat slide function • Tension control • Ratchet back height adjustment • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal

DESCRIPTION WITHOUT ARMS WITH ARMS

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 460-590 460-590

ORDER REF 1000 1000-0287

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£60.00 £72.00

WITHOUT ARMS WITH ARMS

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 470-590 470-590

ORDER PRICE REF 6700 £102.00 6700-1608 £123.00

DESCRIPTION WITHOUT ARMS WITH ARMS

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 460-590 460-590

ORDER PRICE REF 6500 £175.00 6500-1608 £195.00

Quantity discounts available for 10+ units, please enquire 1100-1163

£82

1469-1163

£115

M0001

Height adjustable footrest with Deluxe models

Blaster Draughter

Byron Draughter

Kneeling Chair

• Draughting or counter work chair incorporating ring kit conversation • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Height adjustable footrest (deluxe only) • (Hinged) tilt backrest • Durable five star base with glides for stability • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal • Not suitable for heavy duty commercial use

• Draughting or counter work chair incorporating ring kit conversation • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Foot ring for ‘off floor’ support • Height adjustable footrest (deluxe only) • Permanent contact backrest • Durable five star base with glides for stability • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal

• Ideal for light office use, rated to 200lbs • Angle and height adjustment for maximum comfort • Classic European design with wooden frame • Polyacrylic fabric for durability • Available in blue, burgundy, charcoal and green fabric

DESCRIPTION

288

£63

STANDARD DELUXE

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 720-850 600-860

ORDER REF 1100-1163 1100-1164

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£82.00 £93.00

STANDARD DELUXE

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 770-880 650-910

ORDER PRICE REF 1469-1163 £115.00 1469-1164 £126.00

DESCRIPTION KNEELING CHAIR

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 540-630

ORDER REF M0001

PRICE £63.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC289

18/1/12

16:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FURNITURE / SEATING OFFICE

1095

£63 B990

£180

UK780SLF

£181

Nova

Rapide

Titan

• Stylish mesh back chair • Durable fabric seat • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Reclining function with tilt tension • Includes durable armrests

• Extra large luxury executive operator chair with leather edged seat and back • Incorporates breathable mesh inserts • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Reclining function with tilt tension • Adjustable back angle and armrests

• Heavy duty operator chair • Rated to 27 stone (170kg) • Generous seat measurement • Reclining function with tilt tension • Available in blue, burgundy, and charcoal • Gas lift seat height adjustment

DESCRIPTION NOVA NOVA VISITOR

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 440-510 460

ORDER REF 1095 1102

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£63.00 £72.00

RAPIDE

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 470-570

Deco

ORDER REF UK780SLF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£181.00

TITAN

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 490-560

DESCRIPTION

• Retro ‘Eames’ style chair • Supple faux leather in black or white • Bright chrome arms and base • Matching removable arm covers • Reclining function with tilt tension • Gas lift seat height adjustment

1097BL

£110

DECO WHITE DECO WHITE VISITOR DECO BLACK DECO BLACK VISITOR

ORDER REF B990

SEAT ORDER HEIGHT (mm) REF 470-540 1097WH 480 1101WH 470-540 1097BL 480 1101BL

PRICE £180.00

PRICE £110.00 £106.00 £110.00 £106.00

1097WH

£110

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE REQUIRE EASY SELF ASSEMBLY

289

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC290

19/1/12

13:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

FURNITURE / CAFÉ & RESTAURANT FROM

Soft-Top Tables

£126

✓Heavy duty cushioned top,

folding tables for regular use

✓Ideal for dining rooms

• Foam cushioned tabletop is covered with a non-slip white PVC wipeable soft top • Hardwearing plastic table edge • Table legs have adjustable feet • Heavy duty folding leg table frame • Choice of rectangular or circular DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS ORDER (mm) REF CIRCULAR TABLE 1530 DIA PTY40012 CIRCULAR TABLE 1830 DIA PTY40013 RECTANGULAR TABLE 1830 x 760 PTY40011

PRICE £126.00 £142.00 £106.00

CB30051

£44.90

CB30053

£50.90

Fabric colours Bearl Megnesian Barnack

Kempton & Ripon Chairs

CB30052

£49.40

• These comfortable and strong stacking chairs are suitable for all applications • Deep upholstery for greater comfort over long periods • Strong 16 gauge steel frames • Stack upto 10 high • Available with a Black or Gold frame • Choice of 3 Fortress ‘Medium Hazard’ fabric colours, Bearl, Megnesian and Barnack DESCRIPTION RIPON CHAIR - BLACK FRAME RIPON CHAIR - GOLD FRAME KEMPTON CHAIR - BLACK FRAME KEMPTON CHAIR - GOLD FRAME

ORDER REF CB30050 CB30051 CB30052 CB30053

PRICE £43.40 £44.90 £49.40 £50.90

290

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

19/1/12

13:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FURNITURE / SEATING All Chairs Feature

✓5 Year Warranty

✓A stylish lightweight polypropylene folding PCF40010

£16.38 Each

chair. The ultimate design in low cost seating

• Breathable fan shaped back-rest • Convenient hand-hold at the top of the chair for ease of handling • Grey frames as standard • Snap-together links to make rows • Tested to BS4875-1 level 4 (2000 series) • Tested to BS4875-1 level 5 (2600 series)

• Contoured back enhances appearance and provides additional comfort and support • Double rivetted rear cross-brace provides added strength and stops the rear legs sinking in the ground in outdoor conditions • Seat ht 450mm. Overall 870H x 450W x 550D

OFFICE

2000 Series Chair

Blue REF PCF40011 Burgundy REF PCF40010 Charcoal REF PCF40012 Black REF PCF40022 PRICE £131.00 per carton of 8 CHAIR CONNECTORS

2600 Series Chair PCF40027

£23 Each

Click-on clips for 2000 series REF PCF40013 PRICE £0.50

✓The fan shape design of the back-rest makes

this chair one of the most comfortable on the market today

• The deep contoured back-rest provides good support and exceptional comfort • Wider seat for better comfort • Seat ht 450mm. Overall 870H x 470W x 540D.

NOTE: We recommend the use of two clips to link chairs, one at the top and the other at the foot end.

Charcoal REF PCF40027 PRICE £92.00 per carton of 4

years

Blue REF PCF40025 Burgundy REF PCF40026

Polyprop joiners for 2600 series REF PCA40013 PRICE £0.80

WARRANTY Chairs only

PCF50080A

£37.50

✓All the 2600 series benefits, with an upholstered seat to provide extra comfort and style

• 2600 series chairs feature double leg links for added strength and stability

UE AL TOP V

Each

TOP V

2600 Series Upholstered Chair

LUE

Blue REF PCF50080A

TC291

We can show samples & visit your site. We also offer a quantity discount - Please call for details!

Burgundy REF PCF50081A Charcoal REF PCF50082A PRICE £150.00 per carton of 4

Chair Storage Trolleys

✓This comprehensive range of trolleys will help to eliminate the problem of storage in

premises that have space restrictions. Maximum chair capacity is shown below each trolley

PXH40000

£410

136 x 2000 Series or 72 x 2600 Series

PXH40002

£307

68 x 2000 Series or 36 x 2600 Series

PCF40045

PXF400000

£103

£230

40 x 2000 Series only

24 x 2600 Series only

Storage Straps (not included with trolleys) REF PCF40015 PRICE £15.70 each

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

291

TC292

13/1/12

14:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FURNITURE / CONFERENCE OFFICE

Polyfold Lightweight Folding Tables

PTF41379

£55

✓The Polyfold table is perfect for canteens, offices and light industrial use.

FOLD-IN-HALF DESIGN! PTF41380

• Available in a wide range of sizes, square, rectangular and circular • Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded all weather polyethylene top for indoor/outdoor use • Lightweight, stronger and more durable than wooden tables • Folds flat for easy storage • Stores neatly on purpose made trolley

£66 PTF41376

£46

Folding Table • Compact folding • Carry handle • Ideal for taking in car • Weight 18kg • Dims (open) 1830L x 760W x 740Hmm Dims (closed) 940L x 760W x 100Hmm REF PTF41380 PRICE £66.00

Square & Rectangular Tables DESCRIPTION 1220mm TABLE 1530mm TABLE 1830mm TABLE 910mm TABLE

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 750 x 600 x 1220 750 x 710 x 1530 750 x 760 x 1830 750 x 910 x 910

WEIGHT (kg) 12 15 17 11

ORDER REF PTF41376 PTF41379 PTF41378 PTF41375

PRICE £46.00 £55.00 £58.00 £49.00

PTF41371

£97

PTF41370

£71

✓All tables feature 3 year warranty We can show samples & visit your site. We also offer a quantity discount - Please call for details!

Circular Tables DESCRIPTION 1220mm TABLE 1530mm TABLE 1830mm TABLE

DIMENSIONS H x DIAMETER (mm) 740 x 1220 740 x 1530 740 x 1830

WEIGHT (kg) 16 21 27

ORDER REF PTF41370 PTF41371 PTF41369

PRICE £71.00 £97.00 £135.00

Polyfold Adjustable Height Folding Tables

✓Lightweight and simple to use • Height adjustable Model PTF41385: 640, 690, 740mm Model PTF41386: 610, 650, 690, 730, 770, 810mm • Folds flat for easy storage • Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded top • All weather construction for indoor/outdoor use

Universal Table Trolley

292

Height Adjustable Tables

Suitable for all polyfold tables. 1550H x 850W x 1850Lmm

DESCRIPTION

REF PXO40000 PRICE £372.00

1220mm TABLE 1830mm TABLE

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 900 x 600 x 1220 Max 900 x 760 x 1830 Max

WEIGHT (kg) 12 17

ORDER REF PTF41385 PTF41386

PRICE £69.00 £79.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC293

19/1/12

16:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FURNITURE / CAFÉ & RESTAURANT

• Steel frame in silver/black • Beech or white table tops • Polypropylene seat shells

FROM

OFFICE

Fast Food Units ✓Great value fast food seating ✓Durable easy clean modules

£169 FROM

£137

Mixbury Fast Food Units

Bubble Fast Food Units

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) REF 2 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 600 VMX2S £137.00 4 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1000 VMX4S £177.00 4 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1000 VMX4D £177.00 6 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1600 VMX6S £229.00 6 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1600 VMX6D £229.00 Seat colours: Green, yellow, brown, red, blue, grey, black - please specify

Stacking Chairs • Designed for commercial, leisure and educational eating environments • Stackable for easy storage • Stylish dining chairs with chrome frames • Jupiter bistro chair with polycane wicker seat • Bubble chair with polypropylene seat in choice of 8 colours DESCRIPTION

SEAT ORDER H (mm) REF BALLOON, BEECH & CHROME 445 VC11B TRI, BEECH & CHROME 450 VC10B SLOT, BEECH & CHROME 445 VC16B GAP, BEECH & CHROME 450 VC13B JUPITER, BEECH & CHROME 460 VC41B JUPITER, WICKER & BLACK 460 VC41A BUBBLE, POLY & CHROME 460 VC5

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE H x W x D (mm) REF 2 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 600 VB2S £169.00 4 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1000 VB4S £223.00 4 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1000 VB4D £223.00 6 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1600 VB6S £285.00 6 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 740 x 1500 x 1600 VB6D £285.00 Seat colours: Black, blue, burgundy, grey, lime green, orange, peach, white - please specify

VC11B

VC10B

VC16B

£31

£46

PRICE £31.00 £31.00 £46.00 £46.00 £35.00 £25.00 £40.00

Balloon

Tri

Slot

VC13B

VC41A

VC5

£46

£25

£40

Polypropylene chair colours Black Peach

Orange Lime

Blue

White

Burgundy Grey

Dining Tables

Gap

Jupiter

Bubble

• Designed for commercial, leisure and educational eating environments • High pressure laminate beech top, chrome frames MODEL CURVEY

SLOPE

DIMENSIONS HEIGHT x DIA (mm) 740 x 800 740 x 900 740 x 1000 740 x 800 x 800 740 x 800 740 x 900 740 x 1000 740 x 1200

ORDER REF VT900-8 VT900-9 VT900-10 VT900-88 VT50C-8 VT50C-9 VT50C-10 VT50C-12

PRICE £115.00 £134.00 £147.00 £138.00 £139.00 £163.00 £185.00 £216.00

VT900-8

£115

Curvey

VT50C-8

£139

Slope

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

293

TC294

18/1/12

13:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FURNITURE / CAFÉ & RESTAURANT OFFICE

Rio Café Furniture

✓Superior quality aluminium café and bistro furniture ✓Lightweight and resilient, suitable for heavy use all year round The Rio range encompasses all the elements required for relaxed dining both inside and out, casual meetings or alfresco coffee. ‘Innox’ chequered stainless steel table tops provide a contemporary air which is conducive to the ambience of any stylish eatery

PTM40041

£73

PCN40054

£30

• Stackable armchairs and side chairs • Square table can be spirally stacked • Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces

ARM CHAIR SIDE CHAIR

Rio Café Tables

Rio Café Chairs DESCRIPTION TABLES REQUIRE SELF ASSEMBLY

SIDE CHAIR ARM CHAIR

ORDER REF PCN40054 PCN40053

DESCRIPTION PRICE £30.00 £30.00

700mm CIRCULAR PEDESTAL 700mm SQUARE PEDESTAL 700mm SQUARE STACKING

ORDER REF PTM40041 PTM40044 PTM40045

PRICE £73.00 £73.00 £73.00

Paulo Café Furniture

✓Stunningly attractive and truly maintenance free ✓Made from a revolutionary new material which requires no maintenance PCN40056

£40

As it is synthetic “No-Wood” will never need oiling, polishing, painting or protecting; neither will it splinter or split. This delightful range therefore offers all the beauty of real teak but with none of the drudgery of maintenance, combined with attractive flat tube frames

PTM40051

£90

• No maintenance required • Easy to clean • Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces • Stackable to ten high Paulo Café Furniture DESCRIPTION ARMCHAIR 700mm SQUARE PEDESTAL TABLE 700mm CIRCULAR TABLE

ORDER REF PCN40056 PTM40050 PTM40051

PRICE £40.00 £82.00 £90.00

Casa Café Furniture

✓Enhances the ambience of all smart cafés, restaurants and bistros ✓Chairs are easy to clean, hard wearing and UV resistant The chair seats are hand woven from 4mm plastic coated steel wire and available in a choice of two striking colours - honey & blue

PTM40057

£87

PCN40058

£33

• UV and weather resistant • Hygienic and easy to clean • Casa Café chairs stack up to 10 high • Tables available as square or circular, 740mm overall height Casa Café Furniture DESCRIPTION ARMCHAIR - HONEY ARMCHAIR - BLUE SQUARE PEDESTAL TABLE - 700mm CIRCULAR PEDESTAL TABLE - 700mm

ORDER PRICE REF PCN40057 £33.00 PCN40058 £33.00 PTM40056 £111.00 PTM40057 £87.00

294

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC295

19/1/12

14:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 STORAGE / OFFICE SHELVING

175

✓The new Capital Clear Shelving

solution offers a high quality double skin, easily adjustable storage system to suit all your filing and storage requirements

OFFICE

Capital Clear Shelving

FROM

• The unrestricted upright allows the full shelf width to be used giving clear unimpeded access and preventing file and document migration • Standard bays are complete with 6 shelves, including top and bottom • Overall 2025H x 1000Wmm • Bay capacity 454kg • Shelf capacity 68kg UDL • Finish: Epoxy powder coated ivory

Accessories available include: • Duplex shelves for conventional storage and suspended filing • Pull out shelf space for a space saving writing surface • Telescopic filing cradles for low level accessibility • Tambour doors for added security and improved general appearance • For assistance with tailored systems or for more complex requirements a design, supply and installation service is available. Please contact us for more information

Clad Back Shelving Bays DEPTH (mm) 300 350 450

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/CC/007 £210.00 CS/CC/009 £224.00 CS/CC/011 £249.00

Open Back Shelving Bays

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/CC/008 £170.00 CS/CC/010 £181.00 CS/CC/012 £199.00

DEPTH (mm) 300 350 450

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/CC/001 £175.00 CS/CC/003 £189.00 CS/CC/005 £215.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/CC/002 £135.00 CS/CC/004 £146.00 CS/CC/006 £165.00

Lateral Filing Cradle

Full Height Dividers

Telescopic Filing Cradle

• To suit most popular sizes of lateral files

• Secured with plastic plugs, each divider is adjustable on a 50mm pitch along the shelf • Rolled front and rear edges for strength and protection

• Maximise the bay depth and maintain 100% accessibility with a slide out filing cradle • Fitted into a 350mm deep bay

SIZES W x D (mm) 1000 x 350 1000 x 450

ORDER REF CS/CC/031 CS/CC/032

PRICE £17.00 £17.00

SIZES H x W (mm) 350 x 300 350 x 350 350 x 450 400 x 300 400 x 350 400 x 450

ORDER REF CS/CC/025 CS/CC/026 CS/CC/027 CS/CC/028 CS/CC/029 CS/CC/030

PRICE £7.00 £7.00 £8.00 £7.00 £8.00 £9.00

SIZES W x D (mm) 1000 x 350

ORDER REF CS/CC/033

PRICE £139.00

Original Capital shelving is still available, please enquire for more details

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

295

TC296

17/1/12

11:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING OFFICE

Euro Shelving • Easy clip together assembly • Robust steel shelving designed to suit any working environemnt • Each bay comes with 6 steel shelves

Biocote Protected Biocote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas EURO-Shelving Starter and Extension bays make ordering easy. Finished with Light Grey uprights, cladding and shelves. The bays are 2100mm high, 1000mm wide with a choice of four shelf depths. Six shelves are supplied, but further shelves, including shelf clips, can be purchased if required. Bays can be either open all round or fully clad, depending on your requirements.

160kg PER SHELF

FROM £

152

Extra Bracing Each brace assembly provides essential bracing for 12 bays of open shelving. Starter bays come complete with brace but extra braces are required if run exceeds 11 extension bays. REF DCXBS1000ZC PRICE £12.00

For full range of accessories, see pages 122 & 123

Starter & extension bays Each kit comprises of the correct number of frames, shelves, shelf clips, footplates, upright caps, and when bracing or cladding COLOUR OPTIONS Please specify when ordering Stormor Grey (GU) Suave Blue (BQ) Graphite Grey (GX) *Only Stormor Grey incorporates BioCote protection

Open Bays

296

DEPTH (mm) 300 400 450 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE S6N0300N £152.00 S6N0400N £164.00 S6N0450N £173.00 S6N0600N £191.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE E6N0300N £102.00 E6N0400N £114.00 E6N0450N £122.00 E6N0600N £139.00

Clad Bays EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE ES0300 £11.00 ES0400 £12.00 ES0450 £14.00 ES0600 £17.00

DEPTH (mm) 300 400 450 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE S6C0300C £203.00 S6C0400C £221.00 S6C0450C £234.00 S6C0600C £221.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE E6C0300C £153.00 E6C0400C £167.00 E6C0450C £176.00 E6C0600C £149.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE ES0300 £11.00 ES0400 £12.00 ES0450 £14.00 ES0600 £17.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC297

16/1/12

14:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SHELVING OFFICE

STARTER BAYS FROM

146

EXTENSION BAYS FROM

122

For large quantities please call for a quotation

Konnect Shelving

✓A robust, simple and economical system for office and industrial applications

✓Very strong, up to 250kg per shelf UDL

Quick and easy to assemble

• 2000mm high bays in two widths • Quick and easy push fit assembly • Open access all round – no cross bracing • Tubular grid shelves in a range of sizes • Optional hardboard shelf covers • Shelves adjustable to 62.5mm pitch • Epoxy powder coated in blue and grey

✓Ideal for archive storage

1000mm Wide Bays with 5 Shelf Levels SHELF DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

STARTER BAY

EXTENSION BAY

EXTRA SHELF

K24105BCS £146.00 K25105BCS £159.00 K26105BCS £171.00 K28105BCS £185.00

K24105ACS £122.00 K25105ACS £135.00 K26105ACS £148.00 K28105ACS £163.00

K4010XSCS £26.00 K5010XSCS £27.00 K6010XSCS £29.00 K8010XSCS £31.00

1250mm Wide Bays with 5 Shelf Levels SHELF DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

STARTER BAY

EXTENSION BAY

EXTRA SHELF

K24125BCS £159.00 K25125BCS £174.00 K26125BCS £189.00 K28125BCS £206.00

K24125ACS £135.00 K25125ACS £151.00 K26125ACS £166.00 K28125ACS £182.00

K4012XSCS £27.00 K5012XSCS £30.00 K6012XSCS £32.00 K8012XSCS £34.00

Hardboard Shelf Covers • Adapts shelving to take the smallest loads • Lightweight, low cost • Simple to replace if damaged • Sold in packs of 5

SHELF DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

1000mm WIDE REF PRICE 270300CS-5 £34.00 270301CS-5 £39.00 270302CS-5 £42.00 270303CS-5 £48.00

1250mm WIDE REF PRICE 270304CS-5 £39.00 270305CS-5 £42.00 270306CS-5 £48.00 270307CS-5 £51.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

297

TC298

18/1/12

13:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS

General Storage Cupboards ✓Robust steel construction with semi-concealed hinges for added security • Flush fitting ‘no snag’ door handles with espagnolette secure locking • Adjustable shelves on 50mm centres with 75kg capacity (UDL) • Resilient powder coated finish with light grey body & choice of door colour

CG189046Z

£241

CG186046Z

CG181246Z

£218

£319

CG109046M

£257

CG129046Z

£220

CG909061Z

£221

CG909046Z

£178

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 900 x 900 x 460 1200 x 900 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460 900 x 900 x 600 1800 x 900 x 600 1800 x 1200 x 600

SHELVES INC 2 2 3 3 2 3 3

CUPBOARD REF CG909046Z CG129046Z CG189046Z CG181246Z CG909061Z CG189061Z CG181261Z

PRICE £178.00 £220.00 £241.00 £319.00 £221.00 £322.00 £384.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE CGES/9046ZLXX £16.30 CGES/9046ZLXX £16.30 CGES/9046ZLXX £16.30 CGES/1246ZLXX £23.00 CGES9060ZLXX £23.00 CGES9060ZLXX £23.00 CGES1260ZLXX £33.60

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER REF H x W x D (mm) INC WALL CUPBOARD 570 x 850 x 255 1 CG855725Z SINGLE DOOR CUPBOARD 1800 x 600 x 460 3 CG186046Z MOBILE CUPBOARD 1040 x 900 x 460 2 CG109046M MOBILE CUPBOARD 1040 x 900 x 600 2 CG109061M *EXTRA SHELF REF CGES6046ZLXX PRICE £14.40

PRICE £135.00 £218.00* £257.00 £361.00

Door Colour Options

✓Germ Guard is a special anti-bacterial paint designed to reduce the spread of E-Coli and MRSA Super Bug

CU189046Z

For required door colours please add corresponding suffix to product code Light Grey (LXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

Red (RXX)

Light Blue (UXX)

Yellow (YXX)

Green (GXX)

£274

Utility Cupboards

✓

Ideal for the storage of coats, bags, workplace apparel and cleaning equipment • Construction, locking, finish and colour specifications are as ‘General Storage Cupboards’ shown above • A central divider with a hanging rail and top shelf on one side and 3 adjustable shelves on the other DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460

ORDER REF CU189046Z CU181246Z

PRICE £274.00 £361.00

298

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

13/1/12

14:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FURNITURE / CUPBOARDS

Side Opening Steel Body Tambours

Colour Options Add corresponding suffix to order ref

GUARANTEE

OFFICE

• Tambour units are priced empty ready to accept storage fitments as shown below, fitments require some self assembly (instructions provided) • A highly rigid unit and a welded carcass for greater strength • If more than one roll-out fitment is used, the supplied interlock should be used

years

TC299

O/G Oak & Graphite IME191SOTM/S

393

M/S Maple & Silver IME161SOTB/S

B/S

372

Beech & Silver G/G Goose Grey

IME101SOTG/G

IME101SOTO/G

252

319

Shelves not included Side Opening Steel Body Tambours COLOUR

GOOSE GREY

OAK / GRAPHITE

Roll-out Shelf

Lateral Filing Rail

Allow 60mm for shelf REF ROSH PRICE £67.00

Allow 285mm REF BUR PRICE £21.00

MAPLE / SILVER

BEECH / SILVER

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 470 x 1016 1000 x 470 x 1651 1000 x 470 x 1968 1000 x 470 x 1016 1000 x 470 x 1651 1000 x 470 x 1968 1000 x 470 x 1016 1000 x 470 x 1651 1000 x 470 x 1968 1000 x 470 x 1016 1000 x 470 x 1651 1000 x 470 x 1968

ORDER REF IME101SOTG/G IME161SOTG/G IME191SOTG/G IME101SOTO/G IME161SOTO/G IME191SOTO/G IME101SOTM/S IME161SOTM/S IME191SOTM/S IME101SOTB/S IME161SOTB/S IME191SOTB/S

PRICE £252.00 £308.00 £327.00 £319.00 £372.00 £393.00 £319.00 £372.00 £393.00 £319.00 £372.00 £393.00

Roll-out Filing Frame

Slotted Shelf

Standard Shelf

Allow 258mm when used with standard suspension files. Frame supports 2 rows of Foolscap front to back. Safety note: only fit in lower half of storage unit REF ROSFF PRICE £78.00

Allow 175mm for shelf and dividers plus clearance for items stored SLOTTED SHELF REF BSSPDP1 PRICE £29.00 PACK OF 5 DIVIDERS REF SHDV85P5PS PRICE £32.00

Available in Grey. Allow 25mm for the shelf plus clearance for items stored REF BBSP1 PRICE £20.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

299

TC300

16/1/12

14:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 STORAGE / TROLLEYS OFFICE

Office Trolleys • Powder coated tube with black textured finish • Mounted on four swivel wheels 100mm dia x 25mm • Fitted with adjustable height shelves laminated in beech or walnut finish • Maximum load for lower shelf 100kg, upper shelf 30kg • Overall dimensions 1135H x 410W x 755Dmm

FROM

305

SUPPLIED READY ASSEMBLED FOR IMMEDIATE USE

MODEL

300

A B C D E F G H I

DESCRIPTION 1 SHELF 2 SHELVES 2 FILE SHELVES 1 FLAT + 1 FILE SHELF 1 SHELF + 1 BASKET 1 BASKET 2 BASKETS 1 BASKET + 1 SUSPENSION FILE FRAME 2 SUSPENSION FILE FRAMES

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755

WALNUT FINISH REF PRICE 14190510 £305.00 14190512 £377.00 14190516 £490.00 14190518 £465.00 14190524 £385.00 14190520 £312.00 14190522 £392.00 14190528 £427.00 14190526 £461.00

BEECH FINISH REF 14190610 14190612 14190616 14190618 14190624 14190620 14190622 14190628 14190626

PRICE £305.00 £377.00 £490.00 £465.00 £385.00 £312.00 £392.00 £427.00 £461.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC301

19/1/12

10:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 STORAGE / TROLLEYS

• 22mm chrome tube frame • Four 100 x 25mm swivel castors • Shelves in cherry or light oak laminate • Ergonomic maximum load of 75kg, top 15kg, mid shelves 30kg • Shelves are 750 x 290mm • Delivered flat packed for easy on-site assembly

24195423

£301

OFFICE

File Trolleys

24195420

£252

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) CHERRY, 2 SHELVES 840 x 800 x 350 LIGHT OAK, 2 SHELVES 840 x 800 x 350 CHERRY, 3 SHELVES 1060 x 800 x 350 LIGHT OAK, 3 SHELVES 1060 x 800 x 350

ORDER REF 24195420 24195422 24195421 24195423

PRICE £252.00 £252.00 £301.00 £301.00

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Office Trolley • Ergonomic maximum load of 200kg • 22mm chrome tube frame, mesh ends & basket • Plastic coated handles • 4 swivel castors 125 x 32mm, grey rubber tyres • Ball bearing hubs • Height adjustable shelves in grey laminate 620 x 425mm • Overall 940H x 800W x 460Dmm • Delivered flat packed for easy on-site assembly

24119510

£354

REF 24119510 PRICE £354.00

Mini Trolleys 24190130 24190120

£160

£131

• 22mm zinc coated tube frame • Plastic coated handles • Four 100 x 25mm swivel castors with rubber tyres and slide bearing hub • Height adjustable shelves/baskets in grey laminate, 410 x 350mm • Overall 1065H x 360W x 650Dmm • Ergonomic maximum load of 50kg, shelves 10kg capacity • Delivered flat packed for easy on-site assembly

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

2 SHELVES 2 BASKETS 1 SHELF + 1 BASKET

24190120 24190130 24190140

£160.00 £131.00 £145.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

301

TC302

25/1/12

15:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

FLOORING / ENTRANCE MATS

Enviromat

Entraplush

• Heavy recycled rubber backing minimises movement on carpet and hard floor surfaces • UV and fade resistant polyester carpet • Raised pattern removes dirt and debris whilst trapping it in the mat preventing dirt migration

• Protects interior floors • Slip resistant • Quick-drying, ‘crush resistant’ carpet surface • Made from 100% continuous filament olefin • Stain resistant PVC backing • Suitable for indoor areas - light to medium use

✓Manufactured using 100% recycled materials

✓Economy mat that looks good ✓Traps dirt & debris

GUIDE PRICE

PER SQ. METRE

100% RECYCLED

COLOURS

BLUE

GREEN RED

BROWN

BLUE GREY

BROWN

CHARCOAL DIMENSIONS (mm) 600 x 900 900 x 1500 1200 x 1800

ORDER REF EM0001 EM0002 EM0003

GREY

PRICE £25.00 £63.00 £100.00

DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 600 1500 x 900 1800 x 1200

Specify colour when ordering!

First-Step Adhesive Mats

ORDER REF PP0001 PP0002 PP0003

PRICE £15.70 £36.60 £63.00

DIMENSIONS 460 x 1170mm (pack of four pads with 30 layers) Product height: 1.5mm

✓An economic solution to contamination control ✓Impregnated with an anti-microbial agent

• Lasting protection against bacteria, mould & mildew • Adhesive surface captures dirt and dust • Peel off disposable layers reveal clean surface each time • Adhesive backed pads stick directly to floor surface • Approved for direct food contact

REF WC0004 PRICE £205.00 Ideal for use indoors or dry environments, such as clean rooms, COLOURS paint shops, food production White/Grey/Blue environments and hospitals

Chair Mat

Tough Rib

✓Protects floors and carpets from wear and tear • Manufactured from 100% recycled PET • Range of sizes and variations available to suit most desk areas

✓Traps moisture from shoes making smooth floors pedestrian safe ✓Protects carpet and floor from foot traffic damage • Heavy-duty ribbed carpet provides ‘channels’ to capture dirt & debris • 100% solution dyed polypropylene fibre carpet surface • Non-staining vinyl backing COLOURS BROWN CHARCOAL

GUIDE PRICE

£20

PER SQ. METRE

GREEN

GUIDE PRICE

RED

PER SQ. METRE

£38

GREY DESCRIPTION

302

CHAIR MAT CARPET WITH LIP CHAIR MAT CARPET WITH LIP CHAIR MAT CARPET CHAIR MAT HARD FLOOR WITH LIP CHAIR MAT HARD FLOOR WITH LIP CHAIR MAT HARD FLOOR

DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 1200 1200 x 1500 1200 x 2000 900 x 1200 1200 x 1500 1200 x 2000

ORDER REF CMC00001PCL CMC00002PEL CMC00003PES CMH00001PEL CMH00002PEL CMH00003PES

PRICE £32.20 £52.00 £69.00 £21.50 £36.00 £47.90

Specify colour when ordering!

DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 600 1500 x 900 1800 x 1200 1200 x 900

ORDER REF TR0001 TR0002 TR0003 TR0004

PRICE £20.20 £50.40 £81.00 £40.30

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC303

16/1/12

14:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FLOORING / ENTRANCE MATS

Cobascrape

✓Traps up to 90% tracked-in dirt, also traps moisture, grit & grease ✓Smaller sizes can be washed in domestic washing machines

✓Hard-wearing raised surface scrapes dirt from shoes ✓Provides a sure footing in wet, greasy or oily conditions

• Holds up to 3.5 litres/m2 and 800g of dry dust • Bleach and fade resistant - 11 year warranty against colour loss • Non-skid nitrile rubber backing • Ideal for indoor environments - suitable for heavy duty use

• Holds up to 2.6 litres/m2 or 1.5kg of dry dust/m2 • Manufactured from 100% nitrile - suitable for outdoor or indoor use • Machine washable for additional convenience • Supplied with safety bevelled edges

OFFICE

Cobawash

COLOURS BLACK/BLUE

GUIDE PRICE

BLACK/RED

PER SQ. METRE

GUIDE PRICE

BLACK/BROWN

73 PER SQ. METRE £

BLACK/STEEL

Available in black only

Specify colour when ordering! ON SELECTED ITEMS

DIMENSIONS (mm) 850 x 600 1200 x 850 1500 x 850 1750 x 1150

ORDER REF LM0001 LM0004 LM0002 LM0003

PRICE

DIMENSIONS (mm) 850 x 750 1400 x 850 3000 x 850 1700 x 1100

£39.00 £77.00 £92.00 £147.00

ORDER REF CS010001 CS010002 CS010003 CS010004

PRICE £56.00 £104.00 £222.00 £170.00

GUIDE PRICE

PER SQ. METRE

Black/Charcoal PREMIER PLUS

£24.60 PER TILE

PREMIER PLUS

Black/Grey

Blue

PREMIER TRACK

STANDARD DUTY

HEAVY DUTY

£25.20

22mm x 22mm hole size

22mm x 10mm hole size

PER TILE

Anthracite

Entramat

PREMIER TRACK

Premier Plus & Track

✓Manufactured using 80% recycled material • Flexible PVC tile with high quality carpet insert • Entrance system designed to scrape dirt and absorb moisture • Suitable for both indoor use and external covered areas • Ideal for insertion into foot wells • Easily cleaned, simply roll up and vacuum • Easy to cut and trim to any shape • Size: 300 x 450mm • Thickness: 15mm COLOURS: Black/Charcoal Black/Grey PREMIER PLUS REF DT0/0001 PRICE £24.60 COLOURS: Blue, Anthracite PREMIER TRACK REF PT/01 PRICE £25.20

✓Cross-ribbed surface scrapes dirt from shoes

✓Debris falls through open holes and can be swept away with ease • Easy to clean - simply hose down • Supplied with safety bevelled edge to protect against tripping • Ramped edging allows wheeled access • Ideal for indoor or outdoor use in busy pedestrian areas • Available in standard and heavy duty • Made from hard wearing interwoven flexible PVC extrusions COLOURS: BLACK / GREY / BROWN Specify colour when ordering! DESCRIPTION STANDARD DUTY STANDARD DUTY STANDARD DUTY HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY

DIMENSIONS (mm) 1200 x 600 1500 x 1000 1800 x 1200 1200 x 600 1500 x 1000 1800 x 1200

ORDER REF ES0001 ES0002 ES0003 ED0001 ED0002 ED0003

PRICE £76.00 £142.00 £195.00 £113.00 £210.00 £288.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

303

TC304

18/1/12

13:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

STORAGE / PLAN STORAGE

11061

£66

Hangers not included! CAN STORE UP TO 500 SHEETS!

This hanger features a handle for ease of carrying, this makes it suitable for use in the office as well as on site.

11114

£80

Accommodates both standard hanger & hanger with handle

Hanger Systems

✓A simple and effective system for filing large numbers of drawings • Strong, lightweight aluminium design • Powerful clamping hinges accommodate up to 100 sheets, depending on weight and thickness • Hangers can accommodate mixed sheets and materials • No planstrip required • With or without carry handle • Attractive textured grey epoxy powder coated finish • Supplied in packs of two MODEL A1 / A1 CAD HANGER A1 / A1 CAD HANGER WITH HANDLE A0 HANGER A0 HANGER WITH HANDLE A0 CAD HANGER A0 CAD HANGER WITH HANDLE

11104

£75

CLAMPING OVERALL ORDER LENGTH (mm) LENGTH (mm) REF 650 720 11009 650 720 11061 841 910 11019 841 910 11071 925 995 V11051 925 995 11091

PRICE (2 Pack) £60.00 £66.00 £65.00 £71.00 £66.00 £71.00

Wall Carrier

✓A permanent filing system, ideal for when space is at a premium • Provides a permanent filing location • Each unit is provided with a choice of wall fixing centres making it suitable for both site and office use • Accommodates 10 hangers MODEL A1 WALL CARRIER A0 WALL CARRIER

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 730 x 285 920 x 285

CAPACITY 500 SHEETS 500 SHEETS

ORDER REF 11104 11114

PRICE £75.00 £80.00

Trolley Carrier

✓Convenient mobile storage for your hangers • High capacity maximises the number of drawings stored per square metre of floor space • Accommodates 20 hangers with capacity of up to 2000 sheets • Easy access to hangers • Available in 3 sizes

CAN STORE UP TO 2000 SHEETS!

Front Loading Trolley Carrier • Accommodates up to 20 hangers with handles of mixed A1/A0 sizes • Hangers can easily be removed or replaced • Capacity approx 1500 sheets

11204*

179

11250*

£340

*Hangers not included 304

MODEL A1 / A1 CAD TROLLEY CARRIER A0 TROLLEY CARRIER A0 CAD TROLLEY CARRIER FRONT LOADING CARRIER

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 960 x 725 x 640 1260 x 915 x 640 1360 x 1000 x 640 1380 x 670 x 830

CAPACITY (sheets) 2000 2000 2000 1500

ORDER REF 11204 11214 11240 11250

PRICE £179.00 £210.00 £222.00 £340.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC305

19/1/12

16:11

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 STORAGE / PLAN STORAGE OFFICE

Vertical Plan Cabinets

✓High quality cabinets to hold up to 1000 drawings • For A1 or A0 plans • Robust steel construction with 2-tone grey finish • Holds up to 1000 sheets, depending on weight & thickness • Lockable lid with twin gas struts for safety and ease of use • Superior 4- prong design (suits planstrips listed below) E09451

• Anti-tilt model is fitted with retractable foot mechanism for extra stability and safety

780

• Standard cabinet needs fixing either to wall or floor MODEL

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1105 x 740 x 430 1380 x 920 x 430 1376 x 920 x 430

A1 CABINET A0 CABINET A0 ANTI-TILT CABINET

CAPACITY (sheets) 1000 1000 800

ORDER REF E09444 E09451 E09467

PRICE

Anti-Tilt Model

£752.00 £780.00 £863.00

Self Adhesive Planstrips • 4-hole filing tabs to hang plans in cabinets above

A1 4-hole

• Durable Presspahn or Polyester material, in packs of 100 • Solvent-free adhesive – strips stay in position once applied A0 4-hole POLYESTER

Presspahn A1 size AO size E09514 E09518 £20.20 / 100 £27.00 / 100

PRESSPAHN

Polyester A1 size AO size E09544 E09548 £27.00 / 100 £38.90 / 100

Planchests ✓Flat plan storage available in steel or wooden cabinets P6A1

851

E08863

1973

OTHER COLOURS AVAILABLE

Steel Planchests • A1 and A0 versions • White enamelled finish • 5 or 10 drawer options in both sizes • Roller bearing drawer runners ensure smooth movement, even when heavily laden PLAN SIZE

DRAWERS

A1 A1 A0 A0

5 10 5 10

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 550 x 1130 x 795 970 x 1130 x 795 550 x 1400 x 965 970 x 1400 x 965

ORDER REF E08859 E08856 E08867 E08863

Wooden Planchests • A1 and A0 versions • Light oak or grey finish as standard

PRICE £1237.00 £1881.00 £1212.00 £1973.00

PLAN SIZE

DRAWERS

A1 A0

6 6

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 785 x 960 x 767 785 x 1345 x 1000

ORDER REF P6A1 P6A0

PRICE £851.00 £923.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

305

TC306

16/1/12

14:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

DISPLAY / PRESENTATION BOARDS

Standard Aluminium

Colours

• Attractive aluminium framed noticeboards • Anodised satin silver aluminium frame • Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980 • All boards are supplied with a wall fixing kit EXTERNAL L x W x D (mm) 900 x 600 x 26 1200 x 900 x 26 1200 x 1200 x 26 1500 x 1200 x 26 1800 x 1200 x 26 2400 x 1200 x 26

DELUXE FRAME REF PRICE 668320 £50.00 668430 £59.00 668440 £69.00 668540 £89.00 668640 £101.00 668840 £119.00

FROM

£50

Green Blue Red Burgundy

METROPOLITAN FRAME REF PRICE M668320 £57.00 M668430 £68.00 M668440 £76.00 M668540 £97.00 M668640 £118.00 M668840 £140.00

Grey Sky Blue Black

Metropolitan

Tamper Proof Aluminium

Colours

• Aluminium framed noticeboard with 3mm shatterproof PET cover for maximum protection • Locking doors for full protection with either allen key or matching key locks • Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980 • All boards are supplied with a wall fixing kit EXTERNAL L x W x D (mm) 900 x 600 x 44 900 x 900 x 44 900 x 1200 x 44 1200 x 900 x 44 1200 x 1200 x 44 1500 x 1200 x 44 1800 x 1200 x 44 2400 x 1200 x 44

DOORS 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2

ALLEN KEY LOCKING REF PRICE 614320 £122.00 614330 £142.00 614430 £173.00 614340 £189.00 614440 £172.00 614540 £304.00 614640 £339.00 614840 £373.00

Green Blue Red Burgundy

KEY LOCKING REF PRICE 648320 £122.00 648330 £142.00 648430 £173.00 648340 £189.00 648440 £189.00 648540 £304.00 648640 £339.00 648840 £373.00

Standard Metropolitan®

INTERNAL L x H (mm) 534 x 834 834 x 534 834 x 834 834 x 1134 1134 x 834 1134 x 1134

FRAME DEPTH (mm) 44 44 44 44 44 44

WEIGHT (kg) 8 8 10 13 13 16

Noticeboard

306

INTERNAL L x H (mm) 836 x 536 536 x 836 1136 x 836 836 x 1136 1136 x 1136 1736 x 1136 2336 x 1136

PRICE

404230 404320 404330 404340 404430 404440

£138.00 £138.00 £167.00 £215.00 £215.00 £257.00

Black FROM

£122

Green Blue Red

FROM

£138

Burgundy Grey Sky Blue Black

• Lockable door with 3mm shatterproof PET glazing • X-Static® antibacterial protection on all boards • Boards are either landscape or portrait orientation • All boards are supplied with a wall fixing kit

Salmon

FRAME DEPTH (mm) 26 26 26 26 26 26 26

Sky Blue

Tamperproof Noticeboard

FROM

Colours DIMENSIONS L x H (mm) 900 x 600 600 x 900 1200 x 900 900 x 1200 1200 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

REF

£84

• Smooth aluminium frame with easy fix corners for ANTIBAC wall mounting COATING ® • X-Static antibacterial protection on all boards • Boards are either landscape or portrait orientation • All boards are supplied with a wall fixing kit

Grey

Colours

• Heavy duty tamperproof noticeboard, lockable doors and frame • Anodised satin silver aluminium, designed to prevent any door drop • Shatterproof 3mm PET clear glazing panel fire certified to BS476 Class 1Y • Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980 • All boards are supplied with a wall fixing kit DIMENSIONS L x H (mm) 600 x 900 900 x 600 900 x 900 900 x 1200 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200

WEIGHT (kg) 5 5 9 9 11 16 22

Deluxe

Ice Blue

PRICE

270320 270230 270430 270340 270440 270640 270840

£84.00 £84.00 £126.00 £126.00 £158.00 £181.00 £221.00

ANTIBAC COATING

Colours

Asparagus

REF

FROM

£205

DIMENSIONS L x H (mm) 600 x 900 900 x 600 900 x 900 900 x 1200 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200

INTERNAL L x H (mm) 534 x 834 834 x 534 834 x 834 834 x 1134 1134 x 834 1134 x 1134

Salmon

FRAME DEPTH (mm) 44 44 44 44 44 44

WEIGHT (kg) 9 9 12 15 15 19

Ice Blue

Asparagus

REF

PRICE

260230 260320 260330 260340 260430 260440

£205.00 £205.00 £245.00 £245.00 £279.00 £326.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC307

16/1/12

14:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DISPLAY / PRESENTATION BOARDS

✓Double door tamperproof noticeboards, all information written on the inside surfaces can be closed and hidden from view • Dry wipe and magnetic dry wipe surfaces • Allen key locking system • All boards are supplied with a wall fixing kit • Anodised satin silver aluminium frame

OFFICE

Confidential Cabinets

FROM

191

Flip Chart Holder detail*

CLOSED W x H (mm) 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200

OPEN W x H (mm) 2400 x 900 3000 x 1200 3600 x 1200

FRAME NON MAGNETIC DEPTH (mm) REF PRICE 44 679435 £191.00 44 679545 £288.00 44 679645 £352.00 *Flip Chart Holder magnetic flip chart attachment REF 644010 PRICE £44.00

MAGNETIC REF 679430 679540 679640

PRICE £262.00 £352.00 £437.00

Wall Mounting Whiteboards

✓3 surfaces suit all applications and budgets ✓Guaranteed writing surfaces • For information, training and presentation • Anodised aluminium frame with moulded ABS corner pieces • Easy to write, easy to erase • Suitable for dry-wipe markers • Clip on pen tray • Landscape or portrait mounting • Supplied complete with concealed fixings

DRY WIPE FROM

Non Magnetic Boards

• Write with dry markers • Easily erase with a dry cloth • Double sided to last twice as long • 3 year guarantee

Commercial Coated Steel Boards

• Stain resistant • Easy to maintain • Accepts magnetic accessories • 5 year guarantee

PORCELAIN BOARDS ACCEPT PROJECTED IMAGES!

Vitreous Porcelain Boards

• The ultimate high performance heavy usage surface • Highly resistant to scratching and staining • Accepts magnetic accessories • 25 year guarantee DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

NON MAGNETIC BOARDS ORDER REF PRICE NON0906 £54.00 NON1209 £74.00 NON1212 £84.00 NON1512 £99.00 NON1812 £105.00 NON2412 £155.00

Special customised sizes are available, please contact us for more details

COMMERCIAL COATED STEEL BOARDS ORDER REF PRICE VTC0906 £65.00 VTC1209 £88.00 VTC1212 £126.00 VTC1512 £141.00 VTC1812 £195.00 VTC2412 £239.00

VITREOUS PORCELAIN BOARDS ORDER REF P VWB0906 £86.00 VWB1206 £137.00 VWB1209 £143.00 VWB1212 £182.00 VWB1512 £239.00 VWB1812 £258.00 VWB2412 £321.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

307

TC308

13/1/12

14:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FURNITURE / OFFICE SCREENS OFFICE

Stock Cara Fabrics 100% polyolefin, bright and easy to clean, fully flame retardant to BS 476 Part 7, Class 1 Mull Lothian Inverness Pitlochry Galilee

Dolphin Charn Sand Ivy Chaucer

Please call us for any size not listed

Floor Standing Screens

Linking Screens

Desktop Screens

• Ideal for dividing open spaces in many locations such as schools, offices and universities • Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down feet or castors also available

• Flexible linking system allow the office screens to be positioned at any angle required • Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down feet or castors also available

• Clamp to any desktop to provide a designated work area and a degree of privacy • Standard clamps open to 25mm max, larger opening clamps available on request

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1500 x 1200 1500 x 1600 1500 x 1800 1800 x 1200 1800 x 1600

STRAIGHT TOP REF GA1-12-8 GA1-12-12 GA1-12-16 GA1-12-18 GA1-15-12 GA1-15-16 GA1-15-18 GA1-18-12 GA1-18-16

PRICE £160 £171 £187 £210 £183 £218 £228 £210 £236

WAVE PRICE TOP REF GA1W-12-8 £181 GA1W-12-12 £193 GA1W-12-16 £208 GA1W-12-18 £232 GA1W-15-12 £204 GA1W-15-16 £240 GA1W-15-18 £249 GA1W-18-12 £228 GA1W-18-16 £257

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1500 x 1200 1500 x 1600 1500 x 1800 1800 x 1200 1800 x 1600

STRAIGHT TOP REF GA2-12-8 GA2-12-12 GA2-12-16 GA2-12-18 GA2-15-12 GA2-15-16 GA2-15-18 GA2-18-12 GA2-18-16

PRICE £177 £197 £204 £230 £201 £236 £245 £226 £255

WAVE PRICE TOP REF GA2W-12-8 £199 GA2W-12-12 £218 GA2W-12-16 £226 GA2W-12-18 £251 GA2W-15-12 £222 GA2W-15-16 £257 GA2W-15-18 £267 GA2W-18-12 £247 GA2W-18-16 £277

308

PRICE £117 £121 £132 £121 £127 £136

WAVE TOP REF GAD1W-4-8 GAD1W-4-12 GAD1W-4-16 GAD1W-5-8 GAD1W-5-12 GAD1W-5-16

Screenbase System 30

• 25mm thick fabric screens with aluminium side trim and colour coded top cap • Lightweight, yet robust panels

• 30mm thick system range • Unique aluminium end post design allows for fabric to fabric style linking with minimal visible trim • Optional glazing and rails available, please enquire

STRAIGHT TOP ORDER REF PRICE S2R0847 £139.00 S2R1247 £147.00 S2R1447 £155.00 S2R1647 £157.00 S2R1847 £172.00

WAVE TOP ORDER REF PRICE S2W1247 £160.00 S2W1447 £164.00 S2W1647 £165.00 S2W1847 £181.00

STRAIGHT TOP ORDER REF PRICE S2FR1212 £249.00 S2FR1612 £255.00 S2FR1812 £258.00 S2FR1216 £253.00 S2FR1616 £260.00 S2FR1816 £263.00

WAVE TOP ORDER REF PRICE S2FW1212 £262.00 S2FW1612 £268.00 S2FW1812 £271.00 S2FW1216 £267.00 S2FW1616 £273.00 S2FW1816 £276.00

PRICE £138 £142 £154 £142 £148 £158

System 30 Desk Screens DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 470 x 800 470 x 1200 470 x 1400 470 x 1600 470 x 1800

Series 2 Floor Screens DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1600 x 1200 1600 x 1600 1600 x 1800

STRAIGHT TOP REF GAD1-4-8 GAD1-4-12 GAD1-4-16 GAD1-5-8 GAD1-5-12 GAD1-5-16

Screenbase Series 2

Series 2 Desk Screens DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 470 x 800 470 x 1200 470 x 1400 470 x 1600 470 x 1800

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 400 x 800 400 x 1200 400 x 1600 500 x 800 500 x 1200 500 x 1600

STRAIGHT TOP ORDER REF PRICE S3R0847 £186.00 S3R1247 £195.00 S3R1447 £195.00 S3R1647 £201.00 S3R1847 £211.00

WAVE TOP ORDER REF PRICE S3W1247 £199.00 S3W1447 £203.00 S3W1647 £206.00 S3W1847 £222.00

System 30 Floor Screens DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1600 x 1200 1600 x 1600 1600 x 1800

STRAIGHT TOP ORDER REF PRICE S3FR1212 £262.00 S3FR1612 £275.00 S3FR1812 £293.00 S3FR1216 £288.00 S3FR1616 £299.00 S3FR1816 £307.00

WAVE TOP ORDER REF PRICE S3FW1212 £271.00 S3FW1612 £281.00 S3FW1812 £298.00 S3FW1216 £296.00 S3FW1616 £304.00 S3FW1816 £314.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC309

19/1/12

16:12

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DISPLAY / PRESENTATION BOARDS

Document Pockets

OFFICE

✓Strong, edged 3 sides plastic pockets and covers

• Protects & professionally displays documentation • Simply accessed and updated to form perfect colour coded information systems • Magnetic, adhesive and hook/loop backed document pockets for whiteboard, noticeboards and general usage • Why not transform your existing whiteboard and noticeboard displays • Colours: Blue-Grey, Light Grey, Transparent, White, Yellow, Red, Dark Blue, Green

Sample Document Pocket available, please enquire

PLASTIC POCKETS FROM

22.90

PACK OF 5

Magnetic backed document pockets (whiteboard use) DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

A3 PORTRAIT POCKETS A3 LANDSCAPE POCKET A3 TRANSPARENT COVER A4 PORTRAIT POCKETS A4 LANDSCAPE POCKET A4 TRANSPARENT COVER

M8250A3P M8250A3L 8250301 M8250A4P M8250A4L 8250300

Hook & Loop backed document pockets (felt noticeboard use)

PRICE PACK OF 5 £44.70 £44.70 £13.60 £30.20 £30.20 £6.10

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

A3 PORTRAIT POCKETS A3 LANDSCAPE POCKET A3 TRANSPARENT COVER A4 PORTRAIT POCKETS A4 LANDSCAPE POCKET A4 TRANSPARENT COVER

HL8250A3P HL8250A3L 8250301 HL8250A4P HL8250A4L 8250300

PRICE PACK OF 5 £42.40 £42.40 £13.60 £29.90 £29.90 £6.10

Adhesive backed document pockets (general use) DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

A3 PORTRAIT POCKETS A3 LANDSCAPE POCKET A3 TRANSPARENT COVER A4 PORTRAIT POCKETS A4 LANDSCAPE POCKET A4 TRANSPARENT COVER

AD8250A3P AD8250A3L 8250301 AD8250A4P AD8250A4L 8250300

PRICE PACK OF 5 £41.20 £41.20 £13.60 £28.70 £28.70 £6.10

Printed Whiteboards

Mobile Revolving Whiteboards

• Dry wipe surface whiteboards with aluminium trim and wall fixings

• Plain or printed whiteboards on robust metal stand with lockable castors and pen tray

✓Inexpensive printed whiteboards... no more tape and pen gridding!

✓Double sided, revolving, dry wipe whiteboard

WHITEBOARDS CAN BE PRINTED IN BLACK OR IN MULTI COLOUR DESIGNS

FROM

Printing price includes customer supplied camera ready artwork. Alternatively, artwork charged at £75.00 per design including a proof

£109

FROM

£189

Non-Magnetic Whiteboards SIZE W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

PLAIN WHITEBOARD REF PRICE ENM0906 £40.30 ENM1209 £54.00 ENM1512 £74.00 ENM1812 £87.00 ENM2412 £100.00

PRINTED BOARD REF PRICE ENM0906C £109.00 ENM1209C £179.00 ENM1512C £275.00 ENM1812C £320.00 ENM2412C £411.00

Magnetic Whiteboards SIZE W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

PLAIN WHITEBOARD REF PRICE EMG0906 £46.00 EMG1209 £74.00 EMG1512 £114.00 EMG1812 £129.00 EMG2412 £169.00

PRINTED BOARD REF PRICE EMG0906C £119.00 EMG1209C £204.00 EMG1512C £315.00 EMG1812C £365.00 EMG2412C £471.00

Stand & Non-Magnetic Double Sided Whiteboards SIZE W x H (mm) 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200

PLAIN WHITEBOARD REF PRICE EMNM1209 £189.00 EMNM1512 £255.00 EMNM1812 £275.00

PRINTED BOARD (1 SIDE ONLY) REF PRICE EMNM1209C £290.00 EMNM1512C £410.00 EMNM1812C £470.00

Stand & Magnetic Double Sided Whiteboards SIZE W x H (mm) 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200

PLAIN WHITEBOARD REF PRICE EMM1209 £204.00 EMM1512 £280.00 EMM1812 £375.00

PRINTED BOARD (1 SIDE ONLY) REF PRICE EMM1209C £305.00 EMM1512C £440.00 EMM1812C £545.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

309

TC310

19/1/12

15:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

MAILROOM / SORTERS

Mail Sorting Units

915mm

✓Easy to build modular system may be extended at any time ✓Allows a clear view of its contents eliminating mislaid mail

CS3CS03

£262

• Improves the mailroom environment by allowing airflow through sort units • Grey plastic coated framework provides a resilient finish • Flat packed for easy self-assembly • Units come complete with white swing ring labels • Extra columns and shelves can be easily added to allow for company expansion • Compartment height easily adjusted in 25mm increments • 915mm or 1016mm high units

Wall Mounting Kits • For 18 or 24 compartment units REF C3WMFLEX PRICE £143.00* *Note: 3 x bottom shelves will also be required

18 COMPARTMENTS INCLUDING LABEL HOLDERS

18 Compartment Sort Units COMPARTMENT TYPE A4 EASI SORT A4 EXACT EXTRA WIDE EXTRA DEEP

SORT UNIT ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS03 £262.00 C3SCS02 £225.00 C3SCS09 £311.00 C3SCS07 £330.00

EXTRA COLUMN ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS03EC £82.00 C3SCS02EC £69.00 C3SCS09EC £95.00 C3SCS07EC £102.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE C3SCSV3 £6.90 C3SCSV4 £5.30 C3SCSV16 £8.90 C3SCSV3A £9.50

Compartments to suit all sizes

C3SCS06

1016mm

Choose from four different compartment sizes to suit the mail you handle.

A4 Exact Shelf size 241W x 343Dmm

A4 Easi Sort Shelf size 318W x 343Dmm

Extra Deep Shelf size 318W x 457Dmm

Extra Wide Shelf size 406W x 343Dmm

£324

24 Compartment Sort Unit 24 COMPARTMENTS INCLUDING LABEL HOLDERS

COMPARTMENT TYPE A4 EASI SORT A4 EXACT EXTRA WIDE EXTRA DEEP

SORT UNIT ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS06 £324.00 C3SCS05 £276.00 C3SCS10 £385.00 C3SCS08 £407.00

EXTRA COLUMN ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS06EC £101.00 C3SCS05EC £85.00 C3SCS10EC £122.00 C3SCS08EC £127.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE C3SCSV3 £6.90 C3SCSV4 £5.30 C3SCSV16 £8.90 C3SCSV3A £9.50

Base Supports

✓ Creates extra worktop space under mail sorting units • Frees space to allow for storage of labels, franking machines and parcels • Can be made to suit any length or run of sort frames - Price on application 310

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC311

19/1/12

14:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 MAILROOM / SORTERS

Clearview Sort Units

C3CVSUTAMBOUR

C3CVSU

£756

£492

OFFICE

✓Simple and efficient system for sorting mail and storing documents ✓Adjustable transparent shelves for easy identification of documents and unit configuration

NOTE: 16 SHELVES ARE INCLUDED WITH SORT UNITS ADDITIONAL SHELVES AT EXTRA COST

COMPLETE C3CVSUTAMBEC15

COMPLETE 3CVSUBEB120B

REF C3CVSU/SHELF/5 PRICE £50.00 (PACK OF 5)

1463

1031

Freestanding Tambour Door Sort Unit

Freestanding Sort Unit

• Supplied with 16 Clearview shelves • Lockable tambour doors • Finished in titanium grey • Overall size 1048H x 1500W x 470Dmm

• Supplied with 16 transparent, removable shelves fitted with scalloped-edge slot to accommodate a paper or card label • Maximum capacity of 40 compartments each 100H x 277W x 335Dmm suitable for A4 • Frame made from 18mm melamine faced chipboard with solid back • Finished in titanium grey • Overall size 1048H x 1200W x 360Dmm

REF C3CVSUTAMBOUR PRICE £756.00

Tambour Door Sort Unit & Bench

REF C3CVSU PRICE £492.00

• Clearview tambour door sort unit & bench with sliding lockable doors • Bench dimensions 900H x 1500W x 750Dmm

Open Sort Unit & Bench • Clearview freestanding sort unit & open bench with bottom shelf • Bench dimensions 900H x 1200W x 750Dmm

REF C3CVSUTAMBEC15 PRICE £1463.00

REF 3CVSUBEB120B PRICE £1031.00

ComPas Sort Units

✓Smart solution for mail and document management ✓Bench mounted and open base designs • Premium quality products • Shelves adjustable at 25mm pitch • Sturdy steel frame with powder coat finish • Sculptured shelves with integrated labels • Mounted plastic top and back panels

Wall Mounting Kits • For 3, 4 or 5 column bench mounted Sort Unit REF C3WMCOMP PRICE £252.00

Wall mount kit is an ideal space saver designed for ComPas sorting units

C3U900/18/WA

600

£ C3U1200/12/WC

C3WMCOMP

£540

£252

Bench Mounted Sort Units

Open Base Sort Units COMPARTMENTS & SHELF WIDTH 12 A4+ SHELVES 295mm 15 A4 SHELVES 235mm

COLUMNS 4 5

UNIT SIZE H x W x D (mm) 645 x 1200 x 400 645 x 1200 x 400

REF

PRICE

C3U1200/12/WC C3U1200/15/NC

£540.00 £581.00

COMPARTMENTS & SHELF WIDTH 18 A4+ SHELVES 295mm 24 A4+ SHELVES 295mm 30 A4 SHELVES 235mm

COLUMNS 3 4 5

UNIT SIZE H x W x D (mm) 1005 x 900 x 400 1005 x 1200 x 400 1005 x 1200 x 400

REF

PRICE

C3U900/18/WA C3U1200/24/WA C3U1200/30/NA

£600.00 £690.00 £751.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

311

TC312

19/1/12

15:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 MAILROOM / EQUIPMENT OFFICE

Flexibuild Secure Unit ✓A 24 compartment flexible sort unit within a lockable cupboard with tambour doors • Designed to compliment a reception area, office or mailroom • Available in 2 configurations: Full height Flexibuild unit or half height unit with space for storage underneath • Includes a pull out shelf for additional workspace (half height option only) • Additional shelves can be added to create more compartments, available in packs of 5 • Shelf size 241W x 343Dmm, labels sold separately • Overall size 1980H x 1200W x 475Dmm FROM

1489

C3SCSECURE2

C3SCSECURE1 DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

FULL HEIGHT FLEXIBUILD HALF HEIGHT FLEXIBUILD EXTRA SHELVES, PACK OF 5

C3SCSECURE1 C3SCSECURE2 C.3SCSV4

£1778.00 £1489.00 £26.70

Mobile Sack Holders ✓A range of mobile sack holders which improve handling and efficiency in the mailroom • • • •

Traditional heavy duty design Flexible range of configurations Highly manoeuvrable on four heavy duty castors Can accommodate Royal Mail sacks and most standard size sacks • Sacks should be purchased separately as required C3TRSH2

149

Mail Sacks

C3TRSH1

123

312

Flat Nylon Low cost option D-rings & rope neck Red / Green / Dark Blue 914H x 609W REF C1MNS1 PRICE £25.70

Circular Canvas Reinforced base 16 eyelets & 4 D-rings Label holder 896H x 609Wmm REF C1MCLS1W PRICE £42.50

TYPE CLASSIC SINGLE CLASSIC DOUBLE

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1045 x 356 x 400 1045 x 693 x 400

ORDER REF

PRICE

C3TRSH1 C3TRSH2

£123.00 £149.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC313

13/1/12

14:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 DISPLAY / LITERATURE RACKS

£154

OFFICE

Horizontal Literature Racks

431

✓Convenient document storage ✓For floor or desktop space • Rigid steel racks are supplied ready assembled • May be linked vertically or horizontally, mounting holes provided

432

£184

• Tan finish • Non-scratch rubber feet

NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS 9 12 15

• Compartments size 75H x 280W x 300Dmm 434

OVERALL SIZE H x W x D (mm) 275 x 860 x 300 362 x 860 x 300 450 x 860 x 300

ORDER REF 431 432 434

PRICE £154.00 £184.00 £200.00

£200

Vertical Literature Racks

401

£144

✓Exclusive Con-Tur

® design eliminates curling of paper

✓Wall mounting or stand on floor 400

£134

403

£87

• Pockets hold A4 magazines, or up to 150 sheets of paper (pocket opening is 216H x 223W x 19Dmm) • Top 65mm is visible for easy identification • Prime steel, powder coated in choice of four colours • Keyhole slots for easy wall mounting • Optional legs for free-standing use

402

117

COLOUR OPTIONS: Tan NUMBER OF POCKETS 5 11 20 23

Putty

Grey

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 515 x 250 x 105 915 x 250 x 105 1475 x 250 x 105 1665 x 250 x 105

Black ORDER REF 403 402 400 401

PRICE £87.00 £117.00 £134.00 £144.00

Optional legs for free standing applications REF 408A PRICE £41.50

408A

Con-Tur ® design keeps literature upright so that paper curl is eliminated

415

416

£548

£518

360º ROTATION

Rotary Literature Racks

410

£450

✓Full 360º rotation on ball bearing turntable • Models suitable for desk or floor standing NUMBER OF POCKETS 20 44 80 92

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 590 x 360 x 360 1230 x 360 x 360 1545 x 360 x 360 1735 x 360 x 360

ORDER REF 409 410 416 415

PRICE £300.00 £450.00 £518.00 £548.00

409

£300

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

313

TC314

19/1/12

14:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

FLOORING / MOBILE STEPS & CABLE COVERS

✓Indispensable in the workplace or home ✓The ideal shelving access aid - kick along to the position required • Durable steel pressings • Sprung castors retract when used as a step • Non-slip rubber treads on two levels • TUV 'GS' approved • 395mm high x 418mm base diameter, 283mm top diameter • 150kg weight capacity • 4.5kg unit weight COLOUR OPTIONS Red

Grey

Yellow

Blue

Black

• Silent castors retract when used as a step • Base ring grips the floor giving safe hands free access to high places • Made from high impact polypropylene • 274mm high • 283mm top dia • 382mm base diameter • 1.4kg unit weight REF KIK1PP PRICE £26.00

Green

COLOUR OPTIONS Light Grey

Pink

REF KIK38 PRICE £35.00

KIK38

£35

✓Ideal for accessing low shelves and filing units without backstrain

• Lightweight, mobile and strong • Made from high impact polypropylene • Kick and it rolls - step and it stays • Tough, durable and scratch resistant for a trouble free life • 385mm high • 283mm top diameter • 413mm base diameter • 2.1kg unit weight REF KIK2PP PRICE £30.50

COLOUR OPTIONS Red

Black

Light Grey

Flexible Vinyl Cable Covers

✓Effective solution to remove hazards where cabling is exposed • High grade fire retardant flexible PVC • No "rubbery" odour • Gently sloping edges allow passage of trucks and trolleys • Smooth easy-clean surface • Easily cut to length off the coil • Base may be slit for easy cable insertion

ONLY

PER METRE

Universal Cable Cover • Features large central chamber, 28 x 10mm suitable for multiple cables • 80mm wide x 14mm high x 9m length • Colour options black or grey 314

AVOID UNNECESSARY ACCIDENTS!

REF CC/UNIV PRICE £63.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC315

19/1/12

14:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FLOORING / CABLE COVERS

Flexible Cable Protectors

OFFICE

✓Secure loose leads and cables in any environment ✓Prevent accidents caused by loose, trailing cables • Fire retardant to BS476 Part 7 Class 3 • Tested for non conductivity to BS903-C5, 500V • Produced from FR rated polymer, UV stabilised for extended life FROM

Snap Fit®

£68

• No fixing needed • Ideal for all types of cables and leads found in offices, shops, laboratories, exhibitions etc. • Features a unique membrane located in the base for safe yet simple application • Snap open, push in the cables and lay the protector on the floor

PROFILE STANDARD TYPE TYPE B TYPE D BNC1 BNC2

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 68 x 11 83 x 14 83 x 16 83 x 14 88 x 14

APERTURES 1 1 2 2 2

APERTURE W x H (mm) 14 x 8 30 x 10 11 DIA 15 x 10 25/15 x 10

LENGTH

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

9m 9m 9m 9m 9m

BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

26302300 26302302 26302340 26302380 26302383

£68.00 £92.00 £99.00 £102.00 £109.00

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY

26302301 26302303 26302341 26302382 26302384

£68.00 £92.00 £99.00 £102.00 £109.00

Snap Fit® Hazard Control • No fixing needed • Features a unique membrane located in the base for safe yet simple application • Snap open, push in the cables and lay the protector on the floor • A highly visible, safe and tidy solution for a hazard free environment FROM

£93

PROFILE

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 68 x 15 83 x 16

APERTURES 1 1

APERTURE W x H (mm) 14 x 8 30 x 10

• Features warning stripes running along each side of the profile for maximum visibility

LENGTH

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

9m 9m

BLACK/YELLOW BLACK/YELLOW

26302400 26302401

£93.00 £99.00

GREY/RED GREY/RED

26302410 26302411

£93.00 £99.00

Crysclear® • Translucent floor laid cable protectors which blends into any floor covering • Suitable for covering telephone, communications, domestic and multiple cables • Ideal for covering and protecting LED strips

FROM

£89

PROFILE TYPE 1 TYPE 2

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 68 x 11 83 x 14

APERTURES 1 1

APERTURE W x H (mm) 14 x 8 30 x 10

LENGTH

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

9m 9m

CLEAR CLEAR

26302450 26302451

£89.00 £93.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

315

TC316

18/1/12

16:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WASTE / RECYCLING BINS

Waste Recycler Kits

OFFICE

✓Waste management made easy, ideal for offices and dining areas

✓Versatile and adaptable system with colour coded labels and bags for clear waste identification

• Light and durable moulded plastic top with metal stand, 935H x 380W x 345Dmm • Easy to clean, low maintenance • 112 litre bio-degradable bags fit easily onto “grab” system with no need for clips or elastic bands • Bags available in yellow, white, blue, grey, green, black, red and clear • Stands can be interlinked to create recycling stations • Additional bags available

KIT A 2 x stands + 200 bags

163

Bag grab system

KIT

DESCRIPTION

A B C D

NO CLIPS, NO ELASTIC BANDS NO METAL BANDS

ORDER REF

PRICE

*2 RECYCLER STANDS WITH 2 X 100 BAGS 2WRKIT/100 *3 RECYCLER STANDS WITH 3 X 100 BAGS 3WRKIT/100 *4 RECYCLER STANDS WITH 4 X 100 BAGS 4WRKIT/100 *5 RECYCLER STANDS WITH 5 X 100 BAGS 5WRKIT/100 *RECYCLER STAND BAGS 2 X 100 CCB1/200 *Specify bag colour plus message and colour when ordering

KIT B

KIT C

3 x stands + 300 bags

4 x stands + 400 bags

245

£163.00 £245.00 £326.00 £408.00 £49.00

326

Envirobin

100 Litres

✓Designed for singular application or for

use in series to form a collection centre for a variety of waste materials

E Envirocup

Confidential paper

Split Envirobin

FROM

170

D C B A

316

• Moulded from tough polyethylene material • Practical colour coded lid and label identifies type of product for collection and recycling • Sack retaining feature for secure and discreet fitting of a standard 18" refuse sack • Envirocup unit includes central dregs reservoir and capacity to hold 700 cups • Confidential paper unit includes key locking • Split Envirobin option enables different waste materials to be collected and recycled (Please specify which 2 streams when ordering) • 100 Litre capacity • Dimensions 807H x 448W x 448Dmm • Recycle point signage - see facing page

PIC

TYPE

A B C D E F G

BLUE - PAPER GREY - ALUMINIUM CANS RED - PLASTIC BOTTLES FLIP TOP - GENERAL WASTE RED - PLASTIC CUPS BLUE - CONFIDENTIAL PAPER SPLIT ENVIROBIN

ORDER REF 81155/11 81155/62 81155/81 81155/1 81155/1042 81155/1022 81155/1034

PRICE £170.00 £170.00 £170.00 £170.00 £207.00 £186.00 £207.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC317

13/1/12

14:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WASTE / RECYCLING BINS 57 Litres

✓At 57 litre capacity slimline unit designed for the

OFFICE

Mini Envirobin

FROM

smaller office environment or end of desk

£115

• Sack retaining feature for secure and discreet fitting of a standard refuse sack • Confidential paper unit includes key locking • Dimensions 660H x 302W x 523Dmm • Standard ivory base unit A PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

A B C D E

WHITE - GENERAL WASTE BLUE - PAPER PRODUCTS GREY - DRINKS CANS RED - PLASTIC BOTTLES BLUE - CONFIDENTIAL PAPER

1691/102 1691/11 1691/62 1691/81 1691/1022

£115.00 £115.00 £115.00 £115.00 £131.00

Recycle Signage

• Office recycling signage • 4 waste streams housed in steel frame

Confidential unit includes key locking

Discreet internal bag holder

REF 1461 PRICE £207.00

Midi Envirobin

82 Litres

✓Larger 82 litre capacity unit for office recycling • Slimline design fits easily against walls or in narrow spaces • Can be used singly or in groups • Sack retaining feature to hold bag securely • Can be used alongside Mini Envirobins • Linking system available • Dimensions 866H x 302W x 541Dmm

FROM

£147

A PIC

TYPE

A RED - PLASTIC BOTTLES B WHITE - GENERAL WASTE C GREY - CANS D BLUE - PAPER BLUE - CONFIDENTIAL PAPER* *Not illustrated

ORDER REF 81720-81 81720-04 81720-62 81720-1-11 81720-2-11

PRICE £147.00 £147.00 £147.00 £147.00 £161.00

✓ UK MANUFACTURED

Maxi Envirobin

140 Litres

✓High capacity - 140 litres, internal or external recycling units

FROM

£351

• Features a front door opening for easy ‘no-lift’ bagged load extraction • Double skin moulding and ribbed structure for exceptional strength • Sack retention hoop system • Optional ‘Flap Closure’ for general waste also ‘Lockable’ version for confidential paper • Dimensions 1220H x 500W x 615Dmm PIC

TYPE

A B C D E F

BLUE - PAPER GREY - ALUMINIUM CANS RED - PLASTIC BOTTLES WHITE - GENERAL WASTE WHITE - WITH FLAP CLOSURE BLUE - PAPER (LOCKABLE)

ORDER REF 81692/41/G2/11 81692/21/G2/62 81692/21/G2/81 81692/1/G2/04 81692/3/G2/04 81692/42/G2/11

D/E

F PRICE £351.00 £351.00 £351.00 £351.00 £381.00 £369.00

Front Opening

Integral Ballast

Confidential Paper

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

317

TC318

18/1/12

13:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

years

OFFICE

WASTE / BINS & SACKHOLDERS

FROM

£91

Silent Closing Option All products except Plastic Sackholder range REF SC PRICE £35.50

GUARANTEE 57292

£205

All products on this page!

Plastic Sackholder • Suitable for medical or hazardous waste • Removable base and lid • Large pedal • Easy to manoeuvre • Can be dismantled for cleaning • Bag holder 460 x 300mm epoxy powdered galvanised steel • Opening dimensions 435 x 270mm CAPACITY DIMENSIONS LID (Litres) H x W x D(mm) COLOUR 50 690 x 560 x 550 GREY 110 920 x 560 x 550 GREY

ORDER REF 57299 57292

PRICE £182.00 £205.00

HFOM1037

£158

Non Fire Retardant Sackholders

Front Opening Sackholder

• For areas of minimal fire risk • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Pull out handle • Foot operation • Wheels for easy movement • Rubber feet • Bungee bag holder • Rounded corners

• Front opening allows forward lifting of sack • Fire retardant, corrosion resistant materials • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Pull out handle • Foot operation • Wheels for easy movement • Protective rubber feet • Bungee bag holder • Rounded corners • 810H x 410W x 440Dmm

CAPACITY (Litres) 20 70 90

DIMENSIONS H x W x D(mm) 575 x 220 x 350 780 x 425 x 440 860 x 425 x 440

ORDER REF FSS1008 FSM1009 FSL1010

PRICE £91.00 £105.00 £111.00

70 Litre Capacity REF HFOM1037 PRICE £158.00

FROM

£121 FROM

FROM

£136

£102

Removable Body Sackholders

Hands Free Lid Sackholders

✓Fire retardant, solid body, hands free lid • Ideal for domestic areas and clinical waste • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Hands free operation • Pull out handle • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Wheels for easy movement • Rubber feet • Bungee bag holder • Rounded corners

318

CAPACITY (Litres) 20 50 70 90

DIMENSIONS H x W x D(mm) 575 x 220 x 350 640 x 410 x 440 810 x 410 x 440 870 x 410 x 440

ORDER REF HSBS1026 HSBMM1027 HSBM1030 HSBL1031

✓Fire retardant hands free sackholders,

Standard Lid Sackholders

operation using only the foot pedal

✓Fire retardant, solid body, standard lid • For use in all areas for all types of waste • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Hands free operation • Pull out handle • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Wheels for easy movement • Rubber feet • Bungee bag holder • Rounded corners

PRICE £102.00 £131.00 £136.00 £138.00

CAPACITY (Litres) 50 70 90

DIMENSIONS H x W x D(mm) 630 x 425 x 440 780 x 425 x 440 860 x 425 x 440

ORDER REF FR-SB1034 FR-SB1012 FR-SB1013

PRICE £121.00 £124.00 £126.00

• Minimises the risk of cross infection • Removable body to facilitate easy cleaning and sterilisation • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Pull out handle • Wheels for easy movement • Protective rubber feet • Rounded corners CAPACITY (Litres) 20 50 70 90

DIMENSIONS H x W x D(mm) 575 x 220 x 350 640 x 410 x 440 810 x 410 x 440 870 x 410 x 440

ORDER REF HRBS1028 HRBMM1029 HRBM1032 HRBL1033

PRICE £136.00 £148.00 £154.00 £166.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC319

16/1/12

14:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WASTE / BINS OFFICE

Mobile Pedal Bins ✓Suitable for medical or hazardous waste • Polyethylene plastic • Bag held by tension • Large pedal on front • Colour lids for selective collection • Easy to clean thanks to smooth surface • 2 side handles • Easy to manoeuvre due to handles & smooth wheels

Lid Colour Options White Green Blue Yellow Red

59837

56410

56700

56419

£67

£81

£98

£91

Black Grey (90L)

60L Mobile Pedal Bins 700H x 490W x 380Dmm

80L Mobile Pedal Bins 735H x 490W x 415Dmm

90L Mobile Pedal Bins 895H x 510W x 510Dmm

120L Mobile Pedal Bins 875H x 510W x 425Dmm

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

WHITE WHITE / GREEN WHITE / BLUE WHITE / YELLOW WHITE / RED WHITE / BLACK

59837 59875 59876 59877 59878 59879

£67.00 £67.00 £67.00 £67.00 £67.00 £67.00

WHITE WHITE / GREEN WHITE / BLUE WHITE / YELLOW WHITE / RED WHITE / BLACK

56410 56411 56412 56413 56414 56415

£81.00 £81.00 £81.00 £81.00 £81.00 £81.00

WHITE WHITE / YELLOW WHITE / BLUE WHITE / GREEN WHITE / GREY WHITE / RED

56700 56.701 56702 56703 56704 56705

£98.00 £98.00 £98.00 £98.00 £98.00 £98.00

WHITE WHITE / GREEN WHITE / BLUE WHITE / YELLOW WHITE / RED WHITE / BLACK

56416 56417 56418 56419 56420 56421

£91.00 £91.00 £91.00 £91.00 £91.00 £91.00

Plastic Swing Lid Bins • White polypropylene plastic • Robust and easy to clean CAPACITY (Litres) 8 15 25 40 50

FROM

WALL MOUNT PLATE Galvanised steel. 2 point wall fixing

£8

REF 58875 PRICE £2.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 330 x 252 x 200 405 x 300 x 235 480 x 352 x 275 558 x 403 x 315 685 x 405 x 310

ORDER REF

PRICE

91940 91941 91942 91943 91944

£8.00 £12.00 £15.00 £19.00 £25.50

Round Pedal Bins • Polypropylene plastic (white only) • Inner plastic bucket with handle • Robust and easy to clean CAPACITY (Litres) 3 6 12 20 40

DIMENSIONS H x Dia (mm) 210 x 180 260 x 230 340 x 270 415 x 310 530 x 380

ORDER REF

PRICE

91975 91976 91977 91978 91979

£9.00 £15.00 £21.50 £27.50 £47.00

FROM

£9

Rectangular Pedal Bins • Polypropylene plastic (white only) • Inner plastic bucket with handle • Robust and easy to clean FROM

£15

CAPACITY (Litres) 5 10 20

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 230 x 190 x 260 305 x 250 x 335 380 x 400 x 300

ORDER REF

PRICE

90701 90702 90703

£15.00 £23.00 £28.00

319

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC320

18/1/12

13:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WASTE / BINS OFFICE

FROM

45L Bins

113

• Epoxy powder coated steel inside and outside the bin or stainless steel • Stainless steel hatch with automatic return 170 x 150mm • Top linked to the body by a strap • Bag held by clamps, easy fitting / removal of bag • Rubber seal around base protects against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches COLOUR CHAMPAGNE WHITE STAINLESS STEEL BLACK GREY

SIZE H x Dia (mm) 775 x 310 775 x 310 775 x 310 775 x 310 775 x 310

ORDER REF 57466 57467 57468 57469 59793

PRICE £113.00 £113.00 £157.00 £157.00 £157.00

52L Bins • High capacity bins with or without foot pedal • Epoxy powder coated steel (inside and outside the bin) or stainless steel • 52L inner galvanised steel bucket with handle • Stainless steel hatch with automatic return 190mm diameter

MODEL

COLOUR

SIZE (mm) H x Dia WITH STAINLESS STEEL 930 x 440 FOOT PEDAL BLACK 930 x 440 STAINLESS STEEL 930 x 380 WITHOUT WHITE 930 x 380 FOOT PEDAL GREY 930 x 380 BLACK 930 x 380

ORDER REF 57490 57495 57480 57481 57483 57485

PRICE

Galvanised steel inner bucket

57485

£184

57490

£307

£307.00 £232.00 £256.00 £184.00 £184.00 £184.00

Metal Pedal Bins • Epoxy powder coated galvanised steel (inside & outside the bin) • Rod assembly galvanised steel • Galvanised steel carrying handle on all models • Inner black plastic bucket (5L) with metal handle (3L & 14L) • Tip proof plastic base (3L, 5L, 14L & 20L) • Inner galvanised steel bucket with metal handle (20L & 28L) • Silent lid closure thanks to shock absorber (20L & 28L)

FROM

320

LITRES

CAPACITY (Litres) 3 5 14 20 20 28

HEIGHT (mm) 253 280 382 500 640 670

DIAMETER (mm) 170 210 250 290 253 250

ORDER REF 90110 90416 92800 93410 93350 94405

PRICE £21.00 £35.00 £36.00 £57.00 £57.00 £78.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC321

16/1/12

14:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 WASTE / BINS OFFICE

59777

90734

£158

£96

59792

£93

Swing Lid Bins

Sensitive Bins

High Capacity Bin

• Stainless steel body & top • Plastic swing lid • Vandal proof, top linked to the body by strap • Inner black high density polyethylene plastic with chromed steel handle • Plastic pads underneath protect against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches

• Stainless steel or epoxy powder coated steel • 45 Litre capacity • Chromed ABS lid • Plastic inner bucket with metal handle • Automatic opening and closing by infrared • Possibility of manual opening • Needs 4 x LR 20 batteries (not supplied)

• Black high density polyethylene plastic bin • Stainless steel top linked to the bin by strap • Bag held by clamps, easy fitting and removal • 45 Litre capacity • 600H x 410mm diameter

CAPACITY (Litres) 40L Oval 50L Round 59L Oval

DIMENSIONS H x Dia (mm) 675 x 310 / 420 710 x 410 710 x 390 / 495

ORDER REF 59794 59777 59796

PRICE

COLOUR

£138.00 £158.00 £157.00

BLACK WHITE STAINLESS STEEL

DIMENSIONS H x Dia (mm) 740 x 300 740 x 300 740 x 300

ORDER REF 90728 90730 90734

REF 59792 PRICE £93.00

PRICE £93.00 £93.00 £96.00

Fireproof Waste Paper Bins

Colour Options

• Epoxy powder coated steel (inside and outside the bin) or stainless steel • 15L, 30L, 50L, 90L, 110L capacities • Stubber top prevents fire spreading • Rubber seal around base protects against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches • Certified by CNPP as none fire spreading

White

Blue

Grey

Black

Stainless Steel

FROM

110

LITRES

CAPACITY (Litres) 15 30 50 90 110

DIMENSIONS H x Diameter (mm) 310 x 270 390 x 340 600 x 340 630 x 430 760 x 430

OPENING Diameter (mm) 115 125 125 165 165

WHITE REF 52140 52141 52142 52143 52144

GREY REF 52145 52146 52147 52148 52149

BLACK REF 52150 52151 52152 52153 52154

BLUE REF 52155 52156 52157 52158 52159

PRICE £33.00 £45.00 £56.00 £93.00 £105.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

321

TC322

18/1/12

13:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

OFFICE

WASTE / BINS

Stainless Steel Pedal Bins • Stainless steel construction (inside & outside the bin) • Rod assembly stainless steel with stainless steel carrying handle on all models • Inner black plastic bucket (5L) with metal handle (3L & 14L) • Tip proof plastic base (3L, 5L, 14L & 20L) • Inner galvanised steel bucket with metal handle (20L & 28L) • Silent lid closure thanks to shock absorber (20L & 28L)

FROM

LITRES

CAPACITY (Litres) 3 5 14 20 20 28

HEIGHT (mm) 253 280 382 500 640 670

DIAMETER (mm) 170 210 250 290 253 250

ORDER REF 90160 90417 92836 93503 93351 94399

PRICE £29.00 £36.00 £55.00 £92.00 £94.00 £125.00

Steel Waste Bins

✓Bright, scratchproof epoxy powder coated high grade steel bins - to help contain accidental fires • 3 durable colour finishes • Rolled seams and edges for safe handling • Wide mouths for ease of emptying COLOURS

Black

Light Grey

Metallic Grey (shown)

TUFR1

TUFS1

14.50

29.50

TUFS2

49.50

15 Litre, Round Steel Bin 322

CAPACITY (LITRES) 15

DIMENSIONS H x DIA (mm) 285 x 300

ORDER REF

PRICE

TUFR1

£14.50

27 Litre, Square Steel Bin CAPACITY (LITRES) 27

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 350 x 325 x 325

ORDER REF

PRICE

TUFS1

£29.50

48 Litre, Square Steel Bin CAPACITY (LITRES) 48

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 635 x 325 x 325

ORDER REF

PRICE

TUFS2

£49.50

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC323

16/1/12

14:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FLOORING / JANITORIAL EQUIPMENT

Janitorial Carts

£98

£81

STC1/TM

OFFICE

TM-2815

HB-315

£121

Carousel STC1/TM

Hi-Back 315

✓Compact waste & mopping unit

✓Rugged reliable mobile mop unit

• 70 litre lidded waste bin + 20 bags • 14 litre mopping pail, basket & mop • 2 compartment caddy • 545L x 500W x 870Hmm

• Tough Structofoam bucket & mop press • 30 litre bucket • Press takes Kentucky or flat pad mops (order mops separately, listed below) • 530L x 410W x 450Hmm

REF STC1/TM PRICE £121.00

REF HB-315 PRICE £81.00

TM-2815

✓Faster mopping for large areas • Clean & dirty water separation system • Storage caddy • Press takes Kentucky or flat pad mops (order mops separately, listed below) • 710L x 390W x 880Hmm REF TM-2815 PRICE £98.00

NC-4

£76 VCN-1604

£168

XC-3

£111

VCN-1604 Mobile Workstation Carousel NC-4

Cart XC-3

✓Colour coded cleaning mobile

✓Compact service trolley

• Ideal for food industry & hotel environments • 2 large & 2 small twin compartment caddies • 540L x 480W x 870Hmm

• Structofoam chassis with protective buffers • Full size 120 litre waste unit + 20 bags • Two deep tray units • Two 10 litre pails • 820L x 570W x 1060Hmm

REF NC-4 PRICE £76.00

REF XC-3 PRICE £111.00

Kentucky Mops

Flat Microfibre Mops

High performance yarn, excellent absorbency and durability

Woven fabric retains dirt, effective without use of detergents

Mop Heads (pk of 10)

Mop Head & Pole REF 627575 REF DTK1 PRICE £20.30 PRICE £84.00

Mop Head & Pole REF DTK3 PRICE £23.90

• Rugged design with large storage area • Middle tray is subdivided • Converts to 120 or 140 litre waste collection • 4 x 5 litre buckets • 1040L x 580W x 1155Hmm REF VCN-1604 PRICE £168.00

Complete Mopping Trolley Mop Heads (pk of 10) REF 629088 PRICE £61.00

• Basic trolley as VCN-1604 (above) • Supplied with two 22 litre (clean & dirty) mopping pails, complete with Kentucky mop REF VCN-1604/BK2 PRICE £257.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

323

TC324

16/1/12

14:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FLOORING / VACUUM CLEANERS OFFICE

Henry & Hetty

✓The high performance,

JVP180

£100

low noise cleaner

• 9 litres capacity • Three-stage filter system • Complete with full set of tools • Weight 6.6kg REF HVR-200A PRICE £121.00 HVR-200A

REF HET-200A PRICE £121.00

£121

‘AUTO SAVE’ LOW ENERGY SYSTEM

Now with Auto Save!

James JVP180

✓A clever simple design coupled with superb power and performance

WET

• 8 litres capacity • Weight 5kg • Unique caddy top design • Quick & efficient to use, simple to empty • Complete with full set of tools

WET

LITRES

DRY

LITRES

REF JVP180 PRICE £100.00

LITRES

Vacuum Dustbags

GVE370-2

CVC370-2

£148

Charles CVC370-2

£218

To prolong the life of your product, replace your bags on a regular basis

George GVE370-2

✓The ideal cleaner for wet or

✓Cleans carpets, upholstery and hard floor

• Big filters and disposable dust bags • Lightweight aluminium tubes • Complete with full set of tools • Weight 6.4kg

• Big filters and disposable dust bags • Designed to work extensively for long hours • Complete with full set of tools • Weight 8.3kg

dry use without compromise

REF CVC370-2 PRICE £148.00

surfaces – also a great everyday vacuum!

REF GVE370-2 PRICE £218.00 ACCESSORY KIT INCLUDED

VAC MODELS HENRY, HETTY, JAMES, PVT-220A, RSV130 CHARLES, GEORGE NQS350B NVQ570, WV570 CTD570

ORDER REF

PRICE PACK 10

604015

£6.50

604016

£8.80

604017

£13.20

‘AUTO SAVE’ LOW ENERGY SYSTEM

PVT-220A

£148 NVQ570-22

NQS350B-22

£260

NQS350B-22

NVQ570-22

PVT-220A

✓Ideal for the mobile worker, unclips from

✓A must machine for cleaning larger areas such as factories and workshops

High performance commercial dry vac, ideal for moving upstairs

• Tough all steel construction • 14 litre capacity • Weight 12kg • Accessory kit included

• Rugged Structofoam construction • 23 litre capacity • Weight 13kg • Accessory kit included

• Power auto-save system • 9 litre capacity • Weight 8.5kg • Extendable handle with removable caddy

REF NQS350B-22 PRICE £260.00

REF NVQ570-22 PRICE £296.00

REF PVT-220A PRICE £148.00

wheeled chassis for indoor use

324

£296

✓

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC325

16/1/12

14:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FLOORING / VACUUM CLEANERS OFFICE

Specialised Vacuum Cleaners Unique amongst British vacuum manufacturers, NUMATIC welcomes enquiries for special purpose products.

ARE YOU SURE YOU HAVE THE RIGHT VACUUM CLEANER. DO YOU KNOW WHAT YOU ARE PICKING UP?

RSV130

£200

Health & safety is of upmost importance in any place of work. Therefore careful consideration must be made before selecting a Vacuum cleaner for industrial use. Some dusts and debris may need to be picked up using Hepa Filter or Balance Vac. For a free site survey and advice on the correct machine for your environment,

TWIN DRUM MACHINES FOR FINE DUST APPLICATIONS

Just call us!

In addition to the examples shown here, we have produced machines for Building Industry, Sports Centres - indoor tennis & bowls, Dental Industry

Rucksack Vac RSV130

✓Move and clean within confined areas - theatres, conference rooms, fixed seating areas

• Useful to clean high levels such as racking & overhead beams • Ergonomically designed harness system • High efficiency Tritex filter • 6 litres capacity • Weight 6.4kg REF RSV130 PRICE £200.00 WORKSHOP UTILITY

SWARF / COOLANT

SC Vacuums

✓Ideal for use in engineering workshop environments SSIVD1800PH WVD900SC

£920

£567 WV570SC

£390

Workshop Vacuum, 15 Litres

Workshop Vacuum, 30 Litres

Workshop Vacuum, 70/30 Litres

coolants, wet swarf removal and wet use

efficient output with increased airflow

High output pump system, particle separation allows coolant to run freely which can then be discharged using the pump

✓Designed for the removal of mineral based

✓Twin bypass motors deliver smooth and

• Secondary filtration system • Complete with hose, stainless steel gulper and crevice tool • Capacity 15 litres • Power 1200 watts • Airflow 42 litres per second • Weight 15.5kg

• Blower attachment is fitted to the head assembly which can be used to duct air away from the work area • Complete with floor/machine cleaning kit • Capacity 30 litres • Power 2400 watts • Airflow 80 litres per second • Weight 22.5kg

REF WV570SC PRICE £390.00

REF WVD900SC PRICE £567.00

✓

• Complete with floor/machine cleaning kit • Capacity 70/30 litres • Power 2400 watts • Airflow 80 litres per second • Weight 37kg REF SSIVD1800PH PRICE £920.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

325

TC326

18/1/12

13:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FLOORING / SCRUBBERS OFFICE

Professional Floor Maintenance Machines NU-SPEED NRT-1530

✓A 2-speed machine that really

FROM

does provide the best of both worlds

608

NuPower Range

✓3 models cover every application

NRT-1530

• 150rpm for scrubbing, stripping & shampooing • 300rpm for polishing • Full safety controls • Machine folds for compact storage

851

Tried & tested over 20 years

150rpm Scrubs, strips, cleans carpets. With solution tank & scrub brush. REF NPR1515 PRICE £624.00

With solution tank, scrub brush and dry polishing board (buffing pad not included)

230rpm Scrubs, strips, light buff & polish. With solution tank & scrub brush. REF NPR1523 PRICE £624.00

REF NRT-1530 PRICE £851.00

300rpm High quality buff/polished finish. With drive board to take buffing pad. (tank and buffing pad not included) REF NPR1530 PRICE £608.00

MOTOR 1500W

DECK 400mm

BRUSH 450mm

Our product specialists are available for advice or product demonstration. Please call us if you need our help!

POWER

SPEED

RANGE

WEIGHT

SIZE

MOTOR

DECK

BRUSH

POWER

SPEED

RANGE

WEIGHT

SIZE

230W AC 50HZ

1515=150rpm 1523=230rpm 1530=300rpm

32m

30kg

1185 x 580 x 450mm

750W/ 1000W

450mm

230W AC 50HZ

150rpm 300rpm

22m

32kg

1150 x 580 x 460mm

Twintec Scrubber Driers

✓Simple to use ✓Simple to fill ✓Simple to empty ✓Simple to transport

Twintec combination machines give the operator the best of both worlds. The scrubbing head cleans the floor and the vacuum picks up the dirty water, simple! The only choice you have to make is what size machine - mains or battery.

TTB1840 • Simple, user friendly, one-pass cleaning machine • Ideal for confined areas • Battery option gives 0.75 hours run time, charger and extra battery provided • Capacity 18 Litres • Scrub width 400mm

TTB1840

£1528

Battery Powered REF TTB1840 PRICE £1528.00

TT-345OS

£1321 TT-455OS

TT-1535S

£1522

£1056

TT-1535S

TT-345OS

TT-455OS

• Ideal machine for smaller or more congested sites • Very compact and easy to manoeuvre

• Stainless steel chassis • Mains powered, or battery option • Battery option gives 2.25 hours run time

• Stainless steel chassis • Heavy duty gearbox • Battery option gives 2.25 hours run time

Mains Powered REF TT-345OS PRICE £1321.00

Mains Powered REF TT-455OS PRICE £1522.00

Battery Powered REF TTB-345OS PRICE £2231.00

Battery Powered REF TTB-450OS PRICE £2442.00

REF TT-1535S PRICE £1056.00 326

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC327

16/1/12

14:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FLOORING / SCRUBBERS

Twintec Vario - Scrubber Drier

OFFICE

✓This is about the most user friendly ride-on around, packed with sound common sense engineering yet bristling with technology

TTV-678/300T

Adjust the width of machine anytime without tools • 3 brush configuration, outside brushes swing independently • 650, 750 or 850mm (26, 30, 34" in non metric) • Auto return brush • Deck covers • Operator can set appropriate width for job - no tools needed • 850mm setting: cleaning speed set 3.5km/h = 3000m2 per hour

£10943

OBS Octagonal brush system - push to fit, it's that easy • Front wheel drive & steer, very manoeuvrable, top speed of 7km/h Nuchem678 chemical dosing system • 4L Chemical dosing bottle 25/1, 50/1, 75/1, 100/1 computer controlled • 110 litres capacity just under 30 gallons (US) Master control system • Clean speed setting of 3.5km/h • Brush speeds 120aprox to 200rpm • Automatic scrub off when deck raised • Water flow 1, 2, 3 or 4 litres per minute • Automatic solution off with deck raised • Presets for 3 different situations. Manual override • Brush load on test 6% more than certain competitor models Aluminium floor tool. Auto non-reverse with floortool lowered • Squeegee blade change, no tools needed • Built in on-board charger (safe to charge anywhere) • Six gel batteries sealed for life, 3.5hr run time (Optional 8 batteries-4.5hr) • Full recovery tank warning light and auto vacuum switch-off • Even a seat pressure switch for safety REF TTV-678/300T PRICE £10943.00 SPECIFICATION - TWINTEC VARIO SCRUBBER DRIER BRUSH MOTOR POWER 3 x 24V 400W VACUUM MOTOR POWER 24V 400W POWER 6 x 12V (24V) = 300A/H RUN TIME 3.5 Hrs TRACTION DRIVE 600W TRANSIT SPEED 7.0km/h CLEANING SPEED 3.5km/h CLIMBING GRADIENT 11º SCRUB WIDTH 650/750/850mm BRUSH SPEED 50/100/150/200rpm WATER CAPACITY 110L NUCHEM CAPACITY Optional 4L WATER FLOW RATE 1, 2, 3, 4 L/min NUCHEM MIX 25:1, 50:1, 75:1, 100:1 WEIGHT 500kg DIMENSIONS 1676 x 1425 x 1054mm

Please call us for more info!

FREE DEMONSTRATION AVAILABLE!

TTV5565

5781

Twintec Auto-Scrubber • This walk behind traction auto-scrubber with no tools adjustment and simple brush change can be set to operate at either a 55cm or 65cm scrubbing width • In the 65cm mode the scrubbing head is automatically expanded to a practical offset operating mode, providing a 100mm head extension to the right hand side. This simple arrangement allows improved edge cleaning especially in aisles with racking or other obstructions • In normal operation the machine delivers a constant 40Kg of brush pressure but to this we have added a heavy duty spot cleaning feature, allowing the operator to select a 50Kg override setting at any time should it be required • Add to the exceptional cleaning performance, low noise and excellent manoeuvrability and you have a machine designed to deliver satisfaction on all counts REF TTV5565 PRICE £5781.00 327

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC328

18/1/12

13:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

CYCLE STORAGE / SHELTERS

Modular Cycle Shelters

✓Low cost self assembly kits ✓Extendible by 2.2 metre extension units • Each unit holds up to 6 cycles • Also suits scooters & motorbikes • 50mm tubular steel frame,

MS800

galvanised for weather resistance • 4-point ground fixing • Translucent polycarbonate roof • Sides in clear 8mm acrylic or green polyester powder coated steel • Add extension bays as required • Order cycle racks separately

1636

MS800 starter unit with MS801 extension and B134V bike rack

BUDGET CHOICE!

B134V

£143

Modular Cycle Shelters DESCRIPTION STARTER UNIT EXTENSION UNIT STARTER UNIT EXTENSION UNIT 6 CYCLE FLOOR RACK

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 2200 x 2200 2100 x 2200 x 2200 2100 x 2200 x 2200 2100 x 2200 x 2200 MOUNTS TO SHELTER FRAME

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

GREEN GREEN CLEAR CLEAR STEEL

MS800 MS801 MS800C MS801C B134V

£1636.00 £935.00 £1695.00 £995.00 £143.00

Premier Cycle Shelters

✓Provides tidy and secure cycle storage for industry and commerce ✓Designed to withstand whatever the British weather can throw at it

Colour Options For required frame colours please add following suffix to product code Light Grey (LXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

• Constructed from powder coated steel frame • Shelters come with integral powder-coated cycle rack • Extension units available • Choice of transparent perspex sides or powder coated decorative side panels • Adjustable feet for on-site levelling • All shelters are 2250H x 3000W x 2100Dmm • Parabolt fixings supplied. Units must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete

Green (GXX)

Perforated Panel Cladding Blue frames are fitted with light blue panels Green & grey frames are fitted with light grey panels

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend an additional weather treatment for the steel work, please enquire.

SC223021P SC223021X

1991

2211

CYCLE COMPOUNDS FOR 8 BIKES

POLYCARBONATE ROOF & PERFORATED SIDES

328

DESIGN POLY ROOF & PERFORATED SIDE PANELS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2250 x 3000 x 2100

POLYCARBONATE ROOF & PERSPEX SIDES ORDER REF SC223021P

PRICE

DESIGN

£1991.00

POLY ROOF & PERSPEX SIDE PANELS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2250 x 3000 x 2100

ORDER REF SC223021X

PRICE £2211.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC329

18/1/12

13:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CYCLE STORAGE / SHELTERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

SWC215530S2

5123

Quality products, British made with long life in mind.

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

CYCLE COMPOUND FOR 16 BIKES

SWC215530G2

4797

Cycle Compounds

✓Covered cycle storage for minimum of 16 bikes • Stylish curved roof, manufactured from UV resistant opaque polycarbonate • Side panels made from tough clear Perspex • Gate with padlockable hasp • Optional central security canopy • Comes complete with twin level bike racks • All metal parts powder coated for weather resistance • Delivered in knock down form for easy handling to site • Larger sizes available to accommodate almost any number of bikes in multiples of 16 • Framework available in choice of three colours DESIGN

Frame Colour Options For required frame colours please add following suffix to product code Light Grey (LXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

Green (GXX)

COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND & CANOPY COMPOUND & CANOPY COMPOUND & CANOPY

NUMBER OF CYCLES 16 - 2 x 8 RACKS 32 - 4 x 8 RACKS 48 - 6 x 8 RACKS 16 - 2 x 8 RACKS 32 - 4 x 8 RACKS 48 - 6 x 8 RACKS

ORDER REF SWC215530G2 SWC215560G4 SWC215590G6 SWC215530S2 SWC215560S4 SWC215590S6

PRICE £4797.00 £7543.00 £10155.00 £5123.00 £8196.00 £11083.00

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend additional weather treatment for steel work, please enquire.

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

329

TC330

18/1/12

13:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

CYCLE STORAGE / BIKE RACKS

Cycle Racks ✓Wall and floor mounting designs ✓Galvanised steel for long term external use ✓Excellent value

FROM UNDER

B129V

B140V4

£25

£95

£86

Adjustable Wall Rack

Universal Floor / Wall Racks

4-Cycle Wall Racks

• Individual wall-mount units • Adjustable angle of storage 0-180º • Suits all types of tyre up to 50mm • Easy installation with just two screws • 330H x 80W x 210Dmm

• Holds 2 or 5 cycles at staggered heights • Self supporting on floor or may be bolted to suitable wall • For city and mountain type bikes with tyres from 35mm to 50mm • Strong and rigid framework • Robust 16mm dia support bars (490H x 390Dmm) fixed at 90º angle

• 90º wall mounting or space saving 45º angled designs • Suits virtually all types of bike wheel • 50 x 25mm tubular support frame • Robust 16mm dia support bars (320H x 270Dmm) fixed at 45º or 90º angle

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

SINGLE ADJUSTABLE RACK PACK OF THREE RACKS

BO49Q BO49S3

£25.00 £68.00

DESCRIPTION

B127V

£46

4-CYCLE RACK, 90º 4-CYCLE RACK, 45º

SUITABLE FOR FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTING

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

2-BIKE RACK, 500mm LONG 5-BIKE RACK, 1600mm LONG

B127V B129V

£46.00 £95.00

LENGTH (mm) 1400 1830

90º

ORDER REF

PRICE

B140V4 B141V4

£86.00 £86.00

45º

Versailles Cycle Racks

✓Cycle stand for up to 5 bikes • Crafted stylish appearance • Accept all tyres up to 50mm • Steel tube 20ø and 30mm with cast steel • Epoxy powder coated • 350H x 1600L x 430Dmm • 2 colours available black and rust

B131US

£310 B131USRG

310

330

COLOUR FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

BLACK RUST

B131US B131USRG

£310.00 £310.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC331

18/1/12

13:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CYCLE STORAGE / SHELTERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend an additional weather treatment for the steel work, please enquire.

DECORATIVE PIERCED CLADDING

SHELTERS FROM

836

CYCLE RACK NOT INCLUDED

GALVANISED CORRUGATED PANELS

Traditional Cycle Shelters

✓Heavy duty steel structure with galvanised, corrugated roof ✓High capacity shelters can be created using runs of initial and extension shelters (see below for layout drawings)

• Choice of galvanised corrugated panels or powder coated decorative panels • Rainwater drains to rear of shelter roof • Option of closed back or open back shelters • Adjustable levelling feet, supplied pre-drilled for floor fixing • Shelter height - 2100mm • All shelters must be bolted to a 250mm concrete surface

SHELTER LAYOUTS Specify the deeper 2500mm shelters for motorcycle and scooter storage.

2450mm Wide Shelters SHELTER DEPTH (mm) 1900

BACK

SIDES

COLOUR

CLOSED

1900

OPEN

2500

CLOSED

2500

OPEN

GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED

– BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN

SHELTER DEPTH (mm) 1900

BACK

SIDES

COLOUR

CLOSED

1900

OPEN

2500

CLOSED

2500

OPEN

GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED

– BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN

Extension Unit Complete Shelter

Open Back Shelters designed for positioning near walls

ORDER REF SC211924KLXX SC211924CBXX SC211924CGXX SC211924GLXX SC211924BBXX SC211924BGXX SC212524KLXX SC212524CBXX SC212524CGXX SC212524GLXX SC212524BBXX SC212524BGXX

PRICE £964 £1387 £1387 £836 £1193 £1193 £1021 £1494 £1494 £908 £1307 £1307

EXTENSION REF SC211924KLEA SC211924CBEA SC211924CGEA SC211924GLEA SC211924BBEA SC211924BGEA SC212524KLEA SC212524CBEA SC212524CGEA SC212524GLEA SC212524BBEA SC212524BGEA

PRICE £825 £1239 £1239 £724 £1073 £1073 £867 £1355 £1355 £766 £1162 £1162

3060mm Wide Shelters

Closed Back Shelters Free standing shelter with back and end sheets.

ORDER REF SC211930KLXX SC211930CBXX SC211930CGXX SC211930GLXX SC211930BBXX SC211930BGXX SC212530KLXX SC212530CBXX SC212530CGXX SC212530GLXX SC212530BBXX SC212530BGXX

PRICE £1196 £1650 £1650 £1075 £1440 £1440 £1290 £1825 £1825 £1167 £1605 £1605

EXTENSION REF SC211930KLEA SC211930CBEA SC211930CGEA SC211930GLEA SC211930BBEA SC211930BGEA SC212530KLEA SC212530CBEA SC212530CGEA SC212530GLEA SC212530BBEA SC212530BGEA

PRICE £1070 £1530 £1530 £1004 £1343 £1343 £1109 £1677 £1677 £1087 £1473 £1473

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

331

TC332

13/1/12

14:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

SHELTERED WALKWAYS

Connecting two buildings with a walkway • Keeps people dry as they move from building to building • Prevents goods and materials getting wet in transit • Provides up to 97% ultra-violet protection If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend an additional weather treatment for the steel work, please enquire.

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Frame Colour Options For required frame colours please add following suffix to product code Black(AX) UNIT

WALKWAY

EXTENSION

332

Silver(SX)

DESCRIPTION ROOF ONLY ROOF & ONE SIDE ROOF & TWO SIDES ROOF ONLY ROOF & ONE SIDE ROOF & TWO SIDES

Green(GR)

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000

Blue(BL)

ORDER REF SWV3000MIR SWV3000MI1 SWV3000MI2 SWV3000MER SWV3000ME1 SWV3000ME2

PRICE £1259.00 £1678.00 £2098.00 £923.00 £1342.00 £1762.00

Freestanding Walkways

✓A stylish free-standing walkway ideal for connecting two buildings • Constructed with a curved roof made from UV resistant polycarbonate panels mounted on a powder coated steel frame • Optional side panels made from tough clear perspex for improved weather protection, can be mounted on either side • Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete (fixings included) • Delivered in knock-down format for easy handling to site • Available in three metre lengths in a choice of two colours • Ideal for use within schools, colleges, universities, hospitals and office buildings

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC333

13/1/12

14:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SMOKING SHELTERS

Wall Mounted Smoking Shelters

B827C

£718

Canopy Shelter

Timber Framed Smokers Hood

• Framework manufactured from zinc plated steel and 6mm alveolar polycarbonate roof plates • Easy wall fix to provide unrestricted air circulation • Size 2380mm wide x 1038mmm deep

• Manufactured from hardwood pillars and 6mm UV resistant PVC glazing • Easy wall fix to provide unrestricted air circulation • Size 2100mm high x 2000mm wide x 1000mm deep

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

ENTRANCE CANOPY

B827C

£718.00

SMOKERS SHELTER

B828C

£1277.00

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

B828C

£1277

SS241930CWM

£692

SS102011WM2

£415

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Small Shelter

Large Shelter

• Provides cover for 2-3 smokers • Size 1000H x 2000W x 1120Dmm • Frame made from powder coated mild steel • Roof and sides made from translucent polycarbonate panels to provide UV protection • Supplied flat-packed for easy on-site assembly. Simply bolts to a suitable wall

• Provides cover for 6-8 smokers • Size 2300H(max) x 3000W x 1900Dmm • Stylish curved roof, made from UV resistant opaque polycarbonate mounted on steel frame • All metal parts powder coated for weather resistance • Mounts by being bolted to the wall on one side, with supporting legs being bolted to the ground on the other

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

SMALL SHELTER

SS102011WM2

£415.00

LARGE SHELTER

SS241930CWM

£692.00

333

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC334

24/1/12

15:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

SMOKING SHELTERS / CIGARETTE BINS

58776

58887

253

3L Ashtray

6L Outdoor Ashtray

• Polyester powder coated electroplated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) • Quick & easy to empty (by just unhooking) • Wall mounted on 2 points • 3 litre capacity • Manganese Grey • Dimensions 550H x 120W x 50Dmm

• 3 point ground fixing • Polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) • Lock with triangular key • 970H x 200W x 200Dmm • Empties via inner bucket • Manganese Grey finish

REF 58887 PRICE £80.00

REF 58776 PRICE £253.00

17.5L Freestanding Ashtray & Bin

2L Ashtrays • Front panel in electroplated steel and body in polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) • Wall mounted • Weather protection • Lock with triangular key • Quick & easy to empty by just hooking • No smoking sticker included

• Black epoxy powder coated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) • Removable stubber top • Plastic base protects against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches • Litter bin opening 58945 170H x 185Wmm £ • 670H x 280mm Dia

57660

£93

REF 58945 PRICE £71.00 Champagne FINISH GREY CHAMPAGNE

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 282 x 230 x 60 282 x 230 x 60

VOLUME 2 LITRES 2 LITRES

Grey

ORDER REF 57660 57661

PRICE £93.00 £93.00

Wall Mount Ashtrays • Powder coated or brushed aluminium, inside and outside the ashtray • Simple and quick emptying by tipping • Discreet locking system without key • Wall protection panel with reversible smoking / no smoking symbols

58691

Front

0.5 Litre Ashtray

Back Champagne

Brushed Aluminium

58707

£ FINISH

334

CHAMPAGNE BRUSHED ALU BRUSHED ALU

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 189 x 152 x 68 189 x 152 x 68 250 x 192 x 101

VOLUME 0.5 LITRES 0.5 LITRES 1.5 LITRES

ORDER REF 58691 58692 58707

PRICE £41.00 £50.00 £59.00

1.5 Litre Ashtray

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC335

19/1/12

12:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LITTER BINS / WASTE BINS

Universal Post

• High density polyethylene plastic • Easy emptying of bucket • Hidden locking system • Small opening to limit insertion of bulky or hazardous objects • Overall 780H x 430W x 340Dmm • 4 points wall mounted or post mounted

Polyester powder coated steel or hot dipped galvanised. To be embedded. Height above ground 900mm, below ground 400mm. 50mm diameter

FINISH GREEN LID / GREEN BODY GREEN LID / GREY BODY GREY LID / GREEN BODY GREY LID / GREY BODY

ORDER REF 59866 59864 59861 59868

FINISH BLACK POWDER COAT GALVANISED STEEL

PRICE

ORDER REF 57841 59465

PRICE £25.00 £31.00

FROM £72.00 £72.00 £72.00 £72.00

Bin emptying by tilting and unhooking of the bucket

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

50L Plastic Litter Bins

80L Waste Collectors • Polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside) • Perforated bottom for rain water escape • Wall mounted or post mounted (mounting kits supplied) • Bag held by clamps • Overall 770H x 420W x 470Dmm 58132 FINISH

185

MANGANESE GREY YELLOW GREEN RED BEIGE BLUE

STEEL BINS IDEAL FOR OUTDOOR LOCATION

ORDER REF 58036 58130 58131 58132 58133 58134

PRICE £185.00 £185.00 £185.00 £185.00 £185.00 £185.00

110L Sack Holders • Polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the collector) • Bag held by rubber ring • Wall mounted or post mounted (Post adapter required) • Hinged lid models available • High resistance hot dip galvanised models Sack Holders FINISH BLUE MANGANESE GREY GREEN BEIGE HOT GALVANISED

DIMENSIONS H x D x DIA(mm) 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370

57115

£48 ORDER REF 57075 57097 57115 57116 57118

PRICE £48.00 £48.00 £48.00 £48.00 £54.00

57190

£55

Sack Holders & Lid FINISH GREEN HOT GALVANISED

DIMENSIONS H x D x DIA(mm) 80 x 450 x 410 80 x 450 x 410

ORDER REF 57180 57190

PRICE £53.00 £55.00

Post Adapter Universal mounting for round post diameter over 50mm. Theft proof, hidden mechanism.Can be adapted to existing post REF 58011 PRICE £66.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

335

TC336

16/1/12

14:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LITTER BINS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Colourful waste control!

TARDIS RN0006R

£113 SPACEBIN RN0004R-GAL

£147 SOLAR RN0009G

CIRRUS RN0011G

£165

PLASTIC LINER

£143 SONIC RN0008T

£121

Mainline & Service Bins

Mainline Bins

BIN DIMENSIONS (mm)

✓Designed for use in industrial and public areas • Manufactured from strong medium density polyethylene • Fully weather resistant • Hygienic and easy to clean

Tardis Solar Sonic Cirrus SpaceBin SpaceSava2 Nova SpaceSava1 Nimbus

• Fitted with galvanised steel liner (except Tardis which has plastic liner) • Easily removable lids • Screen printed "TidyMan" logo

1025H x 375W x 345D 960H x 570 Dia 730H x 555 Dia 960H x 570 Dia 1040H x 600 Dia 990H x 432W x 432D 1010H x 560W x 470D 990H x 432W x 432D 1000H x 480 Dia

Service Bins

✓Industry, pedestrian areas, fast food outlets and other high traffic areas

SPACESAVA2 RN0013Y

NOVA RN0007Y

SPACESAVA1 RN0012Y

NIMBUS RN0003Y

£98

£165

£103

£93

• Yellow medium density polyethylene • Removable lids • Supplied without liner, except Nova (see below) Slot Top Nova • features a tamper-proof lockable lid, and black plastic liner

Open Top Bins

336

Wall Mount Bins

Square

Circular

Apollo

Orbit

610H x 360W x 360Dmm

580H x 330Dia mm

REF RN0002Y PRICE £56.00

REF RN0001Y PRICE £55.50

640H x 455W x 365Dmm with plastic liner

540H x 375W x 280Dmm (no liner)

REF RN0005K PRICE £123.00

REF RN0010T PRICE £74.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC337

18/1/12

13:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 SITE SECURITY / SKIPS

✓Robust, colour codeable and easy to use, these environmentally friendly bins will find applications in all manner of industries

✓Fully enclosed top mounted fork guides allows a completely clear exit path for the waste load

• Safe and secure in use • Protects against fire and pollution • Pedestrian operated drop bottom • Self closing latches • Castors for easy manoeuvrability • No forklift modification required

Colour Options

Handy Bins

✓Fast loading open top design ✓Drop bottom self closing base

Blue Yellow

• Standard 750kg models plus extra heavy duty 2 tonne load • Castors on standard 750kg models • Stackable for easy storage

Green Red Orange

NOTE: Extra Heavy Duty model is not fitted with castors as standard

Standard colour is safety yellow - please enquire for environmental green and other finishes

ATB15-S

1084

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Tidy Bins

Split bins feature 2 internal sections for separating waste.

AHB15

834

MODEL

TIDY BIN 10

TIDY BIN 15

SPLIT BIN 10

SPLIT BIN 15

MODEL

HANDY BIN 10

CAPACITY (cubic meters) MAXIMUM LOAD (kg) BASE DIMENSIONS (mm) HEIGHT (mm) UNLADEN WEIGHT (kg) ORDER REF PRICE

1.0 350 1650 x 1020 1120 150 ATB10 £800.00

1.5 350 1650 x 1020 1420 190 ATB15 £877.00

1.0 350 1650 x 1020 1120 150 ATB10-S £1007.00

1.5 350 1650 x 1020 1420 190 ATB15-S £1084.00

CAPACITY (cubic meters) MAXIMUM LOAD (kg) BASE DIMENSIONS (mm) HEIGHT (mm) UNLADEN WEIGHT (kg) ORDER REF PRICE

1.0 750 1650 x 1020 970 150 AHB10 £757.00

508

HANDY BIN 15 1.5 750 1650 x 1020 1320 190 AHB15 £834.00

Mini Skips

FROM £

EXTRA H/DUTY HANDY BIN 10 1.0 2000 1150 x 1130 1250 340 AXHB10 £1224.00

• Small but robust skips for use with forklifts or with castors • Designed to collect waste in confined areas • Ideally suited for use in production areas: under CNC machines, power presses, drilling machines etc. • Castors allow pedestrian operation • Colour options as for Tidy Bins, blue, yellow, green, red, orange MODEL

AMS-450

AMS-600

AMS-750

CAPACITY (cubic metres) CAPACITY (kg) UNLADEN WEIGHT (kg) HEIGHT (mm) BASE DIMENSIONS (mm) FORK CENTRES (mm) ORDER REF PRICE

0.10 200 37 480 450 x 840 226 AMS-450 £508.00

0.15 200 44 480 600 x 840 346 AMS-600 £520.00

0.19 200 51 480 750 x 840 496 AMS-750 £537.00

Important the total weight of the skip plus load should not exceed 50% of the fork lift truck rating. Consideration should be given to the centre of gravity as load will move forwards / backwards / sideways when tipping

337

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC338

16/1/12

10:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LADDERS / ALUMINIUM LADDERS Telescopic Universal Ladder • Extends 0.9 - 3.8 metres • EN131 Trade Duty 150kg • Fully adjustable telescopic step, ladder and platform • All aluminium construction plus titanium anodised inner section for extra smooth sliding operation • Striking yellow and black fittings & feet • Patented 3Pin® auto locking hinge and BigFeet® • Rungs - 14 • Weight 14.2kg REF UNA43TF PRICE £148.00 UNA43TF

148

MULTIPURPOSE LADDER WITH REMOVABLE WORK PLATFORM

UNA12P

£113

REF TFL38 PRICE £113.00

TFL38

£113

Stepladder

Roof Ladder

Extension Ladder

Flexi-Plus Platform Ladder

✓

Ideal for different working positions as single ladder, double sided ladder, trestle, work platform, stair ladder etc

✓Patented hinge guarantees smooth operation

Telescopic Ladder

• Lightweight aluminium with strong non-slip platform • Drop-in 2-section work platform • EN131 Trade Duty rating 150kg • Max length 334cm • 4 x 3 rung sections • Ladder weight 11kg • Platform weight 2.5kg • Height as scaffold 88cm • Height in A-position 163cm • Height in L-position 250cm

• Lightweight aluminium construction • Ladder weight 9kg • Multi-height adjustment - extends 0.9 - 3.8 metres • 2 separate operating catches on each rung for safe & easy working • Securing strap with Velcro pads fitted to make carrying and storage simple - supplied complete with black bag • Each ladder supplied with Quality Certificate and full operating instructions • Safety labels fitted and made in compliance with European Standard EN131- Tested by SGS. • Maximum loading 150kg

DESCRIPTION

338

PLATFORM LADDER 4 x 3 RUNG SECTIONS

ORDER REF UNA12P

PRICE £113.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC339

18/1/12

13:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LADDERS / ALUMINIUM LADDERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

“Hop-up” Work Platforms

✓Aluminium folding work platforms designed for general use

• Lightweight, versatile and easy to fold and carry • Ideal for ceiling work and low level maintenance • Maximum load 150kg

DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 690 x 300 x 500 900 x 355 x 500 1030 x 310 x 470

ORDER REF

PRICE

HOP202 HOP204 HOP470

£44.00 £48.00 £65.00

HOP202

£44

Aluminium Stepladders

APS05H

£74

APL06H

£111

Painters’ Steps: BS2037 Class 1 Industrial

Platform Steps: BS2037 Class 1 Industrial

and industrial use

✓Quality swingback steps for trade

• 120mm deep top tread • Locking stays • 80mm deep non-slip serrated treads • Tough rubber feet DESIGN & STANDARD

PAINTERS' STEPS BS2037 CLASS 1 INDUSTRIAL

PLATFORM STEPS BS2037 CLASS 1 INDUSTRIAL

PLATFORM STEPS EN131 TRADE USE

ADH08

£162

Platform Steps: EN131 Trade Use

✓Strong folding steps for trade

✓Suitable for domestic and Professional use

• Large platform • Locking stays • 80mm deep non-slip serrated treads • Tough rubber feet

• Maximum permissible load 150kg • Twin safety handrail • Work tray • Large platform and wide treads • Wraparound rubber feet

PLATFORM HEIGHT (m) 0.98 1.22 1.46 1.95 2.44 2.93 0.98 1.22 1.46 1.95 2.44 2.93 0.58 0.80 1.03 1.25 1.48 1.79

TREADS (INC. PLATFORM OR TOP STEP) 4 5 6 8 10 12 4 5 6 8 10 12 3 4 5 6 7 8

WEIGHT (kg) 4.5 5.0 5.9 8.2 10.0 11.8 5.2 6.5 7.7 10.9 12.7 15.0 5.0 5.7 6.5 7.5 9.0 9.7

ORDER REF

PRICE

APS04H APS05H APS06H APS08H APS10H APS12H APL04H APL05H APL06H APL08H APL10H APL12H ADH03 ADH04 ADH05 ADH06 ADH07 ADH08

£68.00 £74.00 £83.00 £96.00 £113.00 £146.00 £86.00 £102.00 £111.00 £132.00 £149.00 £170.00 £66.00 £71.00 £78.00 £92.00 £125.00 £162.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

339

TC340

18/1/12

13:34

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LADDERS / ALUMINIUM LADDERS

Reform Ladders FACILITY MANAGEMENT

✓Top quality combination ladder suitable for Trade and DIY ✓The complete ladder offering the user versatility, stability and safety Can be used as: • Double-sided step ladder • Free-standing step ladder ideal for overhead work where no wall support available • Extension ladder - just like a conventional ladder • Max load 150kg

REF26T

158

DESCRIPTION 3 SECTION PUSH-UP 3 SECTION PUSH-UP 3 SECTION PUSH-UP

RUNGS PER SECTION 7 9 11

CLOSED 2.00 2.60 3.10

HEIGHT (m) STANDING EXTENDED 3.10 4.25 4.20 5.96 5.05 6.80

ORDER REF REF20T REF26T REF31T

PRICE £119.00 £158.00 £195.00

Interlocking Clips are now fitted to all extension ladders to comply with latest working at height regulations

Trojan Aluminium Ladders 1-2-3 Part Ladders BS2037: CLASS 1 INDUSTRIAL

✓Designed and manufactured for heavy industrial use • Rectangular "box" section sides for extra strength and rigidity • Comfortable flat top twist proof rungs • All models supplied with rubber feet for non-slip contact

WALL RUNNING WHEELS

Single Section: Class 1 HEIGHT (m) 4.0 4.5 6.0

RUNGS 15 17 23

WEIGHT (kg) 10 11 14

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO40S TRO45S TRO60S

£116.00 £128.00 £162.00

Two Part Push-up: Class 1 CLOSED HEIGHT (m) 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

EXTENDED HEIGHT (m) 5.0 6.0 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1

CLOSED HEIGHT (m) 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0

EXTENDED HEIGHT (m) 5.5 7.1 8.6 10.1

RUNGS PER SECTION 11 13 15 17 19 21

WEIGHT (kg) 14 17 25 28 30 33

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO30D TRO35D TRO40D TRO45D TRO50D TRO55D

£170.00 £194.00 £230.00 £263.00 £306.00 £359.00

Three Part Push-up: Class 1 RUNGS PER SECTION 9 11 13 15

WEIGHT (kg) 28 33 35 44

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO25T TRO30T TRO35T TRO40T

£230.00 £305.00 £345.00 £372.00

ARTICULATED FEET

Two Section: Rope & Pulley Ladders CLOSED HEIGHT (m) 5.0 5.5 6.0

EXTENDED HEIGHT (m) 9.1 10.1 11.1

RUNGS PER SECTION 19 21 23

WEIGHT (kg) 33 40 49

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO50DR TRO55DR TRO60DR

£359.00 £413.00 £444.00

Three Section: Rope & Pulley Ladders

340

CLOSED HEIGHT (m) 4.5 5.0 5.5

EXTENDED HEIGHT (m) 11.6 13.2 14.7

RUNGS PER SECTION 17 19 21

WEIGHT (kg) 55 60 65

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO45TR TRO50TR TRO55TR

£588.00 £641.00 £695.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC341

16/1/12

10:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LADDERS / GLASSFIBRE STEPLADDERS

Glassfibre Swingback Steps FACILITY MANAGEMENT

✓Ideal for maintenance & electrical work ✓Manufactured for industrial use ✓Very strong glassfibre construction

FROM

£ Fitted with moulded tool tray

• EN131 trade duty rating 150kg • Heavy duty channel sides • Wide serrated aluminium treads • Strong metal stays • Anti-slip rubber feet

Single Sided Stepladders NUMBER OF TREADS 4 5 6 8 10

OPEN HEIGHT (mm) 1100 1380 1650 2200 2740

WEIGHT (kg) 5 6 8 10 12

Double Sided Stepladders

ORDER REF

PRICE

F74004 F74005 F74006 F74008 F74010

£75.00 £83.00 £105.00 £120.00 £150.00

NUMBER OF TREADS 6 8 10 12

OPEN HEIGHT (mm) 1710 2310 2900 3450

WEIGHT (kg) 11 15 19 24

ORDER REF

PRICE

F58506 F58508 F58510 F58512

£143.00 £188.00 £240.00 £285.00

Glassfibre Platform Steps

✓Manufactured for trade & industrial use ✓Large stable aluminium platform

FROM £

Fitted with rigid tool tray

• EN131 trade duty rating 150kg • 80mm wide serrated aluminium treads • High safety rail above platform • Anti-slip rubber feet

NUMBER OF TREADS 3 4 5 6 7 8 10

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 700 940 1180 1410 1640 1870 2330

WEIGHT (kg) 6 7 8 9 10 11 13

ORDER REF

PRICE

F66803 F66804 F66805 F66806 F66807 F66808 F66810

£90.00 £105.00 £120.00 £135.00 £143.00 £158.00 £180.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

341

TC342

19/1/12

16:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LOCKERS

• Robust construction • Vent system within each door • Top shelf in single lockers • Double coat hooks in singles and two tier • Through the door cam locks • Probe lockers are 1780mm high • Sealed compartment with plinth • Three year guarantee

DOOR COLOURS

FROM £

CARCASS COLOURS

Smoke white

Silver grey

Yellow

Black

AIR VENTS IN ALL DOORS

Green Red Blue 3000 VARIANT CAM LOCK

5-KNUCKLE SEMICONCEALED HINGE

EACH DOOR FITTED WITH STRENGTHENER

Cube Lockers • Multi-purpose storage in 3 sizes • Pre-drilled for bolting together DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

305 x 305 x 305 380 x 380 x 380 460 x 460 x 460

121212 151515 181818

£36.00 £42.00 £46.00

AC+IVECOAT

anti-bacterial technology

✓99.9% reduction of E-Coli & MRSA Super Bug

Probe Lockers 1780mm High LOCKER TYPE SINGLE DOOR

TWO COMPT

THREE COMPT

342

WxD (mm) 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 380 x 380 460 x 460 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 380 x 380 460 x 460 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460

SINGLE LOCKER P701212 £66 P701215 £71 P701218 £79 P701515 £79 P701818 £94 P701212/2 £86 P701215/2 £90 P701218/2 £97 P701515/2 £97 P701818/2 £114 P701212/3 £94 P701215/3 £99 P701218/3 £105

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS P701212N2 £124 P701215N2 £133 P701218N2 £146 P701515N2 £146 P701818N2 £176 P701212/2N2 £165 P701215/2N2 £170 P701218/2N2 £181 P701515/2N2 £181 P701818/2N2 £215 P701212/3N2 £180 P701215/3N2 £188 P701218/3N2 £198

NEST OF 3 LOCKERS P701212N3 £183 P701215N3 £194 P701218N3 £213 P701515N3 £229 P701212/2N3 £244 P701215/2N3 £251 P701218/2N3 £266 P701515/2N3 £266 P701212/3N3 £266 P701215/3N3 £278 P701218/3N3 £292

SLOPING TOP OPTION: prevents unauthorised materials from being stored on top REF LSTO PRICE £8.90 extra per locker

LOCKER TYPE FOUR COMPT

FIVE COMPT SIX COMPT

EIGHT COMPT SIXTEEN COMPT

WxD (mm) 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 380 x 380 460 x 460 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 380 x 380

SINGLE LOCKER P701212/4 £100 P701215/4 £108 P701218/4 £113 P701515/4 £113 P701818/4 £131 P701212/5 £107 P701215/5 £112 P701218/5 £118 P701212/6 £124 P701215/6 £126 P701218/6 £135 P701515/6 £135

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS P701212/4N2 £193 P701215/4N2 £207 P701218/4N2 £213 P701515/4N2 £214 P701818/4N2 £250 P701212/5N2 £207 P701215/5N2 £214 P701218/5N2 £224 P701212/6N2 £240 P701215/6N2 £242 P701218/6N2 £257 P701515/6N2 £257

NEST OF 3 LOCKERS P701212/4N3 £285 P701215/4N3 £305 P701218/4N3 £314 P701515/4N3 £314 P701212/5N3 £307 P701215/5N3 £316 P701218/5N3 £330 P701212/6N3 £356 P701215/6N3 £358 P701218/6N3 £380 P701515/6N3 £380

305 x 460

P701218/8 £182

305 x 460

P701218/16 £297

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

18/1/12

13:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LOCKERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

years

TC343

GUARANTEE

8 Tier Wallet Locker 1000/920H x 250W x 180Dmm Includes sloping top Single Locker WALLET/8 £129.00 Nest of 2 Lockers WALLET/8N2 £254.00

Twin Lockers 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm 2 x double coat hooks Single Locker TW701818 £130.00 Nest of 2 Lockers TW701818N2 £257.00

Clean & Dirty Lockers 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm 2 x double coat hooks Single Locker P701818C/D £112.00 Nest of 2 Lockers P701818C/DN2 £213.00

Two Person Lockers 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm 2 x double coat hooks Single Locker 2P701818 £140.00 Nest of 2 Lockers 2P701818N2 £268.00

Low Level Lockers • 1220mm high • Full colour range • Single compartment models have top shelf and double coat hook

LOCKER TYPE SINGLE DOOR TWO COMPT

WxD (mm) 305 x 305 305 x 460 305 x 305 305 x 460

SINGLE LOCKER P481212 P481218 P481212/2 P481218/2

£60 £73 £80 £90

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS P481212N2 £114 P481218N2 £137 P481212/2N2 £154 P481218/2N2 £172

NEST OF 3 LOCKERS P481212N3 £168 P481218N3 £202 P481212/2N3 £229 P481218/2N3 £254

Janitors’ Lockers 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm double coat hook Single Locker P701818JAN £127.00 Nest of 2 Lockers P701818JANN2 £241.00

High capacity Lockers 1780H x 610W x 460Dmm 2 x shelves & hanging rail Single Locker HICAP2418 £188.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

343

TC344

16/1/12

10:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LOCKERS

Standard Lockers • Quality compartment lockers suitable for a multitude of storage applications • Choice of 300mm and 380mm wide lockers • 2, 3, 4 and 6 door lockers fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below • Nests save up to 10% over the price of individual lockers and quicker install • Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2000 differs • Single & two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment • Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers • Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint

2 TIER NEST OF 1

FROM

£107

£117

2 TIER NEST OF 2 LOCKERS FROM

Germ Guard is a special anti-bacterial paint designed to reduce the spread of E-Coli and MRSA Super Bug.

2 TIER NEST OF 3

Locker Size 1800H x 300W x 300Dmm NEST

TIERS

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6

NEST SIZE W x D (mm) 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300

ORDER REF LS1830301XX LN1860301X2 LN1890301X3 LS1830302XX LN1860302X2 LN1890302X3 LS1830303XX LN1860303X2 LN1890303X3 LS1830304XX LN1860304X2 LN1890304X3 LS1830306XX LN1860306X2 LN1890306X3

PRICE 1 £118.00 £156.00 £232.00 £123.00 £168.00 £249.00 £138.00 £196.00 £292.00 £152.00 £226.00 £336.00 £157.00 £250.00 £373.00

PRICE 2-4 SUFFIX /2 £81.00 £139.00 £206.00 £86.00 £150.00 £222.00 £101.00 £179.00 £265.00 £115.00 £208.00 £309.00 £128.00 £229.00 £341.00

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £72.00 £78.00 £92.00 £107.00 £117.00 -

Door Colour Options Please add corresponding suffix to the order ref Light grey (L)

Light blue (U)

Red (R)

Dark blue (B)

Yellow (Y)

Green (G)

Locker Size 1800H x 300W x 450Dmm

344

NEST

TIERS

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6

NEST SIZE W x D (mm) 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300

ORDER REF LS1830451XX LN1860451X2 LN1890451X3 LS1830452XX LN1860452X2 LN1890452X3 LS1830453XX LN1860453X2 LN1890453X3 LS1830454XX LN1860454X2 LN1890454X3 LS1830456XX LN1860456X2 LN1890456X3

PRICE 1 £124.00 £166.00 £246.00 £129.00 £177.00 £262.00 £145.00 £209.00 £309.00 £161.00 £241.00 £357.00 £165.00 £265.00 £394.00

PRICE 2-4 SUFFIX /2 £87.00 £149.00 £219.00 £92.00 £160.00 £236.00 £108.00 £191.00 £283.00 £124.00 £223.00 £331.00 £136.00 £244.00 £363.00

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £78.00 £83.00 £99.00 £115.00 £126.00 -

Locker Size 1800H x 380W x 380Dmm NEST

TIERS

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6

NEST SIZE W x D (mm) 300 x 300 600 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300

ORDER REF LS1838381XX LN1876381X2 LS1838382XX LN1876382X2 LS1838383XX LN1876383X2 LS1838384XX LN1876384X2 LS1838386XX LN1876386X2

PRICE 1 £125.00 £169.00 £130.00 £181.00 £138.00 £197.00 £147.00 £213.00 £163.00 £246.00

PRICE 2-4 SUFFIX /2 £88.00 £155.00 £93.00 £166.00 £101.00 £182.00 £110.00 £199.00 £126.00 £232.00

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £80.00 £86.00 £94.00 £102.00 £119.00 -

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC345

20/1/12

13:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LOCKERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Vision Lockers

FROM

• Vision lockers provide safe storage for personal belongings whilst providing visibility of the locker contents • Ideal for retail outlet staff FROM rooms, venues, public areas, £138 or anywhere there is a need to view the items stored • Fited with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs • Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment • Quality, durable perspex doors • Powder coat finish, light grey carcass as standard

FROM

£92

£72

Smoky, Vision Door Lockers 1800mm high TIERS 2 3 4 6 2 3 4 6

FROM

£78

NEST SIZE W x D (mm) 300 x 300 300 x 300 300 x 300 300 x 300 300 x 450 300 x 450 300 x 450 300 x 450

ORDER REF LP1830302SXX LP1830303SXX LP1830304SXX LP1830306SXX LP1830452SXX LP1830453SXX LP1830454SXX LP1830456SXX

PRICE 1 £204.00 £217.00 £230.00 £257.00 £209.00 £223.00 £237.00 £265.00

PRICE 2-4 SUFFIX /2 £168.00 £182.00 £195.00 £222.00 £174.00 £188.00 £202.00 £230.00

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £152.00 £165.00 £179.00 £206.00 £158.00 £172.00 £186.00 £214.00

Clear, Vision Door Lockers 1800mm high TIERS 2 3 4 6 2 3 4 6

NEST SIZE W x D (mm) 300 x 300 300 x 300 300 x 300 300 x 300 300 x 450 300 x 450 300 x 450 300 x 450

ORDER REF LP1830302CXX LP1830303CXX LP1830304CXX LP1830306CXX LP1830452CXX LP1830453CXX LP1830454CXX LP1830456CXX

PRICE 1 £189.00 £202.00 £216.00 £242.00 £195.00 £209.00 £223.00 £251.00

PRICE 2-4 SUFFIX /2 £154.00 £167.00 £181.00 £207.00 £160.00 £174.00 £188.00 £216.00

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £138.00 £151.00 £164.00 £191.00 £144.00 £157.00 £171.00 £200.00

Multi Compartment Lockers FROM FROM

£107

FROM

£95

£118

£102

Please add corresponding suffix to the order ref Light grey (LXX) Light blue (UXX) Red (RXX) Dark blue (BXX) Yellow (YXX) Green (GXX)

Staff Locker

Clean & Dirty Locker

Duo Locker

Twin Locker

Provides clothes hanging storage on one side of the central divider and 3 shelves for smaller personal items on the other

Ideal for separating clean from dirty garments, indoor from outdoor clothes or wet from dry

Provides locker space for two people with a full width top compartment and a tall hanging space for each person

Storage space for two people using less floor space than standard lockers. Two slim full height compartments

1800H x 450W x 450D ORDER REF LG184545S

QTY 1

QTY 2-4 /2 £149.00 £121.00

QTY 5+ /5 £107.00

1800H x 450W x 450D ORDER QTY 1 QTY 2-4 REF /2 LG184545G £140.00 £103.00

QTY 5+ /5 £95.00

1800H x 450W x 450D ORDER QTY 1 QTY 2-4 REF /2 LG184545D £163.00 £126.00

QTY 5+ /5 £118.00

1800H x 450W x 450D ORDER QTY 1 QTY 2-4 REF /2 LG184545T £146.00 £109.00

QTY 5+ /5 £102.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

345

TC346

16/1/12

10:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LOCKERS / MESH LOCKERS

Full Height Mesh Lockers

✓Wire mesh lockers provide visible but secure storage

✓The most economical way to purchase lockers is in nests or multi compartments

✓May be hosed down for total cleaning • Single and two door lockers have 3 point locking and coat hooks as standard • Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5mm weld mesh on 8mm rod frame • Available in nest of 1, 2 or 3 • All lockers are fitted with 150mm high legs • Doors accept padlocks - not included • Electroplated zinc with clear coat of lacquer

Colour Coated Lockers

NEST OF 3

✓All mesh lockers are available

010BZP0006

304

with powder coated finish Red / Blue / Yellow / Green

Full Height Wire Mesh Lockers DESCRIPTION

346

SINGLE DOOR SINGLE DOOR TWO COMPARTMENT TWO COMPARTMENT FOUR COMPARTMENT FOUR COMPARTMENT SIX COMPARTMENT SIX COMPARTMENT

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457

SINGLE ORDER REF 010BZP0002 010BZP0014 010BZP0020 010BZP0032 010BZP0056 010BZP0068 010BZP0074 010BZP0086

PRICE £117.00 £127.00 £122.00 £135.00 £138.00 £151.00 £158.00 £174.00

NEST OF TWO ORDER REF PRICE 010BZP0004 £209.00 010BZP0016 £229.00 010BZP0022 £222.00 010BZP0034 £248.00 010BZP0058 £254.00 010BZP0070 £283.00 010BZP0076 £300.00 010BZP0088 £329.00

NEST OF THREE ORDER REF PRICE 010BZP0006 £304.00 010BZP0018 £335.00 010BZP0024 £324.00 010BZP0036 £362.00 010BZP0060 £373.00 010BZP0072 £415.00 010BZP0078 £442.00 010BZP0090 £485.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC347

16/1/12

10:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 LOCKERS / MESH LOCKERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

010BZP0150

519

20 COMPARTMENT LOCKER

Wire Mesh Multi Compartment Lockers • Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5mm weld mesh on 8mm rod frame • Open fronts, or with padlockable doors • All lockers are fitted with 150mm high legs • Electroplated zinc with clear coat of lacquer

010BZP0145

£191

010BZP0158

£336

40 COMPARTMENT LOCKERS • This design is available with open front or fitted with double doors which enclose all the compartments • 3 point locking with hasp and staple to take padlock (padlock is not included)

Wire Mesh Multi Compartment Lockers DESCRIPTION 12 COMPARTMENT PERSONAL LOCKERS (INDIVIDUAL DOORS) 16 COMPARTMENT PERSONAL LOCKERS (INDIVIDUAL DOORS) 20 COMPARTMENT PERSONAL LOCKERS (INDIVIDUAL DOORS) 40 COMPARTMENT LOCKERS (DOUBLE DOORS ENCLOSE ALL COMPARTMENTS)

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1390 x 935 x 305 1390 x 935 x 457 1390 x 1240 x 305 1390 x 1240 x 457 1390 x 1545 x 305 1390 x 1545 x 457 1390 x 770 x 305 1390 x 770 x 457

COMPARTMENT DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 305 x 305 x 305 305 x 305 x 457 305 x 305 x 305 305 x 305 x 457 305 x 305 x 305 305 x 305 x 457 150 x 150 x 305 150 x 150 x 457

WITH DOORS ORDER REF PRICE 010BZP0146 £327.00 010BZP0152 £361.00 010BZP0148 £415.00 010BZP0154 £460.00 010BZP0150 £519.00 010BZP0156 £571.00 010BZP0158 £336.00 010BZP0160 £370.00

WITHOUT DOORS ORDER REF PRICE 010BZP0145 £191.00 010BZP0151 £226.00 010BZP0147 £233.00 010BZP0153 £278.00 010BZP0149 £295.00 010BZP0155 £346.00 010BZP0157 £268.00 010BZP0159 £295.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

347

TC348

20/1/12

12:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LOCKERS

Mesh Laptop Lockers

✓Secure laptop storage allowing visibility and ventilation to avoid heat build up

• Convenient 25 x 25 x 2.5mm mild steel weldmesh on an 8mm round bar frame • Mesh allows lockers to be charged whilst being securely locked away • Fitted with Hasp & Staple for use with padlocks (sold separately) or cam lock (supplied with 1 key) • Fitted with brackets to enable nesting side by side and back to back • Colour finishes available, please specify

Blue

Yellow

Green

LTL0952C

LTL0956C

£428

£342

DIMENSIONS HASP & STAPLE H x W x D (mm) REF PRICE 1980 x 380 x 457 LTL0950H £323.00 1980 x 450 x 457 LTL0951H £338.00 1980 x 380 x 457 LTL0952H £368.00 1980 x 450 x 457 LTL0953H £462.00 1980 x 380 x 457 LTL0954H £477.00 1980 x 450 x 457 LTL0955H £294.00 1140 x 450 x 457 LTL0956H £383.00 1090 x 450 x 457 LTL0956-CAH £354.00 1140 x 910 x 457 LTL0957H £435.00 1140 x 910 x 457 LTL0957-CAH £510.00

LTL0954C

£552

CAM LOCK REF PRICE LTL0950C £345.00 LTL0951C £360.00 LTL0952C £428.00 LTL0953C £443.00 LTL0954C £552.00 LTL0955C £567.00 LTL0956C £342.00 LTL0956-CAC £402.00 LTL0957C £450.00 LTL0957-CAC £525.00

M1551DGU00

M1551NGU00

M15514GUTCL

M1881PGU00P0

M1881PGU00C0

£112

£127

£149

£157

£172

Light Grey Red

Burgundy

Clean & Dirty Locker • Central partition below shelf • Coat rails fitted • 1800H x 450W x 450Dmm REF M1551DGU00 PRICE £112.00 348

Red

LTL0957C

1 DOOR, 15 COMPARTMENTS 1 DOOR, 15 COMPARTMENTS 10 DOOR, 10 COMPARTMENTS 10 DOOR, 10 COMPARTMENTS 15 DOOR, 15 COMPARTMENTS 15 DOOR, 15 COMPARTMENTS 8 DOOR, 8 COMPARTMENTS 8 DOOR, 8 COMPARTMENTS + CASTORS DOUBLE DOORS, 16 COMPARTMENTS DOUBLE DOORS, 16 COMPARTMENTS + CASTORS

DOORS

COLOURS

£450

DESCRIPTION

CARCASS

Hasp & Staple, Cam Lock

Yellow

Green

Blue

Dark Grey

Light Grey

Biocote Protected Biocote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E.Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas

Uniform Locker

Two Person Locker

• Central partition below shelf • Fitted with coat rail one side and three fixed shelves the other • 1800H x 450W x 450Dmm

• Two 225mm compartments and two 1270mm compartments fitted with coat hooks • One key passes all compartments • 1800H x 450W x 450Dmm

Police Locker

Crew Locker

• Fixed heavy duty top shelf • The hanging compartment has a heavy duty hanging rail • 1800H x 600W x 600Dmm

• Fixed heavy duty top and lower shelves • Divided compartments • Heavy duty hanging rail • 1800H x 600W x 600Dmm

REF M15514GUTCL PRICE £149.00

REF M1881PGU00P0 PRICE £157.00

REF M1551NGU00 PRICE £127.00

REF M1881PGU00C0 PRICE £172.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC349

19/1/12

12:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Locker Stands & Benches • Rust and Corrosion free • Strong and yet lightweight • Available in cream, red or blue • Easy to assemble, dismantle and clean

Locker Stands with Bench Seats • Combined locker stand and bench units NO. OF LOCKERS 2 3 4

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 450 x 640 x 820 450 x 960 x 820 450 x 1280 x 820

ORDER REF

PRICE

STB2BS STB3BS STB4BS

£156.00 £190.00 £199.00

Locker Stands • Stand only to suit any locker • Other sizes available NO. OF LOCKERS 2 3 4

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 150 x 640 x 460 150 x 960 x 460 150 x 1280 x 460

ORDER REF

PRICE

ST2S ST3S ST4S

£86.00 £97.00 £104.00

SEATS INCLUDE UNDERBENCH SHELVING!

COLOUR OPTIONS Cream

Blue

Red

B1040S

125

WR1000

£60

Bench Seat

Wall Rack DIMENSIONS L x D (mm) 1000 x 70 1200 x 70 1500 x 70 1800 x 70 2000 x 70

HOOKS

ORDER REF

PRICE

5 6 7 9 10

WR1000 WR1200 WR1500 WR1800 WR2000

£60.00 £63.00 £68.00 £75.00 £82.00

DIMENSIONS H x L x D (mm) 450 x 1000 x 400 450 x 1200 x 400 450 x 1500 x 400 450 x 1800 x 400 450 x 2000 x 400

ORDER REF

PRICE

B1040S B1240S B1540S B1840S B2040S

£125.00 £142.00 £169.00 £195.00 £213.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

349

TC350

18/1/12

13:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT

Wall / Floor Fix Mono Benches

M103

£135

• Useful where pipes or skirting boards prevent use of freestanding benches • Wall fixings not included • 350mm deep with 3 ash hardwood slats on a steel support frame SIZE (mm) WxD 1000 x 350 1500 x 350 2000 x 350 2500 x 350 3000 x 350

PLAIN BENCH REF PRICE M103 £135.00 M153 £151.00 M203 £172.00 M253 £246.00 M303 £267.00

OPTIONAL SHOE RACK REF PRICE MSR10M £53.00 MSR15M £57.00 MSR20M £61.00 MSR25M £114.00 MSR30M £118.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

B10

Freestanding Basic Cloakroom Benches

£133

• Ash hardwood slats mounted on reinforced seat frames • Optional mesh shoe racks BSR10M

Single Sided Benches WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

PLAIN BENCH REF PRICE B10 £133.00 B15 £149.00 B20 £172.00 B25 £245.00 B-30 £264.00

£54

OPTIONAL SHOE RACK REF PRICE BSR10M £54.00 BSR15M £58.00 BSR20M £62.00 BSR25M £115.00 BSR30M £119.00

Single Sided, 450H x 325Dmm

Double Depth Benches WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

PLAIN BENCH REF PRICE BD10 £213.00 BD15 £241.00 BD20 £271.00 BD25 £387.00 BD30 £420.00

BD10

OPTIONAL SHOE RACK REF PRICE BDSR10M £82.00 BDSR15M £86.00 BDSR20M £92.00 BDSR25M £172.00 BDSR30M £177.00

£213

Double Sided, 450H x 595Dmm

Single & Double Sided Bench Accessories

FROM

£19.50 FROM

£34

FROM

£58

350

Hat / Coat Hook Rails

Mesh Shoe Racks

Hardwood Backrests

• Enables easy cleaning of floors • Must be ordered with bench

• Provides back support on single and double sided benches • Must be ordered with bench

WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

SINGLE SIDED REF PRICE SSR10M £58.00 SSR15M £61.00 SSR20M £65.00 SSR25M £120.00 SSR30M £123.00

DOUBLE SIDED REF PRICE DSR10M £86.00 DSR15M £91.00 DSR20M £94.00 DSR25M £179.00 DSR30M £183.00

WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

SINGLE SIDED REF PRICE SSB10 £19.50 SSB15 £25.00 SSB20 £31.00 SSB25 £37.00 SSB30 £43.00

DOUBLE SIDED REF PRICE DSB10 £19.50 DSB15 £25.00 DSB20 £31.00 DSB25 £37.00 DSB30 £43.00

• Aluminium hooks on ash hardwood rail • Supplied pre drilled, with hooks loose unless requested otherwise • Extra hooks available - see opposite • Other hook types available - see opposite • Wall fixings not included RAIL LENGTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

NUMBER OF HOOKS 5 7 10 12 14

ORDER REF WH10 WH15 WH20 WH25 WH30

PRICE £34.00 £40.00 £48.00 £53.00 £61.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC351

18/1/12

13:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Single Sided Benches

✓Generally used around the perimeter of a room

• Single sided hat and coat rail 1.6m high • 30mm square legs with 3 ash hardwood seat slats 50mm apart on steel support frame • Supplied part assembled with a complete fixing kit and instructions • Overall dimensions 1750H x 400Dmm • 450mm standard seat height, 325mm deep

SS10M

255

ALL ORDERS COMPLETE WITH INSTRUCTIONS AND TOOLS TO ASSEMBLE

BENCH STYLE (TOP SHELF)

WITHOUT SHELF

WITH MESH SHELF

WITH WOOD SHELF

WIDTH HOOKS (mm) 1000 5 1500 7 2000 10 2500 12 3000 14 1000 5 1500 7 2000 10 2500 12 3000 14 1000 5 1500 7 2000 10 2500 12 3000 14

ORDER REF SS10X SS15X SS20X SS25X SS30X SS10M SS15M SS20M SS25M SS30M SS10 SS15 SS20 SS25 SS30

PRICE £214.00 £238.00 £268.00 £377.00 £406.00 £255.00 £281.00 £315.00 £458.00 £488.00 £276.00 £311.00 £358.00 £504.00 £546.00

FRAME COLOUR OPTIONS Blue

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Red

Green

Silver

Black

Yellow

Extra Hooks DESCRIPTION ALUMINIUM POWDER COATED STEEL POWDER COATED ALUMINIUM

ORDER REF HK-1 HK-2 HK-3

PRICE (each) £0.80 £3.40 £1.80

Floor fixing bracket REF FFC PRICE £2.00 each DS15 & DSR15M

542

Double Sided Benches

Accessories, mesh shoe rack & backrests

✓Generally used in the middle of changing rooms to increase the seating capacity

• Double sided hat and coat rail 1.6m high • 30mm square legs with 6 ash hardwood seat slats 50m apart on steel support frames • Supplied part assembled with complete fixing kit and instructions • Overall dimensions 1750H x 800Dmm • 450mm standard seat height, 325mm deep each side BENCH STYLE (TOP SHELF)

WITHOUT SHELF

WITH MESH SHELF

WITH WOOD SHELF

WIDTH HOOKS (mm) 1000 10 1500 14 2000 20 2500 24 3000 28 1000 10 1500 14 2000 20 2500 24 3000 28 1000 10 1500 14 2000 20 2500 24 3000 28

ORDER REF DS10X DS15X DS20X DS25X DS30X DS10M DS15M DS20M DS25M DS30M DS/10 DS15 DS20 DS25 DS30

PRICE £317.00 £359.00 £412.00 £582.00 £636.00 £373.00 £416.00 £475.00 £690.00 £745.00 £393.00 £451.00 £524.00 £731.00 £800.00

1500MM DOUBLE SIDED BENCH WITH HARDWOOD TOP SHELF & DOUBLE SIDED MESH SHOE RACK

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

351

TC352

18/1/12

16:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

FLOORING / PVC MATTING

OVERALL HEIGHT 16mm

WEIGHT 5.5kg/m2

✓Warm, comfortable & provides effective water drainage Made from strong, flexible PVC sections in a grid formation. HERONRIB provides effective drainage for large amounts of water. It has an embossed slip-resistant surface which is comfortable to stand on, even when barefooted. Ideal for changing rooms, around pools and in showers and all wet-side areas. • Efficient drainage matting, non-porous and easy to clean • With anti-bacterial additives • Simple to cut to length and to shape ROLL DIMENSIONS W x L (m) 500mm x 10m 1000mm x 10m

• Effective inside and outdoors for barefoot use • Contours to uneven floor surfaces • Hardwearing, long lasting and maintenance free

FULL ROLL REF PRICE HR2050/10 £277.00 HR2100/10 £489.00

INDOOR USE ONLY! COLOURS (Specify when ordering)

Oxford

GUIDE PRICE

SQ METRE

PER LINEAR METRE REF PRICE HR2050/M £47.60 HR2100/M £72.00

Ocean

Green

Grey

✓Helps prevent breakage and spillage problems

WEIGHT

3.7kg/m When you’re busy, the last thing you want to have to do is to stop to mop up a spillage or to replace a broken tool or component. FLOORLINE’S cushioned slip-resistant PVC grid not only reduces breakages, but it raises people slightly above floor level, so any spillage will drain through where it can be cleaned later. 2

• Robust, tubular cushioned flexible grid structure • Hygienic and hardwearing

352

• One-piece, lightweight format makes it easy to roll up for cleaning

ROLL DIMENSIONS W x L (m) 600mm x 10m 910mm x 10m

FULL ROLL REF PRICE FLN060/10 £232.00 FLN091/10 £338.00

COLOURS

Red

Blue

PER LINEAR METRE REF PRICE FLN060/M £42.40 FLN091/M £55.00

GUIDE PRICE

SQ METRE

Green (Specify when ordering)

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC353

16/1/12

14:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 FLOORING / PVC MATTING

Woven PVC Matting ✓Colourful and hygienic ✓Debris falls through to give a safe walking surface FACILITY MANAGEMENT

• Cross-ribbed both ways for added grip • Insulates from a cold underfloor • Fights against operator fatigue • Resists most oils and solvent • Easily cleaned with hot, soapy water or pressure washer • By the roll or cut to length • Fire tested to DIN 54332 (B2) part of DIN 4102 • Mats in blue, black, green, red • Edging colours blue, black, green, red, yellow LIGHT Hole size 30x30mm

STANDARD Hole size 22x22mm

INTERMEDIATE Hole size 30x10mm

HEAVY Hole size 22x10mm

• Ideal for areas where swarf is present

• Regular grade for most industrial floors

• High user comfort, even when barefoot

• Close pitch allows use of trucks & trolleys

STANDARD: Engine Assembly Plant

INTERMEDIATE: Motor Manufacturing

HEAVY: Engineering Production

Samples of all these mats are available - please call us

Woven PVC Matting - Cut To Length, Priced Per Linear Metre ROLL WIDTH 600mm 900mm 1200mm BEVELLED EDGING (MUST BE FACTORY FITTED)

LIGHTWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CL60/M £35.80 / LIN M CL90/M £53.70 / LIN M CL120/M £71.50 / LIN M CLE

STANDARD WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CS60/M £42.80 / LIN M CS90/M £64.20 / LIN M CS120/M £86.00 / LIN M

£6.60 / LIN M

CSE

£7.50 / LIN M

INTERMEDIATE WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CI60/M £52.80 / LIN M CI90/M £79.20 / LIN M CI120/M £106.00 / LIN M CIE

HEAVYWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CH60/M £61.00 / LIN M CH90/M £95.00 / LIN M CH120/M £122.00 / LIN M

£12.60 / LIN M

CHE

£12.60 / LIN M

Woven PVC Matting - Full Roll Prices ROLL SIZE (W x L) 600mm x 5 metres 600mm x 10 metres 900mm x 5 metres 900mm x 10 metres 1200mm x 5 metres 1200mm x 10 metres BEVELLED EDGING (MUST BE FACTORY FITTED)

LIGHTWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CL605 £163.00 CL6010 £325.00 CL905 £244.00 CL9010 £488.00 CL1205 £325.00 CL12010 £650.00 CLE

STANDARD WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CS605 £195.00 CS6010 £389.00 CS905 £292.00 CS9010 £584.00 CS1205 £389.00 CS12010 £778.00

£6.60 / LIN M

CSE

£7.50 / LIN M

INTERMEDIATE WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CI605 £240.00 CI6010 £480.00 CI905 £360.00 CI9010 £720.00 CI1205 £480.00 CI12010 £960.00 CIE

Workshop Mats GUIDE PRICE

PER SQ. METRE

• Manufactured from black flexible vinyl • Standard or heavy duty • Debris falls through to give safe operating surface • Coloured bevelled edges prevent tripping • Helps reduce fatigue • Resists grease and oils • Easy to clean with hot soapy water • EDGES: yellow, blue, green, red, black

HEAVYWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CH605 £277.00 CH6010 £554.00 CH905 £416.00 CH9010 £832.00 CH1205 £554.00 CH12010 £1109.00

£12.60 / LIN M

CHE

£12.60 / LIN M

Standard Workshop Mats MAT DIMENSIONS (mm) 600 x 1200 1000 x 1500 1200 x 1800

ORDER REF

PRICE

CWS612 CWS1015 CWS1218

£80.00 £149.00 £204.00

Heavy Duty Workshop Mats MAT DIMENSIONS (mm) 600 x 1200 1000 x 1500 1200 x 1800

ORDER REF

PRICE

CWH612 CWH1015 CWH1218

£119.00 £220.00 £302.00

Work Deck Tile

✓Heavy duty tile with a point loading of 40,000kg/m ✓Ideal for machine tool environments and

GUIDE PRICE

many other industrial areas

• Interlocking polyethylene floor tile • Insulates feet from cold, hard concrete floors • Grid design allows swarf and liquid to drain through tile • Suitable for trucks and trolleys • Easy to fit and clean • Edges and corners available • Available in blue, green and orange • Product height 25mm DESCRIPTION (mm) 600 x 1200 TILE 600 EDGE 112 CORNER PIECE

ORDER REF

PRICE

WDT600 WDT600E WDT600C

£32.50 £5.20 £2.60

SQ METRE

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

353

TC354

16/1/12

10:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

FLOORING / PVC MATTING

✓Slip resistant and fatigue reducing, a boost to productivity

GUIDE PRICE

WEIGHT 7.6kg/m2

VYNAGRIP is comfortable to stand on and its deeply etched slip resistant surface reduces accidents, even when used over rough or problem floors. Manufactured from grid-welded PVC it is extremely hardwearing and it allows debris, dirt and liquid spillage to fall through or drain away. • Reduces fatigue, which boosts productivity • Hardwearing and maintenance free

SQ METRE

• Hygienic, oil resistant and simple to clean • Simple to join or cut to shape

VYNAGRIP modules are also available in one standard size, 1.5 x 1m, with flexible PVC edging welded to three sides. This enables a flush fit against machinery, service counters or any work area. ROLL DIMENSIONS W x L (m) ROLL 600mm x 10m ROLL 910mm x 10m ROLL 1220mm x 10m MODULE 1500mm x 1000mm MODULE 1500mm x 1000mm

FULL ROLL REF PRICE VYN060/10 £369.00 VYN091/10 £545.00 VYN122/10 £721.00 VYN100/1.5G £135.00 VYN100/1.5Y £135.00

COLOURS

Blue

Red

MODULE

Black & Grey Edge

PER LINEAR METRE REF PRICE VYN060/M £58.00 VYN091/M £78.00 VYN122/M £107.00 -

Black (Specify when ordering) Black & Yellow Edge

✓For aisles, walkways and

WEIGHT 4.8kg/m2

heavy traffic corridors

Flexitred is a smart and practical loose-lay flooring product which provides an instant solution to problem floors in heavy traffic areas within factories, offices and other commercial premises. Constructed from a continuous solid plasticised PVC sheet, it is smart, slip-resistant and comfortable to walk on. • Brings slip resistance to aisles, walkways and heavy traffic corridors • Tough, smart and hardwearing • Provides excellent electrical insulation ROLL DIMENSIONS W x L (m) 1m x 10m

354

COLOURS

SQ METRE

• Reduces noise on steel walkways and platforms • Ideal worktop covering and machinery surround • Loose-lay in most applications

FULL ROLL REF PRICE FLT100/10 £292.00

Blue

GUIDE PRICE

Grey

Black

PER LINEAR METRE REF PRICE FLT100/M £42.00

Brown

(Specify when ordering)

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC355

20/1/12

12:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 MODULAR MATTING FACILITY MANAGEMENT

GUIDE PRICE

SQ METRE

Studded surface GUIDE PRICE

PER SQ. METRE

Textured surface

Flexi Deck

Tough Lock

✓Ideal for heavy & light industrial usage ✓Simple interlocking system for easy installation

✓Lightly textured non-slip surface ✓Flexible PVC interlinking tile insulates cold surfaces and comfortable to walk on

• Suitability: Industrial and leisure applications such as shower areas • Can easily be rolled up for cleaning purposes • Bevelled edges and corner pieces are available • Studs on underside assist drainage properties • Colour: Black, grey, blue, red or green • Thickness: 13mm DESCRIPTION

QUANTITY

ORDER REF

PRICE

300 x 300mm TILE 300mm FEMALE EDGE 300mm MALE EDGE CORNER PIECE

9 6 6 4

FD0/0001 FD0/0002FP6 FD0/0002P6 FD0/0004

£26.90 £11.40 £11.40 £2.80

• Manufactured from hard wearing PVC • Available with 2 different surface finishes, studded or textured • Effective for laying over damaged or dangerous floor surfaces • Will withstand most forklift truck use • Available in black, grey, blue, red, yellow and green • Product height 7mm DESCRIPTION (mm) 500 x 500 TILE, STUDDED SURFACE 500 x 500 TILE, TEXTURED SURFACE 500 EDGE (PACK OF 4) 585 CORNER EDGE (PACK OF 4)

ORDER REF

PRICE

TL500S TL500T TL500E TL500C

£15.50 £15.50 £21.70 £21.70

HI010001 HI010004 HI010005 GUIDE PRICE

GUIDE PRICE

PER SQ. METRE

Comfortlok

HI010003

HI010002

High Duty Mats

✓Provides fatigue relief and comfort

✓A tough and comfortable anti-fatigue mat

during prolonged standing

suitable for the most demanding applications

✓Can withstand high temperatures

✓Ribbed surface and smooth drainage holes ensure a firm

• Suitability: Heavy duty industrial environments • Hard wearing rubber and Nitrile, giving resistance to oils and grease • Diamond surface provides excellent slip resistance • Interlocking modules offer any length of matting in 700mm widths • Thickness: 12.5mm • Colour: Black

• Moulded rubber compound mats interlock to provide coverage of any desired length, in both 900 and 1500mm widths • Suitability: Wet, dry and high use areas where people stand at work • Thickness: 12.5mm • Colour: Black

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

700 x 800mm END 700 x 800mm MIDDLE 700 x 800mm EDGED ALL ROUND

CL010001 CL010002 CL010004

£32.20 £32.20 £32.20

footing even in wet and slippery conditions

DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 1500 900 x 1500 900 x 1500 900 x 1500 900 x 1500

EDGING

ORDER REF

PRICE

EDGED ALL ROUND EDGED 2 LONG & 1 SHORT SIDE EDGED 2 LONG SIDES EDGED 1 LONG & 2 SHORT SIDE EDGED 2 SHORT SIDES

HI0100001 HI0100002 HI0100003 HI0100004 HI0100005

£117.00 £117.00 £117.00 £117.00 £117.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

355

TC356

25/1/12

15:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

FLOORING / ANTI-FATIGUE MATTING STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL GUIDE PRICE

options readily available

57 PER SQ. METRE £

GUIDE PRICE

Fatigue Fighter 2

PER SQ. METRE

✓Dual layer anti-fatigue matting. Combines optimum

comfort with maximum durability, increases productivity and employee welfare, whilst standing up to heavy use in multi-shift areas

• Construction: High density 2mm wear surface/11mm air-cushioned base • Applications: High use areas where people stand for prolonged period Ortho Mat Original 'Original' improves the working environment, • Wet/Dry: For mainly dry areas (withstands moderate liquid spillage) reduces absenteeism and increases productivity • Wear rating: Heavy • Thickness: 13mm • Construction: Air-cushioned vinyl with embossed wear layer • Guarantee: 2 years • Colours: charcoal, green or blue • Applications: Wherever people stand for long periods Fatigue Fighter 2 • Wet/Dry: For mainly dry areas (withstands minor liquid spillage) DIMENSIONS COLOUR ORDER PRICE CUT LENGTH OFF ROLL • Wear rating: Moderate • Thickness: 9.5mm • Guarantee: 1 year WxL REF MIN 1.22 LINEAR METRES • Colours: Charcoal or Charcoal with 100mm yellow safety border 610 x 910mm CHARCOAL FF23 £44.90 -

✓

910 x 1520mm 910mm x 3.66m 610mm x 18.29m 910mm x 18.29m 910mm x 18.29m 910mm x 18.29m 1220mm x 18.29m

CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL GREEN BLUE CHARCOAL

FF35 FF312 FF260 FF360 FF360G FF360B FF460

£91.00 £218.00 £633.00 £949.00 £949.00 £949.00 £1266.00

FF2/C £41.80 / LINEAR METRE FF3/C £62.00 / LINEAR METRE FF3G/C £62.00 / LINEAR METRE FF3B/C £62.00 / LINEAR METRE FF4/C £83.00 / LINEAR METRE

Ortho Mat Original DIMENSIONS WxL 610 x 910mm 910 x 1520mm 910mm x 18.29m 610 x 910mm 910 x 1520mm 910mm x 18.29m

COLOUR CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL/YELLOW CHARCOAL/YELLOW CHARCOAL/YELLOW

ORDER REF OMO23 OMO35 OMO360 OMY23 OMY35 OMY360

PRICE £30.90 £62.00 £652.00 £33.10 £67.00 £700.00

Ortho Mat Light

GUIDE PRICE

PER SQ. METRE

£20 SQ METRE

ON SELECTED ITEMS

DIMENSIONS WxL 0.9m x 1.5m 0.9m x 1.82m 0.9m x LINEAR METRE

✓Durable PVC fluted surface for demanding industrial conditions

Fluted Fatigue Fighter

356

DIMENSIONS (mm) 600 x 900 900 x 1500 900 x 3000

ORDER REF

PRICE

FA010001 FA010002 FA010003

£44.40 £95.00 £178.00

COLOUR CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL

ORDER REF CV010002 CV010005 CV010001C

PRICE £26.40 £32.00 £19.30

Ortho Mat Diamond Ortho Mat Safety Diamond

Fluted Anti-Fatigue Fighter

• Foam backing provides a good level of comfort • Reduces fatigue from long periods of standing • Bevelled edges reduce tripping and allow easy trolley access • Suitability: Heavy duty dry production areas • Colour: Black • Thickness: 10mm

• Anti fatigue matting, insulates against cold concrete floors • Ideal for medium use in dry environments • Pebble surface provides additional traction • Product height: 6mm

GUIDE PRICE

£40 SQ METRE

DIMENSIONS W x L (mm) 600 x 900 900 x 1500 900 x 18300 900 x PER LINEAR METRE 1200 x 18300 1200 x PER LINEAR METRE

• Ideal for assembly areas/packing stations • Construction: 100% close cell PVC • Thickness 9mm • Colours: Black/Black with yellow safety border (Safety Diamond) REGULAR ORTHOMAT REF PRICE OD900 £30.60 OD1500 £62.00 OD18300 £646.00 OD900/M £48.00 OD1200 £862.00 OD1200/M £57.00

SAFETY ORTHOMAT REF PRICE OSD900 £32.80 OSD1500 £66.00 OSD18300 £694.00 OSD900/M £53.00 OSD1200 £926.00 OSD1200/M £61.00

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC357

20/1/12

11:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 TERMS & CONDITIONS

2. Basis of the sale 2.1 The Seller shall sell and the Buyer shall purchase the Goods in accordance with the description and prices set out in the Catalogue of the Seller or any written order of the Buyer which is accepted by the Seller, subject in either case to these Conditions, which shall govern the Contract to the exclusion of any other terms and conditions subject to which any such order is made or purported to be made, by the Buyer. 2.2 The Seller’s employees or agents are not authorised to make any variations to these Conditions or any representations concerning the Goods unless confirmed by the Seller in Writing. In entering into the Contract the Buyer acknowledges that it does not rely on, and waives any claim for breach of, any such representations which are not so confirmed. 2.3 Any advice or recommendation given by the Seller or its employees or agents to the Buyer or its employees or agents as to the storage, application or use of the Goods which is not confirmed in Writing by the Seller is followed or acted upon entirely at the Buyer’s own risk, and accordingly the Seller shall not be liable for any such advice or recommendation which is not so confirmed. 2.5 Any typographical, clerical, or other error or omission in the Catalogue shall be subject to correction without any liability on the part of the Seller. 3. Orders and specifications 3.1 No Order submitted by the Buyer shall be deemed to be accepted by the Seller unless and until confirmed in Writing by the Seller’s authorised representative. 3.2 The Buyer shall be responsible to the Seller for ensuring the accuracy of the terms of any Order (including any applicable specification) submitted by the Buyer, and for giving the Seller any necessary information relating to the Goods within a sufficient time to enable the Seller to perform the Contract in accordance with its terms. 3.3 The quantity, quality and description of and any specification for the Goods shall be those set out in the Seller’s Catalogue. 3.4 The Seller reserves the right to make any changes in the specification of the Goods which are required to conform with any applicable statutory or EC requirements or, where the Goods are to be supplied to the Seller’s specification, which do not materially affect their quality or performance. 3.5 All illustrations dimensions weights and capacities are approximate only. Although a number of products in the Catalogue are of standard design the seller reserves the right to incorporate changes without notice. 3.6 The Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted all Goods upon the delivery of the goods by the Seller to the address specified in the Order. 3.7 No Order which has been accepted by the Seller may be cancelled by the Buyer except with the agreement in Writing of the Seller and on terms that the Buyer shall indemnify the Seller in full against all loss (including loss of profit), costs (including the cost of all labour and materials used), damages, charges and expenses incurred by the Seller as a result of cancellation. 4. Price of the goods 4.1 The price of the Goods shall be the price listed in the Seller’s current catalogue at the date of acceptance of the Order. 4.2 The Seller reserves the right, by giving notice to the Buyer, at any time before delivery, to increase the price of the Goods to reflect any increase in the cost to the Seller which is due to any factor beyond the control of the Seller including without limitation the costs passed on from the manufacturer, or any change in delivery dates. The Buyer then has the right to cancel the Order within 7 days of that notice. 4.3 Except as otherwise stated all prices quoted in the Catalogue are on an ex works basis and do not include VAT, packaging or delivery which shall be payable in addition. 5. Terms of Payment 5.1 The Buyer, if agreed in writing by the Seller, shall open an account with the Seller to use the Seller’s account facilities. The Buyer shall open this account if the Buyer’s bank details and the two trade references provided by the Buyer are approved by the Seller. 5.2 Subject to any special terms agreed in Writing between the Buyer and the Seller, the Seller shall invoice the Buyer for the price of the Goods on or at any time after delivery of the Goods and the Buyer shall pay all sums due under the Contract to the Seller within 30 days from the date of the Seller’s invoice. 5.3 If the Buyer fails to make any payment on the due date then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Seller, the Seller shall be entitled to: 5.3.1 cancel the Contract or suspend any further deliveries to the Buyer; 5.3.2 charge the Buyer interest (both before and after any judgement) on the amount unpaid, at the rate of 3 per cent per annum above National Westminster Bank PLC base rate from time to time accruing from day to day, until payment in full is made. 6. Delivery 6.1 Delivery will be made to the address specified in the Order. 6.2 Any dates quoted for delivery of the Goods are approximate only and the Seller shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of the Goods howsoever caused. Time for delivery shall not be of the essence. 6.3 Where the Goods are to be delivered in instalments, each delivery shall constitute a separate contract and failure by the Seller to deliver any one or more of the instalments in accordance with these Conditions or any claim by the Buyer in respect of any one or more instalments shall not entitle the Buyer to treat the Contract as a whole as repudiated. 6.4 If the Seller fails to deliver the Goods for any reason other than any cause beyond the Seller’s reasonable control or the Buyer’s fault, and the Seller is accordingly liable to the Buyer, the Seller’s liability shall be limited to the Contract price of the Goods. 6.5 Notification of damage or incomplete delivery must be made in writing to the carrier within 3 days of delivery and to the Seller immediately. All goods must be examined upon receipt and any damage or discrepancy noted on the carrier’s sheet. The Seller will not be liable for any claim unless this procedure is followed. 7. Risk and Property 7.1 Title to the Goods shall not pass to the Buyer until the Buyer has paid the full price due under the Contract in cash or cleared funds to the Seller and all other amounts outstanding to the Seller, but, even though the title has not passed, the Seller shall be entitled to sue for their price once this payment has become due. 7.2 Until such time as the property in the Goods passes to the Buyer (and provided the Goods are still in existence and have not been resold), the Seller shall be entitled at any time to require the Buyer to deliver up the Goods to the Seller and, if the Buyer fails to do so forthwith, to enter upon any premises of the Buyer or any third party where the Goods are stored and repossess the Goods. 7.3 If the Buyer incorporates the Goods into other equipment or products (“the New Goods”) provided that the Goods remain a readily identifiable and removable part of the New Goods the provisions of clause 7.2 and 7.3 shall apply. 7.4 Risk in the Goods shall pass to the Buyer upon delivery. 7.5 The Buyer shall not be entitled to pledge or in any way charge by way of security for any indebtedness any of the Goods which remain the property of the Seller, but if the Buyer does so all monies owing by the Buyer to the Seller shall (without prejudice to any other rights or remedy of the Seller) forthwith become due and payable.

8. Intellectual Property The Seller does not own the Intellectual Property Rights in the Goods. Nothing in the Contract shall effect or transfer ownership of the Intellectual Property Rights in the Goods to the Seller or Buyer. 9. Warranties and liability 9.1 Subject to the conditions set out below the Seller warrants that the Goods will correspond with the specification in the Catalogue at the time of delivery and will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of 6 months from the date of delivery, whichever is the first to expire. 9.2 The above warranty is given by the Seller subject to the following conditions: 9.2.1 it is established by the Seller that some part of the material used in manufacture was defective; 9.2.2 the Goods have been returned carried paid to the Seller; and 9.2.3 the Goods have not been subjected to abuse or misuse of any kind. 9.2.4 the Seller shall be under no liability in respect of any defect arising from fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, abnormal working conditions, failure to follow the Seller’s instructions (whether oral or in writing), misuse or alteration or repair of the Goods without the Seller’s approval; and 9.2.5 the Seller shall be under no liability under the above warranty (or any other warranty, condition or guarantee) if the total price for the Goods has not been paid by the due date for payment. 9.3 Subject as expressly provided in these Conditions, and except where the Goods are sold to a person dealing as a consumer (within the meaning of the Unfair Contract Terms Act 1977), all warranties, conditions or other terms implied by statute or common law are excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law. 9.4 Any claim by the buyer which is based on any defect in the quality or condition of the Goods or their failure to correspond with specification shall (whether or not delivery is refused by the Buyer) be notified to the Seller pursuant to clause 6.5 or (where the defect or failure was not apparent on reasonable inspection) within 7 days after discovery of the defect or failure. If delivery is not refused, and the Buyer does not notify the Seller accordingly, the Buyer shall not be entitled to reject the Goods and the Seller shall have no liability for such defect or failure, and the Buyer shall be bound to pay the price as if the Goods had been delivered in accordance with the Contract. 9.5 Where any valid claim in respect of any of the Goods which is based on any defect in the quality or condition of the Goods or their failure to meet specification is notified to the Seller in accordance with these Conditions, the Seller shall be entitled to replace the Goods (or the part in question) free of charge or, at the Seller’s sole discretion, refund to the Buyer the price of the Goods (or a proportionate part of the price), but the Seller shall have no further liability to the Buyer. 9.6 Except in respect of death or personal injury caused by the Seller’s negligence, the Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer by reason of any representation, or any implied warranty, condition or other term, or any duty at common law, or under the express terms of the Contract, for any loss of anticipated profits, damage to the Buyer’s reputation or goodwill, loss of expected future business, damages, costs or expenses payable by the Buyer to any third party or any other indirect or consequential loss ( and whether caused by the negligence of the Seller, its employees or agents or otherwise) which arise out of or in connection with the supply of the Goods or their use or resale by the Buyer, except as expressly provided in these Conditions.

TERMS & CONDITIONS

1. Definition and Interpretation 1.1. In these Conditions: “BUYER” means the individual company or organisation whose Order for the Goods is accepted by the Seller “GOODS” means the goods (including any instalment of the goods or any parts for them) which the Seller is to supply in accordance with these Conditions. “SELLER” means the Company named on the cover of the publication “CONDITIONS” means the standard terms and conditions of sale set out in this document and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes any special terms and conditions agreed in writing between the Buyer and the Seller “CONTRACT” means the contract for the purchase and sale of the Goods “WRITING” includes telex, cable, facsimile transmission and comparable means of communication. “SUPPLIER” means a manufacturer or an authorised individual having supplied any of the Goods specified in the Catalogue, and who owns or is authorised to use the Intellectual Property Rights in the Goods. “INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS” means copyrights, letters, patents, know how, inventions, utility models, registered and unregistered designs, trade and service marks, trade names, logos, patent applications, rights in the nature of copyrights and all other similar rights arising from the Materials and Products. “CATALOGUE” means this publication “ORDER” means any order placed with the Seller by the Buyer. 1.2 Any reference in these Conditions to any provision of a statute shall be construed as a reference to that provision as amended, re-enacted or extended at the Relevant time. 1.3 The headings in these Conditions are for convenience only and shall not affect their interpretation.

10. Indemnity 10.1 If any claim is made against the Buyer that the goods infringe or that their use or resale infringes the patent, copyright, design, trade mark or other industrial or Intellectual Property Rights of any other person, the Seller shall indemnify the Buyer against all loss, damages, costs and expenses awarded against or incurred by the Buyer in connection with the claim, or paid or agreed to be paid by the buyer in settlement of the claim, provided that: 10.1.1 the Buyer shall immediately inform the Seller of all such claims; 10.1.2 the Seller is given full control of any proceedings or negotiations in connection with any such claim; 10.1.3 the Buyer shall give the Seller all reasonable assistance for the purposes of any such proceedings or negotiations; 10.1.4 except pursuant to a final award, the Buyer shall not pay or accept any such claim, or compromise any such proceedings without the consent of the Seller (which shall not be unreasonably withheld); 10.1.5 the Buyer shall do nothing which would or might vitiate any policy of insurance or insurance cover which the Buyer may have in relation to such infringement, and this indemnity shall not apply to the extent that the Buyer recovers any sums under any such policy or cover (which the Buyer shall use its best endeavours to do); 10.1.6 the Seller shall be entitled to the benefit of, and the Buyer shall accordingly account to the Seller for, all damages and costs (if any) awarded in favour of the buyer which are payable by, or agreed with the consent of the Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) to be paid by, any other party in respect of any such claim; and 10.1.7 without prejudice to any duty of the Buyer at common law, the Seller shall be entitled to require the Buyer to take such steps as the Seller may reasonably require to mitigate or reduce any such loss, damages, costs or expenses for which the Seller is liable to indemnify the Buyer under this clause. 11. Force Majeure 11.1 The Seller shall not be under any liability for any failure to perform any of its obligations due to Force Majeure. Following notification by the Seller to the Buyer of such course, the Seller shall be allowed a reasonable extension of time for the performance of its obligations. 11.2 For the purposes of this Condition, Force Majeure means fire, explosion, flood, lightning, Act of God, act of terrorism, war, rebellion, riot, sabotage, or official strike or similar official labour dispute, or events or circumstances outside the reasonable control of the party affected hereby. 11.3 If notwithstanding the foregoing liability attaches to the Seller then the amount recoverable by the Buyer or any person claiming through the Buyer in respect of any and all breaches by the Seller shall be limited to the reasonable cost of remedying the defect or other matter constituting such breach (and the Seller shall first be afforded the opportunity of carrying out the remedial work at its own cost) and in no circumstances whatsoever shall the Seller’s liability to the Buyer exceed the value of the defective goods in question. 12. Insolvency of buyer 12.1 This clause applies if: 12.1.1 the Buyer makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order or (being an individual or firm) becomes bankrupt or (being a company) goes into liquidation (otherwise than for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction); or 12.1.2 an encumbrancer takes possession, or a receiver is appointed, of any of the property or assets of the Buyer; or 12.1.3 the Buyer ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business; or 12.1.4 the Seller reasonably apprehends that any of the events mentioned above is about to occur in relation to the Buyer and notifies the Buyer accordingly. 12.2 If this clause applies then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Seller, the Seller shall be entitled to cancel the Contract or suspend any further deliveries under the Contract without any liability to the Buyer, and if the Goods have been delivered but not paid for the price shall become immediately due and payable notwithstanding any previous agreement or arrangement to the contrary. 13. Return of Goods The Return of Goods shall not be accepted unless agreed in writing with the Seller. 14. General 14.1 Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other under these Conditions shall be in Writing addressed to that other party at its registered office or principal place of business or such other address as may at the relevant time have been notified pursuant to this provision to the party giving the notice. Any such notice shall be deemed to be served: 14.1.1 if sent by pre-paid first class post to the party to whom it is given, on the third day after posting; 14.1.2 if sent by pre-paid facsimile transmission to the recipients facsimile number, on transmission. 14.2 No waiver by the Seller of any breach of the Contract by the Buyer shall be considered as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision. 14.3 If any provision of these Conditions is held by any competent authority to be invalid or unenforcable in whole or in part the validity of the other provisions of these Conditions and the remainder of the provision in question shall not be affected thereby. 14.4 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of England. COPYRIGHT © CENTRAL SOURCE LIMITED 2004 - 2012

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

357

TC358-360 Index

20/1/12

11:11

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

INDEX

A Access Equipment

C 87, 210, 216, 257, 258, 338-341, 216, 257, 258 273 210 228 194 163 94 93 328, 353, 355, 356 74 100, 108, 295, 297 334 334

Access Platforms Access Ramps Access Steps Accident Book Adhesive Tapes Aerosol Can Rack Aisle Blockades Anti Collapse Panels Anti Fatigue Matting Appliance Trucks Archive Storage Ashbins Ashtrays

B Bag Sealers & Cutters 201 Balanced Trolleys 70 Bale Trolleys 41, 42 Bandages 226 Bar Racks 88, 89 Bar Trolleys 154-157 Barrier Planks 275 Barrier Rail 266-268 Barrier Ropes 280, 281 Barriers 265-268, 274-276, 278-283 Barriers - Belt 275, 282, 283 Barriers - Pedestrian 274, 278-283 Barrier - Retractable 275, 282, 283 Beam Scales 205 Benches - ESD 168, 169 Benches - Cantilever 172, 176 Benches - Cloakroom 349-351 Benches - Packaging 192 Benches - Workshop 166-174, 176, 177, 180-182 Belt Barriers 275, 282, 283 Bicycle Racks 328, 330 Bicycle Shelters 328-331 Bin Cabinets 161-163 Bin Units 108, 119, 123, 125, 136, 138, 139, 141 Bin Units - Rolled Edge 125 Bins Parts Storage 161, 162 Board Trolleys 65 Bollards 268, 272, 273 Book Trolley 301 Box Carts 41, 42, 58, 59, 66 Box Pallets 151, 153 Bubble Film 196 Bunds 238, 239, 242 Bolt Free Shelving 102-107, 109-111

Cabinets 128-133, 141, 159, 161, 162, 178, 186, 158-191, 224, 228, 244, 245, 247 Cabinets - First Aid 224-228 Cabinets - Industrial 161, 162, 186, 190, 191 Cabinets - Mobile 178, 188, 189 Cabinets - Small Parts 128-133 Cable Protector 270, 271, 314, 315 Cages 237, 260-263 Canopy 333 Cans Solvent 236 Cantilever Racking 88, 89 Carpenters Bench 182 Cartons - Packaging 196 Cash & Carry Trolleys 64, 65 Castors & Wheels 38, 39 Chains - Plastic 278, 279 Chains - Steel 273 Chair Carrier Trucks 74 Chair Mat 302 Chair Storage Trolleys 291 Chairs - Café & Restaurant 293, 294 Chairs - Folding 291 Chairs - Office 288, 289 Chairs - Stacking 290 Cigarette Bins 334 Cleaning Equipment 323-327 Clipboards 42 Cloakroom Equipment 350-352 Clocks - Wire Guard 448 Column Protection 90, 95, 96, 267 Compartment Boxes 127 Compartment Lockers 347 Computer Workstation 179 Cones 275 Construction Tube 97 COSHH Cabinets 244, 245, 247 Container Dolly 147, 149, 150 Container Trolley 61 Container Trucks 154-157 Containers - Aluminium 185 Containers - Mobile 154-157 Containers - Storage 61, 62, 132, 134-138, 140, 143-145, 147-150 Containers - Small Parts 142, 143 Conveyors 86 Counting Scales 204 Cranes 24 Crowd Control Barriers 274 Cupboards - Industrial 158-162, 190, 298 Cupboards - Mailroom 311 Cupboards - Mobile 60, 298 Cupboards - Office 299 Cupboards - Roller Shutter 183, 299 Cupboards - Wall Mounted 298 Curtains - PVC 208, 209 Cycle Racks 328, 330 Cycle Shelters 328-331 Cycle Stands 328, 330

Cylinder Cages Cylinder Handling

237, 260-263 81, 82

D Decanting Stand Desks - Office Digital Locks Display Boards Dock Bumpers Dock Lights Dock Plates & Boards Document Pockets Document Security Cabinets Document Storage Drawer Dividers Drawer Units - Industrial

239 284-287 251 306, 307, 309 207 206 206 218, 309 254 254 187, 191 127, 178, 186, 188-190 Drawer Units - Office 285, 287 Drum Dispensing Station 239 Drum Handling 81-84 Drum Safety 238, 240, 242, 243 Drum Storage 238, 240, 242, 243 Drum Tilter 84 Drum Trucks 83 Dump Trucks 217

E ESD Products Euro Containers Expanding Barriers Extension Tines Eye Washes

43, 132 147-149 274 256 227

F File Trolleys Filing Cabinets Fire Resistant Cabinets First Aid Flammable Liquid Storage Flammable Storage Cabinets Floor & Hazard Tape Floor Cleaning Floor Signs & Markers Flooring Food Trays Fork Truck Attachments Furniture - Café & Restaurant Furniture - Conference Furniture - Office Furniture Movers

323,

290, 284, 284,

300, 301 299 254, 255 224-228 246 246 277 326, 327 219 352-356 150 84, 256 293, 294 291, 292 291, 292 292

358

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC358-360 Index

20/1/12

11:11

Page 2

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012 INDEX

Garment Hanging Glue Guns Grit Bins

105, 349-351 197 259

H Hand Trucks Handi-Guards Handling Equipment Hazardous Storage Bins/Vaults Hazardous Substance Storage Hazardous Warning Diamonds Heat Sealers - Packaging Height Adjustable Benches High Lift Pallet Trucks Hypacages

63, 70-73 276 86 245 244-247 232 201 176 32 152

I IBC Bunds IBC Storage Identification & Labeling Ingredients Trolleys Inspection Mirrors Inspection Racking

238, 242 238, 242, 243 218-223 156 249 8

J Janitorial Carts Janitorial Floor Signs Just Benches Just Shelving

323 265 180, 181 110, 111

K K-Bins Kerb Ramps Key Cabinets Key Safes Key Tags Kikalong Steps Knives - Packaging

142 273 250-252 252 252 314 196

Letters & Numbers Library Trolley Lifting Equipment

218, 222 301 18-31, 33-37, 84, 85, 87, 256 Line Marking Paint 277 Literature Racks 313 Litter Bins 319, 320, 335, 336 Loading Bay Equipment 206, 207 Load Leveller 85 Locker Stands 349 Lockers 342-348 Lockout Equipment 99-101, 103, 111 Longspan Shelving 135-139 Louvred Panels 135-139

M Magazine Racks 313 Mail Boxes 310-312 Mail Sacks 312 Mail Sorters 310-312 Mailroom Equipment 310-312 Marker Pens 265 Mats - Chair 302 Mats - Entrance 302-303 Mats & Matting 302, 303, 352, 353, 355, 356 Medical Cabinet 228 Medical Couch 228 Medical Storage 346, 347 Mesh Lockers 346, 347 Mesh Partitions 93 Mesh Security Enclosures 237, 260-263 Mezzanine Floors 2, 3 Mezzanine Goods Lifts 3, 4 Minders 276 Mirrors 248, 249 Mobile Steps 212-215, 314 Mobile Welding Screens 209 Mops 323

N Notice Boards Numbers & Letters

306, 307 212, 218

R O

L Label Holders - Clip On Label Holders - Magnetic Label Holders - Self Adhesive Labels - Magnetic Labels - Self Adhesive Ladders Laptop Security Laptop Storage

221 221, 223 218, 221 220, 222 220 338-341 348 348

Padded Envelopes 196 Padlocks 253 Paint Applicator 277 Pallet Rack Guarding 93, 94 Pallet Racking 90-92 Pallet Trucks 23, 28-33 Pallet Turntables 85 Pallets - Collapsible 152 Pallets - Mesh 152, 153 Pallets - Plastic 151 Pallets - Stackable 152, 153 Pallets - Steel 152, 153 Pallets Spillage Control 241 Paper - Packaging 196 Parcel Trolleys 46, 58 Parking Blocks 271 Parking Posts 272, 273 PC Workstation 179 Pedal Bins 319, 320 Perforated Panels 175 Personal Effect Cabinets 342, 343 Personnel Lifters 87 Petrol Cans 236 Pinboards 306 Plan Chests 305 Plan Storage 305 Plasters 226 Platfrom Scales 200, 204 Platform Steps 339, 341 Platform Trolleys 40-43, 45, 48, 63, 66 Platform Trucks 70, 71 Postal Scales 204 Post Boxes 310-312 Post Mounted Rubbish Bins 335 Post Sorters 310-312 Posts - Plastic 278, 279 Posts & Ropes 280, 281 Powered Pallet Truck 23, 28, 29 Powered Stairclimber 68, 69 Presentation Boards 306, 307, 309 Projects 2-17 Push Back Shelving 7 PVC Matting 352-355 PVC Strip Curtains 208

INDEX

Office Partitioning Office Shelving Office Trolleys Order Picking Trolleys

10-13 120, 121, 295 51, 300, 301 44, 47, 67, 211

P Packaging Benches Packaging Equipment

192 192-203

Rack End Protectors Racking Inspections Racking & Shelving

90 8 6, 7, 88-92, 98-118, 120-125, 295-297 Racksacks 223 Ramps 273 Recycling Bins 316, 317 Refuse Bin 69 Retractable Barrier 275, 282, 283 Rivetier Shelving 102, 103 Road Cones 275 Road Sweeper Fork Attachment 97

359

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

TC358-360 Index

20/1/12

11:11

Page 3

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

INDEX

Roll Containers Roller Conveyors Rope Barriers Ropes Braided

56, 57 86 280, 281 280, 281

S Sack Holders 312, 318, 335 Sack Trucks 62, 68, 69, 74-80 Safes 254, 255 Safety Cans 236 Safety Signs 229-235 Safety Steps 212-215 Salt 259 Scaffold Tags 235 Scales 204, 205 Scissor Lifts 34-37 Screens - Desktop 308 Screens - Office 308 Scrubber Driers 326, 327 Seating - Industrial 164, 165 Security Cables/Chains 253 Security Cameras 305 Security Compounds 237, 260, 261, 263 Security Mirrors 248, 249 Self Adhesive Tape 277 Self Tilting Boxes 217, 257 Sentri- Boxes 264 Service - Handling Equipment 222 Shelf Labeling 222 Shelf Trolleys 43, 44, 47, 49, 50, 52, 113, 146, 301 Shelf Trolley Stainless Steel 51 Sheltered Walkways 332 Shelters 332, 333 Shelving & Racking 6, 7, 88-92, 98-118, 120-125 Shelving - Aluminium 118 Shelving - Archive 100, 108, 295, 297 Shelving - Bolt Free 102-107, 109-111 Shelving - Coldroom 114-117 Shelving - Hygienic 112-115, 118 Shelving - Longspan 98-101, 103, 111 Shelving - Mobile 112, 113, 115, 116, 118 Shelving - Office 116, 117, 120, 121 Shelving - Plastic 116, 117 Shelving - Rivetier 102, 103 Shelving - Rolled Edge 124, 125 Shelving - Stainless Steel 112 Shelving - Stormor 120-123, 296 Shopping Trolleys 65 Shredders - Industrial 203 Shrinkwrap 200 Shrinkwrap Equipment 200, 202 Signholders 279, 280, 282 Signs 229-235 Site Boxes 264 Site Security 237, 260-264 Site Vaults 264

Skips 257 Small Parts Storage 61, 99, 109, 119, 126-143 Smoking Shelters 333 Snow Plough Fork Attachment 256 Speed Ramps 260, 271 Spillage Control 239, 241 Stackers 18-22, 24, 25, 27 Stairclimber Trucks 68, 69, 75 Staplers & Tackers - Packaging 195 Stepladders 339, 341 Stools 165 Storage Cabinets 247 Strapping Equipment 198, 199, 202 Strapping - Plastic 199 Strapping - Steel 198 Steps Mobile 212-215, 314 Steps - Shelf Trolleys 44, 67 Stretchers 228 Stretchwrap 197, 203 Stretchwrap Equipment 203 Strip Doors 208, 209 Sump Pallets 239, 241 Sump Trolley 52

T Table Trolley 43, 48, 50, 52, 292 Tables - CafĂŠ & Restaurant 290, 294 Tables - Conference 292 Tables - Fast Food Unit 293 Tables - Folding 290, 292 Tape Dispensers 194 Tapes - Packaging 194 Tarpaulins 200 Temporary Signs 265 Tilt Boxes 133 Timber Workbenches 182 Tipper Trucks 217 Tool Hangers 162 Tool Storage 60, 162, 183 Training - Forklift 9 Training - Health & Safety 9 Training - Manual Handling 9 Training - Stairclimber 9 Traffic Bollards 268 Traffic Management 266, 269-273 Traffic Mirrors 248, 249 Trailers 71, 73 Transport Cases 185 Tray Trolleys 47, 49-52, 60 Tray Trolleys - Stainless Steel 51 Trolleys - Aluminium 54 Trolleys - Container 130, 140 Trolleys - ESD 43 Trolleys - Folding 53-55 Trolleys - Office 51, 300, 301 Trolleys - Order Picking 211 Trolleys - Plastic Based 53 Trolleys - Retail 64 ,65

Trolleys - Workshop 40-43, 45, 48, 50, 52, 63, 64, 66, 163, 179 Trucks & Trolleys 40-48, 50, 52-55, 59, 60, 62-67, 70-82 Turntable Trucks 71, 72

V Vacuum Cleaners Vaults Vehicle Boxes

324, 325 264 264

W Walkways 332 Wall Guards 266 Wall Mounted Shelters 333 Wall Protection 266 Wallcharts 227, 229 Warehouse Barriers 267, 268 Warehouse Labels 220, 221 Warning Barriers 265, 276 Waste Bins 316, 317, 319-322, 335, 336 Waste Bins - Fireproof 321 Waste Management 203, 217, 223, 257, 316-322 Waste Skips 217, 257, 337 Wave Work Assist Vehicle 26 Weighing 204 Weighing Pallet Trucks 32 Weight Load Notices 219 Welders Trolley 81, 82 Welding Screens 209 Wet Area Matting 352 Wheel Chocks 207 Wheels & Castors 38, 39 Whiteboards 307, 309 Wire Mesh Decking 95 Wire Mesh Partitions 93 Wire Mesh Shelving 95 Woodworking Bench 182 Workbenches 166-177, 181-184 Work Platforms 338 Work Positioners 26 Workshop Crane 24 Workshop Cupboards 35 Workshop Trolleys 40-42, 45, 48-50, 63, 64, 66, 163, 175 Workstations 174-177 Workstools 165 Wrap Around Pockets 223

360

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

LINBINS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED - Trade catalogue 2012

Apex Pallet Racking

made in the UK

Small Parts Storage Containers

Why choose APEX Pallet Racking, our best seller ? •

Designed for strength, durability and easy assembly

•

Best design, widest range & best prices

•

Wide range of beams and frames available

•

Versatile options to suit standard applications

•

Wide choice of upright heights and beam lengths

•

APEX pallet racking offers unbeatable flexibility

•

Beams ‘lock’ into uprights so the overall strength increases as weight is added

•

Highest quality on the market

•

Easy to configure

Would you like to receive Storage Direct catalogue ?

Ten sizes in four bright colours

SIZE 1 40 PER PACK

Choose different colours for faster product identification

105D x 105W x 50H

FROM ONLY

• The toughest bin available • Reinforcing ribs – stack without distortion

•

All frames are delivered KD

•

Kits are designed to accept all standard pallet sizes

75p each

40 per pack

SIZE 2 20 PER PACK 135D x 105W x 75H

SIZE 3 20 PER PACK 190D x 105W x 75H

• Full width lip – secure fixing to louvre panel

SIZE 4 10 PER PACK 210D x 140W x 130H

SIZE 5 10 PER PACK 280D x 140W x 130H

Coloured Linbin Packs – Just choose your colours – Add colour code red (RD), yellow (YE), green (GN) or blue (BL) Size

LxWxHmm

LBU

105 x 105 x 50

Pack Size Order

1-10

Order

⁄2

VPK01

31.39

VPK01Q

26.74

135 x 105 x 75

VPK02

18.85

VPK02Q

17.02

SIZE 6 10 PER PACK

11-50

190 x 105 x 75

VPK03

24.98

VPK03Q

22.55

210 x 140 x 130

VPK04

25.81

VPK04Q

23.29

280 x 140 x 130

VPK05

37.03

VPK05Q

33.42

280 x 210 x 180

VPK06

58.84

VPK06Q

53.11

375 x 210 x 180

VPK07

61.97

VPK07Q

55.92

375 x 420 x 180

VPK08

52.40

VPK08Q

47.30

455 x 210 x 230

VPK09

58.74

VPK09Q

53.01

280D x 210W x 180H

SIZE 7 10 PER PACK 375D x 210W x 180H

10 455 x 420 x 295 12 3 VPK10 53.06 VPK10Q 47.88 Note: packs are in quantities stated, one colour per pack. Please specify colour when ordering.

Discounts for larger quantities – Call us for a price

SIZE 8 5 PER PACK 375D x 420W x 180H

Linbin Divider Packs 900mm Deep Frames Type

Height

Width

Depth

Beam Levels

UDL Per Beam

Order

Price £

Accepts these pallets:

3000mm High Bay

For Linbin Size

Pack Size

Order

1-10

Order

Size 2

VDKP2

10.48

VDKP2Q

11-50 9.46

Size 3

VDKP3

12.45

VDKP3Q

11.24

Size 4

VDKP4

13.11

VDKP4Q

11.82

Size 5

VDKP5

10.10

VDKP3Q

9.11

Starter

3000mm

2700mm

900mm

2000kg

APR309027S

£317.00

Size 6

VDKP6

17.01

VDKP6Q

15.35

Extension

3000mm

2700mm

900mm

2000kg

APR309027X

£225.00

Size 7

VDKP7

9.30

VDKP7Q

8.38

Extension

3000mm

1350mm

900mm

1000kg

APR309013X

£144.00

Size 8

VDKP8

9.30

VDKP8Q

4800mm High Bay

Starter

4800mm

2700mm

900mm

2000kg

APR489027S

£483.00

Extension

4800mm

2700mm

900mm

2000kg

APR489027X

£350.00

Extension

4800mm

1350mm

900mm

1000kg

APR489013X

£219.00

Depth

Beam Levels

UDL Per Beam

Order

Price £

Size 10 3 VDKP10 13.28 VDKP10Q Note: Linbin sizes 8 and 10 will accommodate one or two dividers each. Sizes 1 and 9 will not accept dividers.

1100mm Deep Frames Type

Height

Width

3000mm High Frame

Starter

3000mm

2700mm

1100mm

2000kg

APR301127S

£322.00

Extension

3000mm

2700mm

1100mm

2000kg

APR301127X

£229.00

Extension

3000mm

1350mm

1100mm

1000kg

APR301113X

£147.00

4800mm High Frame

Starter

4800mm

2700mm

1100mm

2000kg

APR481127S

£489.00

Extension

4800mm

2700mm

1100mm

2000kg

APR481127X

£344.00

Extension

4800mm

1350mm

1100mm

1000kg

APR481113X

£224.00

Just how strong are Linbins?

information box Need advice on creating the perfect pallet racking solution for your needs? Just give us a call and one of our trained advisors will be there to help

Tel: 01446 772614

LINBIN

CAPACITY STACKED

ON LOUVRE PANEL

Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 Size 10

2.3kg 13.5kg 13.5kg 27.0kg 27.0kg 27.0kg 36.0kg 54.0kg 54.0kg 68.0kg

2.3kg 4.5kg 4.5kg 13.5kg 13.5kg 22.5kg 22.5kg 27.0kg 27.0kg 45.5kg

SIZE 9 5 PER PACK 455D x 210W x 230H

8.38 11.99

ST OR AG ED

ES IGN LT D

SIZE 10 3 PER PACK 455D x 420W x 295H

Linbins are also available in GREY Some sizes available in NATURAL clearview Visit web site www.storage-design.ltd.uk Carriage extra for order value below £150

For our full range of products and additional options please visit our website

STORAGE DESIGN LTD TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

2012 Workshop, Storage & Materials Handling Catalogue

TRADE CATALOGUE

TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446 774770 Email: info@storage-design.co.uk Web: www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Primrose Hill, Cowbridge, South Wales CF71 7DU

TRADE CATALOGUE